  July 1, 2020

      Title 40
      Protection of Environment
      Parts 425 to 699
      Revised as of July 1, 2020
      Containing a codification of documents of general applicability and future effect
      As of July 1, 2020

        Published by the Office of the Federal Register National Archives and Records Administration as a Special Edition of the Federal Register

        U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE
        Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos

          archives.ai

        The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as the official codification of Federal regulations established under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is prima facie evidence of the original documents published in the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).
        It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this material without the express, written permission of the Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee. Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 1017.
        Use of ISBN Prefix
        This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the U.S. Government Publishing Office requests that any reprinted edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work with a new ISBN.

          gpologo2.eps

        U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P U B L I S H I N G O F F I C E

        U.S. Superintendent of Documents • Washington, DC 20402-0001
        http://bookstore.gpo.gov
        Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

      Table of Contents
      Page

        Explanation
        v

        Title 40:

          Chapter I—Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)
          3

        Finding Aids:
        Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
        997
        Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
        1017
        List of CFR Sections Affected
        1027

      Cite this Code: CFR

      To cite the regulations in this volume use title, part and section number. Thus, 40 CFR 425.01 refers to title 40, part 425, section 01.

      Explanation
      The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into parts covering specific regulatory areas.
      Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

        Title 1 through Title 16
        as of January 1
        Title 17 through Title 27
        as of April 1
        Title 28 through Title 41
        as of July 1
        Title 42 through Title 50
        as of October 1

      The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.

        LEGAL STATUS
        The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

        HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
        The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
        To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its revision date (in this case, July 1, 2020), consult the “List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA),” which is issued monthly, and the “Cumulative List of Parts Affected,” which appears in the Reader Aids section of the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

        EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
        Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be inserted following the text.

        OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

        The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information collection request. Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting requirements.

        PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE
        Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a “List of CFR Sections Affected” is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to 2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.

        “[RESERVED]” TERMINOLOGY
        The term “[Reserved]” is used as a place holder within the Code of Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a “[Reserved]” location at any time. Occasionally “[Reserved]” is used editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and not dropped in error.

        INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force of law.

          What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which approval is based are:
        (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of material published in the Federal Register.
        (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative process.
        (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.

          What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001, or call 202-741-6010.

        CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

        A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in this volume.

        An index to the text of “Title 3—The President” is carried within that volume.

        The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. This index is based on a consolidation of the “Contents” entries in the daily Federal Register.
        A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

        REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
        There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing in the Code of Federal Regulations.

        INQUIRIES
        For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at the top of odd-numbered pages.

        For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001 or e-mail fedreg.info@nara.gov.

        SALES
        The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, write to: US Government Publishing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.

        ELECTRONIC SERVICES

        The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic format via www.govinfo.gov. For more information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S. Government Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-free). E-mail, ContactCenter@gpo.gov.

        The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) website for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related information. Connect to NARA's website at www.archives.gov/federal-register.

        The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office of the Federal Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is available at www.ecfr.gov.

          Oliver A. Potts,

          Director,

          Office of the Federal Register

          July 1, 2020

      THIS TITLE
      Title 40—Protection of Environment is composed of thirty-seven volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-52.2019), part 52 (52.2020-end of part 52), parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-60.499), part 60 (60.500-end of part 60, sections), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63 (63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-63.1439), part 63 (63.1440-63.6175), part 63 (63.6580-63.8830), part 63 (63.8980-end of part 63), parts 64-71, parts 72-79, part 80, part 81, parts 82-86, parts 87-95, parts 96-99, parts 100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265, parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-722, parts 723-789, parts 790-999, parts 1000-1059, and part 1060 to end. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 2020.
      Chapter I—Environmental Protection Agency appears in all thirty-seven volumes. OMB control numbers for title 40 appear in § 9.1 of this chapter.
      Chapters IV—VIII— Regulations issued by the Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Justice, Council on Environmental Quality, Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board, Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for Vessels of the Armed Forces, and the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council appear in volume thirty seven.Regulations issued by the Council on Environmental Quality, including an Index to Parts 1500 through 1508, appear in the volume containing parts 1060 to end.The OMB control numbers for title 40 appear in § 9.1 of this chapter.
      For this volume, Robert J. Sheehan, III was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of John Hyrum Martinez, assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.

    40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-20 Edition)
    Environmental Protection Agency

        Title 40—Protection of Environment
        (This book contains parts 425 to 699)

        Part

            chapter i—Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)
          425

          CHAPTER I—ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)

          Editorial Note:
          Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR 47324, 47325, Aug. 2, 2000, and at 66 FR 34375, 34376, June 28, 2001.

          SUBCHAPTER N—EFFLUENT GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS (CONTINUED)

        Part
        Page

          425
          Leather tanning and finishing point source category
          5
          426
          Glass manufacturing point source category
          26
          427
          Asbestos manufacturing point source category
          47
          428
          Rubber manufacturing point source category
          60
          429
          Timber products processing point source category
          83
          430
          The pulp, paper, and paperboard point source category
          100
          431
          [Reserved]
          432
          Meat and poultry products point source category
          246
          433
          Metal finishing point source category
          270
          434
          Coal mining point source category BPT, BAT, BCT limitations and new source performance standards
          275
          435
          Oil and gas extraction point source category
          293
          436
          Mineral mining and processing point source category
          355
          437
          The centralized waste treatment point source category
          370
          438
          Metal products and machinery point source category
          391
          439
          Pharmaceutical manufacturing point source category
          405
          440
          Ore mining and dressing point source category
          417
          441
          Dental office point source category
          443
          442
          Transportation equipment cleaning point source category
          447

          443
          Effluent limitations guidelines for existing sources and standards of performance and pretreatment standards for new sources for the paving and roofing materials (tars and asphalt) point source category
          458
          444
          Waste combustors point source category
          463
          445
          Landfills point source category
          469
          446
          Paint formulating point source category
          472
          447
          Ink formulating point source category
          473
          449
          Airport deicing point source category
          474
          450
          Construction and development point source category
          479
          451
          Concentrated aquatic animal production point source category
          481
          454
          Gum and wood chemicals manufacturing point source category
          485
          455
          Pesticide chemicals
          489
          457
          Explosives manufacturing point source category
          526
          458
          Carbon black manufacturing point source category
          527
          459
          Photographic point source category
          531
          460
          Hospital point source category
          532
          461
          Battery manufacturing point source category
          533
          463
          Plastics molding and forming point source category
          565
          464
          Metal molding and casting point source category
          572
          465
          Coil coating point source category
          618
          466
          Porcelain enameling point source category
          626
          467
          Aluminum forming point source category
          634
          468
          Copper forming point source category
          675
          469
          Electrical and electronic components point source category
          694
          471
          Nonferrous metals forming and metal powders point source category
          701

          SUBCHAPTER O—SEWAGE SLUDGE

          501
          State sludge management program regulations
          821
          503
          Standards for the use or disposal of sewage sludge
          839

          SUBCHAPTER P [RESERVED]

          SUBCHAPTER Q—ENERGY POLICY

          600
          Fuel economy and greenhouse gas exhaust emissions of motor vehicles
          872
          610
          Fuel economy retrofit devices
          981
          611-699
          [Reserved]

        SUBCHAPTER N—EFFLUENT GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS (CONTINUED)

          Pt. 425
          PART 425—LEATHER TANNING AND FINISHING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              General Provisions
              Sec.
              425.01
              Applicability.
              425.02
              General definitions.
              425.03
              Sulfide analytical methods and applicability.
              425.04
              Applicability of sulfide pretreatment standards.
              425.05
              Compliance dates.
              425.06
              Monitoring requirements.

              Subpart A—Hair Pulp, Chrome Tan, Retan-Wet Finish Subcategory
              425.10
              Applicability; description of the hair pulp, chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory.
              425.11
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.12
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.13
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.14
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.15
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart B—Hair Save, Chrome Tan, Retan-Wet Finish Subcategory
              425.20
              Applicability; description of the hair save, chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory.
              425.21
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.22
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.23
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.24
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.25
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart C—Hair Save or Pulp, Non-Chrome Tan, Retan-Wet Finish Subcategory
              425.30
              Applicability; description of the hair save or pulp, non-chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory.
              425.31
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.32
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.33
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.34
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.35
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart D—Retan-Wet Finish-Sides Subcategory
              425.40
              Applicability; description of the retan-wet finish-sides subcategory.
              425.41
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.42
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.43

              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              425.44
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.45
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart E—No Beamhouse Subcategory
              425.50
              Applicability; description of the no beamhouse subcategory.
              425.51
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.52
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.53
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.54
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.55
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart F—Through-the-Blue Subcategory
              425.60
              Applicability; description of the through-the-blue subcategory.
              425.61
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.62
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.63
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.64
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.65
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart G—Shearling Subcategory
              425.70
              Applicability; description of the shearling subcategory.
              425.71
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.72
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.73
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.74
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.75
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart H—Pigskin Subcategory
              425.80
              Applicability; description of the pigskin subcategory.
              425.81
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.82
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.83
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.84
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.85
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              425.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart I—Retan-Wet Finish-Splits Subcategory
              425.90
              Applicability; description of the retan-wet finish-splits subcategory.
              425.91
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              425.92
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              425.93
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              425.94
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              425.95

              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              425.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Appendix A to Part 425—Potassium Ferricyanide Titration Method
              Appendix B to Part 425—Modified Monier-Williams Method
              Appendix C to Part 425—Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e) and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), 1318 and 1361.

            Source:
            47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, unless otherwise noted.

            General Provisions

              § 425.01
              Applicability.
              This part applies to any leather tanning and finishing facility which discharges or may discharge process wastewater pollutants to the waters of the United States, or which introduces or may introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.

              § 425.02
              General definitions.
              In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
              (a) “Sulfide” shall mean total sulfide as measured by the potassium ferricyanide titration method described in appendix A or the modified Monier-Williams method described in appendix B.
              (b) “Hide” means any animal pelt or skin as received by a tannery as raw material to be processed.
              (c) “Retan-wet finish” means the final processing steps performed on a tanned hide including, but not limited to, the following wet processes: retan, bleach, color, and fatliquor.
              (d) “Hair pulp” means the removal of hair by chemical dissolution.
              (e) “Hair save” means the physical or mechanical removal of hair which has not been chemically dissolved, and either selling the hair as a by-product or disposing of it as a solid waste.
              (f) “Chrome tan” means the process of converting hide into leather using a form of chromium.
              (g) “Vegetable tan” means the process of converting hides into leather using chemicals either derived from vegetable matter or synthesized to produce effects similar to those chemicals.
              (h) “Raw material” means the hides received by the tannery except for facilities covered by subpart D and subpart I where “raw material” means the hide or split in the condition in which it is first placed into a wet process.
              (i) “Monthly average” means the arithmetic average of eight (8) individual data points from effluent sampling and analysis during any calendar month.
              (j) “Interference” means the discharge of sulfides in quantities which can result in human health hazards and/or risks to human life, and an inhibition or disruption of POTW as defined in 40 CFR 403.3(i).
              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9181, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.03
              Sulfide analytical methods and applicability.

              (a) The potassium ferricyanide titration method described in appendix A to part 425 shall be used whenever practicable for the determination of sulfide in wastewaters discharged by plants operating in all subcategories except the hair save or pulp, non-chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory (subpart C, see § 425.30). In all other cases, the modified Monier-Williams method as described in appendix B to part 425 shall be used as an alternative to the potassium ferricyanide titration method for the determination of sulfide in wastewaters discharged by plants operating in all subcategories except subpart C.

              (b) The modified Monier-Williams method as described in appendix B to part 425 shall be used for the determination of sulfide in wastewaters discharged by plants operating in the hair save or pulp, non-chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory (subpart C, see § 425.30).
              [53 FR 9181, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.04
              Applicability of sulfide pretreatment standards.

              (a) A POTW receiving wastewater from a facility subject to this part may require more stringent pretreatment standards for sulfide than those established by this part without EPA approval.

              (b) The pretreatment standards for sulfide established by this part will not apply if the POTW receiving wastewater from a facility subject to this part certifies in writing with explanation of relevant factors considered, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, that the discharge of sulfide from the facility does not interfere with the operation of the POTW. In making this determination, the POTW shall consider all relevant factors including but not limited to the following:
              (1) The presence and characteristics, of other industrial wastewaters which can increase or decrease sulfide concentrations, pH, or both.
              (2) The characteristics of the sewer/interceptor collection system which either minimize or enhance opportunities for release of hydrogen sulfide gas.
              (3) The characteristics of the receiving POTWs headworks, preliminary and primary treatment systems, and sludge holding and dewatering facilities which either minimize or enhance opportunities for release of hydrogen sulfide gas.
              (4) The occurrence of any prior sulfide related interference as defined in § 425.02(j).
              (c)(1) On October 13, 1983, a POTW which intends to certify that the sulfide pretreatment standard should not apply must publish, in a local newspaper with the largest circulation, a notice that presents the findings supporting this determination consistent with paragraph (a) of this section. Allowance for public hearing of these findings also must be provided. The POTW shall identify all existing facilities to which the sulfide pretreatment standard otherwise established by this part would not apply.
              (2) On January 11, 1984, a POTW which intends to certify that the sulfide pretreatment standard should not apply must file a written certification with the Regional Water Management Division Director, Environmental Protection Agency, in the appropriate Regional Office. This certification shall include the findings supporting this determination and the results of public comments, and public hearing(s) if held.
              (3) On February 10, 1984, EPA shall acknowledge to the POTW receipt of any certification submitted under paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this section, and shall indicate to the POTW the adequacy of the submission based upon a review of the factors set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.

              (4) Within 30 days of the date of receipt of adequate submissions under paragraphs (c) (1), (2), and (3) of this section, EPA shall publish a notice in the Federal Register identifying those facilities to which the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part shall not apply.
              (5) A POTW may certify that the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part should not apply to a new source planning to discharge into the POTW. This certification must be submitted prior to the commencement of discharge, and must conform at a minimum with criteria in paragraph (b) of this section and the general procedures and intervals of time contained in paragraphs (c) (1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section.
              (d)(1) If, after EPA and the POTW have determined in accordance with this section that the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part are not applicable to specified facilities, a POTW then determines that there have been changed circumstances (including but not limited to changes in the factors specified in paragraph (b) of this section) which justify application of the sulfide pretreatment standards, the POTW shall revoke the certification submitted under paragraph (c) of this section. The POTW and EPA shall then adhere to the general procedures and time intervals contained in paragraph (c) of this section in order to determine whether the sulfide pretreatment standards contained in this part are applicable.

              (2) If pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part are applicable to a specified facility, the indirect discharger shall comply with the sulfide pretreatment standards no later than 18 months from the date of publication of the Federal Register notice identifying the facility.

              (e) At any time after October 13, 1983, if a POTW determines that there have been changed circumstances (including but not limited to changes in the factors specified in paragraph (b) of this section), it may initiate proceedings contained in paragraph (c) of this section to determine that the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part shall not be applicable. The POTW and EPA shall follow the procedures and time intervals contained in paragraph (c) of this section to make this determination. A final determination that the sulfide pretreatment standards are not applicable must be made prior to the discharge of sulfide not in accordance with the standards set forth in this part.
              (The information collection and reporting requirements contained in paragraphs (b) and (c) were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2040-0032)
              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982; 48 FR 30117, June 30, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 31404, July 8, 1983; 48 FR 32346, July 15, 1983; 48 FR 35649, Aug. 5, 1983; 53 FR 9181, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.05
              Compliance dates.
              The compliance date for new source performance standards (NSPS) and pretreatment standards for new sources (PSES) is the date the new source commences discharge. The compliance date for BPT effluent limitations and guidelines and pretreatment standards for existing sources to no later than March 31, 1989.
              [53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.06
              Monitoring requirements.
              Compliance with monthly average discharge limitations is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.

            Subpart A—Hair Pulp, Chrome Tan, Retan-Wet Finish Subcategory

              § 425.10
              Applicability; description of the hair pulp, chrome tan, retan-wet finishing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which, either exclusively or in addition to other unhairing and tanning operation, processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides into finished leather by chemically dissolving the hide hair, chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.11
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  9.3
                  4.2

                  TSS
                  13.4
                  6.1

                  Oil & Grease
                  3.9
                  1.7

                  Total Chromium
                  0.24
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0

              [53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.12
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5. TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.11.

              § 425.13
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.11.

              § 425.14
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or lb/1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  6.0
                  2.7

                  TSS
                  8.7
                  4.0

                  Oil and grease
                  2.5
                  1.1

                  Total chromium
                  0.16
                  0.06

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982; 48 FR 30116, June 30, 1983]

              § 425.15
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Sulfide
                  24

                  Total chromium
                  12
                  8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Not less than 7.0.

              (b) Any existing source subject to this subpart which processes less than 275 hides/day shall comply with § 425.15(a), except that the total chromium limitations contained in § 425.15(a) do not apply.
              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982; 48 FR 30116, June 30, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988; 61 FR 35685, July 8, 1996]

              § 425.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.15.

            Subpart B—Hair Save, Chrome Tan, Retan-Wet Finish Subcategory

              § 425.20
              Applicability; description of the hair save, chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides into finished leather by hair save unhairing, chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.21
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pound per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  8.2
                  3.7

                  TSS
                  11.8
                  5.4

                  Oil and grease
                  3.4
                  1.5

                  Total chromium
                  0.21
                  0.08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 425.22
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.21.

              § 425.23
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.21.

              § 425.24
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pound per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  6.9
                  3.1

                  TSS
                  9.9
                  4.5

                  Oil and grease
                  2.9
                  1.3

                  Total chromium
                  0.18
                  0.06

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0

              § 425.25
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Sulfide
                  24

                  Total Chromium
                  12
                  8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Not less than 7.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 35685, July 8, 1996]

              § 425.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.25.

            Subpart C—Hair Save or Pulp, Non-Chrome Tan, Retan-Wet Finish Subcategory

              § 425.30
              Applicability; description of the hair save or pulp, non-chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides into finished leather by hair save or pulp unhairing, vegetable tanning or alum, syntans, oils and other agents for tanning, and retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.31
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  6.7
                  3.0

                  TSS
                  9.7
                  4.4

                  Oil & Grease
                  2.8
                  1.3

                  Total Chromium
                  0.17
                  0.06

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.32
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.31.

              § 425.33
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.31.

              § 425.34
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pound per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  5.9
                  2.7

                  TSS
                  8.5
                  3.9

                  Oil and grease
                  2.4
                  1.1

                  Total chromium
                  0.15
                  0.06

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 425.35
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and § 403.13, any existing sources subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Sulfide
                  24
                  —

                  Total Chromium
                  12
                  8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Not less than 7.0.

              (b) Any existing source subject to this subpart which processes less than 350 hides/day shall comply with § 425.35(a), except that the Total Chromium limitations contained in § 425.35(a) do not apply.
              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982; 48 FR 36116, June 30, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and § 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.35.

            Subpart D—Retan-Wet Finish-Sides Subcategory

              § 425.40
              Applicability; description of the retan-wet finish-sides subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes previously tanned hides and skins (grain side only) into finished leather by retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.41
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  8.9
                  4.0

                  TSS
                  12.8
                  5.8

                  Oil & Grease
                  3.7
                  1.7

                  Total Chromium
                  0.23
                  0.08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.42
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.41.

              § 425.43
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.41.

              § 425.44
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  6.5
                  2.9

                  TSS
                  9.3
                  4.3

                  Oil & Grease
                  2.7
                  1.2

                  Total Chromium
                  0.17
                  0.06

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.45
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Total Chromium
                  19
                  12

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 10.0.

              § 425.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.45.

            Subpart E—No Beamhouse Subcategory

              § 425.50
              Applicability; description of the no beamhouse subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes cattle hides, sheepskins, or splits (hair previously removed and pickled) into finished leather by chrome or non-chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.51
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  8.0
                  3.6

                  TSS
                  11.6
                  5.3

                  Oil & Grease
                  3.4
                  1.5

                  Total Chromium
                  0.21
                  0.08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9182, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.52
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.51.

              § 425.53
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.51

              § 425.54
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  5.3
                  2.4

                  TSS
                  7.7
                  3.5

                  Oil & Grease
                  2.2
                  1.0

                  Total Chromium
                  0.14
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 425.55
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Total chromium
                  19
                  12

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 10.0.

              § 425.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.55.

            Subpart F—Through-the-Blue Subcategory

              § 425.60
              Applicability; description of the through-the-blue subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides through the blue tanned state by hair pulp unhairing and chrome tanning; no retan-wet finishing is performed.

              § 425.61
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  3.2
                  1.5

                  TSS
                  4.7
                  2.1

                  Oil & Grease
                  1.4
                  0.61

                  Total Chromium
                  0.08
                  0.03

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9183, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.62
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.61.

              § 425.63
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.61.

              § 425.64
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  3.2
                  1.5

                  TSS
                  4.7
                  2.1

                  Oil & Grease
                  1.4
                  0.61

                  Total Chromium
                  0.08
                  0.03

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9183, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.65
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Sulfide
                  24

                  Total chromium
                  12
                  8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Not less than 7.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 35685, July 8, 1996]

              § 425.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and must achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.65.

            Subpart G—Shearling Subcategory

              § 425.70
              Applicability; description of the shearling subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured sheep or sheep-like skins with the wool or hair retained into finished leather by chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.71
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  3.0
                  1.3

                  TSS
                  4.3
                  1.9

                  Oil & Grease
                  1.2
                  0.55

                  Total Chromium
                  0.08
                  0.03

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9183, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.72
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.71.

              § 425.73
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.71.

              § 425.74
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pound per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  13.2
                  5.9

                  TSS
                  19.1
                  8.7

                  Oil and grease
                  5.6
                  2.5

                  Total chromium
                  0.34
                  0.12

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 425.75
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Total chromium
                  19
                  12

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 10.0.

              § 425.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and must achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.75.

            Subpart H—Pigskin Subcategory

              § 425.80
              Applicability; description of the pigskin subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured pigskins into finished leather by chemically dissolving or pulping the hair and tanning with chrome, then retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.81
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  7.0
                  3.2

                  TSS
                  10.1
                  4.6

                  Oil and grease
                  3.0
                  1.3

                  Total chromium
                  0.18
                  0.07

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982; 48 FR 30117, June 30, 1983]

              § 425.82
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease and pH contained in § 425.81.

              § 425.83
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.81.

              § 425.84
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  5.8
                  2.6

                  TSS
                  8.3
                  3.8

                  Oil and grease
                  2.4
                  1.1

                  Total chromium
                  0.15
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 425.85
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and § 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Sulfide
                  24

                  Total chromium
                  12
                  8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Not less than 7.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 35685, July 8, 1996]

              § 425.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.85.

            Subpart I—Retan-Wet Finish-Splits Subcategory

              § 425.90
              Applicability; description of the retan-wet finish-splits subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes previously unhaired and tanned splits into finished leather by retan-wet finishing.

              § 425.91
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 pounds) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  5.8
                  2.6

                  TSS
                  8.3
                  3.8

                  Oil & Grease
                  2.4
                  1.1

                  Total Chromium
                  0.15
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 9183, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.92
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD5, TSS, Oil and Grease, and pH contained in § 425.91.

              § 425.93
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.91.

              § 425.94
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of raw material

                  BOD5

                  3.5
                  1.6

                  TSS
                  5.1
                  2.3

                  Oil & Grease
                  1.5
                  0.66

                  Total Chromium
                  0.09
                  0.03

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 425.95
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Maximum for monthly average

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Total Chromium
                  19
                  12

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 10.0.

              (b) Any existing source subject to this subpart which processes less than 3,600 splits/day shall comply with § 425.95(a), except that the total chromium limitations contained in § 425.95(a) do not apply.
              [47 FR 52870, Nov. 23, 1982; 48 FR 30117, June 30, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 9183, Mar. 21, 1988]

              § 425.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.95.

              Pt. 425, App. A
              Appendix A to Part 425—Potassium Ferricyanide Titration Method
              Source
              The potassium ferricyanide titration method is based on method SLM 4/2 described in “Official Method of Analysis,” Society of Leather Trades' Chemists, Fourth Revised Edition, Redbourn, Herts., England, 1965.
              Outline of Method
              The buffered sulfide solution is titrated with standard potassium ferricyanide solution in the presence of a ferrous dimethylglyoxime ammonia complex. The sulfide is oxidized to sulfur. Sulfite interferes and must be precipitated with barium chloride. Thiosulfate is not titrated under the conditions of the determination (Charlot, “Ann. chim, anal,”, 1945, 27, 153; Booth; “J. Soc. Leather Trades' Chemists,” 1956, 40, 238).
              Apparatus
              Burrette, 10 ml.
              Reagents

              1. Preparation of 0.02N potassium ferricyanide; Weigh to the nearest tenth of a gram 6.6 g. of analytical reagent grade potassium ferricyanide and dissolve in 1 liter distilled water. Store in an amber bottle in the dark. Prepare fresh each week.
              2. Standardization of ferricyanide solution: Transfer 50 ml. of solution to a 250 ml. Erlenmeyer flask. Add several crystals of potassium iodide (about 1 g.), mix gently to dissolve, add 1 ml. of 6N hydrochloric acid, stopper the flask, and swirl gently. Let stand for two minutes, add 10 ml. of a 30 percent zinc sulfate solution, and titrate the mixture containing the gelatinous precipitate with standardized sodium thiosulfate or phenylarsine oxide titrant in the range of 0.025-0.050N Add 1 ml. of starch indicator solution after the color has faded to a pale yellow, and continue the titration to the disappearance of the blue color. Calculate the normality of the ferricyanide solution using the equation:

                ER25SE06.000

              3. Preparation of 6M ammonium chloride buffer, pH 9.3: Dissolve 200 g. ammonium chloride in approximately 500 ml. distilled water, add 200 ml. 14M reagent grade ammonium hydroxide and make up to 1 liter with distilled water. The buffer should be prepared in a hood. Store in a tightly stoppered container.
              4. Preparation of 0.05M barium chloride solution: Dissolve 12-13 g. barium chloride dihydrate in 1 liter of distilled water.
              5. Preparation of ferrous dimethylglyoxime indicator solution: Mix 10 ml. 0.6 percent ferrous sulfate, 50 ml. 1 percent dimethylglyoxime in ethanol, and 0.5 ml. concentrated sulfuric acid.
              6. Preparation of stock sulfide standard, 1000 ppm: Dissolve 2.4 g. reagent grade sodium sulfide in 1 liter of distilled water. Store in a tightly stoppered container. Diluted working standards must be prepared fresh daily and their concentrations determined by EPA test procedure 376.1 (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 66 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, with correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)) immediately prior to use.
              7. Preparation of 10N NaOH: Dissolve 400 g. of analytical reagent grade NaOH in 1 liter distilled water.
              Sample Preservation and Storage
              Samples are to be field filtered (gravity or pressure) with coarse filter paper (Whatman 4 or equivalent) immediately after collection. Filtered samples must be preserved by adjustment to pH>12 with 10N NaOH. Sample containers must be covered tightly and stored at 4 °C until analysis. Samples must be analyzed within 48 hours of collection. If these procedures cannot be achieved, it is the laboratory's responsibility to institute quality control procedures that will provide documentation of sample integrity.
              Procedure
              1. Transfer 100 ml. of sample to be analyzed, or a suitable portion containing not more than 15 mg. sulfide supplemented to 100 ml. with distilled water, to a 250 ml. Erlenmeyer flask.
              2. Adjust the sample to pH 8.5-9.5 with 6N HC1.
              3. Add 20 ml. of 6M ammonium chloride buffer (pH 9.3), 1 ml. of ferrous dimethylglyoxime indicator, and 25 ml. of 0.05M barium chloride. Mix gently, stopper, and let stand for 10 minutes.
              4. After 10 minutes titrate with standardized potassium ferricyanide to disappearance of pink color. The endpoint is reached when there is no reappearance of the pink color after 30 seconds.
              Calculation and Reporting of Results.

                ER25SE06.007

              where A = volume in ml. of potassium ferricyanide solution used,
              and B = normality of potassium ferricyanide solution.

              2. Report results to two significant figures.

              Quality Control
              1. Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality control program. The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability and the analysis of replicate and spiked samples as a continuing check on performance. The laboratory is required to maintain performance records to define the quality of data that is generated. Ongoing performance checks must be compared with established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses are within precision and accuracy limits expected of the method.
              2. Before performing any analyses, the analyst must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy with this method by performing the following operations.
              (a) Perform four replicate analyses of a 20 mg./l. sulfide standard prepared in distilled water (see paragraph 6 under “Reagents” above).
              (b)(1) Calculate clean water precision and accuracy in accordance with standard statistical procedures. Clean water acceptance limits are presented in paragraph 2(b)(2) below. These criteria must be met or exceeded before sample analyses can be initiated. A clean water standard must be analyzed with each sample set and the established criteria met for the analysis to be considered under control.
              (2) Clean water precision and accuracy acceptance limits: For distilled water samples containing from 5 mg./l. to 50 mg./l. sulfide, the mean concentration from four replicate analyses must be within the range of 50 to 110 percent of the true value.
              3. The Method Detection Limits (MDL) should be determined periodically by each participating laboratory in accordance with the procedures specified in “Methods for Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater,” EPA-660/4-82-057, July 1982, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268. For the convenience of the user, these procedures are contained in appendix C to part 425.
              4. A minimum of one spiked and one duplicate sample must be performed for each analytical event, or five percent spikes and five percent duplicates when the number of samples per event exceeds twenty. Spike levels are to be at the MDL (see paragraph 3 above for MDL samples) and at x where x is the concentration found if in excess of the MDL. Spike recovery must be 40 to 120 percent for the analysis of a particular matrix type to be considered valid. If a sample or matrix type provides performance outside these acceptance limits, the analyses must be repeated using the modified Monier-Williams procedures described in appendix B to this part.
              5. Report results in mg./liter. When duplicate and spiked samples are analyzed, report all data with the sample results.
              [53 FR 9183, Mar. 21, 1988]

              Pt. 425, App. B
              Appendix B to Part 425—Modified Monier-Williams Method
              Outline of Method

              Hydrogen sulfide is liberated from an acidified sample by distillation and purging with nitrogen gas (N2). Sulfur dioxide interference is removed by scrubbing the nitrogen gas stream in a pH 7 buffer solution. The sulfide gas is collected by passage through an alkaline hydrogen peroxide scrubbing solution in which it is oxidized to sulfate. Sulfate concentration in the scrubbing solution is determined by either EPA gravimetric test procedure 375.3 or EPA turbidimetric test procedure 375.4 (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 65 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, and correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)).
              Apparatus*
              (See Figure 1.) * Catalogue numbers are given only to provide a more complete description of the equipment necessary, and do not constitute a manufacturer or vendor endorsement.
              Heating mantel and control (VWR Cat. No. 33752-464)
              1000 ml. distilling flask with three 24/40 joints (VWR Cat. No. 29280-215)
              Friedricks condenser with two 24/40 joints (VWR Cat. No. 23161-009)

                EC01MY92.112

              125 ml. separatory funnel with 24/40 joint (VWR Cat. No. 30357-102)
              Inlet tube with 24/40 joint (VWR Cat. No. 33057-105)
              Adapter joint 24/40 to 19/38 (VWR Cat. No. 62905-26)
              Adsorber head (2 required) (Thomas Cat. No. 9849-R29)
              Adsorber body (2 required) (Thomas Cat. No. 9849-R32)
              Laboratory vacuum pump or water aspirator
              Reagents
              1. Potassium hydroxide, 6N: Dissolve 340 g. of analytical reagent grade KOH in 1 liter distilled water.
              2. Sodium hydroxide, 6N: Dissolve 240 g. of analytical reagent grade NaOH in 1 liter distilled water.
              3. Sodium hydroxide, 0.03N: Dilute 5.0 ml. of 6N NaOH to 1 liter with distilled water.
              4. Hydrochloric acid, 6N: Dilute 500 ml. of concentrated HCl to 1 liter with distilled water.
              5. Potassium phosphate stock buffer, 0.5M: Dissolve 70 g. of monobasic potassium phosphate in approximately 800 ml. distilled water. Adjust pH to 7.0 ±0.1 with 6N potassium hydroxide and dilute to 1 liter with distilled water. Stock solution in stable for several months at 4 °C.
              6. Potassium phosphate buffer, 0.05M: Dilute 1 volume of 0.5M potassium phosphate stock buffer with 9 volumes of distilled water. Solution is stable for one month at 4 °C.

              7. Alkaline 3% hydrogen peroxide: Dilute 1 volume of 30 percent hydrogen peroxide with 9 volumes of 0.03N NaOH. Prepare this solution fresh each day of use.
              8. Preparation of stock sulfide standard, 1000 ppm.: Dissolve 2.4 g. reagent grade sodium sulfide in 1 liter of distilled water. Store in a tightly stoppered container. Diluted working standards must be prepared fresh daily and their concentrations determined by EPA test procedure 376.1 immediately prior to use (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 66 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, and correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)).
              Sample Preservation and Storage
              Preserve unfiltered wastewater samples immediately after collection by adjustment to pH>9 with 6N NaOH and addition of 2 ml. of 2N zinc acetate per liter. This amount of zinc acetate is adequate to preserve 64 mg./l. sulfide under ideal conditions. Sample containers must be covered tightly and stored at 4 °C until analysis. Samples must be analyzed within seven days of collection. If these procedures cannot be achieved, it is the laboratory's responsibility to institute quality control procedures that will provide documentation of sample integrity.
              Procedure (See Figure 1 for apparatus layout.)
              1. Place 50 ml. of 0.05M pH 7.0 potassium phosphate buffer in Trap No. 1.
              2. Place 50 ml. of alkaline 3 percent hydrogen peroxide in Trap No. 2.
              3. Sample introduction and N2 prepurge: Gently mix sample to be analyzed to resuspend settled material, taking care not to aerate the sample. Transfer 400 ml. of sample, or a suitable portion containing not more than 20 mg. sulfide diluted to 400 ml. with distilled water, to the distillation flask. Adjust the N2 flow so that the impingers are frothing vigorously, but not overflowing. Vaccum may be applied at the outlet of Trap No. 2 to assist in smooth purging. The N2 inlet tube of the distillation flask must be submerged deeply in the sample to ensure efficient agitation. Purge the sample for 30 minutes without applying heat. Test the apparatus for leaks during the prepurge cycle (Snoop or soap water solution).
              4. Volatilization of H2 S: Interrupt the N2 flow (and vacuum) and introduce 100 ml. of 6N HCl to the sample using the separatory funnel. Immediately resume the gas flow (and vacuum). Apply maximum heat with the heating mantle until the sample begins to boil, then reduce heat and maintain gentle boiling and N2 flow for 30 minutes. Terminate the distillation cycle by turning off the heating mantle and maintaining N2 flow through the system for 5 to 10 minutes. Then turn off the N2 flow (and release vacuum) and cautiously vent the system by placing 50 to 100 ml. of distilled water in the separatory funnel and opening the stopcock carefully. When the bubbling stops and the system is equalized to atmospheric pressure, remove the separatory funnel. Extreme care must be exercised in terminating the distillation cycle to avoid flash-over, draw-back, or violent steam release.
              5. Analysis: Analyze the contents of Trap No. 2 for sulfate according to either EPA gravimetric test procedure 375.3 or EPA turbidimetric test procedure 375.4 (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 65 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, and correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)). Use the result to calculate mg./l. of sulfide in wastewater sample.
              Calculations and Reporting of Results
              1. Gravimetric procedure:

                ER25SE06.001

              2. Turbidimetric procedure:

                ER25SE06.002

              where A = mg./l. of sulfate in Trap No. 2
              B = liquid volume in liters in Trap No. 2
              and C = volume in ml. of waste sample distilled

              3. Report results to two significant figures.
              Quality Control

              1. Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality control program. The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability and the analysis of replicate and spiked samples as a continuing check on performance. The laboratory is required to maintain performance records to define the quality of data that is generated. Ongoing performance checks must be compared with established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses are within precision and accuracy limits expected of the method.

              2. Before performing any analyses, the analyst must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision by performing the following operations.
              (a) Perform four replicate analyses of a 20 mg./l. sulfide standard prepared in distilled water (see paragraph 8 under “Reagents” above).
              (b)(1) Calculate clean water precision and accuracy in accordance with standard statistical procedures. Clean water acceptance limits are presented in paragraph 2(b)(2) below. These criteria must be met or exceeded before sample analyses can be initiated. A clean water standard must be analyzed with each sample set and the established criteria met for the analyses to be considered under control.
              (2) Clean water precision and accuracy acceptance limits: For distilled water samples containing from 5 mg./l. to 50 mg./l. sulfide, the mean concentration from four replicate analyses must be within the range of 72 to 114 percent of the true value.
              3. The Method Detection Limit (MDL) should be determined periodically by each participating laboratory in accordance with the procedures specified in “Methods for Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater,” EPA-600/4-82-057, July 1982, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268. For the convenience of the user, these procedures are contained in appendix C to part 425.
              4. A minimum of one spiked and one duplicate sample must be run for each analytical event, or five percent spikes and five percent duplicates when the number of samples per event exceeds twenty. Spike levels are to be at the MDL (see paragraph 3 above for MDL samples) and at x when x is the concentration found if in excess of the MDL. Spike recovery must be 60 to 120 percent for the analysis of a particular matrix type to be considered valid.
              5. Report all results in mg./liter. When duplicate and spiked samples are analyzed, report all data with the sample results.
              [53 FR 9184, Mar. 21, 1988]

              Pt. 425, App. C
              Appendix C to Part 425—Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit 1

              The method detection limit (MDL) is defined at the minimum concentration of a substance that can be identified, measured and reported with 99 percent confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero and determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing analyte.

                  1 Source: “Methods for Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater,” EPA-600/4-82-057, July 1982, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268

              Scope and Application
              This procedure is designed for applicability to a wide variety of sample types ranging from reagent (blank) water containing analyte to wastewater containing analyte. The MDL for an analytical procedure may vary as a function of sample type. The procedure requires a complete, specific and well defined analytical method. It is essential that all sample processing steps of the analytical method be included in the determination of the method detection limit.
              The MDL obtained by this procedure is used to judge the significance of a single measurement of a future sample.
              The MDL procedure was designed for applicability to a broad variety of physical and chemical methods. To accomplish this, the procedure was made device- or instrument-independent.
              Procedure
              1. Make an estimate of the detection limit using one of the following:
              (a) The concentration value that corresponds to an instrument signal/noise ratio in the range of 2.5 to 5. If the criteria for qualitative identification of the analyte is based upon pattern recognition techniques, the least abundant signal necessary to achieve identification must be considered in making the estimate.
              (b) The concentration value that corresponds to three times the standard deviation of replicate instrumental measurements for the analyte in reagent water.

              (c) The concentration value that corresponds to the region of the standard curve where there is a significant change in sensitivity at low analyte concentrations, i.e., a break in the slope of the standard curve.
              (d) The concentration value that corresponds to known instrumental limitations.
              It is recognized that the experience of the analyst is important to this process. However, the analyst must include the above considerations in the estimate of the detection limit.
              2. Prepare reagent (blank) water that is as free of analyte as possible. Reagent or interference free water is defined as a water sample in which analyte and interferent concentrations are not detected at the method detection limit of each analyte of interest. Interferences are defined as systematic errors in the measured analytical signal of an established procedure caused by the presence of interfering species (interferent). The interferent concentration is presupposed to be normally distributed in representative samples of a given matrix.

              3. (a) If the MDL is to be determined in reagent water (blank), prepare a laboratory standard (analyte in reagent water) at a concentration which is at least equal to or in the same concentration range as the estimated MDL. (Recommended between 1 and 5 times the estimated MDL.) Proceed to Step 4.
              (b) If the MDL is to be determined in another sample matrix, analyze the sample. If the measured level of the analyte is in the recommended range of one to five times the estimated MDL, proceed to Step 4.
              If the measured concentration of analyte is less than the estimated MDL, add a known amount of analyte to bring the concentration of analyte to between one and five times the MDL. In the case where an interference is coanalyzed with the analyte:
              If the measured level of analyte is greater than five times the estimated MDL, there are two options:
              (1) Obtain another sample of lower level of analyte in same matrix if possible.
              (2) The sample may be used as is for determining the MDL if the analyte level does not exceed 10 times the MDL of the analyte in reagent water. The variance of the analytical method changes as the analyte concentration increases from the MDL, hence the MDL determined under these circumstances may not truly reflect method variance at lower analyte concentrations.
              4. (a) Take a minimum of seven aliquots of the sample to be used to calculate the MDL and process each through the entire anlaytical method. Make all computations according to the defined method with final results in the method reporting units. If blank measurements are required to calculate the measured level of analyte, obtain separate blank measurements for each sample aliquot anlayzed. The average blank measurement is subtracted from the respective sample measurements.
              (b) It may be economically and technically desirable to evaluate the estimated MDL before proceeding with 4a. This will: (1) Prevent repeating this entire procedure when the costs of analyses are high and (2) insure that the procedure is being conducted at the correct concentration. It is quite possible that an incorrect MDL can be calculated from data obtained at many times the real MDL even though the background concentration of analyte is less than five times the calculated MDL. To insure that the estimate of the MDL is a good estimate, it is necessary to determine that a lower concentration of analyte will not result in a significantly lower MDL. Take two aliquots of the sample to be used to calculate the MDL and process each through the entire method, including blank measurements as described above in 4a. Evaluate these data:
              (1) If these measurements indicate the sample is in the desirable range for determining the MDL, take five additional aliquots and proceed. Use all seven measurements to calculate the MDL.
              (2) If these measurements indicate the sample is not in the correct range, reestimate the MDL, obtain new sample as in 3 and repeat either 4a or 4b.
              5. Calculate the variance (S2) and standard deviation (S) of the replicate measurements, as follows:

                112a.eps

              where: the xi, i = 1 to n are the analytical results in the final method reporting units obtained from the n sample aliquots and

                112b.eps

              refers to the sum of the X values from i = 1 to n.
              6. (a) Compute the MDL as follows:

              MDL = t(n−1,1−a = .99) (S)

              where:

              MDL = the method detection

                t (n-1, 1-a = .99) = the students' t value appropriate for a 99 percent confidence level and a standard deviation estimate with n-1 degrees of freedom. See Table.
              S = standard deviation of the replicate analyses.

              (b) The 95 percent confidence limits for the MDL derived in 6a are computed according to the following equations derived from percentiles of the chi square over degrees of freedom distribution (X2/df) and calculated as follows:

              MDLLCL = 0.69 MDL
              MDLUCL = 1.92 MDL where MDLLCL and MDLUCL are the lower and upper 95 percent confidence limits respectively based on seven aliquots.

              7. Optional iterative procedure to verify the reasonableness of the estimated MDL and calculated MDL of subsequent MDL determinations.
              (a) If this is the initial attempt to compute MDL based on the estimated MDL in Step 1, take the MDL as calculated in Step 6, spike in the matrix at the calculated MDL and proceed through the procedure starting with Step 4.

              (b) If the current MDL determination is an iteration of the MDL procedure for which the spiking level does not permit qualitative identification, report the MDL as that concentration between the current spike level and the previous spike level which allows qualitative identification.
              (c) If the current MDL determination is an iteration of the MDL procedure and the spiking level allows qualitative identification, use S2 from the current MDL calculation and S2 from the previous MDL calculation to compute the F ratio.

                114a.eps

              then compute the pooled standard deviation by the following equation:

                114b.eps

                114c.eps

              respike at the last calculated MDL and process the samples through the procedure starting with Step 4.
              (d) Use the Spooled as calculated in 7b to compute the final MDL according to the following equation:

              MDL = 2.681 (Spooled)
              where 2.681 is equal to t (12, 1 −a = .99)

              (e) The 95 percent confidence limits for MDL derived in 7c are computed according to the following equations derived from percentiles of the chi squared over degrees of freedom distribution.

              MDLLCL = 0.72 MDL
              MDLUCL = 1.65 MDL

              where LCL and UCL are the lower and upper 95 percent confidence limits respectively based on 14 aliquots.
              Reporting
              The analytical method used must be specifically identified by number or title and the MDL for each analyte expressed in the appropriate method reporting units. If the analytical method permits options which affect the method detection limit, these conditions must be specified with the MDL value. The sample matrix used to determine the MDL must also be identified with the MDL value. Report the mean analyte level with the MDL. If a laboratory standard or a sample that contained a known amount analyte was used for this determination, report the mean recovery, and indicate if the MDL determination was iterated.
              If the level of the analyte in the sample matrix exceeds 10 times the MDL of the analyte in reagent water, do not report a value for the MDL.
              Reference
              Glaser, J.A., Foerst, D.L., McKee, G.D., Quave, S.A., and Budde, W.L., “Trace Analysis for Wastewaters,” Environmental Science and Technology, 15, 1426 (1981).

                Table of Students' t Values at the 99 Percent Confidence Level

                  Number of replicates
                  Degrees of freedom (n−1)

                    t (n−1, 1−a = .99)

                  7
                  6
                  3.143

                  8
                  7
                  2.998

                  9
                  8
                  2.896

                  10
                  9
                  2.821

                  11
                  10
                  2.764

                  16
                  15
                  2.602

                  21
                  20
                  2.528

                  26
                  25
                  2.485

                  31
                  30
                  2.457

                  61
                  60
                  2.390

                  2.326

              [53 FR 9186, Mar. 21, 1988]

          Pt. 426
          PART 426—GLASS MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Insulation Fiberglass Subcategory
              Sec.
              426.10
              Applicability; description of the insulation fiberglass subcategory.
              426.11
              Specialized definitions.
              426.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.14
              [Reserved]
              426.15
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.17
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Subpart B—Sheet Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.20
              Applicability; description of the sheet glass manufacturing subcategory.
              426.21
              Specialized definitions.
              426.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.24
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              426.25
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.27
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart C—Rolled Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.30
              Applicability; description of the rolled glass manufacturing subcategory.
              426.31
              Specialized definitions.
              426.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.34
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              426.35
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.37
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart D—Plate Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.40
              Applicability; description of the plate glass manufacturing subcategory.
              426.41
              Specialized definitions.
              426.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.43
              [Reserved]
              426.44
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              426.45
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.47
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Subpart E—Float Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.50
              Applicability; description of the float glass manufacturing subcategory.
              426.51
              Specialized definitions.
              426.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.54
              [Reserved]
              426.55
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.57
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart F—Automotive Glass Tempering Subcategory
              426.60
              Applicability; description of the automotive glass tempering subcategory.
              426.61
              Specialized definitions.
              426.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.63
              [Reserved]
              426.64
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              426.65
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.67
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart G—Automotive Glass Laminating Subcategory
              426.70
              Applicability; description of the automotive glass laminating subcategory.
              426.71
              Specialized definitions.
              426.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.74
              [Reserved]
              426.75
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.77
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart H—Glass Container Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.80
              Applicability; description of the glass container manufacturing subcategory.
              426.81
              Specialized definitions.
              426.82
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.83-426.84
              [Reserved]
              426.85
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.87
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart I—Machine Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart J—Glass Tubing (Danner) Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.100
              Applicability; description of the glass tubing (Danner) manufacturing subcategory.
              426.101
              Specialized definitions.
              426.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.103-426.104
              [Reserved]
              426.105
              Standards for performance for new sources.
              426.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.107
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart K—Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.110
              Applicability; description of the television picture tube envelope manufacturing subcategory.
              426.111
              Specialized definitions.
              426.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.114
              [Reserved]
              426.115
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.117
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart L—Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.120
              Applicability; description of the incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory.
              426.121
              Specialized definitions.
              426.122
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.123
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.124
              [Reserved]
              426.125
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.126
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.127
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart M—Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
              426.130
              Applicability; description of the hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory.
              426.131
              Specialized definitions.
              426.132
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              426.133
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              426.134
              [Reserved]
              426.135
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              426.136
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              426.137
              [Reserved]

            Authority:

            Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306 (b) and (c), 307(c), and 316(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314, 1316 (b) and (c), 1317(b); 86 Stat. 816 et seq., Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.

            Source:
            39 FR 2565, Jan. 22, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—Insulation Fiberglass Subcategory

              § 426.10
              Applicability; description of the insulation fiberglass subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of insulation fiberglass in which molten glass is either directly or indirectly made, continuously fiberized and chemically bonded into a wool-like material.

              § 426.11
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “cullet water” shall mean that water which is exclusively and directly applied to molten glass in order to solidify the glass.
              (c) The term “advanced air emission control devices” shall mean air pollution control equipment, such as electrostatic precipitators and high energy scrubbers, that are used to treat an air discharge which has been treated initially by equipment including knock-out chambers and low energy scrubbers.

              § 426.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
              (a) There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters, except as permitted in paragraph (b) of this section.
              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged in process waste water from advanced air emission control devices, when such water cannot be consumed in the process.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kilograms per 1,000 kg of product)

                  Phenol
                  0.0006
                  0.0003

                  COD
                  0.33
                  .165

                  BOD5

                  0.024
                  .012

                  TSS
                  0.03
                  .015

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (pounds per 1,000 lb. of product)

                  Phenol
                  0.0006
                  0.0003

                  COD
                  0.33
                  .165

                  BOD5

                  0.024
                  .012

                  TSS
                  0.03
                  .015

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 2565, Jan. 22, 1974; 39 FR 4760, Feb. 7, 1974]

              § 426.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.

              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.14
              [Reserved]

              § 426.15
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              (a) Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to discharges of process waste water pollutants into publicly owned treatment works except for that portion of the waste stream which constitutes cullet water.
              (b) [Reserved]
              [39 FR 2565, Jan. 22, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.17
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.12 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart B—Sheet Glass Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.20
              Applicability; description of the sheet glass manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullen and other ingredients) are mixed, melted in a furnace, and drawn vertically from a melting tank to form sheet glass.

              § 426.21
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “cullet” shall mean any broken glass generated in the manufacturing process.

              § 426.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.

              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.24
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6444, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.25
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.27
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best conventional pollutant control technology: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [44 FR 50746, Aug. 29, 1979]

            Subpart C—Rolled Glass Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.30
              Applicability; description of the rolled glass manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullet, and other ingredients) are mixed, melted in a furnace, and cooled by rollers to form rolled glass.

              § 426.31
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “cullet” shall mean any broken glass generated in the manufacturing process.

              § 426.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.

              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.34
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6444, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.35
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.37
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best conventional pollutant control technology: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [44 FR 50746, Aug. 29, 1979]

            Subpart D—Plate Glass Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.40
              Applicability; description of the plate glass manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullet and other ingredients) are melted in a furnace, pressed between rollers, and finally ground and polished to form plate glass.

              § 426.41
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “cullet” shall mean any broken glass generated in the manufacturing process.

              § 426.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  2.76
                  .138

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  5.52
                  2.76

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.43
              [Reserved]

              § 426.44
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6444, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.45
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 426.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.47
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.42 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart E—Float Glass Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.50
              Applicability; description of the float glass manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullet, and other ingredients) are mixed, melted in a furnace, and floated on a molten tin bath to produce float glass.

              § 426.51
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 426.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (q/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  2.00
                  2.00

                  Oil
                  1.40
                  1.40

                  Phosphorus
                  0.05
                  .05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  0.0040
                  0.0040

                  Oil
                  0.0028
                  .0028

                  Phosphorus
                  0.0001
                  .0001

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kg of product)

                  Phosphorus
                  0.05
                  .05

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  Phosphorus
                  0.0001
                  .0001

              [39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, as amended at 44 FR 50746, Aug. 29, 1979]

              § 426.54
              [Reserved]

              § 426.55
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.70
                  0.70

                  Oil
                  1.40
                  1 .40

                  Phosphorus
                  0.05
                  .05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  0.0014
                  0.0014

                  Oil
                  0.0028
                  .0028

                  Phosphorus
                  0.0001
                  .0001

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33958, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.57
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.52 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart F—Automotive Glass Tempering Subcategory

              Source:
              39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.60
              Applicability; description of the automotive glass tempering subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the processes in which glass is cut and then passed through a series of processes that grind and polish the edges, bend the glass, and then temper the glass to produce side and back windows for automobiles.

              § 426.61
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “tempering” shall mean the process whereby glass is heated near the melting point and then rapidly cooled to increase its mechanical and thermal endurance.

              § 426.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (q/sq m of product)

                  TSS
                  1.95
                  1.22

                  Oil
                  0.64
                  .64

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,060 sq ft of product)

                  TSS
                  0.40
                  0.25

                  Oil
                  0.13
                  .13

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.63
              [Reserved]

              § 426.64
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  Oil
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6444, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.65
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (q/sq m of product)

                  TSS
                  0.24
                  0.24

                  Oil
                  0.49
                  .49

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 sq ft of product)

                  TSS
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  Oil
                  0.10
                  .10

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.67
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.62 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart G—Automotive Glass Laminating Subcategory

              Source:
              39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.70
              Applicability; description of the automotive glass laminating subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the processes which laminate a plastic sheet between two layers of glass, and which prepare the glass for lamination such as cutting, bending and washing, to produce automobile windshields.

              § 426.71
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 426.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (q/sq m of product)

                  TSS
                  4.40
                  4.40

                  Oil
                  1.76
                  1.76

                  Phosphorus
                  1.07
                  1.07

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 sq ft of product)

                  TSS
                  0.90
                  0.90

                  Oil
                  0.36
                  .36

                  Phosphorus
                  0.22
                  .22

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (q/sq m of products)

                  Phosphorus
                  0.30
                  .30

                  English units (lb/1,000 sq ft of product)

                  Phosphorus
                  0.06
                  .06

              [39 FR 5714, Feb. 14, 1974, as amended at 44 FR 50746, Aug. 29, 1979]

              § 426.74
              [Reserved]

              § 426.75
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (q/sq m of product)

                  TSS
                  0.88
                  0.88

                  Oil
                  1.76
                  1.76

                  Phosphorus
                  0.30
                  .30

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.18

                  Oil
                  0.36
                  .36

                  Phosphorus
                  0.06
                  .06

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.77
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.72 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart H—Glass Container Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2956, Jan. 16, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.80
              Applicability; description of the glass container manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and mechanically processed into glass containers.

              § 426.81
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
              (c) The term “oil” shall mean those components of a waste water amenable to measurement by the technique or techniques described in the most recent addition of “Standard Methods” for the analysis of grease in polluted waters, waste waters, and effluents, such as “Standard Methods,” 13th Edition, 2nd Printing, page 407.

              § 426.82
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  60.0
                  30.0

                  TSS
                  140.0
                  70.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  0.06
                  0.03

                  TSS
                  0.14
                  0.07

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 2956, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              §§ 426.83-426.84
              [Reserved]

              § 426.85
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  1.6
                  0.8

                  TSS
                  1.6
                  0.8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  0.0016
                  0.0008

                  TSS
                  0.0016
                  0.0008

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. Because of the recognition that animal and vegetable oils can be adequately removed in a publicly owned treatment works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and may pass through untreated, two separate limitations are established.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil (animal and vegetable)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Oil (mineral)
                  60.0
                  30.0

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil (animal and vegetable)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Oil (mineral)
                  0.06
                  0.03

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 No limitation.

              [40 FR 2956, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.87
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.82 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart I—Machine Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart J—Glass Tubing (Danner) Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2957, Jan. 16, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.100
              Applicability; description of the glass tubing (Danner) manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and glass tubing mechanically drawn from the furnace horizontally by means of the Danner process, which requires the intermittent quenching of cullet.

              § 426.101
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
              (c) The term “cullet” shall mean any excess glass generated in the manufacturing process.

              § 426.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  TSS
                  460.0
                  230.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  TSS
                  0.46
                  0.23

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 2957, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              §§ 426.103-426.104
              [Reserved]

              § 426.105
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  TSS
                  0.4
                  0.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  TSS
                  0.0004
                  0.0002

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 2957, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.107
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.102 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart K—Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2957, Jan. 16, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.110
              Applicability; description of the television picture tube envelope manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and processed into television picture tube envelopes.

              § 426.111
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
              (c) The term “oil” shall mean those components of a waste water amenable to measurement by the technique or techniques described in the most recent addition of “Standard Methods” for the analysis of grease in polluted waters, waste waters, and effluents, such as “Standard Methods,” 13th Edition, 2nd Printing, page 407.

              § 426.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). (The fluoride and lead limitations are applicable to the abrasive polishing and acid polishing waste water streams while the TSS, oil, and pH limitations are applicable to the entire process waste water stream):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  260.0
                  130.0

                  TSS
                  300.0
                  150.0

                  Fluoride
                  140.0
                  70.0

                  Lead
                  39.0
                  4.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  0.26
                  0.13

                  TSS
                  0.30
                  0.15

                  Fluoride
                  0.14
                  0.07

                  Lead
                  0.009
                  0.0045

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 2957, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable. These limitations are applicable to the abrasive polishing and acid polishing waste water streams.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Fluoride
                  120.0
                  60.0

                  Lead
                  0.9
                  0.45

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Fluoride
                  0.12
                  0.06

                  Lead
                  0.0009
                  0.00045

              [44 FR 50747, Aug. 29, 1979]

              § 426.114
              [Reserved]

              § 426.115
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart (the fluoride and lead limitations are applicable to the abrasive polishing and acid polishing waste water streams while the TSS, oil, and pH limitations are applicable to the entire process waste water stream):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  260.0
                  130.0

                  TSS
                  260.0
                  130.0

                  Fluoride
                  120.0
                  60.0

                  Lead
                  30.9
                  0.45

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  0.26
                  0.13

                  TSS
                  0.26
                  0.13

                  Fluoride
                  0.12
                  0.06

                  Lead
                  0.0009
                  0.00045

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. Because of the recognition that animal and vegetable oils can be adequately removed in a publicly owned treatment works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and may pass through untreated, two separate limitations are established.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil (animal and vegetable)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Oil (mineral)
                  260.0
                  130.0

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Fluoride
                  120.0
                  60.0

                  Lead
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil (animal and vegetable)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Oil
                  0.26
                  0.13

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Fluoride
                  0.12
                  0.06

                  Lead
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 No limitation.

              [40 FR 2957, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33959, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.117
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.112 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart L—Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2959, Jan. 16, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.120
              Applicability; description of the incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the processes by which (a) raw materials are melted in a furnace and mechanically processed into incandescent lamp envelopes or (b) incandescent lamp envelopes are etched with hydrofluoric acid to produce frosted envelopes.

              § 426.121
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
              (c) The term “oil” shall mean those components of a waste water amenable to measurement by the technique or techniques described in the most recent addition of “Standard Methods” for the analysis of grease in polluted waters, waste waters, and effluents, such as “Standard Methods,” 13th Edition, 2nd Printing, page 407.
              (d) The term “product frosted” shall mean that portion of the “furnace pull” associated with the fraction of finished incandescent lamp envelopes which is frosted; this quantity shall be calculated by multiplying “furnace pull” by the fraction of finished incandescent lamp envelopes which is frosted.

              § 426.122
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) Any manufacturing plant which produces incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the forming operations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  230.0
                  115.0

                  TSS
                  230.0
                  115.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  0.23
                  0.115

                  TSS
                  0.23
                  0.115

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any manufacturing plant which frosts incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the finishing operations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  230.0
                  115.0

                  Ammonia
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  460.0
                  230.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  English units (lb/1000 lb of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  0.23
                  0.115

                  Ammonia
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  0.46
                  0.23

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  1 No limitation.

                  2 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 2959, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.123
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, the following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
              (a) [Reserved]
              (b) Any manufacturing plant which frosts incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the finishing operations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  104.0
                  52.0

                  Ammonia
                  240.0
                  120.0

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  0.104
                  0.052

                  Ammonia
                  0.24
                  0.12

              [51 FR 25001, July 9, 1986]

              § 426.124
              [Reserved]

              § 426.125
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

              (a) Any manufacturing plant which produces incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the forming operations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  90.0
                  45.0

                  TSS
                  90.0
                  45.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil
                  0.09
                  0.045

                  TSS
                  0.09
                  0.045

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any manufacturing plant which frosts incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the finishing operations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  104.0
                  52.0

                  Ammonia
                  240.0
                  120.0

                  TSS
                  80.0
                  40.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  0.104
                  0.052

                  Ammonia
                  0.24
                  0.12

                  TSS
                  0.08
                  0.04

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.126
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. Because of the recognition that animal and vegetable oils can be adequately removed in a publicly owned treatment works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and may pass through untreated, two separate limitations are established.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (g/kkg of furnace pull)

                  Oil (animal and vegetable)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Oil (mineral)
                  230.0
                  115.0

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of furnace pull)

                  Oil (animal and vegetable)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Oil (mineral)
                  0.23
                  0.115

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Metric units (g/kkg of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  104.0
                  52.0

                  Ammonia
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product frosted)

                  Fluoride
                  0.104
                  0.052

                  Ammonia
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 No limitation.

              [40 FR 2959, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.127
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.122 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              [51 FR 25000, July 9, 1986]

            Subpart M—Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2960, Jan. 16, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 426.130
              Applicability; description of the hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and processed by hand into pressed or blown glassware. This includes those plants which:
              (a) Produce leaded glass and employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques,
              (b) Produce non-leaded glass and employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques, or
              (c) Produce leaded or non-leaded glass and do not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques.

              § 426.131
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 426.132
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or blown leaded glassware, employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques, and discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations

                  Lead
                  No limitation.

                  Fluoride
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  pH
                    Do.

              (b) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations

                  Fluoride
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  pH
                    Do.

              (c) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and does not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations

                  TSS
                  No limitation.

                  pH
                    Do.

              [40 FR 2960, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.133
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

              (a) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or blown leaded glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations (mg/l)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Lead
                  0.2
                  0.1

                  Fluoride
                  26.0
                  13.0

              (b) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations (mg/l)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Fluoride
                  26.0
                  13.0

              [44 FR 50747, Aug. 29, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 25001, July 9, 1986]

              § 426.134
              [Reserved]

              § 426.135
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
              (a) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or blown leaded glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations (mg/l)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Lead
                  0.2
                  0.1

                  Fluoride
                  26.0
                  13.0

                  TSS
                  20.0
                  10.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations (mg/l)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Fluoride
                  26.0
                  13.0

                  TSS
                  20.0
                  10.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (c) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and does not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations (mg/l)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  20.0
                  10.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 426.136
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards (mg/l)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  (a):

                  Fluoride
                  26.0
                  13.0

                  Lead
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  (b):

                  Fluoride
                  26.0
                  13.0

                  Lead
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  (c):

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 No limitation.

              [40 FR 2960, Jan. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 426.137
              [Reserved]

          Pt. 427
          PART 427—ASBESTOS MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Asbestos-Cement Pipe Subcategory
              Sec.
              427.10
              Applicability; description of the asbestos-cement pipe subcategory.
              427.11
              Specialized definitions.
              427.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.14
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.15
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart B—Asbestos-Cement Sheet Subcategory
              427.20
              Applicability; description of the asbestos-cement sheet subcategory.
              427.21
              Specialized definitions.
              427.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.24
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.25
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart C—Asbestos Paper (Starch Binder) Subcategory
              427.30
              Applicability; description of the asbestos paper (starch binder) subcategory.
              427.31
              Specialized definitions.
              427.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.34
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.35
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart D—Asbestos Paper (Elastomeric Binder) Subcategory
              427.40
              Applicability; description of the asbestos paper (elastomeric binder) subcategory.
              427.41
              Specialized definitions.
              427.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.44
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.45
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart E—Asbestos Millboard Subcategory
              427.50
              Applicability; description of the asbestos millboard subcategory.
              427.51
              Specialized definitions.
              427.52

              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.54
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.55
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart F—Asbestos Roofing Subcategory
              427.60
              Applicability; description of the asbestos roofing subcategory.
              427.61
              Specialized definitions.
              427.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.63
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.64
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.65
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart G—Asbestos Floor Tile Subcategory
              427.70
              Applicability; description of the asbestos floor tile subcategory.
              427.71
              Specialized definitions.
              427.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.74
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              427.75
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart H—Coating or Finishing of Asbestos Textiles Subcategory
              427.80
              Applicability; description of the coating or finishing of asbestos textiles subcategory.
              427.81
              Specialized definitions.
              427.82
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.83
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.84
              [Reserved]
              427.85
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart I—Solvent Recovery Subcategory
              427.90
              Applicability; description of the solvent recovery subcategory.
              427.91
              Specialized definitions.
              427.92
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.93
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.94
              [Reserved]
              427.95
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              427.97
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

              Subpart J—Vapor Absorption Subcategory
              427.100
              Applicability; description of the vapor absorption subcategory.
              427.101
              Specialized definitions.
              427.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.103
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.104
              [Reserved]
              427.105
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart K—Wet Dust Collection Subcategory
              427.110

              Applicability; description of the wet dust collection subcategory.

              427.111
              Specialized definitions.
              427.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              427.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              427.114
              [Reserved]
              427.115
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              427.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

            Authority:

            Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306 (b) and (c), 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317(c); 86 Stat. 816 et seq.; Pub. L. 92-500.

            Source:
            39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—Asbestos-Cement Pipe Subcategory

              § 427.10
              Applicability; description of the asbestos-cement pipe subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos. Portland cement, silica and other ingredients are used in the manufacturing of asbestos-cement pipe.

              § 427.11
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.57
                  0.19

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  1.14
                  0.38

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutants properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.14
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6444, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.15
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.57
                  0.19

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  1.14
                  0.38

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 427.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart B—Asbestos-Cement Sheet Subcategory

              § 427.20
              Applicability; description of the asbestos-cement sheet subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, Portland cement, silica, and other ingredients are used in the manufacturing of asbestos-cement sheets. Discharges resulting from manufacture of asbestos-cement sheet laboratory tops are specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart.

              § 427.21
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.68
                  0.23

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  1.35
                  0.45

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.24
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.

              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6444, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.25
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste waters pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33960, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart C—Asbestos Paper (Starch Binder) Subcategory

              § 427.30
              Applicability; description of the asbestos paper (starch binder) subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, starch binders and other ingredients are used in the manufacture of asbestos paper (starch binder).

              § 427.31
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.55
                  0.35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  1.10
                  0.70

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.34
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6445, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.35
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart D—Asbestos Paper (Elastomeric Binder) Subcategory

              § 427.40
              Applicability; description of the asbestos paper (elastomeric binder) subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, elastomeric binder, and other ingredients are used in the manufacture of asbestos paper (elastomeric binder).

              § 427.41
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.55
                  0.35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  1.10
                  0.70

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.44
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6445, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.45
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  TSS
                  0.55
                  0.35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  TSS
                  .110
                  0.70

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 427.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart E—Asbestos Millboard Subcategory

              § 427.50
              Applicability; description of the asbestos millboard subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos in combination with various other materials such as cement, starch, clay, lime, and mineral wool are used in the manufacture of asbestos millboard.

              § 427.51
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.54
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6445, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.55
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart F—Asbestos Roofing Subcategory

              § 427.60
              Applicability; description of the asbestos roofing subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos paper is saturated with asphalt or coal tar with the subsequent application of various surface treatments to produce asbestos roofing products.

              § 427.61
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) COD shall mean COD added to the process waste water.

              § 427.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  0.015
                  0.008

                  TSS
                  0.010
                  .006

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/ton of product)

                  COD
                  0.029
                  0.016

                  TSS
                  0.020
                  .012

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.63
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.64
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  COD
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6445, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.65
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart G—Asbestos Floor Tile Subcategory

              § 427.70
              Applicability; description of the asbestos floor tile subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, polyvinyl chloride resin, chemical stabilizers, limestone, and other fillers are used in the manufacture of asbestos floor tile.

              § 427.71
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The abbreviation “mpc” shall mean 1000 pieces of floor tile.
              (c) The term “pieces” shall mean floor tile measured in the standard size of 12″ × 12″ × 3/32″.
              (d) COD shall mean COD added to the process waste water.

              § 427.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/mpc of product)

                  COD
                  0.14
                  0.09

                  TSS
                  0.06
                  .04

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/mpc of product)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.18

                  TSS
                  0.13
                  .08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 7527, Feb. 26, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33961, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.74
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources.
              Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  COD
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 6445, Feb. 11, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.75
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart H—Coating or Finishing of Asbestos Textiles Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 1875, Jan. 9, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 427.80
              Applicability; description of the coating or finishing of asbestos textiles subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process of coating or impregnating asbestos textiles with materials which impart specific desired qualities to the finished product.

              § 427.81
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.82
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.83
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [40 FR 1875, Jan. 9, 1975; 40 FR 18172, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 427.84
              [Reserved]

              § 427.85
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [40 FR 1875, Jan. 9, 1975; 40 FR 18172, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 427.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  COD
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 1875, Jan. 9, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart I—Solvent Recovery Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 1876, Jan. 9, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 427.90
              Applicability; description of the solvent recovery subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process of solvent recovery in the manufacture of asbestos products.

              § 427.91
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.92
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of finished asbestos product)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lbs/1,000 lbs of finished asbestos product)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 1876, Jan. 9, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.93
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of finished asbestos products)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.15

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of finished asbestos products)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.15

              [44 FR 50747, Aug. 29, 1979]

              § 427.94
              [Reserved]

              § 427.95
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of finished asbestos product)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lbs/1,000 lbs of finished asbestos product)

                  COD
                  0.30
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 427.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  COD
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 1876, Jan. 9, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.97
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of finished asbestos products)

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of finished asbestos products)

                  TSS
                  0.18
                  0.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [44 FR 50747, Aug. 29, 1979]

            Subpart J—Vapor Absorption Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 1876, Jan. 9, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 427.100
              Applicability; description of the vapor absorption subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the removal of volatilized organic materials from atmospheric emissions by means of wet scrubbers.

              § 427.101
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.103
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [40 FR 1877, Jan. 9, 1975; 40 FR 18172, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 427.104
              [Reserved]

              § 427.105
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [40 FR 1877, Jan. 9, 1975; 40 FR 18172, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 427.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  COD
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 1876, Jan. 9, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart K—Wet Dust Collection Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 1877, Jan. 9, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 427.110
              Applicability; description of the wet dust collection subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the removal of dust (particulates) from atmospheric emissions by means of wet scrubbers.

              § 427.111
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 427.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/1,000 std cu m of air scrubbed)

                  TSS
                  0.08
                  0.04

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lbs/MM std cu ft of air scrubbed)

                  TSS
                  5.0
                  2.50

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 1877, Jan. 9, 1975; 40 FR 18172, Apr. 25, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

              § 427.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters.

              § 427.114
              [Reserved]

              § 427.115
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
              [40 FR 1877, Jan. 9, 1975; 40 FR 18172, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 427.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  COD
                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

              [40 FR 1877, Jan. 9, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33962, June 29, 1995]

          Pt. 428
          PART 428—RUBBER MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Tire and Inner Tube Plants Subcategory
              Sec.
              428.10
              Applicability; description of the tire and inner tube plants subcategory.
              428.11
              Specialized definitions.
              428.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.14
              [Reserved]
              428.15
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart B—Emulsion Crumb Rubber Subcategory
              428.20
              Applicability; description of the emulsion crumb rubber subcategory.
              428.21
              Specialized definitions.
              428.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.24
              [Reserved]
              428.25
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              Subpart C—Solution Crumb Rubber Subcategory
              428.30
              Applicability; description of the solution crumb rubber subcategory.
              428.31
              Specialized definitions.
              428.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.34
              [Reserved]
              428.35
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              Subpart D—Latex Rubber Subcategory
              428.40
              Applicability; description of the latex rubber subcategory.
              428.41
              Specialized definitions.
              428.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.44
              [Reserved]
              428.45
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart E—Small-Sized General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Subcategory
              428.50
              Applicability; description of the small-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants subcategory.
              428.51
              Specialized definitions.
              428.52

              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.54
              [Reserved]
              428.55
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart F—Medium-Sized General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Sub-category
              428.60
              Applicability; description of the medium-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants subcategory.
              428.61
              Specialized definitions.
              428.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.63
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.64
              [Reserved]
              428.65
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart G—Large-Sized General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Sub-category
              428.70
              Applicability; description of the large-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants subcategory.
              428.71
              Specialized definitions.
              428.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.74
              [Reserved]
              428.75
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart H—Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcategory
              428.80
              Applicability; description of the wet digestion reclaimed rubber subcategory.
              428.81
              Specialized definitions.
              428.82
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.83
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.84
              [Reserved]
              428.85
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart I—Pan, Dry Digestion, and Mechanical Reclaimed Rubber Subcategory
              428.90
              Applicability; description of the pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber subcategory.
              428.91
              Specialized definitions.
              428.92
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.93
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.94
              [Reserved]
              428.95
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart J—Latex-Dipped, Latex-Extruded, and Latex-Molded Rubber Subcategory
              428.100
              Applicability; description of the latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded rubber subcategory.
              428.101
              Specialized definitions.
              428.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.103
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.104
              [Reserved]
              428.105
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Subpart K—Latex Foam Subcategory
              428.110

              Applicability; description of the latex foam subcategory.

              428.111
              Specialized definitions.
              428.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              428.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              428.114
              [Reserved]
              428.115
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              428.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

            Authority:

            Secs. 301, 304(b) and (c), 306(b) and (c), 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314(b) and (c), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(c); 86 Stat. 816 et seq.; Pub. L. 92-500.

            Source:
            39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—Tire and Inner Tube Plants Subcategory

              § 428.10
              Applicability; description of the tire and inner tube plants subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of process wastewater pollutants resulting from the production of pneumatic tires and inner tubes in tire and inner tube plants.
              [40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.11
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, fabric and wire used in the manufacture of pneumatic tires and inner tubes or components thereof.
              (c) The term “process waste water” shall mean, in the case of tire and inner tube plants constructed before 1959, discharges from the following: Soapstone solution applications; steam cleaning operations; air pollution control equipment; unroofed process oil unloading areas; mold cleaning operations; latex applications; and air compressor receivers. Discharges from other areas of such plants shall not be classified as process waste water for the purposes of this section.
              (d) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (e) of this section, the term “process waste water” shall have the meaning set forth in § 401.11(q) of this chapter.
              (e) Water used only for tread cooling shall be classified as “nonprocess waste water.”
              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  TSS
                  0.096
                  0.064

                  Oil and grease
                  0.024
                  .016

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  TSS
                  0.096
                  0.064

                  Oil and grease
                  0.024
                  .016

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) All plants constructed before 1959 shall employ the best practicable maintenance and housekeeping practices in order to minimize the discharge of oil and grease in nonprocess waste waters. The concentration of oil and grease in discharges of nonprocess waste water shall meet the following limitations:

              (1) The average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 5 mg/l.

              (2) The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 10 mg/l.
              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974; 39 FR 26423, July 19, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975; 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines, representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  TSS
                  0.096
                  0.064

                  Oil and grease
                  0.024
                  .016

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  TSS
                  0.096
                  0.064

                  Oil and grease
                  0.024
                  .016

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) All plants constructed before 1959 shall employ the best available maintenance and housekeeping practices in order to minimize the discharge of oil and grease in nonprocess waste waters. The concentration of oil and grease in discharges of nonprocess waste waters shall meet the following limitations:
              (1) The average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 5 mg/l.
              (2) The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 10 mg/l.
              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974; 39 FR 26423, July 19, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.14
              [Reserved]

              § 428.15
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  TSS
                  0.096
                  180.064

                  Oil and grease
                  0.024
                  .016

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  TSS
                  0.096
                  0.064

                  Oil and grease
                  0.024
                  .016

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974; 39 FR 26423, July 19, 1974]

              § 428.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart B—Emulsion Crumb Rubber Subcategory

              § 428.20
              Applicability; description of the emulsion crumb rubber subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the manufacture of emulsion crumb rubber, other than acrylonitrilebutadiene rubber.
              [40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.21
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:

              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  12.00
                  8.00

                  BOD5

                  0.60
                  .40

                  TSS
                  0.98
                  .65

                  Oil and grease
                  0.24
                  .16

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  12.00
                  8.00

                  BOD5

                  0.60
                  .40

                  TSS
                  0.98
                  .65

                  Oil and grease
                  0.24
                  .16

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  3.12
                  2.08

                  BOD5

                  0.12
                  .08

                  TSS
                  0.24
                  .16

                  Oil and grease
                  0.12
                  .08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  3.12
                  2.08

                  BOD5

                  0.12
                  .08

                  TSS
                  0.24
                  .16

                  Oil and grease
                  0.12
                  .08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.24
              [Reserved]

              § 428.25
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: The limitations shall be as specified in § 428.22.

            Subpart C—Solution Crumb Rubber Subcategory

              § 428.30
              Applicability; description of the solution crumb rubber subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the manufacture of crumb rubber.

              § 428.31
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  5.91
                  3.94

                  BOD5

                  0.60
                  .40

                  TSS
                  0.98
                  .65

                  Oil and grease
                  0.24
                  .16

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  5.91
                  3.94

                  BOD5

                  0.60
                  .40

                  TSS
                  0.98
                  .65

                  Oil and grease
                  0.24
                  .16

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  3.12
                  2.08

                  BOD5

                  0.12
                  .08

                  TSS
                  0.24
                  .16

                  Oil and grease
                  0.12
                  .08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  3.12
                  2.08

                  BOD5

                  0.12
                  .08

                  TSS
                  0.24
                  .16

                  Oil and grease
                  0.12
                  .08

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.34
              [Reserved]

              § 428.35
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: The limitations shall be as specified in § 428.32.

            Subpart D—Latex Rubber Subcategory

              § 428.40
              Applicability; description of the latex rubber subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the manufacture of latex rubber.

              § 428.41
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 18173, Apr. 25, 1975]

              § 428.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  10.27
                  6.85

                  BOD5

                  0.51
                  .34

                  TSS
                  0.82
                  .55

                  Oil and grease
                  0.21
                  .14

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  10.27
                  6.85

                  BOD5

                  0.51
                  .34

                  TSS
                  0.82
                  .55

                  Oil and grease
                  0.21
                  .14

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [39 FR 6662, Feb. 21, 1974, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  2.66
                  1.78

                  BOD5

                  0.11
                  .07

                  TSS
                  0.21
                  .14

                  Oil and grease
                  0.11
                  .07

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  2.66
                  1.78

                  BOD5

                  0.11
                  .07

                  TSS
                  0.21
                  .14

                  Oil and grease
                  0.11
                  .07

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.44
              [Reserved]

              § 428.45
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart: The limitations shall be as specified for § 428.42.

              § 428.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart E—Small-Sized General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2336, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.50
              Applicability; description of the small-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants subcategory.

              The following provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products, foam rubber backing, rubber cement-dipped goods, and retreaded tires by small-sized plants. Specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart are the discharges resulting from the production of latex-based products, tires and inner tubes, and those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.

              § 428.51
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, and fabric used in the manufacture of general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products.
              (c) The term “raw material equivalent” shall be equal to the raw material usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.
              (d) The term “small-sized plants” shall mean plants which process less than 3,720 kg/day (8,200 lbs/day) of raw materials.

              § 428.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.70
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.28
                  0.64

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.70
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.28
                  0.65

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.52(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.52(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  2.9

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  2.9

              [40 FR 2336, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.70
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.28
                  0.64

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.70
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.28
                  0.64

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.53(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.53(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  1.0
                  0.5

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  1.0
                  0.5

              § 428.54
              [Reserved]

              § 428.55
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              (a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.70
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.28
                  0.64

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.70
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.28
                  0.64

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.55(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              § 428.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
              (a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  Oil and grease
                  100 mg/l daily maximum.

              (b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.56(a):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for thirty consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              [40 FR 2336, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart F—Medium-Sized General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2338, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.60
              Applicability; description of the medium-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants subcategory.
              The following provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products, foam rubber backing, rubber cement-dipped goods, and retreaded tires by medium-sized plants. Specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart are the discharges resulting from the production of latex-based products, tires and inner tubes, and those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.

              § 428.61
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, and fabric used in the manufacture of general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products.
              (c) The term “raw material equivalent” shall be equal to the raw material usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.
              (d) The term “medium-sized plants” shall mean plants which process between 3,720 kg/day (8,200 lbs/day) and 10,430 kg/day (23,000 lbs/day) of raw materials.

              § 428.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.42
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.80
                  0.40

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.42
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.80
                  0.40

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to leadsheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.62(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.62(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  2.9

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  2.9

              [40 FR 2338, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.63
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.42
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.80
                  0.40

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.42
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.80
                  0.40

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.63(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.63:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  1.0
                  0.5

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material equivalent)

                  TSS
                  1.0
                  0.5

              § 428.64
              [Reserved]

              § 428.65
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              (a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.42
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  0.80
                  0.40

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.42
                  0.0

                  TSS
                  0.80
                  0.4

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.65(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              § 428.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
              (a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  Oil and grease
                  100 mg/l daily maximum.

              (b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.66(a):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for thirty consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              [40 FR 2338, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart G—Large-Sized General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2340, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.70
              Applicability; description of the large-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants subcategory.
              The following provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products, foam rubber backing, rubber cement-dipped goods, and retreaded tires by large-sized plants. Specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart are the discharges resulting from the production of latex-based products, tires and inner tubes, and those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.

              § 428.71
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, and fabric used in the manufacture of general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products.
              (c) The term “raw material equivalent” shall be equal to the raw material usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.
              (d) The term “large-sized plants” shall mean plants which process more than 10,430 kg/day (23,000 lbs/day) of raw materials.

              § 428.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.26
                  0.093

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.26
                  0.093

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.72(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.72(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material equivalent)

                  Lead
                  5.8
                  2.9

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material equivalent)

                  Lead
                  5.8
                  2.9

              [40 FR 2340, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.26
                  0.093

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.26
                  0.093

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.73(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.73(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material equivalent)

                  Lead
                  1.0
                  0.5

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material equivalent)

                  Lead
                  1.0
                  0.5

              § 428.74
              [Reserved]

              § 428.75
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              (a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.26
                  0.093

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.26
                  0.093

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.75(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              § 428.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
              (a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  Oil and grease
                  100 mg/l daily maximum.

              (b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.76(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Lead
                  0.0017
                  0.0007

              [40 FR 2340, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart H—Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2341, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.80
              Applicability; description of the wet digestion reclaimed rubber subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of reclaimed rubber by use of the wet digestion process.

              § 428.81
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 428.82
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  1.04
                  0.52

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  1.04
                  0.52

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 2341, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33963, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.83
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  1.04
                  0.52

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  1.04
                  0.52

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.84
              [Reserved]

              § 428.85
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  1.04
                  0.52

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  1.04
                  0.52

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  14.7
                  6.11

                  Oil and grease
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  1 100 mg/l.

                  2 No limitation.

              [40 FR 2341, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart I—Pan, Dry Digestion, and Mechanical Reclaimed Rubber Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2342, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.90
              Applicability; description of the pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of reclaimed rubber except when produced by the wet digestion process.

              § 428.91
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 428.92
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  0.384
                  0.192

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  0.384
                  0.192

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed process, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.92(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

              [40 FR 2342, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.93
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  0.384
                  0.192

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  0.384
                  0.192

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed rubber process, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.93(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

              § 428.94
              [Reserved]

              § 428.95
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              (a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  0.384
                  0.192

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  Oil and grease
                  0.40
                  0.144

                  TSS
                  0.384
                  0.192

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed rubber process, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.95:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

              § 428.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
              (a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  Oil and grease
                  100 mg/l daily maximum.

              (b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality or pollutant properties controlled by this section and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed rubber process, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.96(a):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of product)

                  COD
                  6.7
                  2.8

              [40 FR 2342, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart J—Latex-Dipped, Latex-Extruded, and Latex-Molded Rubber Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2344, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.100
              Applicability; description of the latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded rubber subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the manufacture of latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded products with the exception of those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.

              § 428.101
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “chromium” shall mean total chromium.
              (c) The term “raw material” shall mean all latex solids used in the manufacture of latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded products.

              § 428.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  2.0
                  0.73

                  BOD5

                  3.72
                  2.20

                  TSS
                  6.96
                  2.90

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  2.0
                  0.73

                  BOD5

                  3.72
                  2.20

                  TSS
                  6.96
                  2.90

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.102(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

              [40 FR 2344, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.103
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              (a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  2.0
                  0.73

                  BOD5

                  3.72
                  2.20

                  TSS
                  6.96
                  2.90

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  2.0
                  0.73

                  BOD5

                  3.72
                  2.20

                  TSS
                  6.96
                  2.90

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.103(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

              § 428.104
              [Reserved]

              § 428.105
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              (a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  2.0
                  0.73

                  BOD5

                  3.72
                  2.20

                  TSS
                  6.96
                  2.90

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Oil and grease
                  2.0
                  0.73

                  BOD5

                  3.72
                  2.20

                  TSS
                  6.96
                  2.90

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.102(a):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

              § 428.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.
              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
              (a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standard

                  pH
                  No limitation.

                  BOD5

                    Do.

                  TSS
                    Do.

                  Oil and grease
                  100 mg/l daily maximum.

              (b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutant properties controlled by this section and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.106(a):

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Chromium
                  0.0086
                  0.0036

              [40 FR 2344, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart K—Latex Foam Subcategory

              Source:
              40 FR 2345, Jan. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

              § 428.110
              Applicability; description of the latex foam subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the manufacture of latex foam except for those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.

              § 428.111
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:

              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “raw material” shall mean all latex solids used in the manufacture of latex foam.

              § 428.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  2.4
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  2.26
                  0.94

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  2.4
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  2.26
                  0.94

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              [40 FR 2345, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

              § 428.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
              The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  2.4
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  2.26
                  0.94

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  2.4
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  2.26
                  0.94

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.114
              [Reserved]

              § 428.115
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  2.4
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  2.26
                  0.94

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  2.4
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  2.26
                  0.94

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 428.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources.

              Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Pretreatment standards
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  Metric units (kg/kkg of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (lb/1,000 lb of raw material)

                  Zinc
                  0.058
                  0.024

                  BOD5

                  (1)
                  (1)

                  TSS
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 No limitation.

              [40 FR 2345, Jan. 10, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33964, June 29, 1995]

          Pt. 429
          PART 429—TIMBER PRODUCTS PROCESSING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              General Provisions
              Sec.
              429.10
              Applicability.
              429.11
              General definitions.
              429.12
              Monitoring requirements. [Reserved]

              Subpart A—Barking Subcategory
              429.20
              Applicability; description of the barking subcategory.
              429.21
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.22
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.23
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]
              429.24
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.25
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart B—Veneer Subcategory
              429.30
              Applicability; description of the veneer subcategory.
              429.31
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.32
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.33
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.34
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.35
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart C—Plywood Subcategory
              429.40
              Applicability; description of the plywood subcategory.
              429.41
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.42
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.43
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.44
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.45
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart D—Dry Process Hardboard Subcategory
              429.50
              Applicability; description of the dry process hardboard subcategory.
              429.51
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.52

              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              429.53
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.54
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.55
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart E—Wet Process Hardboard Subcategory
              429.60
              Applicability; description of the wet process hardboard subcategory.
              429.61
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.62
              [Reserved]
              429.63
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]
              429.64
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.65
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart F—Wood Preserving—Water Borne or Nonpressure Subcategory
              429.70
              Applicability; description of the wood preserving—water borne or nonpressure subcategory.
              429.71
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.72
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.73
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.74
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.75
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart G—Wood Preserving—Steam Subcategory
              429.80
              Applicability; description of the wood preserving—steam subcategory.
              429.81
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.82
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.83
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]
              429.84
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.85
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart H—Wood Preserving—Boulton Subcategory
              429.90
              Applicability; description of the wood preserving—Boulton subcategory.
              429.91
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.92
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.93
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.94
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.95
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart I—Wet Storage Subcategory
              429.100
              Applicability; description of the wet storage subcategory.
              429.101

              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              429.102
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.103
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.104
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.105
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart J—Log Washing Subcategory
              429.110
              Applicability; description of the log washing subcategory.
              429.111
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.112
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.113
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.114
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.115
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart K—Sawmills and Planing Mills Subcategory
              429.120
              Applicability; description of the sawmills and planing mills subcategory.
              429.121
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.122
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.123
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.124
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.125
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.126
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart L—Finishing Subcategory
              429.130
              Applicability; description of the finishing subcategory.
              429.131
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.132
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.133
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.134
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.135
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.136
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart M—Particleboard Manufacturing Subcategory
              429.140
              Applicability; description of the particleboard manufacturing subcategory.
              429.141
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.142
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.143
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.144
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.145
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.146
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart N—Insulation Board Subcategory
              429.150
              Applicability; description of the insulation board subcategory.
              429.151
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.152
              [Reserved]

              429.153
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]
              429.154
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.155
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.156
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart O—Wood Furniture and Fixture Production Without Water Wash Spray Booth(s) or Without Laundry Facilities Subcategory
              429.160
              Applicability; description of the wood furniture and fixture production without water wash spray booth(s) or without laundry facilities subcategory.
              429.161
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.162
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.163
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.164
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.165
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.166
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart P—Wood Furniture and Fixture Production With Water Wash Spray Booth(s) or With Laundry Facilities Subcategory
              429.170
              Applicability; description of the wood furniture and fixture production with water wash spray booth(s) or with laundry facilities subcategory.
              429.171
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              429.172
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              429.173
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              429.174
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              429.175
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              429.176
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

            Authority:
            Secs. 301, 304(b), (c), (e), and (g), 306(b) and (c), 307(a)(b) and (c) and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 815, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.

            Source:
            46 FR 8285, Jan. 26, 1981, unless otherwise noted.

            General Provisions

              § 429.10
              Applicability.
              This part applies to any timber products processing operation, and any plant producing insulation board with wood as the major raw material, which discharges or may discharge process wastewater pollutants to the waters of the United States, or which introduces or may introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.

              § 429.11
              General definitions.
              In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
              (a) The term “hydraulic barking” means a wood processing operation that removes bark from wood by the use of water under a pressure of 6.8 atm (100 psia) or greater.
              (b) The terms “cubic feet” or “cubic meters” of production in subpart A means the cubic feet or cubic meters of logs from which bark is removed.

              (c) The term “process wastewater” specifically excludes non-contact cooling water, material storage yard runoff (either raw material or processed wood storage), boiler blowdown, and wastewater from washout of thermal oxidizers or catalytic oxidizers, wastewater from biofilters, or wastewater from wet electrostatic precipitators used upstream of thermal oxidizers or catalytic oxidizers installed by facilities covered by subparts B, C, D or M to comply with the national emissions standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for plywood and composite wood products (PCWP) facilities (40 CFR part 63, subpart DDDD). For the dry process hardboard, veneer, finishing, particleboard, and sawmills and planing mills subcategories, fire control water is excluded from the definition.
              (d) The term “gross production of fiberboard products” means the air dry weight of hardboard or insulation board following formation of the mat and prior to trimming and finishing operations.
              (e) The term “hardboard” means a panel manufactured from interfelted ligno-cellulosic fibers consolidated under heat and pressure to a density of 0.5 g/cu cm (31 lb/cu ft) or greater.
              (f) The term “insulation board” means a panel manufactured from interfelted ligno-cellulosic fibers consolidated to a density of less than 0.5 g/cu cm (less than 31 lb/cu ft).
              (g) The term “smooth-one-side (S1S) hardboard” means hardboard which is produced by the wet-matting, wet-pressing process.
              (h) The term “smooth-two-sides (S2S) hardboard” means hardboard which is produced by the wet-matting, dry-pressing process.
              (i) The term “debris” means woody material such as bark, twigs, branches, heartwood or sapwood that will not pass through a 2.54 cm (1.0 in) diameter round opening and is present in the discharge from a wet storage facility.
              (j) For the subcategories for which numerical limitations are given, the daily maximum limitation is a value that should not be exceeded by any one effluent measurement. The 30-day limitation is a value that should not be exceeded by the average of daily measurements taken during any 30-day period.
              [46 FR 8285, Jan. 26, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 57287, Nov. 23, 1981; 69 FR 46045, July 30, 2004]

              § 429.12
              Monitoring requirements. [Reserved]

            Subpart A—Barking Subcategory

              § 429.20
              Applicability; description of the barking subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the barking of logs by plants in SIC major group 24, and by plants producing insulation board (SIC group 2661).

              § 429.21
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations apply to all mechanical barking installations: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for hydraulic barking installations:

                Subpart A

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Metric units (kilograms per cubic meter of production)

                  BOD5

                  1.5
                  0.5

                  TSS
                  6.9
                  2.3

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (pounds per cubic foot of production)

                  BOD5

                  0.09
                  0.03

                  TSS
                  0.431
                  0.144

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 429.22
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.23
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]

              § 429.24
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
              (a) The following limitations apply to all mechanical barking installations: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for hydraulic barking installations:

                Subpart A

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Metric units (kilograms per cubic meter of production)

                  BOD5

                  1.5
                  0.5

                  TSS
                  6.9
                  2.3

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (pounds per cubic foot of production)

                  BOD5

                  0.09
                  0.03

                  TSS
                  0.431
                  0.144

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 429.25
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart B—Veneer Subcategory

              § 429.30
              Applicability; description of the veneer subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant which manufactures veneer and does not store or hold raw materials in wet storage conditions.

              § 429.31
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for all veneer manufacturing installations other than those referred to in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              (b) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for softwood veneer manufacturing processes which use direct steaming for the conditioning of logs:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed

                  Metric units (kilograms per cubic meter of production)

                  BOD5

                  0.72
                  0.24

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (pounds per cubic foot of production)

                  BOD5

                  0.045
                  0.015

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for hardwood veneer manufacturing processes which use direct steaming for the conditioning of logs:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed

                  Metric units (kilograms per cubic meter of production)

                  BOD5

                  1.62
                  0.54

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  English units (pounds per cubic foot of production)

                  BOD5

                  0.10
                  0.034

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 429.32
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.33
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.34
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.35
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart C—Plywood Subcategory

              § 429.40
              Applicability; description of the plywood subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plywood producing plant that does not store or hold raw materials in wet storage conditions.

              § 429.41
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.42
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.43
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.44
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.45
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart D—Dry Process Hardboard Subcategory

              § 429.50
              Applicability; description of the dry process hardboard subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant that produces hardboard using the dry matting process for forming the board mat.

              § 429.51
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.52
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.53
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.54
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.55
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart E—Wet Process Hardboard Subcategory

              § 429.60
              Applicability; description of the wet process hardboard subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant which produces hardboard products using the wet matting process for forming the board mat.

              § 429.61
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) The following limitations apply to plants which produce smooth-one-side (S1S) hardboard:

                Subpart E (S1S)

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT Effluent Limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) of gross production

                  BOD5

                  20.5
                  10.7

                  TSS
                  37.3
                  24.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following limitations apply to plants which produce smooth-two-sides (S2S) hardboard:

                Subpart E (S2S)

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT Effluent Limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  kg/(kkg (lb/1000 lb) of gross production

                  BOD5

                  32.9
                  21.4

                  TSS
                  54.2
                  37.1

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              [46 FR 8285, Jan. 26, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 11972, Feb. 12, 1981]

              § 429.62
              [Reserved]

              § 429.63
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]

              § 429.64
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              For purpose of this new source performance standard only, “new source” means a source which is constructed at a site at which no other source covered by this part is located. Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
              [46 FR 8285, Jan. 26, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 57287, Nov. 23, 1981]

              § 429.65
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart F—Wood Preserving—Water Borne or Nonpressure Subcategory

              § 429.70
              Applicability; description of the wood preserving-water borne or nonpressure subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from all nonpressure wood preserving treatment processes and all pressure wood preserving treatment processes employing water borne inorganic salts.

              § 429.71
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.72
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.73
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.74
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.75
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.

              § 429.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.

            Subpart G—Wood Preserving Steam Subcategory

              § 429.80
              Applicability; description of the wood preserving—steam subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from wood preserving processes that use direct steam impingment on wood as the predominant conditioning method; processes that use the vapor drying process as the predominant conditioning method; direct steam conditioning processes which use the same retort to treat with both salt and oil type preservatives; and steam conditioning processes which apply both salt type and oil type preservatives to the same stock.

              § 429.81
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart G

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT Effluent Limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  English units (lb/1000 cubic feet of product)

                  COD
                  68.5
                  34.5

                  Phenols
                  .14
                  .04

                  Oil and Grease
                  1.5
                  .75

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Metric units (kg/1000 cu m of product)

                  COD
                  1,100
                  550

                  Phenols
                  2.18
                  .65

                  Oil and Grease
                  24.0
                  12.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 429.82
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.83
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]

              § 429.84
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.85
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and meet the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):

                Subpart G
                [PSES Effluent Limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day (mg/l)

                  Oil and grease
                  100

                  Copper
                  5

                  Chromium
                  4

                  Arsenic
                  4

              In cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass limitations, the following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance.

                [Grams per cubic meter of production]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day

                  Oil and grease
                  20.5

                  Copper
                  .62

                  Chromium
                  .41

                  Arsenic
                  .41

              § 429.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.

            Subpart H—Wood Preserving—Boulton Subcategory

              § 429.90
              Applicability; description of the wood preserving—Boulton subcategory.

              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works from wood preserving operations which use the Boulton process as the predominant method of conditioning stock.

              § 429.91
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.92
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.93
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.94
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.95
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and meet the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):

                Subpart H
                [PSES Effluent Limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day (mg/l)

                  Oil and grease
                  100

                  Copper
                  5

                  Chromium
                  4

                  Arsenic
                  4

              In cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass limitations, the following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance.

                Subpart H
                [PSES Effluent Limitations; grams per cu m of production]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day

                  Oil and grease
                  20.5

                  Copper
                  .62

                  Chromium
                  .41

                  Arsenic
                  .41

              § 429.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.

            Subpart I—Wet Storage Subcategory

              § 429.100
              Applicability; description of the wet storage subcategory.

              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the storage of unprocessed wood, i.e., the storage of logs or roundwood before or after removal of bark in self-contained bodies of water (mill ponds or log ponds) or the storage of logs or roundwood on land during which water is sprayed or deposited intentionally on the logs (wet decking).

              § 429.101
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no debris discharged and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0

              § 429.102
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.103
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no debris discharged and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 429.104
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no debris discharged and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 429.105
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart J—Log Washing Subcategory

              § 429.110
              Applicability; description of the log washing subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the log washing process in which water under pressure is applied to logs for the purpose of removing foreign material from the surface of the log before further processing.

              § 429.111
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters containing a total suspended solids concentration greater than 50 mg/l and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.

              § 429.112
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.113
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.114
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.115
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart K—Sawmills and Planing Mills Subcategory

              § 429.120
              Applicability; description of the sawmills and planing mills subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the timber products processing procedures that include all or part of the following operations: bark removal (other than hydraulic barking as defined in § 429.11 of this part), sawing, resawing, edging, trimming, planing and machining.

              § 429.121
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.122
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.123
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.124
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.125
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.126
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart L—Finishing Subcategory

              § 429.130
              Applicability; description of the finishing subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the drying, planing, dipping, staining, end coating, moisture proofing, fabrication, and by-product utilization timber processing operations not otherwise covered by specific guidelines and standards.

              § 429.131
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.132
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.133
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subject must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.134
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.135
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.136
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart M—Particleboard Manufacturing Subcategory

              § 429.140
              Applicability; description of the particleboard manufacturing subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant which manufactures particleboard.

              § 429.141
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.142
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.143
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.144
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.145
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.146
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart N—Insulation Board Subcategory

              § 429.150
              Applicability; description of the insulation board subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from plants which produce insulation board using wood as the primary raw material. Specifically excluded from this subpart is the manufacture of insulation board from the primary raw material bagasse.

              § 429.151
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart N

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BPT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) of gross production

                  BOD5

                  8.13
                  4.32

                  TSS
                  5.69
                  2.72

                  pH

                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 429.152
              [Reserved]

              § 429.153
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]

              § 429.154
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.155
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.156
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart O—Wood Furniture and Fixture Production Without Water Wash Spray Booth(s) or Without Laundry Facilities Subcategory

              § 429.160
              Applicability; description of the wood furniture and fixture production without water wash spray booth(s) or without laundry facilities subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacture of wood furniture and fixtures at establishments that (a) do not utilize water wash spray booths to collect and contain the overspray from spray applications of finishing materials and (b) do not maintain on-site laundry facilities for fabric utilized in various finishing operations.

              § 429.161
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology limitations (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.162
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.163
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.164
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
              There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.

              § 429.165
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.166
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            Subpart P—Wood Furniture and Fixture Production With Water Wash Spray Booth(s) or With Laundry Facilities Subcategory

              § 429.170
              Applicability; description of the wood furniture and fixture production with water wash spray booth(s) or with laundry facilities subcategory.
              This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacture of wood furniture and fixtures at establishments that either (a) utilize water wash spray booth(s) to collect and contain the overspray from spray applications of finishing materials, or (b) utilize on-site laundry facilities for fabric utilized in various finishing operations.

              § 429.171
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): Settleable solids shall be less than or equal to 0.2 ml/l and pH shall be between 6.0 and 9.0 at all times.

              § 429.172
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 429.173
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.

              § 429.174
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.

              § 429.175
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

              § 429.176
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

          Pt. 430
          PART 430—THE PULP, PAPER, AND PAPERBOARD POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              General Provisions
              Sec.
              430.00
              Applicability.
              430.01
              General definitions.
              430.02
              Monitoring requirements.
              430.03
              Best management practices (BMPs) for spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine management, spill prevention, and control.

              Subpart A—Dissolving Kraft Subcategory
              430.10
              Applicability; description of the dissolving kraft subcategory.
              430.11
              Specialized definitions.
              430.12
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.14

              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              430.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.16
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.17
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart B—Bleached Papergrade Kraft and Soda Subcategory
              430.20
              Applicability; description of the bleached papergrade kraft and soda subcategory.
              430.21
              Specialized definitions.
              430.22
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.23
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.24
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.26
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.27
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              430.28
              Best management practices (BMPs).

              Subpart C—Unbleached Kraft Subcategory
              430.30
              Applicability; description of the unbleached kraft subcategory.
              430.31
              Specialized definitions.
              430.32
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.33
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.34
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.36
              Pretreatment standards for existing (PSES).
              430.37
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart D—Dissolving Sulfite Subcategory
              430.40
              Applicability; description of the dissolving sulfite subcategory.
              430.41
              Specialized definitions.
              430.42
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.43
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.44
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.46
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.47
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart E—Papergrade Sulfite Subcategory
              430.50
              Applicability; description of the papergrade sulfite subcategory.
              430.51
              Specialized definitions.
              430.52
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.53
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.54
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.55
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.56
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.57
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              430.58
              Best management practices (BMPs).

              Subpart F—Semi-Chemical Subcategory
              430.60
              Applicability; description of the semi-chemical subcategory.
              430.61
              Specialized definitions.
              430.62
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.63
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.64
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.65
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.66

              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              430.67
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart G—Mechanical Pulp Subcategory
              430.70
              Applicability; description of the mechanical pulp subcategory.
              430.71
              Specialized definitions.
              430.72
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.73
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.74
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.75
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.76
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.77
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart H—Non-Wood Chemical Pulp Subcategory
              430.80
              Applicability; description of the non-wood chemical pulp subcategory.
              430.81
              Specialized definitions.
              430.82
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). [Reserved]
              430.83
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              430.84
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]
              430.85
              New source performance standards (NSPS). [Reserved]
              430.86
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              430.87
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              Subpart I—Secondary Fiber Deink Subcategory
              430.90
              Applicability; description of the secondary fiber deink subcategory.
              430.91
              Specialized definitions.
              430.92
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.93
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.94
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.95
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.96
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.97
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart J—Secondary Fiber Non-Deink Subcategory
              430.100
              Applicability; description of the secondary fiber non-deink subcategory.
              430.101
              Specialized definitions.
              430.102
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.103
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.104
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.105
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.106
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.107
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart K—Fine and Lightweight Papers From Purchased Pulp Subcategory
              430.110
              Applicability; description of the fine and lightweight papers from purchased pulp subcategory.
              430.111
              Specialized definitions.
              430.112
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.113
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.114
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.115
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.116

              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              430.117
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart L—Tissue, Filter, Non-Woven, and Paperboard From Purchased Pulp Subcategory
              430.120
              Applicability; description of the tissue, filter, non-woven, and paperboard from purchased pulp subcategory.
              430.121
              Specialized definitions.
              430.122
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              430.123
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              430.124
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              430.125
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              430.126
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              430.127
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Appendix A to Part 430—Methods 1650 and 1653

            Authority:
            Sections 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 402, and 501 of the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342, and 1361), and Section 112 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 7412).

            Source:
            63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998, unless otherwise noted.

            General Provisions

              § 430.00
              Applicability.
              (a) This part applies to any pulp, paper, or paperboard mill that discharges or may discharge process wastewater pollutants to the waters of the United States, or that introduces or may introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
              (b) The following table presents the subcategorization scheme codified in this part, with references to former subpart designations contained in the 1997 edition of 40 CFR parts 425 through 699:

                Subcategorization Scheme With References to Former Subparts Contained in the July 1, 1997 Edition of 40 CFR Parts 425 Through 699

                  Final codified subpart
                  Final subcategorization scheme
                  Types of products covered in the subpart

                  A
                  Dissolving Kraft
                  Dissolving pulp at kraft mills (Fa)

                  B
                  Bleached Papergrade Kraft and Soda
                  Market pulp at bleached kraft mills (Ga); paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper at bleached kraft mills (Ha); pulp and fine papers at bleached kraft mills (Ia); and pulp and paper at soda mills (Pa).

                  C
                  Unbleached Kraft
                  Pulp and paper at unbleached kraft mills including linerboard or bag paper and other mixed products (Aa); pulp and paper using the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process (Da); and pulp and paper at combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical mills, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system (Va).

                  D
                  Dissolving Sulfite
                  Pulp at dissolving sulfite mills for the following grades: nitration, viscose, cellophane, and acetate (Ka).

                  E
                  Papergrade Sulfite—Calcium-, Magnesium-, or Sodium-based pulps
                    —Ammonium-based pulps.
                    —Specialty grade pulps.

                  Pulp and paper at papergrade sulfite mills where blow pit pulp washing techniques are used (Ja) and pulp and paper at papergrade sulfite mills where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp (Ua).

                  F
                  Semi-Chemical
                  Pulp and paper at semi-chemical mills using an ammonia base or a sodium base (Ba).

                  G
                  Mechanical Pulp
                  Pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills (La); pulp and paper at groundwood mills through the application of the thermo-mechanical process (Ma); pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills (Na); and pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills (Oa).

                  H
                  Non-Wood Chemical Pulp
                  Pulp and paper at non-wood chemical pulp mills.

                  I
                  Secondary Fiber Deink
                  Pulp and paper at deink mills including fine papers, tissue papers, or newsprint (Qa).

                  J
                  Secondary Fiber Non-Deink
                  Paperboard from wastepaper from noncorrugating medium furnish or from corrugating medium furnish (Ea); tissue paper from wastepaper without deinking at secondary fiber mills (Ta); molded products from wastepaper without deinking (Wa); and builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper (40 CFR part 431, subpart A a).

                  K
                  Fine and Lightweight Papers from Purchased Pulp
                  Fine Papers at nonintegrated mills using wood fiber furnish or cotton fiber furnish (Ra); and lightweight papers at nonintegrated mills or lightweight electrical papers at nonintegrated mills (Xa).

                  L
                  Tissue, Filter, Non-woven, and Paperboard from Purchased Pulp
                  Tissue papers at nonintegrated mills (Sa); filter and non-woven papers at nonintegrated mills (Ya); and paperboard at nonintegrated mills (Za).

                  a This subpart is contained in the 40 CFR parts 425 through 699, edition revised as of July 1, 1997.

              § 430.01
              General definitions.
              In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and 40 CFR 403.3, the following definitions apply to this part:
              (a) Adsorbable organic halides (AOX). A bulk parameter that measures the total mass of chlorinated organic matter in water and wastewater. The approved method of analysis for AOX is Method 1650, which is available in Appendix A of this part, and online at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.

              (b) Annual average. The mean concentration, mass loading or production-normalized mass loading of a pollutant over a period of 365 consecutive days (or such other period of time determined by the permitting authority to be sufficiently long to encompass expected variability of the concentration, mass loading, or production-normalized mass loading at the relevant point of measurement).
              (c) Bleach plant. All process equipment used for bleaching beginning with the first application of bleaching agents (e.g., chlorine, chlorine dioxide, ozone, sodium or calcium hypochlorite, or peroxide), each subsequent extraction stage, and each subsequent stage where bleaching agents are applied to the pulp. For mills in subpart E of this part producing specialty grades of pulp, the bleach plant includes process equipment used for the hydrolysis or extraction stages prior to the first application of bleaching agents. Process equipment used for oxygen delignification prior to the application of bleaching agents is not part of the bleach plant.
              (d) Bleach plant effluent. The total discharge of process wastewaters from the bleach plant from each physical bleach line operated at the mill, comprising separate acid and alkaline filtrates or the combination thereof.
              (e) Chemical oxygen demand (COD). A bulk parameter that measures the oxygen-consuming capacity of organic and inorganic matter present in water or wastewater. It is expressed as the amount of oxygen consumed from a chemical oxidant in a specific test.
              (f) Elemental chlorine-free (ECF). Any process for bleaching pulps in the absence of elemental chlorine and hypochlorite that uses exclusively chlorine dioxide as the only chlorine-containing bleaching agent.
              (g) End of the pipe. The point at which final mill effluent is discharged to waters of the United States or introduced to a POTW.
              (h) Fiber line. A series of operations employed to convert wood or other fibrous raw material into pulp. If the final product is bleached pulp, the fiber line encompasses pulping, de-knotting, brownstock washing, pulp screening, centrifugal cleaning, and multiple bleaching and washing stages.
              (i) Minimum level (ML). The level at which the analytical system gives recognizable signals and an acceptable calibration point. The following minimum levels apply to pollutants in this part:

                  Pollutant
                  Method
                  Minimum level

                  2,3,7,8-TCDD
                  1613
                  10 pg/L a

                  2,3,7,8-TCDF
                  1613
                  10 pg/L a

                  Trichlorosyringol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  3,4,5-Trichlorocatechol
                  1653
                  5.0 ug/L b

                  3,4,6-Trichlorocatechol
                  1653
                  5.0 ug/L b

                  3,4,5-Trichloroguaiacol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  3,4,6-Trichloroguaiacol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  4,5,6-Trichloroguaiacol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  1653
                  5.0 ug/L b

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  1653
                  5.0 ug/L b

                  2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
                  1653
                  2.5 ug/L b

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  1653
                  5.0 ug/L b

                  AOX
                  1650
                  20 ug/L b

                  a Picograms per liter.

                  b Micrograms per liter.

              (j) New source. (1) Notwithstanding the criteria codified at 40 CFR 122.29(b)(1), a source subject to subpart B or E of this part is a “new source” if it meets the definition of “new source” at 40 CFR 122.2 and:
              (i) It is constructed at a site at which no other source is located; or
              (ii) It totally replaces the process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source, including the total replacement of a fiber line that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source, except as provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section; or
              (iii) Its processes are substantially independent of an existing source at the same site. In determining whether these processes are substantially independent, the Director shall consider such factors as the extent to which the new facility is integrated with the existing plant; and the extent to which the new facility is engaged in the same general type of activity as the existing source.
              (2) The following are examples of changes made by mills subject to subparts B or E of this part that alone do not cause an existing mill to become a “new source”:
              (i) Upgrades of existing pulping operations;
              (ii) Upgrades or replacement of pulp screening and washing operations;
              (iii) Installation of extended cooking and/or oxygen delignification systems or other post-digester, pre-bleaching delignification systems;
              (iv) Bleach plant modifications including changes in methods or amounts of chemical applications, new chemical applications, installation of new bleaching towers to facilitate replacement of sodium or calcium hypochlorite, and installation of new pulp washing systems; or
              (v) Total replacement of process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source (including a replacement fiber line), but only if such replacement is performed for the purpose of achieving limitations that have been included in the discharger's NPDES permit pursuant to § 430.24(b).
              (k) Non-continuous discharger. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, a non-continuous discharger is a mill which is prohibited by the NPDES authority from discharging pollutants during specific periods of time for reasons other than treatment plant upset control, such periods being at least 24 hours in duration. A mill shall not be deemed a non-continuous discharger unless its permit, in addition to setting forth the prohibition described above, requires compliance with the effluent limitations established for non-continuous dischargers and also requires compliance with maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations. Such maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for non-continuous dischargers shall be established by the NPDES authority in the form of concentrations which reflect wastewater treatment levels that are representative of the application of the best practicable control technology currently available, the best conventional pollutant control technology, or new source performance standards in lieu of the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for conventional pollutants set forth in each subpart.

              (2) A mill is a non-continuous discharger for the purposes of determining applicable effluent limitations under subpart B or E of this part (other than conventional limits for existing sources) if, for reasons other than treatment plant upset control (e.g., protecting receiving water quality), the mill is prohibited by the NPDES authority from discharging pollutants during specific periods of time or if it is required to release its discharge on a variable flow or pollutant loading rate basis.
              (l) POTW. Publicly owned treatment works as defined at 40 CFR 403.3(o).
              (m) Process wastewater. For subparts B and E only, process wastewater is any water that, during manufacturing or processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product. For purposes of subparts B and E of this part, process wastewater includes boiler blowdown; wastewaters from water treatment and other utility operations; blowdowns from high rate (e.g., greater than 98 percent) recycled non-contact cooling water systems to the extent they are mixed and co-treated with other process wastewaters; wastewater, including leachates, from landfills owned by pulp and paper mills subject to subpart B or E of this part if the wastewater is commingled with wastewater from the mill's manufacturing or processing facility; and storm waters from the immediate process areas to the extent they are mixed and co-treated with other process wastewaters. For purposes of this part, contaminated groundwaters from on-site or off-site groundwater remediation projects are not process wastewater.
              (n) Production. (1) For all limitations and standards specified in this part except those pertaining to AOX and chloroform: Production shall be defined as the annual off-the-machine production (including off-the-machine coating where applicable) divided by the number of operating days during that year. Paper and paperboard production shall be measured at the off-the-machine moisture content, except for subpart C of this part (as it pertains to pulp and paperboard production at unbleached kraft mills including linerboard or bag paper and other mixed products, and to pulp and paperboard production using the unbleached kraft neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process), and subparts F and J of this part (as they pertain to paperboard production from wastepaper from noncorrugating medium furnish or from corrugating medium furnish) where paper and paperboard production shall be measured in air-dry-tons (10% moisture content). Market pulp shall be measured in air-dry tons (10% moisture). Production shall be determined for each mill based upon past production practices, present trends, or committed growth.
              (2) For AOX and chloroform limitations and standards specified in subparts B and E of this part: Production shall be defined as the annual unbleached pulp production entering the first stage of the bleach plant divided by the number of operating days during that year. Unbleached pulp production shall be measured in air-dried-metric-tons (10% moisture) of brownstock pulp entering the bleach plant at the stage during which chlorine or chlorine-containing compounds are first applied to the pulp. In the case of bleach plants that use totally chlorine free bleaching processes, unbleached pulp production shall be measured in air-dried-metric tons (10% moisture) of brownstock pulp entering the first stage of the bleach plant from which wastewater is discharged. Production shall be determined for each mill based upon past production practices, present trends, or committed growth.
              (o) TCDD. 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.
              (p) TCDF. 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzofuran.
              (q) Totally chlorine-free (TCF) bleaching. Pulp bleaching operations that are performed without the use of chlorine, sodium hypochlorite, calcium hypochlorite, chlorine dioxide, chlorine monoxide, or any other chlorine-containing compound.
              (r) Wet Barking. Wet barking operations shall be defined to include hydraulic barking operations and wet drum barking operations which are those drum barking operations that use substantial quantities of water in either water sprays in the barking drums or in a partial submersion of the drums in a “tub” of water.
              (s) TCDD. 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin. The approved method of analysis for TCDD is Method 1613B, which is available in Appendix A of this part, and online at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.

              (t) TCDF. 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzofuran. The approved method of analysis for TCDF is Method 1613B, which is available in Appendix A of this part, and online at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.

              (u) Chloroform. The approved methods of analysis for chloroform are listed in Table IC at 40 CFR 136.3.

              (v) The approved method of analysis for the following chlorinated phenolic compounds is Method 1653, which is available in Appendix A of this part, and online at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm:
              (1) Trichlorosyringol.
              (2) 3,4,5-Trichlorocatechol.
              (3) 3,4,6-Trichlorocatechol.
              (4) 3,4,5-Trichloroguaiacol.
              (5) 3,4,6-Trichloroguaiacol.
              (6) 4,5,6-Trichloroguaiacol.
              (7) 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol.
              (8) 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol.
              (9) Tetrachlorocatechol.
              (10) Tetrachloroguaiacol.
              (11) 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol.
              (12) Pentachlorophenol.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42239, Aug. 7, 1998, as amended at 29834, May 18, 2012]

              § 430.02
              Monitoring requirements.
              This section establishes minimum monitoring frequencies for certain pollutants. Where no monitoring frequency is specified in this section or where the duration of the minimum monitoring frequency has expired under paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, the permit writer or pretreatment control authority shall determine the appropriate monitoring frequency in accordance with 40 CFR 122.44(i) or 40 CFR part 403, as applicable.
              (a) BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS monitoring frequency for chlorinated organic pollutants. The following monitoring frequencies apply to discharges subject to subpart B or subpart E of this part:

                  CAS number
                  Pollutant
                  Minimum monitoring frequency
                  Non-TCF a

                  TCF b

                  1198556
                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  2539175
                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  2539266
                  Trichlorosyringol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  2668248
                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  32139723
                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  56961207
                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  57057837
                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  58902
                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  60712449
                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  87865
                  Pentachlorophenol d

                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  88062
                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol d

                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  95954
                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol d

                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  1746016
                  2,3,7,8-TCDD
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  51207319
                  2,3,7,8-TCDF
                  Monthly
                  (c)

                  67663
                  chloroform e

                  Weekly
                  (c)

                  59473040
                  AOX f

                  Daily
                  None specified.

                  a Non-TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively TCF bleaching processes.

                  b TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22 or, for indirect dischargers, as reported to the pretreatment control authority under 40 CFR 403.12 (b), (d), or (e).

                  c This regulation does not specify a limit for this pollutant for TCF bleaching processes.

                  d Monitoring frequency does not apply to this compound when used as a biocide. The permitting or pretreatment control authority must determine the appropriate monitoring frequency for this compound, when used as a biocide, under 40 CFR 122.44(i) or 40 CFR part 403, as applicable.

                  e This regulation does not specify a limit for this pollutant for subpart E mills.

                  f This regulation does not specify a limit for this pollutant for the ammonium-based or specialty grade sulfite pulp segments of subpart E.

              (b) Duration of required monitoring for BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS. The monitoring frequencies specified in paragraph (a) of this section apply for the following time periods:

              (1) For direct dischargers, a duration of 5 years commencing on the date the applicable limitations or standards from subpart B or subpart E of this part are first included in the discharger's NPDES permit;
              (2) For existing indirect dischargers, until April 17, 2006;
              (3) For new indirect dischargers, a duration of 5 years commencing on the date the indirect discharger commences operation.
              (c) Reduced monitoring frequencies for bleach plant pollutants under the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program. The following monitoring frequencies apply to mills enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program established under subpart B of this part for a duration of 5 years commencing after achievement of the applicable BAT limitations specified in § 430.24(b)(3) or NSPS specified in § 430.25(c)(1) for the following pollutants, except as noted in footnote f:

                  CASnumber

                  Pollutant
                  Minimum monitoring frequency
                  Non-ECF a

                  AdvancedECF b f

                  TCF c

                  1198556
                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  2539175
                  Tetrachloroguiacol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  2539266
                  Trichlorosyringol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  2668248
                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  32139723
                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  56961207
                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  57057837
                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  58902
                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  60712449
                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  87865
                  Pentachlorophenol e

                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  88062
                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol e

                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  95954
                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol e

                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  1746016
                  2,3,7,8-TCDD
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  51207319
                  2,3,7,8-TCDF
                  Monthly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  67663
                  Chloroform
                  Weekly
                  Monthly
                  (d)

                  a Non-ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively ECF or TCF bleaching processes.

                  b Advanced ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively Advanced ECF bleaching processes, or exclusively ECF and TCF bleaching processes as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22. Advanced ECF consists of the use of extended delignification or other technologies that achieve at least the Tier I performance levels specified in § 430.24(b)(4)(i).

                  c TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

                  d This regulation does not specify a limit for this pollutant for TCF bleaching processes.

                  e Monitoring frequency does not apply to this compound when used as a biocide. The permitting authority must determine the appropriate monitoring frequency for this compound, when used as a biocide, under 40 CFR 122.44(i).

                  f Monitoring requirements for these pollutants by mills certifying as Advanced ECF in their NPDES permit application or other communication to the permitting authority will be suspended after one year of monitoring. The permitting authority must determine the appropriate monitoring frequency for these pollutants beyond that time under 40 CFR 122.44(i).

              (d) Reduced monitoring frequencies for AOX under the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program (year one). The following monitoring frequencies apply to direct dischargers enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program established under subpart B of this part for a duration of one year after achievement of the applicable BAT limitations specified in § 430.24(b)(4)(i) or NSPS specified in § 430.25(c)(2):

                  CASnumber

                  Pollutant
                  Non-ECF,any tier a

                  Advanced ECF,any tier b

                  TCF,any tier c

                  59473040
                  AOX
                  Daily
                  Weekly
                  None specified.

                  a Non-ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively ECF or TCF bleaching processes.

                  b Advanced ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively Advanced ECF bleaching processes or exclusively ECF and TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22. Advanced ECF consists of the use of extended delignification or other technologies that achieve at least the Tier I performance levels specified in § 430.24(b)(4)(i).

                  c TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

              (e) Reduced monitoring frequencies for AOX under the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program (years two through five). The following monitoring frequencies apply to mills enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program established under subpart B of this part for a duration of four years starting one year after achievement of the applicable BAT limitations specified in § 430.24(b)(4)(i) or NSPS specified in § 430.25(c)(2):

                  CAS number
                  Pollutant
                  Non-ECFany tier a

                  Advanced ECF—tier I b

                  Advanced ECF—tier II b

                  Advanced ECF—tier III b

                  TCF—any tier c

                  59473040
                  AOX
                  Daily
                  Monthly
                  Quarterly
                  Annually
                  None specified.

                  a Non-ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively ECF or TCF bleaching processes.

                  b Advanced ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively Advanced ECF bleaching processes or exclusively ECF and TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22. Advanced ECF consists of the use of extended delignification or other technologies that achieve at least the Tier I performance levels specified in § 430.24(b)(4)(i).

                  c TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

              (f) Certification in Lieu of Monitoring for Chloroform—(1) Under what circumstances may a discharger be exempt from the minimum monitoring requirements of this section for chloroform? A discharger subject to limitations or standards for chloroform under subpart B of this part is not subject to the minimum monitoring requirements specified in this section for chloroform at a fiber line to which the limitations or standards apply if the discharger meets the requirements of this section.
              (2) How do I qualify for the exemption? At the time you request an exemption from the minimum monitoring requirements of this section for chloroform from your permitting authority or pretreatment control authority for a fiber line, you must:
              (i) Demonstrate, based on 104 measurements taken over a period of not less than two years of monitoring conducted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, that you are complying with the applicable limitations or standards for chloroform;
              (ii) Certify that you will maintain a record of the maximum value for each of the following process and operating conditions for the fiber line that was recorded during the collection of each of the samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.
              (A) The pH of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage;
              (B) The chlorine (Cl2) content of chlorine dioxide (ClO2) used on the bleach line;
              (C) The kappa factor of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage; and
              (D) The total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate;
              (iii) Identify the chlorine-containing compound used for bleaching during the collection of samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section; and
              (iv) Certify that the fiber line does not use either elemental chlorine or hypochlorite as bleaching agents.
              (3) What happens if I change the process and operating conditions on the fiber line so that one or more exceeds the maximum value recorded under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section for that process and operating condition? If you wish to continue your exemption from the minimum monitoring requirements of this section for chloroform, you must:
              (i) Demonstrate, based on monitoring conducted at a frequency similar to that required in paragraph (a) of this section and for a duration determined by the permitting or pretreatment control authority, that you are complying with the applicable limitations or standards for chloroform;
              (ii) Certify that you will maintain a record of the maximum value for each of the following process and operating conditions for the fiber line that was recorded during the collection of each of the samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section:
              (A) The pH of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage;
              (B) The chlorine (Cl2) content of chlorine dioxide (ClO2) used on the bleach line;

              (C) The kappa factor of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage; and

              (D) The total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate;
              (iii) Identify the chlorine-containing compound used for bleaching during the collection of each sample used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section; and
              (iv) Certify that the fiber line does not use either elemental chlorine or hypochlorite as bleaching agents.
              (4) What are my reporting obligations? You must certify in reports required under § 122.41(l)(4) or § 403.12(b) of this chapter, as appropriate, that the chlorine-containing compounds used for bleaching are unchanged from those identified under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section and that the following process and operating conditions maintained on the fiber line during the reporting period have not exceeded the maximum value recorded for each such condition during the collection of the samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraphs (f)(2)(i) or (f)(3)(i) of this section:
              (i) The pH of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage;
              (ii) The chlorine (Cl2) content of chlorine dioxide (ClO2) used on the bleach line;
              (iii) The kappa factor of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage; and
              (iv) The total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate.
              (5) What happens if I fail to maintain the records described in paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) and (f)(3)(ii) of this section? You will be required to comply with the minimum monitoring requirements of this section for chloroform.
              (6) What happens if I exceed the maximum value recorded under paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section for any of the process and operating conditions identified in that section?

              (i) If for any reason (e.g., intentionally or due to process upset) you fail to maintain process and operating conditions at values equal to or less than the maximum value recorded under paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section for each such condition, you will be in violation of the applicable chloroform limitation or standard unless:
              (A) Within 30 days, you notify your permitting or pretreatment control authority in writing of the exceedance; and
              (B) You demonstrate compliance with the applicable chloroform limitation or standard by immediately monitoring the bleach plant effluent for chloroform at a frequency similar to that required in paragraph (a) of this section and for a duration determined by the permit or pretreatment control authority.
              (ii) In order to continue your exemption from the minimum monitoring requirements of this section for chloroform, you must meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section and you must recertify that the fiber line process and operating conditions do not exceed the maximum value recorded under paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section for each of the parameters identified in those paragraphs.
              (7) Definitions:

              (i) Kappa factor—the ratio of available chlorine (total equivalent chlorine, as percent on oven dry pulp) to the kappa number of the pulp. Kappa number is the lignin content of pulp, as measured by a modified permanganate test corrected to 50 percent consumption of the chemical.
              (ii) Total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate—mass of chlorine dioxide applied in all stages of the bleach line per mass of unbleached pulp (i.e., lb/ton or kg/kkg).
              (iii) Chlorine-containing compounds—compounds containing chlorine used in the bleach plant for bleaching, brightening, whitening, or viscosity control. These compounds include but are not limited to chlorine (Cl2), sodium hypochlorite (NaOCl), chlorine dioxide (ClO2) and chlorine monoxide (Cl2O).

              (g) Analyst may use NCASI Method CP-86.07, “Chlorinated Phenolics in Water by In situ Acetylation and GC/MS Determination” (January 2002) for determination of certain chlorinated phenols, chlorinated guaiacols, chlorinated catechols, chlorinated benzaldehydes (i.e., vanillins and syringaldehydes), and trichlorsyringol (analytes specified in the method) in bleach plant filtrate as an alternative to EPA Method 1653. NCASI Method CP-86.07 is available from the Publications Coordinator, NCASI, P.O. Box 13318, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3318. Telephone: 919-588-1987.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 58997, Sept. 19, 2002; 72 FR 11248, Mar. 12, 2007]

              § 430.03
              Best management practices (BMPs) for spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine management, spill prevention, and control.
              (a) Applicability. This section applies to direct and indirect discharging pulp, paper, and paperboard mills with pulp production in subparts B (Bleached Papergrade Kraft and Soda) and E (Papergrade Sulfite).
              (b) Specialized definitions—(1) Action Level: A daily pollutant loading that when exceeded triggers investigative or corrective action. Mills determine action levels by a statistical analysis of six months of daily measurements collected at the mill. For example, the lower action level may be the 75th percentile of the running seven-day averages (that value exceeded by 25 percent of the running seven-day averages) and the upper action level may be the 90th percentile of the running seven-day averages (that value exceeded by 10 percent of the running seven-day averages).
              (2) Equipment Items in Spent Pulping Liquor, Soap, and Turpentine Service: Any process vessel, storage tank, pumping system, evaporator, heat exchanger, recovery furnace or boiler, pipeline, valve, fitting, or other device that contains, processes, transports, or comes into contact with spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine. Sometimes referred to as “equipment items.”
              (3) Immediate Process Area: The location at the mill where pulping, screening, knotting, pulp washing, pulping liquor concentration, pulping liquor processing, and chemical recovery facilities are located, generally the battery limits of the aforementioned processes. “Immediate process area” includes spent pulping liquor storage and spill control tanks located at the mill, whether or not they are located in the immediate process area.
              (4) Intentional Diversion: The planned removal of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine service by the mill for any purpose including, but not limited to, maintenance, grade changes, or process shutdowns.
              (5) Mill: The owner or operator of a direct or indirect discharging pulp, paper, or paperboard manufacturing facility subject to this section.
              (6) Senior Technical Manager: The person designated by the mill manager to review the BMP Plan. The senior technical manager shall be the chief engineer at the mill, the manager of pulping and chemical recovery operations, or other such responsible person designated by the mill manager who has knowledge of and responsibility for pulping and chemical recovery operations.
              (7) Soap: The product of reaction between the alkali in kraft pulping liquor and fatty acid portions of the wood, which precipitate out when water is evaporated from the spent pulping liquor.
              (8) Spent Pulping Liquor: For kraft and soda mills “spent pulping liquor” means black liquor that is used, generated, stored, or processed at any point in the pulping and chemical recovery processes. For sulfite mills “spent pulping liquor” means any intermediate, final, or used chemical solution that is used, generated, stored, or processed at any point in the sulfite pulping and chemical recovery processes (e.g., ammonium-, calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite liquors).
              (9) Turpentine: A mixture of terpenes, principally pinene, obtained by the steam distillation of pine gum recovered from the condensation of digester relief gases from the cooking of softwoods by the kraft pulping process. Sometimes referred to as sulfate turpentine.
              (c) Requirement to implement Best Management Practices. Each mill subject to this section must implement the Best Management Practices (BMPs) specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (10) of this section. The primary objective of the BMPs is to prevent leaks and spills of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine. The secondary objective is to contain, collect, and recover at the immediate process area, or otherwise control, those leaks, spills, and intentional diversions of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine that do occur. BMPs must be developed according to best engineering practices and must be implemented in a manner that takes into account the specific circumstances at each mill. The BMPs are as follows:
              (1) The mill must return spilled or diverted spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine to the process to the maximum extent practicable as determined by the mill, recover such materials outside the process, or discharge spilled or diverted material at a rate that does not disrupt the receiving wastewater treatment system.
              (2) The mill must establish a program to identify and repair leaking equipment items. This program must include:
              (i) Regular visual inspections (e.g., once per day) of process areas with equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service;
              (ii) Immediate repairs of leaking equipment items, when possible. Leaking equipment items that cannot be repaired during normal operations must be identified, temporary means for mitigating the leaks must be provided, and the leaking equipment items repaired during the next maintenance outage;
              (iii) Identification of conditions under which production will be curtailed or halted to repair leaking equipment items or to prevent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine leaks and spills; and
              (iv) A means for tracking repairs over time to identify those equipment items where upgrade or replacement may be warranted based on frequency and severity of leaks, spills, or failures.
              (3) The mill must operate continuous, automatic monitoring systems that the mill determines are necessary to detect and control leaks, spills, and intentional diversions of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine. These monitoring systems should be integrated with the mill process control system and may include, e.g., high level monitors and alarms on storage tanks; process area conductivity (or pH) monitors and alarms; and process area sewer, process wastewater, and wastewater treatment plant conductivity (or pH) monitors and alarms.
              (4) The mill must establish a program of initial and refresher training of operators, maintenance personnel, and other technical and supervisory personnel who have responsibility for operating, maintaining, or supervising the operation and maintenance of equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service. The refresher training must be conducted at least annually and the training program must be documented.
              (5) The mill must prepare a brief report that evaluates each spill of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine that is not contained at the immediate process area and any intentional diversion of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine that is not contained at the immediate process area. The report must describe the equipment items involved, the circumstances leading to the incident, the effectiveness of the corrective actions taken to contain and recover the spill or intentional diversion, and plans to develop changes to equipment and operating and maintenance practices as necessary to prevent recurrence. Discussion of the reports must be included as part of the annual refresher training.
              (6) The mill must establish a program to review any planned modifications to the pulping and chemical recovery facilities and any construction activities in the pulping and chemical recovery areas before these activities commence. The purpose of such review is to prevent leaks and spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine during the planned modifications, and to ensure that construction and supervisory personnel are aware of possible liquor diversions and of the requirement to prevent leaks and spills of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine during construction.

              (7) The mill must install and maintain secondary containment (i.e., containment constructed of materials impervious to pulping liquors) for spent pulping liquor bulk storage tanks equivalent to the volume of the largest tank plus sufficient freeboard for precipitation. An annual tank integrity testing program, if coupled with other containment or diversion structures, may be substituted for secondary containment for spent pulping liquor bulk storage tanks.
              (8) The mill must install and maintain secondary containment for turpentine bulk storage tanks.
              (9) The mill must install and maintain curbing, diking or other means of isolating soap and turpentine processing and loading areas from the wastewater treatment facilities.
              (10) The mill must conduct wastewater monitoring to detect leaks and spills, to track the effectiveness of the BMPs, and to detect trends in spent pulping liquor losses. Such monitoring must be performed in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
              (d) Requirement to develop a BMP Plan. (1) Each mill subject to this section must prepare and implement a BMP Plan. The BMP Plan must be based on a detailed engineering review as described in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section. The BMP Plan must specify the procedures and the practices required for each mill to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, the construction the mill determines is necessary to meet those requirements including a schedule for such construction, and the monitoring program (including the statistically derived action levels) that will be used to meet the requirements of paragraph (i) of this section. The BMP Plan also must specify the period of time that the mill determines the action levels established under paragraph (h) of this section may be exceeded without triggering the responses specified in paragraph (i) of this section.
              (2) Each mill subject to this section must conduct a detailed engineering review of the pulping and chemical recovery operations—including but not limited to process equipment, storage tanks, pipelines and pumping systems, loading and unloading facilities, and other appurtenant pulping and chemical recovery equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service—for the purpose of determining the magnitude and routing of potential leaks, spills, and intentional diversions of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine during the following periods of operation:
              (i) Process start-ups and shut downs;
              (ii) Maintenance;
              (iii) Production grade changes;
              (iv) Storm or other weather events;
              (v) Power failures; and
              (vi) Normal operations.
              (3) As part of the engineering review, the mill must determine whether existing spent pulping liquor containment facilities are of adequate capacity for collection and storage of anticipated intentional liquor diversions with sufficient contingency for collection and containment of spills. The engineering review must also consider:
              (i) The need for continuous, automatic monitoring systems to detect and control leaks and spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine;
              (ii) The need for process wastewater diversion facilities to protect end-of-pipe wastewater treatment facilities from adverse effects of spills and diversions of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine;
              (iii) The potential for contamination of storm water from the immediate process areas; and
              (iv) The extent to which segregation and/or collection and treatment of contaminated storm water from the immediate process areas is appropriate.
              (e) Amendment of BMP Plan. (1) Each mill subject to this section must amend its BMP Plan whenever there is a change in mill design, construction, operation, or maintenance that materially affects the potential for leaks or spills of spent pulping liquor, turpentine, or soap from the immediate process areas.

              (2) Each mill subject to this section must complete a review and evaluation of the BMP Plan five years after the first BMP Plan is prepared and, except as provided in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, once every five years thereafter. As a result of this review and evaluation, the mill must amend the BMP Plan within three months of the review if the mill determines that any new or modified management practices and engineered controls are necessary to reduce significantly the likelihood of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine leaks, spills, or intentional diversions from the immediate process areas, including a schedule for implementation of such practices and controls.

              (f) Review and certification of BMP Plan. The BMP Plan, and any amendments thereto, must be reviewed by the senior technical manager at the mill and approved and signed by the mill manager. Any person signing the BMP Plan or its amendments must certify to the permitting or pretreatment control authority under penalty of law that the BMP Plan (or its amendments) has been prepared in accordance with good engineering practices and in accordance with this regulation. The mill is not required to obtain approval from the permitting or pretreatment control authority of the BMP Plan or any amendments thereto.
              (g) Record keeping requirements. (1) Each mill subject to this section must maintain on its premises a complete copy of the current BMP Plan and the records specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section and must make such BMP Plan and records available to the permitting or pretreatment control authority and the Regional Administrator or his or her designee for review upon request.
              (2) The mill must maintain the following records for 3 years from the date they are created:
              (i) Records tracking the repairs performed in accordance with the repair program described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
              (ii) Records of initial and refresher training conducted in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section;
              (iii) Reports prepared in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this section; and
              (iv) Records of monitoring required by paragraphs (c)(10) and (i) of this section.
              (h) Establishment of wastewater treatment system influent action levels. (1) Each mill subject to this section must conduct a monitoring program, described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, for the purpose of defining wastewater treatment system influent characteristics (or action levels), described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section, that will trigger requirements to initiate investigations on BMP effectiveness and to take corrective action.
              (2) Each mill subject to this section must employ the following procedures in order to develop the action levels required by paragraph (h) of this section:
              (i) Monitoring parameters. The mill must collect 24-hour composite samples and analyze the samples for a measure of organic content (e.g., Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) or Total Organic Carbon (TOC)). Alternatively, the mill may use a measure related to spent pulping liquor losses measured continuously and averaged over 24 hours (e.g., specific conductivity or color).
              (ii) Monitoring locations. For direct dischargers, monitoring must be conducted at the point influent enters the wastewater treatment system. For indirect dischargers monitoring must be conducted at the point of discharge to the POTW. For the purposes of this requirement, the mill may select alternate monitoring point(s) in order to isolate possible sources of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from other possible sources of organic wastewaters that are tributary to the wastewater treatment facilities (e.g., bleach plants, paper machines and secondary fiber operations).
              (3) By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section, each existing discharger subject to this section must complete an initial six-month monitoring program using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section and must establish initial action levels based on the results of that program. A wastewater treatment influent action level is a statistically determined pollutant loading determined by a statistical analysis of six months of daily measurements. The action levels must consist of a lower action level, which if exceeded will trigger the investigation requirements described in paragraph (i) of this section, and an upper action level, which if exceeded will trigger the corrective action requirements described in paragraph (i) of this section.

              (4) By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(1)(vi) of this section, each existing discharger must complete a second six-month monitoring program using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section and must establish revised action levels based on the results of that program. The initial action levels shall remain in effect until replaced by revised action levels.
              (5) By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, each new source subject to this section must complete a six-month monitoring program using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section and must develop a lower action level and an upper action level based on the results of that program.
              (6) Action levels developed under this paragraph must be revised using six months of monitoring data after any change in mill design, construction, operation, or maintenance that materially affects the potential for leaks or spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from the immediate process areas.
              (i) Monitoring, corrective action, and reporting requirements. (1) Each mill subject to this section must conduct daily monitoring of the influent to the wastewater treatment system in accordance with the procedures described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section for the purpose of detecting leaks and spills, tracking the effectiveness of the BMPs, and detecting trends in spent pulping liquor losses.
              (2) Whenever monitoring results exceed the lower action level for the period of time specified in the BMP Plan, the mill must conduct an investigation to determine the cause of such exceedance. Whenever monitoring results exceed the upper action level for the period of time specified in the BMP Plan, the mill must complete corrective action to bring the wastewater treatment system influent mass loading below the lower action level as soon as practicable.
              (3) Although exceedances of the action levels will not constitute violations of an NPDES permit or pretreatment standard, failure to take the actions required by paragraph (i)(2) of this section as soon as practicable will be a permit or pretreatment standard violation.
              (4) Each mill subject to this section must report to the NPDES permitting or pretreatment control authority the results of the daily monitoring conducted pursuant to paragraph (i)(1) of this section. Such reports must include a summary of the monitoring results, the number and dates of exceedances of the applicable action levels, and brief descriptions of any corrective actions taken to respond to such exceedances. Submission of such reports shall be at the frequency established by the NPDES permitting or pretreatment control authority, but in no case less than once per year.
              (j) Compliance deadlines—(1) Existing direct and indirect dischargers. Except as provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section for new sources, indirect discharging mills subject to this section must meet the deadlines set forth below. Except as provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section for new sources, NPDES permits must require direct discharging mills subject to this section to meet the deadlines set forth below. If a deadline set forth below has passed at the time the NPDES permit containing the BMP requirement is issued, the NPDES permit must require immediate compliance with such BMP requirement(s).
              (i) Prepare BMP Plans and certify to the permitting or pretreatment authority that the BMP Plan has been prepared in accordance with this regulation not later than April 15, 1999;
              (ii) Implement all BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section that do not require the construction of containment or diversion structures or the installation of monitoring and alarm systems not later than April 15, 1999.
              (iii) Establish initial action levels required by paragraph (h)(3) of this section not later than April 15, 1999.
              (iv) Commence operation of any new or upgraded continuous, automatic monitoring systems that the mill determines to be necessary under paragraph (c)(3) of this section (other than those associated with construction of containment or diversion structures) not later than April 17, 2000.

              (v) Complete construction and commence operation of any spent pulping liquor, collection, containment, diversion, or other facilities, including any associated continuous monitoring systems, necessary to fully implement BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section not later than April 16, 2001.

              (vi) Establish revised action levels required by paragraph (h)(4) of this section as soon as possible after fully implementing the BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section, but not later than January 15, 2002.
              (2) New sources. Upon commencing discharge, new sources subject to this section must implement all of the BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section, prepare the BMP Plan required by paragraph (d) of this section, and certify to the permitting or pretreatment authority that the BMP Plan has been prepared in accordance with this regulation as required by paragraph (f) of this section, except that the action levels required by paragraph (h)(5) of this section must be established not later than 12 months after commencement of discharge, based on six months of monitoring data obtained prior to that date in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
              (k) The provisions of paragraphs (c) through (j) of this section do not apply to the bleached papergrade kraft mill, commonly known as the Androscoggin Mill, that is owned by International Paper and located in Jay, Maine. In lieu of imposing the requirements specified in those paragraphs, the permitting authority shall establish conditions for the discharge of COD and color for this mill on the basis of best professional judgment.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 46108, July 27, 2000]

            Subpart A—Dissolving Kraft Subcategory

              § 430.10
              Applicability; description of the dissolving kraft subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges resulting from the production of dissolving pulp at kraft mills.

              § 430.11
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.12
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart A
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers

                  BOD5
                  23.6
                  12.25
                  6.88

                  TSS
                  37.3
                  20.05
                  11.02

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart A
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annual average)

                  BOD5
                  3.2
                  1.7
                  0.95

                  TSS
                  6.9
                  3.75
                  2.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart A
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.35
                  0.2
                  0.1

                  TSS
                  0.70
                  0.4
                  0.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart A
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.6
                  0.35
                  0.2

                  TSS
                  1.45
                  0.8
                  0.4

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.12 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              § 430.14
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart A
                [BAT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0025
                  (0.011)(55.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.016
                  (0.068)(55.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart A
                [NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  15.6
                  8.4
                  4.4

                  TSS
                  27.3
                  14.3
                  7.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0025
                  (0.012)(50.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.016
                  (0.074)(50.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.16
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart A
                [PSES]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011)(55.1)/y
                  0.0025

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.082)(55.1)/y
                  0.019

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              § 430.17
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart A
                [PSNS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.012)(50.7)/y
                  0.0025

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.089)(50.7)/y
                  0.019

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

            Subpart B—Bleached Papergrade Kraft and Soda Subcategory

              § 430.20
              Applicability; description of the bleached papergrade kraft and soda subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges resulting from: The production of market pulp at bleached kraft mills; the integrated production of paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper at bleached kraft mills; the integrated production of pulp and fine papers at bleached kraft mills; and the integrated production of pulp and paper at soda mills.

              § 430.21
              Specialized definitions.
              (a) The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part apply to this subpart.
              (b) Baseline BAT limitations or NSPS means the BAT limitations specified in § 430.24(a) (1) or (2), as applicable, and the NSPS specified in § 430.25(b) (1) or (2), as applicable, that apply to any direct discharger that is not “enrolled” in the “Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program.”
              (c) Enroll means to notify the permitting authority that a mill intends to participate in the “Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program.” A mill can enroll by indicating its intention to participate in the program either as part of its application for a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit, or through separate correspondence to the permitting authority as long as the mill signs the correspondence in accordance with 40 CFR 122.22.
              (d) Existing effluent quality means the level at which the pollutants identified in § 430.24(a)(1) are present in the effluent of a mill “enrolled” in the “Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program.”
              (e) Kappa number is a measure of the lignin content in unbleached pulp, determined after pulping and prior to bleaching.
              (f) Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program is the program established under § 430.24(b) (for existing direct dischargers) and § 430.25(c) (for new direct dischargers) whereby participating mills agree to accept enforceable effluent limitations and conditions in their NPDES permits that are more stringent than the “baseline BAT limitations or NSPS” that would otherwise apply, in exchange for regulatory- and enforcement-related rewards and incentives.

              § 430.22
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  15.45
                  8.05
                  4.52

                  TSS
                  30.4
                  16.4
                  9.01

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  13.65
                  7.1
                  3.99

                  TSS
                  24.0
                  12.9
                  7.09

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  10.6
                  5.5
                  3.09

                  TSS
                  22.15
                  11.9
                  6.54

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  13.7
                  7.1
                  3.99

                  TSS
                  24.5
                  13.2
                  7.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  2.3
                  1.2
                  0.70

                  TSS
                  5.3
                  2.85
                  1.55

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  2.25
                  1.2
                  0.65

                  TSS
                  5.75
                  3.1
                  1.70

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  1.95
                  1.0
                  0.55

                  TSS
                  5.3
                  2.85
                  1.55

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for soda facilities where pulp and papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  2.05
                  1.1
                  0.60

                  TSS
                  5.25
                  2.8
                  1.55

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations:

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.2
                  0.1
                  0.1

                  TSS
                  0.6
                  0.3
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.25
                  0.15
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.65
                  0.35
                  0.20

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.2
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.55
                  0.3
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for soda facilities where pulp and papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.5
                  0.25
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.4
                  0.2
                  0.15

                  TSS
                  1.15
                  0.6
                  0.35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.45
                  0.25
                  0.10

                  TSS
                  1.25
                  0.7
                  0.35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.35
                  0.2
                  0.10

                  TSS
                  1.15
                  0.6
                  0.30

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [BPT effluent limitations for soda facilities where pulp and papers are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.3
                  0.2
                  0.10

                  TSS
                  1.1
                  0.55
                  0.35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.23
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). The limitations shall be the same as those specified in § 430.22 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              § 430.24
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section—
              (1) The following effluent limitations apply with respect to each fiber line that does not use an exclusively TCF bleaching process, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  TCDD
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  TCDF
                  31.9 c

                  (b)

                  Chloroform
                  6.92 d

                  4.14 (d)

                  Trichlorosyringol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day (kg/kkg)
                  Monthly average (kg/kkg)
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Annual average (kg/kkg)

                  AOX
                  0.951
                  0.623
                  0.512

                  COD
                  (e)
                  (e)
                  (e)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c Picograms per liter.

                  d Grams per 1,000 kilograms (g/kkg).

                  e [Reserved]

              (2) The following effluent limitations apply with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations (TCF)
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (b) The following limitations apply with respect to each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program:
              (1) Stage 1 Limitations: Numeric limitations that are equivalent to the discharger's existing effluent quality or the discharger's current effluent limitations established under CWA section 301(b)(2), whichever are more stringent, for the pollutants identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section (with the exception of COD). For AOX, the permitting authority must determine existing effluent quality for each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program at the end of the pipe based on loadings attributable to that fiber line. For the remaining pollutants, with the exception of COD, the permitting authority must determine existing effluent quality for each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. These limitations must be recalculated each time the NPDES permit of a discharger enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program is reissued, up to:
              (i) April 15, 2004 for all pollutants in paragraph (a)(1) of this section except AOX; and
              (ii) The date specified in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section for achieving the applicable AOX limitation specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i).
              (2) Best Professional Judgment Milestones: Narrative or numeric limitations and/or special permit conditions, as appropriate, established by the permitting authority on the basis of his or her best professional judgment that reflect reasonable interim milestones toward achievement of the effluent limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section, as applicable, after consideration of the Milestones Plan submitted by the discharger in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
              (3) Six-year Milestones: By April 15, 2004 all dischargers enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the following:
              (i) The effluent limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, except that, with respect to AOX, dischargers subject to Tier I effluent limitations specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section must achieve the AOX limitation specified in that paragraph; or
              (ii) For dischargers that use exclusively TCF bleaching processes as of April 15, 2004, the effluent limitations specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
              (4)(i) Stage 2 Limitations:

                Ultimate Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program BAT Limitations

                  Tier
                  Kappa number (annual average)
                  Filtraterecycling

                  Total pulping area condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow (annual average)
                  AOX (kg/kkg)
                  Non-TCF a

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average
                  TCF
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  Tier I
                  20 (softwood furnish)13 (Hardwood furnish)

                  (b)
                  N/A
                  0.58
                  0.26
                  <ML c

                  (d)

                  Tier II
                  NA
                  (b)
                  10 cubic meters/kkg
                  0.23
                  0.10
                  <ML c

                  (d)

                  Tier III
                  N/A
                  (b)
                  5 cubic meters/kkg
                  0.11
                  0.05
                  <ML c

                  (d)

                  a Non-TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively TCF bleaching processes.

                  b Complete recycling to the chemical recovery system of all filtrates generated prior to bleaching. Under Tier I, this includes all filtrates up to the point where kappa number is measured.

                  c “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  d This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.
                N/A means “not applicable.”

              (ii) Deadlines.
              (A) A discharger enrolled in Tier I of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the Tier I limitations in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section by April 15, 2004.
              (B) A discharger enrolled in Tier II of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the Tier II limitations in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section by April 15, 2009.
              (C) A discharger enrolled in Tier III of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the Tier III limitations in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section by April 15, 2014.
              (c) All dischargers enrolled or intending to enroll in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must submit to the NPDES permitting authority a Milestones Plan covering all fiber lines enrolled or intended to be enrolled in that program at their mill by October 5, 1999 or the date the discharger applies for an NPDES permit containing limitations and conditions based on paragraph (b) of this section, whichever is later. Mills may claim all or part of the Milestones Plan as confidential business information (CBI) in accordance with 40 CFR part 2 and 40 CFR 122.7. If a mill claims all or part of the plan as CBI, the mill must prepare and submit to the NPDES permitting authority a summary of the plan for public release. The Milestones Plan must include the following information:
              (1) A description of each anticipated new technology component or process modification that the discharger intends to implement in order to achieve the limitations in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section;
              (2) A master schedule showing the sequence of implementing the new technology components or process modifications and identifying critical path relationships within the sequence;
              (3) A schedule for each individual new technology component or process modification that includes:
              (i) The anticipated initiation and completion dates of construction, installation and operational “shakedown” period associated with the technology components or process modifications and, when applicable, the anticipated dates of initiation and completion of associated research, process development, and mill trials;
              (ii) The anticipated dates that the discharger expects the technologies and process modifications selected to achieve the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section to be operational on a full-scale basis; and

              (iii) The anticipated magnitude of reductions in effluent quantity and the anticipated improvements in effluent quality associated with each technology and process modification implemented as measured at the bleach plant (for bleach plant, pulping area and evaporator condensates flow and BAT parameters other than Adsorbable Organic Halides (AOX)) and at the end of the pipe (for AOX), and the dates the discharger expects those reductions and improvements to be achieved;

              (4) Contingency plans in the event that any technology or process specified in the Milestones Plan need to be adjusted or alternative approaches developed to ensure that the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(3)and (b)(4) of this section are met; and
              (5) A signature by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 122.22.
              (d) The following additional effluent limitations apply to all dischargers subject to this section in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme unless the discharger certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental BAT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pullutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0019
                  (0.011)(41.6)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.012
                  (0.068)(41.6)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental BAT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximun for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0016
                  (0.11)(35.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.010
                  (0.068)(35.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental BAT effluent limitations for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced and soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0014
                  (0.011) (30.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0088
                  (0.068) (30.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (e) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the effluent limitations in paragraph (a)(1) or (b)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX and COD) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h). In addition, a discharger subject to a limitation on total pulping area condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, for Tier II and Tier III, must demonstrate compliance with that limitation by establishing and maintaining flow measurement equipment to monitor these flows at the point or points where they leave the pulping area, evaporator area, and bleach plant.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42239, Aug. 7, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 36586, July 7, 1999]

              § 430.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              New sources subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), as applicable.
              (a) The following standards apply to each new source that commenced discharge after June 15, 1988 and before June 15, 1998, provided that the new source was constructed to meet these standards:

                Subpart B
                [1982 New Source Performance Standards for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  BOD5
                  10.3
                  5.5
                  2.88

                  TSS
                  18.2
                  9.5
                  5.00

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [1982 New Source Performance Standards for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  BOD5
                  8.5
                  4.6
                  2.41

                  TSS
                  14.6
                  7.6
                  4.00

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart B
                [1982 New Source Performance Standards for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced and soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  BOD5
                  5.7
                  3.1
                  1.62

                  TSS
                  9.1
                  4.8
                  2.53

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section—
              (1) The following standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line that does not use an exclusively TCF bleaching process, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22, and that commences discharge after June 15, 1998:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  TCDD
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  TCDF
                  31.9 c

                  (b)

                  Chloroform
                  6.92 d

                  4.14 d

                  Trichlorosyringol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day (kg/kkg)
                  Monthly average (kg/kkg)
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Annual average (kg/kkg)

                  AOX
                  0.476
                  0.272
                  0.208

                  BOD5
                  4.52
                  2.41
                  1.73

                  TSS
                  8.47
                  3.86
                  2.72

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  COD
                  (e)
                  (e)
                  (e)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c Picograms per liter.

                  d Grams per 1,000 kilograms(g/kkg).

                  e [Reserved]

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (2) The following standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22, and that commences discharge after June 15, 1998:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS (TCF)
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  Non-continuousdischargers

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annualaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  BOD5
                  4.52 d

                  2.41
                  N/A
                  1.73

                  TSS
                  8.47 d

                  3.86
                  N/A
                  2.72

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

                  d Kilograms per 1,000 kilograms (kg/kkg).

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) With respect to each new source fiber line that is enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program, dischargers subject to this section must achieve:
              (1) The standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section (except for AOX) or paragraph (b)(2) of this section, as applicable; and
              (2) Standards for filtrates, flow, and AOX:

                Ultimate Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program NSPS

                  Tier
                  Filtrate recycling
                  Total pulping area condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow (annual average)
                  AOX (kg/kkg)
                  Non-TCF a

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average
                  TCF
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  Tier II
                  (b)
                  10 cubic meters/kkg
                  0.23
                  0.10
                  <ML c

                  (d)

                  Tier III
                  (b)
                  5 cubic meters/kkg
                  0.11
                  0.05
                  <ML c

                  (d)

                  a Non-TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively TCF bleaching processes.

                  b Complete recycling to the chemical recovery system of all filtrates generated prior to bleaching.

                  c “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  d This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (d) These additional standards apply to all new sources, regardless of when they commenced discharge, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme unless the discharger certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental NSPS for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0019
                  (0.013)(36.6)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.012
                  (0.077)(36.6)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental NSPS for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0016
                  (0.012)(31.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.010
                  (0.076)(31.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental NSPS for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced and soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0014
                  (0.014)(25.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0088
                  (0.084)(25.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (e) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the limitations in paragraph (b)(1) or (c)(1) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX, COD, BOD5, TSS, and pH) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h). In addition, a discharger subject to a limitation on total pulping area condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow under paragraph (c)(2) of this section must demonstrate compliance with that limitation by establishing and maintaining flow measurement equipment monitoring these flows at the point or points where they leave the pulping area, evaporator area, and the bleach plant.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42239, Aug. 7, 1998]

              § 430.26
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a)(1) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect discharger subject to this section, unless the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line. These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  TCDD
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  TCDF
                  31.9 c

                  (b)

                  Chloroform
                  6.92 d

                    d 4.14

                  Trichlorosyringol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  AOX
                  2.64 e

                    e 1.41

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c Picograms per liter.

                  d Grams per 1,000 kilograms (g/kkg).

                  e Kilograms per 1,000 kilograms (kg/kkg).

              (2) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect discharger subject to this section if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line. These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  PSES (TCF)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (b) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme. An indirect discharger is not required to meet these pretreatment standards if it certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations, equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance:

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental PSES for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0019
                  (0.011)(41.6)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.014
                  (0.082)(41.6)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental PSES for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0016
                  (0.011)(35.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.012
                  (0.082)(35.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental PSES for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced and soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0014
                  (0.011)(30.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.011
                  (0.082)(30.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product

              (c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by monitoring at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42239, Aug. 7, 1998]

              § 430.27
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a)(1) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line that is a new source, unless the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12 that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  TCDD
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  TCDF
                  31.9 c

                  (b)

                  Chloroform
                  6.92 d

                  4.14 d

                  Trichlorosyringol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  AOX
                  1.16 e

                  0.814 e

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c Picograms per liter.

                  d Grams per 1,000 kilograms (g/kkg).

                  e Kilograms per 1,000 kilograms (kg/kkg).

              (2) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger subject to this section if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:

                Subpart B

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  PSNS (TCF)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (b) The following pretreatment standards apply to all new source indirect dischargers, regardless of when they commenced discharge, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme. An indirect discharger is not required to meet these pretreatment standards if it certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass-based effluent limitations, equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance:

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental PSNS for bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0019
                  (0.013)(36.6)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.014
                  (0.093)(36.6)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental PSNS for bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0016
                  (0.012)(31.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.012
                  (0.092)(31.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart B
                [Supplemental PSNS for bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are produced and soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0014
                  (0.014)(25.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.011
                  (0.101)(25.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by monitoring at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42239, Aug. 7, 1998]

              § 430.28
              Best management practices (BMPs).
              The definitions and requirements set forth in 40 CFR 430.03 apply to facilities in this subpart.

            Subpart C—Unbleached Kraft Subcategory

              § 430.30
              Applicability; description of the unbleached kraft subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from: the production of pulp and paper at unbleached kraft mills; the production of pulp and paper at unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) mills; and the production of pulp and paper at combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical mills, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system.

              § 430.31
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.32
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart C
                [BPT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft facilities]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  5.6
                  2.8

                  TSS
                  12.0
                  6.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart C
                [BPT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft facilities producing pulp and paper using the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  TSS
                  12.5
                  6.25

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart C
                [BPT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper are produced using a combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  (a)
                  (a)

                  TSS
                  (a)
                  (a)

                  pH
                  (a)
                  (a)

                  a [Reserved]

              § 430.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart C
                [BCT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft facilities]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annual average)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  5.6
                  2.8
                  1.9

                  TSS
                  12.0
                  6.0
                  3.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart C
                [BCT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  8.0
                  4.0
                  2.9

                  TSS
                  12.5
                  6.25
                  3.57

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.34
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb), but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart C
                [BAT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft facilities]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058
                  (0.011)(12.6)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00053
                  (0.010)(12.6)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart C
                [BAT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper are produced using the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00064
                  (0.011)(14.0)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00059
                  (0.010)(14.0)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart C
                [NSPS for unbleached kraft facilities where linerboard is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  3.4
                  1.8
                  0.94

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  3.0
                  1.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058
                  (0.015)(9.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00053
                  (0.013)(9.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart C
                [NSPS for unbleached kraft facilities where bag paper and other mixed products are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  5.0
                  2.71
                  1.4

                  TSS
                  9.1
                  4.8
                  2.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058
                  (0.012)(11.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00053
                  (0.011)(11.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart C
                [NSPS for unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper are produced using the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  3.9
                  2.1
                  1.1

                  TSS
                  7.3
                  3.8
                  1.9

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00064
                  (0.013)(11.5)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00059
                  (0.012)(11.5)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.36
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using those biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart C
                [PSES for unbleached kraft facilities]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011)(12.6)/y
                  0.00058

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(12.6)/y
                  0.00053

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart C
                [PSES for unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper are produced using the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011)(14.0)/y
                  0.00064

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(14.0)/y
                  0.00059

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              § 430.37
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart C
                [PSNS for unbleached kraft facilities where linerboard is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.015)(9.4)/y
                  0.00058

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.013)(9.4)/y
                  0.00053

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart C
                [PSNS for unbleached kraft facilities where bag paper and other mixed products are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.012)(11.4)/y
                  0.00058

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.011)(11.4)/y
                  0.00053

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart C
                [PSNS for unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper are produced using the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.013)(11.5)/y
                  0.00064

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.012)(11.5)/y
                  0.00059

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

            Subpart D—Dissolving Sulfite Subcategory

              § 430.40
              Applicability; description of the dissolving sulfite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of pulp at dissolving sulfite mills.

              § 430.41
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.42
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where nitration grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  41.4
                  21.5
                  12.1

                  TSS
                  70.65
                  38.05
                  20.9

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where viscose grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  44.3
                  23.0
                  12.9

                  TSS
                  70.65
                  38.05
                  20.9

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where cellophane grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  48.05
                  24.95
                  14.0

                  TSS
                  70.65
                  38.05
                  20.9

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5

                    150.80

                    126.40

                    114.83

                  TSS
                  70.65
                  38.05
                  20.9

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  1 BOD5 effluent limitations were remanded (Weyerhaeuser Company, et al v. Costle, 590 F. 2nd 1011; D.C. Circuit 1978).

                  2 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  0.7
                  0.35
                  0.2

                  TSS
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart D
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.42 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              § 430.44
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart D
                [BAT effluent limitations for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where nitration, viscose, or cellophane pulps are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.011)(66.0)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.019
                  (0.068)(66.0)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart D
                [BAT effluent limitations for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0033
                  (0.011)(72.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.021
                  (0.068)(72.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart D
                [NSPS for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where nitration grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  26.9
                  14.5
                  7.59

                  TSS
                  40.8
                  21.3
                  11.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.012)(59.0)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.019
                  (0.012)(59.0)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart D
                [NSPS for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where viscose grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  28.7
                  15.5
                  8.12

                  TSS
                  40.8
                  21.3
                  11.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.012)(59.0)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.019
                  (0.012)(59.0)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart D
                [NSPS for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where cellophane grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-contin-uous dischargers(annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  31.2
                  16.8
                  8.80

                  TSS
                  40.8
                  21.3
                  11.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.012)(59.0)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.019
                  (0.076)(59.0)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart D
                [NSPS for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  39.6
                  21.4
                  11.2

                  TSS
                  41.1
                  21.5
                  11.3

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0033
                  (0.012)(65.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.021
                  (0.075)(65.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.46
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart D
                [PSES for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where nitration, viscose, or cellophane grade pulps are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011)(66.0)/y
                  0.0030

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.082)(66.0)/y
                  0.023

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart D
                [PSES for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011)(72.7)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.082)(72.7)/y
                  0.025

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              § 430.47
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart D
                [PSNS for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where nitration, viscose, or cellophane grade pulps are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.012)(59.0)/y
                  0.0030

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.092)(59.0)/y
                  0.023

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart D
                [PSNS for dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate grade pulp is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.012)(65.7)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.091)(65.7)/y
                  0.025

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

            Subpart E—Papergrade Sulfite Subcategory

              § 430.50
              Applicability; description of the papergrade sulfite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges resulting from the: Integrated production of pulp and paper at papergrade sulfite mills, where blow pit pulp washing techniques are used; and the integrated production of pulp and paper at papergrade sulfite mills where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp.

              § 430.51
              Specialized definitions.
              (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part apply to this subpart.
              (b) Sulfite cooking liquor is defined as bisulfite cooking liquor when the pH of the liquor is between 3.0 and 6.0 and as acid sulfite cooking liquor when the pH is less than 3.0.
              (c) For this subpart, the segments for the papergrade sulfite subcategory are defined as follows:
              (1) The calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment consists of papergrade sulfite mills where pulp and paper are produced using an acidic cooking liquor of calcium, magnesium, or sodium sulfite, unless those mills are specialty grade sulfite mills;
              (2) The ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment consists of papergrade sulfite mills where pulp and paper are produced using an acidic cooking liquor of ammonium sulfite, unless those mills are specialty grade sulfite mills;

              (3) The specialty grade sulfite pulp segment consists of those papergrade sulfite mills where a significant portion of production is characterized by pulp with a high percentage of alpha cellulose and high brightness sufficent to produce end products such as plastic molding compounds, saturating and laminating products, and photographic papers. The specialty grade segment also includes those mills where a major portion of production is 91 ISO brightness and above.

              § 430.52
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart E
                [Bisulfite liquor/surface condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  31.8
                  16.55
                  9.30

                  TSS
                  43.95
                  23.65
                  12.99

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [Bisulfite liquor/barometric condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  34.7
                  18.05
                  10.14

                  TSS
                  52.2
                  28.1
                  15.44

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [Acid sulfite liquor/surface condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  32.3
                  16.8
                  9.44

                  TSS
                  43.95
                  23.65
                  12.99

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [Acid sulfite liquor/barometric condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  35.55
                  18.5
                  10.39

                  TSS
                  52.2
                  28.1
                  15.44

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [Bisulfite liquor/surface condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  26.7
                  13.9
                  7.81

                  TSS
                  43.95
                  23.65
                  12.99

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                  Note: Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous digesters.

                Subpart E
                [Bisulfite liquor/barometric condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  29.4
                  15.3
                  8.60

                  TSS
                  52.2
                  28.1
                  15.44

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                  Note: Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous digesters.

                Subpart E
                [Acid sulfite liquor/surface condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  29.75
                  15.5
                  8.71

                  TSS
                  43.95
                  23.65
                  12.99

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                  Note: Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous digesters.

                Subpart E
                [Acid sulfite liquor/barometric condensers; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  32.5
                  16.9
                  9.49

                  TSS
                  52.2
                  28.1
                  15.44

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                  Note: Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous digesters.

                Subpart E
                [Continuous digesters; BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  38.15
                  19.85
                  11.15

                  TSS
                  53.75
                  28.95
                  15.91

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:

                Subpart E
                [BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  2.7
                  1.45
                  0.80

                  TSS
                  7.5
                  3.95
                  2.19

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  3.05
                  1.6
                  0.90

                  TSS
                  7.5
                  3.95
                  2.19

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations:

                Subpart E
                [BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  2.55
                  1.35
                  0.75

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annual average)

                  BOD5
                  0.35
                  0.2
                  0.1

                  TSS
                  2.55
                  1.35
                  0.75

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:

                Subpart E
                [BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing techniques are used]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.35
                  0.2
                  0.1

                  TSS
                  1.7
                  0.9
                  0.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart E
                [BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.7
                  0.35
                  0.2

                  TSS
                  1.70
                  0.9
                  0.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.53
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants in § 430.52 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BCT).

              § 430.54
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a)(1) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E
                [Production of Calcium-, Magnesium-, or Sodium-based Sulfite Pulps]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (2)(i) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-Based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Chloroform a

                  (d)
                  (c)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  Non-continuousdischargers

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  COD
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines that use a TCF bleaching process as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  d [Reserved]

              (ii) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-Based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations (TCF)
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (3)(i) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the specialty grade pulp segment:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly Average

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Chloroform a

                  (d)
                  (c)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuousdischargers

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  COD
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines that use a TCF bleaching process as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  d [Reserved]

              (ii) The following effluent limitations apply to dischargers in the specialty grade pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations (TCF)
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (b) The following additional effluent limitations apply to each discharger subject to this section in accordance with the previous subcatgorization scheme unless it certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:

                Subpart E
                [Supplemental BAT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058exp(0.017x)
                  ((0.011)(12.67)exp(0.017x))/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0036exp(0.017x)
                  ((0.068)(12.67)exp(0.017x))/y

                  x = percent sulfite pulp in final product.

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (c) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the limitations in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX and COD) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h).

              § 430.55
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              New sources subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), as applicable.
              (a) The following standards apply to each new source regardless of when it commenced discharge:

                Subpart E
                [1982 NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutantproperty

                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annual average)

                  BOD5
                  4.38exp(0.017x)
                  2.36exp(0.017x)
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days divided by 1.91.

                  TSS
                  5.81exp(0.017x)
                  3.03exp(0.017x)
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days divided by 1.90.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  x = percent sulfite pulp in final product

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line that commences discharge after June 15, 1998.
              (1) The following standards apply to all new sources in the calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E
                [Production of Calcium-, Magnesium-, or Sodium-based Sulfite Pulps]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (2)(i) The following standards apply to all new sources in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Chloroform a

                  (d)
                  (d)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  Non-continuousdischargers

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  COD
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines that use a TCF bleaching process as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  d [Reserved]

              (ii) The following standards apply to all new sources in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS (TCF)
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (3)(i) The following standards apply to all new sources in the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Chloroform a

                  (d)
                  (d)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol
                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  Non-continuousdischargers

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annualaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  COD
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)
                  (d)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines that use a TCF bleaching process as disclosed by the discharger in its permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  d [Reserved]

              (ii) The following standards apply to all new sources within the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  NSPS (TCF)
                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average
                  Non-continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Annual average

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  COD
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)
                  (c)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as appropriate.

                  c [Reserved]

              (c) The following standards apply to each new source regardless of when it commenced discharge, unless it certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:

                Subpart E
                [Supplemental NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058exp(0.017x)
                  ((0.015)(9.12)exp(0.017x))/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0036exp(0.017x)
                  ((0.094)(9.12)exp(0.017x))/y

                  x = percent sulfite pulp in final product.

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (d) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the standards in paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX, COD, BOD5, TSS, and pH) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h).

              § 430.56
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) The following pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001.
              (1) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers in the calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E
                [Production of Calcium-, Magnesium-, or Sodium-based Sulfite Pulps]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (2)(i) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-Based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines operated by any indirect discharger that discloses to the pretreatment control authority, at the time it submits the report required under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e), that it uses a TCF bleaching process at that fiber line.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing ammonium-based sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-Based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  PSES (TCF)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (3)(i) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers in the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines operated by any indirect discharger that discloses to the pretreatment control authority, at the time it submits the report required under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e), that it uses a TCF bleaching process at that fiber line.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing specialty grade sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line. These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001:

                Subpart E

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  PSES (TCF)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (b) The following pretreatment standards apply to each indirect discharger, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme, unless it certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations, equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance:

                Subpart E

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Supplemental PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058exp(0.017x)
                  ((0.011)(12.67)exp(0.017x))/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0043exp(0.017x)
                  ((0.082)(12.67)exp(0.017x))/y

                  x = percent sulfite pulp in final product.

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42239 Aug. 7, 1998]

              § 430.57
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a) (1) The following pretreatment standards apply to each indirect discharger in the calcium-,
              magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment that is a new source:

                Subpart E
                [Production of Calcium-, Magnesium-, or Sodium-Based Sulfite Pulps]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (2)(i) The following standards apply to each indirect discharger in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment that is a new source:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-Based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines operated by any indirect discharger that discloses to the pretreatment control authority, at the time it submits the report required under 40 CFR 403.12 (b), (d), or (e), that it uses a TCF bleaching process at that fiber line.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing ammonium-based sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:

                Subpart E—Production of Ammonium-Based Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  PSNS (TCF)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (3)(i) The following pretreatment standards apply to each indirect discharger in the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment that is a new source:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  TCDD a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  TCDF a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Trichlorosyringol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachlorocatechol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Tetrachloroguaiacol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  Pentachlorophenol a

                  <ML b

                  (c)

                  a These limitations do not apply with respect to fiber lines operated by any indirect discharger that discloses to the pretreatment control authority, at the time it submits the report required under 40 CFR 403.12 (b), (d), or (e), that it uses a TCF bleaching process at that fiber line.

                  b “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  c This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing specialty grade sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:

                Subpart E—Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps

                  Pollutant or pollutant parameter
                  PSNS (TCF)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthlyaverage

                  AOX
                  <ML a

                  (b)

                  a “<ML” means less than the minimum level specified in § 430.01(i) for the particular pollutant.

                  b This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this pollutant; however, pretreatment control authorities may do so as appropriate.

              (b) The following pretreatment standards shall apply to each new source indirect dischargers unless the indirect discharger certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent standards, equivalent mass standards are provided as guidance:

                Subpart E

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Supplemental PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00058exp (0.017x)
                  ((0.015)(9.12)exp(0.017x))/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0043exp (0.017x)
                  ((0.114)(9.12)exp(0.017x))/y

                  x = percent sulfite pulp in final product.

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
              [63 FR 18635, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 42240, Aug. 7, 1998]

              § 430.58
              Best management practices (BMPs).
              The definitions and requirements set forth in 40 CFR 430.03 apply to facilities in this subpart.

            Subpart F—Semi-Chemical Subcategory

              § 430.60
              Applicability; description of the semi-chemical subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the integrated production of pulp and paper at semi-chemical mills.

              § 430.61
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.62
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart F
                [BPT effluent limitations for ammonia base mills]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                   8.0
                  4.0

                  TSS
                  10.0
                  5.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart F
                [BPT effluent limitations for sodium base mills]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                   8.7
                  4.35

                  TSS
                  11.0
                  5.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.63
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.62 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for BOD5 by 1.36 and TSS by 1.36.

              § 430.64
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1,000 lb), but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart F

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0012
                  (0.029)(10.3)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00043
                  (0.010)(10.3)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.65
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart F
                [NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  3.0
                  1.6
                  0.84

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  3.0
                  1.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0012
                  (0.041)(7.3)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00043
                  (0.014)(7.3)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.66
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart F

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(10.3)/y
                  0.0014

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(10.3)/y
                  0.00043

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

              § 430.67
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart F

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.045)(7.3)/y
                  0.0014

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.014)(7.3)/y
                  0.00043

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

            Subpart G—Mechanical Pulp Subcategory

              § 430.70
              Applicability; description of the mechanical pulp subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from: the production of pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills; the production of pulp and paper at groundwood mills through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills; and the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills.

              § 430.71
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.72
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  13.5
                  7.05
                  3.96

                  TSS
                  19.75
                  10.65
                  5.85

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  10.6
                  5.55
                  3.12

                  TSS
                  15.55
                  8.35
                  4.59

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  7.45
                  3.9
                  2.19

                  TSS
                  12.75
                  6.85
                  3.76

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  6.85
                  3.6
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  11.75
                  6.3
                  3.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.9
                  0.45
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  2.6
                  1.45
                  0.80

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.9
                  0.45
                  0.3

                  TSS
                  2.7
                  1.45
                  0.75

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  1.15
                  0.55
                  0.30

                  TSS
                  2.0
                  1.1
                  0.60

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dis-chargers
                    (annual
                    average)

                  BOD5
                  1.1
                  0.55
                  0.35

                  TSS
                  1.95
                  1.1
                  0.60

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.05
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.25
                  0.15
                  0.10

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.05
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.30
                  0.15
                  0.05

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.20
                  0.15
                  0.10

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.2
                  0.15
                  0.10

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.55
                  0.3
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.15
                  0.15
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.60
                  0.35
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.25
                  0.1
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.45
                  0.25
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  0.2
                  0.05
                  0.05

                  TSS
                  0.4
                  0.25
                  0.15

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (e) For those mills using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent in the manufacturing process, the following effluent limitations are to be added to the base limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  Zinc
                  0.34
                  0.17
                  0.11

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  Zinc
                  0.26
                  0.13
                  0.09

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  Zinc
                  0.30
                  0.15
                  0.10

                Subpart G
                [BPT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  Zinc
                  0.275
                  0.135
                  0.090

              § 430.73
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              (a)(1) The following applies to: mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs:
              (2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.72 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (b) [Reserved]

              § 430.74
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              (a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs: except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb), but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. Zinc limitations are only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is used as a bleaching agent. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound:

                Subpart G
                [BAT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00097
                  (0.011)(21.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00088
                  (0.010)(21.1)/y

                  Zinc
                  0.26
                  (3.0)(21.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart G
                [BAT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0011
                  (0.011)(23.8)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00099
                  (0.010)(23.8)/y

                  Zinc
                  0.30
                  (3.0)(23.8)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart G
                [BAT effluent limitations for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0010
                  (0.011)(21.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00092
                  (0.010)(21.9)/y

                  Zinc
                  0.27
                  (3.0)(21.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              (b) [Reserved]

              § 430.75
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs: any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. Zinc limitations are only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is used as a bleaching agent. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound:

                Subpart G
                [NSPS for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  4.6
                  2.5
                  1.3

                  TSS
                  8.7
                  4.6
                  2.4

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00097
                  (0.017)(13.8)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00088
                  (0.015)(13.8)/y

                  Zinc
                  0.17
                  (3.0)(13.8)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [NSPS for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  4.6
                  2.5
                  1.3

                  TSS
                  7.3
                  3.8
                  2.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0011
                  (0.016)(16.8)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00099
                  (0.014)(16.8)/y

                  Zinc
                  0.21
                  (3.0)(16.8)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart G
                [NSPS mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  3.5
                  1.9
                  0.99

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  3.0
                  1.58

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0010
                  (0.016) (15.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00092
                  (0.014) (15.4)/y

                  Zinc
                  0.19
                  (3.0) (15.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) [Reserved]

              § 430.76
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              (a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs: except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). Pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. Zinc limitations are only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is used as a bleaching agent. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart G
                [PSES for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 1b) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011) (21.1)/y
                  0.00097

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010) (21.1)/y
                  0.00088

                  Zinc
                  (3.0) (21.1)/y
                  0.26

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart G
                [PSES for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 1b) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011) (23.8)/y
                  0.0011

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010) (23.8)/y
                  0.00099

                  Zinc
                  (3.0) (23.8)/y
                  0.30

                  y = wasterwater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart G
                [PSNS for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.011)(21.9)/y
                  0.0010

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(21.9)/y
                  0.00092

                  Zinc
                  (3.0)(21.9)/y
                  0.27

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              (b) [Reserved]

              § 430.77
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              (a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs: except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). Pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. Zinc limitations are only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is used as a bleaching agent. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound:

                Subpart G
                [PSNS for mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.017)(13.8)/y
                  0.00097

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.015)(13.8)/y
                  0.00088

                  Zinc
                  (3.0)(13.8)/y
                  0.17

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart G
                [PSNS for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.016)(16.8)/y
                  0.0011

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.014)(16.8)/y
                  0.00099

                  Zinc
                  (3.0)(16.8)/y
                  0.21

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart G
                [PSNS for mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.016)(15.4)/y
                  0.0010

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.014)(15.4)/y
                  0.00092

                  Zinc
                  (3.0)(15.4)/y
                  0.19

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              (b) [Reserved]

            Subpart H—Non-Wood Chemical Pulp Subcategory

              § 430.80
              Applicability; description of the non-wood chemical pulp subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of pulp and paper at non-wood chemical pulp mills. This subcategory includes, but is not limited to, mills producing non-wood pulps from chemical pulping processes such as kraft, sulfite, or soda.

              § 430.81
              Specialized definitions.
              The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.82
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). [Reserved]

              § 430.83
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 430.84
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT). [Reserved]

              § 430.85
              New source performance standards (NSPS). [Reserved]

              § 430.86
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 430.87
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

            Subpart I—Secondary Fiber Deink Subcategory

              § 430.90
              Applicability; description of the secondary fiber deink subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the integrated production of pulp and paper at deink mills.

              § 430.91
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.92
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart I
                [BPT effluent limitations]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  18.1
                  9.4
                  5.3

                  TSS
                  24.05
                  12.95
                  7.12

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.93
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.92 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              § 430.94
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where fine or tissue paper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.029)(24.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0069
                  (0.068)(24.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where newsprint is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  BAT effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.029)(24.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0010
                  (0.010)(24.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.95
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where fine paper is produced]
                [NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  5.7
                  3.1
                  1.6

                  TSS
                  8.7
                  4.6
                  2.4

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.045)(15.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0069
                  (0.104)(15.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where tissue paper is produced]
                [NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  9.6
                  5.2
                  2.72

                  TSS
                  13.1
                  6.8
                  3.58

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.036)(19.5)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0069
                  (0.085)(19.5)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where newsprint is produced]
                [NSPS]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  6.0
                  3.2
                  1.7

                  TSS
                  12.0
                  6.3
                  3.3

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.044)(16.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0010
                  (0.015)(16.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.96
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where fine or tissue paper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(24.4)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.082)(24.4)/y
                  0.0084

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where newsprint is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSES
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(24.4)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(24.4)/y
                  0.0010

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

              § 430.97
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where fine paper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.049)(15.9)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.126)(15.9)/y
                  0.0084

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where tissue paper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.040)(19.5)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.103)(19.5)/y
                  0.0084

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

                Subpart I
                [Facilities where newsprint is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  PSNS
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.048)(16.2)/y
                  0.0033

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.015)(16.2)/y
                  0.0010

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent limitations.

            Subpart J—Secondary Fiber Non-Deink Subcategory

              § 430.100
              Applicability; description of the secondary fiber non-deink subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of: Paperboard from wastepaper; tissue paper from wastepaper without deinking at secondary fiber mills; molded products from wastepaper without deinking at secondary fiber mills; and builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper.

              § 430.101
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) Noncorrugating medium furnish subdivision mills are mills where recycled corrugating medium is not used in the production of paperboard.
              (c) Corrugating medium furnish subdivision mills are mills where only recycled corrugating medium is used in the production of paperboard.

              § 430.102
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                Subpart J
                [BPT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced—noncorrugating medium finish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  3.0
                  1.5

                  TSS
                  5.0
                  2.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 1Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [BPT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced—corrugating medium finish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  5.7
                  2.8

                  TSS
                  9.2
                  4.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [BPT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  5.0
                  3.0

                  TSS
                  5.0
                  3.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Setteable Solids
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                  2 Not to exceed 0.2 ml/l.

              (b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart J
                [BPT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue from wastepaper is produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage days)

                  BOD5
                  13.7
                  7.1
                  4.0

                  TSS
                  17.05
                  9.2
                  5.1

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [BPT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded products from wastepaper are produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage days)

                  BOD5
                  4.4
                  2.3
                  1.3

                  TSS
                  10.8
                  5.8
                  3.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.103
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.102 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (b) For secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced, non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for BOD5 and TSS by 1.77 and 2.18.
              (c) For secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced, non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for BOD5 and TSS by 1.90 and 1.90.

              § 430.104
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart J
                [BAT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00087
                  (0.029)(7.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00030
                  (0.010)(7.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart J
                [BAT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0017
                  (0.029)(14.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00060
                  (0.010)(14.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart J
                [BAT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue from wastepaper is produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.029)(25.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0011
                  (0.010)(25.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart J
                [BAT effluent limitations for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded products from wastepaper are produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0026
                  (0.029)(21.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00088
                  (0.010)(21.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.105
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart J
                [NSPS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced—noncorrugating medium furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  2.6
                  1.4
                  0.73

                  TSS
                  3.5
                  1.8
                  0.95

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00087
                  (0.065)(3.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00030
                  (0.023)(3.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [NSPS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced—corrugating medium finish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  3.9
                  2.1
                  1.1

                  TSS
                  4.4
                  2.3
                  1.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.00087
                  (0.065)(3.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00030
                  (0.023)(3.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [NSPS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  1.7
                  0.94
                  0.49

                  TSS
                  2.7
                  1.40
                  0.74

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0017
                  (0.155)(2.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00060
                  (0.053)(2.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [NSPS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue from wastepaper is produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  4.6
                  2.5
                  1.3

                  TSS
                  10.2
                  5.3
                  2.8

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0030
                  (0.045)(16.3)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0011
                  (0.015)(16.3)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart J
                [NSPS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded products from wastepaper are produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  2.1
                  1.1
                  0.58

                  TSS
                  4.4
                  2.3
                  1.21

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0026
                  (0.107)(5.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00088
                  (0.037)(5.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.106
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart J
                [PSES for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(7.2)/y
                  0.00096

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(7.2)/y
                  0.00030

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart J
                [PSES for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(14.4)y
                  0.0019

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(14.4)y
                  0.00060

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart J
                [PSES for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue from wastepaper is produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(25.2)y
                  0.0034

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(25.2)/y
                  0.0011

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart J
                [PSES for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded products from wastepaper are produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(21.1)y
                  0.0028

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(21.1)y
                  0.00088

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              § 430.107
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart J
                [PSNS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.072)(3.2)/y
                  0.00096

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.023)(3.2)/y
                  0.00030

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart J
                [PSNS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.171)(2.7)/y
                  0.0019

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.053)(2.7)/y
                  0.00060

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart J
                [PSNS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue from wastepaper is produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.049)(16.3)/y
                  0.0034

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.015)(16.3)/y
                  0.0011

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart J
                [PSNS for secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded products from wastepaper are produced without deinking]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.118)(5.7)/y
                  0.0028

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.037)(5.7)/y
                  0.00088

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

            Subpart K—Fine and Lightweight Papers from Purchased Pulp Subcategory

              § 430.110
              Applicability; description of the fine and lightweight papers from purchased pulp subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of: fine paper at nonintegrated mills; and lightweight paper at nonintegrated mills.

              § 430.111
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) Cotton fiber furnish subdivision mills are those mills where significant quantities of cotton fibers (equal to or greater than 4 percent of the total product) are used in the production of fine papers.
              (c) Wood fiber furnish subdivision mills are those mills where cotton fibers are not used in the production of fine papers.

              § 430.112
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart K
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—wood fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  8.2
                  4.25
                  2.4

                  TSS
                  11.0
                  5.9
                  3.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart K
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—cotton fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  17.4
                  9.1
                  5.1

                  TSS
                  24.3
                  13.1
                  7.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart K
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  24.1
                  13.2
                  7.37

                  TSS
                  21.6
                  10.6
                  6.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart K
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp—electrical grade papers subdivision

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  38.0
                  20.9
                  11.7

                  TSS
                  34.2
                  16.7
                  9.5

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.113
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.102 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              § 430.114
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart K
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—wood fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0018
                  (0.029)(15.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00064
                  (0.010)(15.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart K
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—cotton fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0051
                  (0.029)(42.3)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0018
                  (0.010)(42.3)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart K
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0059
                  (0.029)(48.7)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0020
                  (0.010)(48.7)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart K
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp—electrical grade papers subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0093
                  (0.029)(76.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0032
                  (0.010)(76.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.115
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart K
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—wood fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (Annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  3.5
                  1.9
                  1.0

                  TSS
                  4.4
                  2.3
                  1.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0018
                  (0.047)(9.4)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00064
                  (0.016)(9.4)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart K
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—cotton fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  7.8
                  4.2
                  2.2

                  TSS
                  9.5
                  4.9
                  2.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0051
                  (0.039)(31.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0018
                  (0.014)(31.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart K
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  13.7
                  6.7
                  4.5

                  TSS
                  12.0
                  5.2
                  3.2

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0059
                  (0.037)(38.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0020
                  (0.013)(38.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart K
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp—electrical grade papers subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  24.1
                  11.7
                  7.9

                  TSS
                  21.1
                  9.2
                  5.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0093
                  (0.033)(66.8)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0032
                  (0.012)(66.8)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.116
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart K
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—wood fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(15.2)/y
                  0.0020

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(15.2)/y
                  0.00064

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart K
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—cotton fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(42.3)/y
                  0.0056

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(42.3)/y
                  0.0018

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart K
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(48.7)/y
                  0.0065

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(48.7)/y
                  0.0032

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart K
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp—electrical grade papers subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(76.9)/y
                  0.010

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(76.9)/y
                  0.0032

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              § 430.117
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart K
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—wood fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.052)(9.4)/y
                  0.0020

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.016)(9.4)/y
                  0.0064

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart K
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp—cotton fiber furnish subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.044)(31.1)/y
                  0.0056

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.014)(31.1)/y
                  0.0018

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart K
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.041)(38.2)/y
                  0.0065

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.013)(38.2)/y
                  0.0020

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart K
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp—electrical grade papers subdivision]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.037)(66.8)/y
                  0.010

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.012)(66.8)/y
                  0.0032

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

            Subpart L—Tissue, Filter, Non-Woven, and Paperboard From Purchased Pulp Subcategory

              § 430.120
              Applicability; description of the tissue, filter, non-woven, and paperboard from purchased pulp subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of tissue papers at non-integrated mills, filter and non-woven papers at non-integrated mills, and paperboard at non-integrated mills. The production of electrical grades of board and matrix board is not included in this subpart.

              § 430.121
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.

              § 430.122
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:

                Subpart L
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where tissue papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  11.4
                  6.25
                  3.49

                  TSS
                  10.25
                  5.0
                  2.84

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart L
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where filter and non-woven papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  29.6
                  16.3
                  9.1

                  TSS
                  26.6
                  13.0
                  7.4

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart L
                [BPT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where paperboard is produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Non-continuous dischargers (Annual average)
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  BOD5
                  6.5
                  3.6
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  5.8
                  2.8
                  1.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.123
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.122 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              § 430.124
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart L
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where tissue papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0028
                  (0.029)(22.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00096
                  (0.010)(22.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart L
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where filter and non-woven papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0072
                  (0.029)(59.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0025
                  (0.010)(59.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                Subpart L
                [BAT effluent limitations for non-integrated mills where paperboard is produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0016
                  (0.029)(12.9)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00054
                  (0.010)(12.9)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

              § 430.125
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart L
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where tissue papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  7.0
                  3.4
                  2.3

                  TSS
                  6.0
                  2.6
                  1.6

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0028
                  (0.035)(19.1)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00096
                  (0.012)(19.1)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart L
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where filter and non-woven papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  17.1
                  8.3
                  5.6

                  TSS
                  15.0
                  6.6
                  4.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0072
                  (0.037)(47.5)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.0025
                  (0.013)(47.5)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                  1 Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                Subpart L
                [NSPS for non-integrated mills where paperboard is produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) ofproduct

                  Continuous dischargers
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
                  Non-continuous dischargers (annualaverage)

                  BOD5
                  4.0
                  1.9
                  1.3

                  TSS
                  3.5
                  1.5
                  0.9

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
                  Milligrams/liter

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  0.0016
                  (0.033)(11.2)/y

                  Trichlorophenol
                  0.00054
                  (0.012)(11.2)/y

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times.

                (1) Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 430.126
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                Subpart L
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where tissue papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(22.9)/y
                  0.0031

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(22.9)/y
                  0.00096

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart L
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where filter and non-woven papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(59.9)/y
                  0.0080

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(59.9)/y
                  0.0025

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart L
                [PSES for non-integrated mills where paperboard is produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.032)(12.9)/y
                  0.0017

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.010)(12.9)/y
                  0.00054

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              § 430.127
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:

                Subpart L
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where tissue papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.038)(19.1)/y
                  0.0031

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.012)(19.1)/y
                  0.00096

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart L
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where filter and non-woven papers are produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.040)(47.5)/y
                  0.0080

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.013)(47.5)/y
                  0.0025

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                Subpart L
                [PSNS for non-integrated mills where paperboard is produced from purchased pulp]

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Milligrams/liter (mg/l)
                  Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product a

                  Pentachlorophenol
                  (0.037)(11.2)/y
                  0.0017

                  Trichlorophenol
                  (0.012)(11.2)/y
                  0.00054

                  y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product.

                  a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

              Pt. 430, App. A
              Appendix A to Part 430—Methods 1650 and 1653
              Method 1650—Adsorbable Organic Halides by Adsorption and Coulometric Titration
              1.0 Scope and Application
              1.1 This method is for determination of adsorbable organic halides (AOX) associated with the Clean Water Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; and other organic halides amenable to combustion and coulometric titration. The method is designed to meet the survey and monitoring requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
              1.2 The method is applicable to the determination of AOX in water and wastewater. This method is a combination of several existing methods for organic halide measurements (References 1 through 7).

              1.3 The method can be used to measure organically-bound halides (chlorine, bromine, iodine) present in dissolved or suspended form. Results are reported as organic chloride (Cl−). The detection limit of the method is usually dependent on interferences rather than instrumental limitations. A method detection limit (MDL; Reference 8) of 6.6 µg/L, and a minimum level (ML; Section 18) of 20 µg/L, can be achieved with no interferences present.
              1.4 This method is for use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced in the use of a combustion/micro-coulometer. Each laboratory that uses this method must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results using the procedures described in Section 9.2.

              1.5 Any modification of the method beyond those expressly permitted (Section 9.1.2) is subject to application and approval of an alternate test procedure under 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5.
              2.0 Summary of Method
              2.1 Sample preservation: Residual chlorine that may be present is removed by the addition of sodium thiosulfate. Samples are adjusted to a pH <2 and maintained at 0 to 4 °C until analysis.
              2.2 Sample analysis: Organic halide in water is determined by adsorption onto granular activated carbon (GAC), washing the adsorbed sample and GAC to remove inorganic halide, combustion of the sample and GAC to form the hydrogen halide, and titration of the hydrogen halide with a micro-coulometer, as shown in Figure 1.
              2.3 Micro-coulometer.
              2.3.1 This detector operates by maintaining a constant silver-ion concentration in a titration cell. An electric potential is applied to a solid silver electrode to produce silver ions in the cell. As hydrogen halide produced from the combustion of organic halide enters the cell, it is partitioned into an acetic acid electrolyte where it precipitates as silver halide. The current produced is integrated over the combustion period. The electric charge is proportional to the number of moles of halogen captured in the cell (Reference 6).

              2.3.2 The mass concentration of organic halides is reported as an equivalent concentration of organically bound chloride (Cl−).
              3.0 Definitions
              3.1 Adsorbable organic halides is defined as the analyte measured by this method. The nature of the organo-halides and the presence of semi-extractable material will influence the amount measured and interpretation of results.
              3.2 Definitions for terms used in this method are given in the glossary at the end of the method (Section 18).
              4.0 Interferences
              4.1 Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware may yield elevated readings from the micro-coulometer. All materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences under the conditions of analysis by running method blanks initially and with each sample batch (samples started through the adsorption process in a given eight-hour shift, to a maximum of 20 samples). Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents may be required.
              4.2 Glassware is cleaned by detergent washing in hot water, rinsing with tap water and distilled water, capping with aluminum foil, and baking at 450 °C for at least one hour. For some glassware, immersion in a chromate cleaning solution prior to detergent washing may be required. If blanks from glassware without cleaning or with fewer cleaning steps show no detectable organic halide, the cleaning steps that do not eliminate organic halide may be omitted.
              4.3 Most often, contamination results from methylene chloride vapors in laboratories that perform organic extractions. Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems that are shared between the extraction laboratory and the laboratory in which organic halide measurements are performed transfer the methylene chloride vapors to the air in the organic halide laboratory. Exposure of the activated carbon used in the analysis results in contamination. Separate air handling systems, charcoal filters, and glove boxes can be used to minimize this exposure.
              4.4 Activated carbon.
              4.4.1 The purity of each lot of activated carbon must be verified before each use by measuring the adsorption capacity and the background level of halogen (Section 9.5). The stock of activated carbon should be stored in its granular form in a glass container that is capped tightly. Protect carbon at all times from sources of halogen vapors.
              4.4.2 Inorganic substances such as chloride, chlorite, bromide, and iodide will adsorb on activated carbon to an extent dependent on their original concentration in the aqueous solution and the volume of sample adsorbed. Treating the activated carbon with a solution of nitrate causes competitive desorption of inorganic halide species. However, if the inorganic halide concentration is greater than 2,000 times the organic halide concentration, artificially high results may be obtained.
              4.4.3 Halogenated organic compounds that are weakly adsorbed on activated carbon are only partially recovered from the sample. These include certain alcohols and acids such as chloroethanol and chloroacetic acid that can be removed from activated carbon by the nitrate wash.
              4.5 Polyethylene gloves should be worn when handling equipment surfaces in contact with the sample to prevent transfer of contaminants that may be present on the hands.
              5.0 Safety

              5.1 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however, each chemical substance should be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these substances should be reduced to the lowest possible level. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) should be made available to all personnel involved in the chemical analysis. Additional information on laboratory safety can be found in References 9 through 11.
              5.2 This method employs strong acids. Appropriate clothing, gloves, and eye protection should be worn when handling these substances.
              5.3 Field samples may contain high concentrations of toxic volatile compounds. Sample containers should be opened in a hood and handled with gloves that will prevent exposure.
              6.0 Equipment and Supplies

                Note:
                Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.

              6.1 Sampling equipment.
              6.1.1 Bottles: 100- to 4000-mL, amber glass, sufficient for all testing (Section 8.2). Detergent water wash, chromic acid rinse, rinse with tap and distilled water, cover with aluminum foil, and heat to 450 °C for at least one hour before use.
              6.1.2 PTFE liner: Cleaned as above and baked at 100 to 200 °C for at least one hour.
              6.1.3 Bottles and liners must be lot certified to be free of organic halide by running blanks according to this method.
              6.2 Scoop for granular activated carbon (GAC): Capable of precisely measuring 40 mg (±5 mg) GAC (Dohrmann Measuring Cup 521-021, or equivalent).
              6.3 Batch adsorption and filtration system.
              6.3.1 Adsorption system: Rotary shaker, wrist action shaker, ultrasonic system, or other system for assuring thorough contact of sample with activated carbon. Systems different from the one described below must be demonstrated to meet the performance requirements in Section 9 of this method.
              6.3.1.1 Erlenmeyer flasks: 250- to 1500-mL with ground-glass stopper, for use with rotary shaker.
              6.3.1.2 Shake table: Sybron Thermolyne Model LE “Big Bill” rotator/shaker, or equivalent.
              6.3.1.3 Rack attached to shake table to permit agitation of 16 to 25 samples simultaneously.
              6.3.2 Filtration system (Figure 2).
              6.3.2.1 Vacuum filter holder: Glass, with fritted-glass support (Fisher Model 09-753E, or equivalent).
              6.3.2.2 Polycarbonate filter: 0.40 to 0.45 micron, 25-mm diameter (Micro Separations Inc, Model K04CP02500, or equivalent).
              6.3.2.3 Filter forceps: Fisher Model 09-753-50, or equivalent, for handling filters. Two forceps may better aid in handling filters. Clean by washing with detergent and water, rinsing with tap and deionized water, and air drying on aluminum foil.
              6.3.2.4 Vacuum flask: 500- to 1500-mL (Fisher 10-1800, or equivalent).
              6.3.2.5 Vacuum Source: A pressure/vacuum pump, rotary vacuum pump, or other vacuum source capable of providing at least 610 mm (24 in.) Hg vacuum at 30 L/min free air displacement.
              6.3.2.6 Stopper and tubing to mate the filter holder to the flask and the flask to the pump.
              6.3.2.7 Polyethylene gloves: (Fisher 11-394-110-B, or equivalent).
              6.4 Column adsorption system.
              6.4.1 Adsorption module: Dohrmann AD-2, Mitsubishi TXA-2, or equivalent with pressurized sample and nitrate-wash reservoirs, adsorption columns, column housings, gas and gas pressure regulators, and receiving vessels. For each sample reservoir, there are two adsorption columns connected in series. A small steel funnel for filling the columns and a rod for pushing out the carbon are also required. A schematic of the column adsorption system is shown in Figure 3.
              6.4.2 Adsorption columns: Pyrex, 5 ±0.2 cm long × 2 mm ID, to hold 40 mg of granular activated carbon (GAC).
              6.4.3 Cerafelt: Johns-Manville, or equivalent, formed into plugs using stainless steel borer (2 mm ID) with ejection rod (available from Dohrmann or Mitsubishi) to hold 40 mg of granular activated carbon (GAC). Caution: Handle Cerafelt with gloves.
              6.4.4 Column holders: To support adsorption columns.
              6.5 Combustion/micro-coulometer system: Commercially available as a single unit or assembled from parts. At the time of the writing of this method, organic halide units were commercially available from the Dohrmann Division of Rosemount Analytical, Santa Clara, California; Euroglas BV, Delft, the Netherlands; and Mitsubishi Chemical Industries, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan.
              6.5.1 Combustion system: Older systems may not have all of the features shown in Figure 4. These older systems may be used provided the performance requirements (Section 9) of this method are met.
              6.5.1.1 Combustion tube: Quartz, capable of being heated to 800 to 1000 °C and accommodating a boat sampler. The tube must contain an air lock for introduction of a combustion boat, connections for purge and combustion gas, and connection to the micro-coulometer cell.
              6.5.1.2 Tube furnace capable of controlling combustion tube in the range of 800 to 1000 °C.

              6.5.1.3 Boat sampler: Capable of holding 35 to 45 mg of activated carbon and a polycarbonate filter, and fitting into the combustion tube (Section 6.5.1.1). Some manufacturers offer an enlarged boat and combustion tube for this purpose. Under a time-controlled sequence, the boat is first moved into an evaporation zone where water and other volatiles are evaporated, and then into the combustion zone where the carbon and all other organic material in the boat are burned in a flowing oxygen stream. The evolved gases are transported by a non-reactive carrier gas to the micro-coulometer cell.
              6.5.1.4 Motor driven boat sampler: Capable of advancing the combustion boat into the furnace in a reproducible time sequence. A suggested time sequence is as follows:
              A. Establish initial gas flow rates: 160 mL/min CO2; 40 mL/min O2.
              B. Sequence start.
              C. Hold boat in hatch for five seconds to allow integration for baseline subtraction.
              D. Advance boat into vaporization zone.
              E. Hold boat in vaporization zone for 110 seconds.

              F. Establish gas flow rates for combustion: 200 mL/min O2; 0 mL/min CO2; advance boat into pyrolysis zone (800 °C).
              G. Hold boat in pyrolysis zone for six minutes.
              H. Return gas flow rates to initial values; retract boat into hatch to cool and to allow remaining HX to be swept into detector (approximately two minutes).

              I. Stop integration at 10 minutes after sequence start.

                Note:
                If the signal from the detector does not return to baseline, it may be necessary to extend the pyrolysis time. The sequence above may need to be optimized for each instrument.

              6.5.1.5 Absorber: Containing sulfuric acid to dry the gas stream after combustion to prevent backflush of electrolyte is highly recommended.

              6.5.2 Micro-coulometer system: Capable of detecting the equivalent of 0.2 µg of Cl− at a signal-to-noise ratio of 2; capable of detecting the equivalent of 1 µg of Cl− with a relative standard deviation less than 10%, and capable of accumulating a minimum of the equivalent of 500 µg of Cl− before a change of electrolyte is required.
              6.5.2.1 Micro-coulometer cell: The three cell designs presently in use are shown in Figure 1. Cell operation is described in Section 2.
              6.5.2.2 Cell controller: Electronics capable of measuring the small currents generated in the cell and accumulating and displaying the charge produced by hydrogen halides entering the cell. A strip-chart recorder is desirable for display of accumulated charge.
              6.6 Miscellaneous glassware: nominal sizes are specified below; other sizes may be used, as necessary.
              6.6.1 Volumetric flasks: 5-, 10-, 25-, 50-, 100-, and 1000-mL.
              6.6.2 Beakers: 100-, 500-, and 1000-mL.
              6.6.3 Volumetric pipets: 1- and 10-mL with pipet bulbs.
              6.6.4 Volumetric micro-pipets: 10-, 20-, 50-, 100-, 200-, and 500-µL with pipet control (Hamilton 0010, or equivalent).
              6.6.5 Graduated cylinders: 10-, 100-, and 1000-mL.
              6.7 Micro-syringes: 10-, 50-, and 100-µL.
              6.8 Balances.
              6.8.1 Top-loading, capable of weighing 0.1 g.
              6.8.2 Analytical, capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
              6.9 pH meter.
              6.10 Wash bottles: 500- to 1000-mL, PTFE or polyethylene.
              6.11 Strip-chart recorder: suggested but not required—useful for determining end of integration (Section 11.4.2).
              7.0 Reagents and Standards

              7.1 Granular activated carbon (GAC): 75 to 150 µm (100 to 200 mesh); (Dohrmann, Mitsubishi, Carbon Plus, or equivalent), with chlorine content less than 1 µg Cl− per scoop (<25 µg Cl− per gram), adsorption capacity greater than 1000 µg Cl− (as 2,4,6-trichlorophenol) per scoop (≤25,000 µg/g), inorganic halide retention of less than 1 µg Cl− per scoop in the presence of 10 mg of inorganic halide (<20 µg Cl− per gram in the presence of 2500 mg of inorganic halide), and that meets the other test criteria in this method.
              7.2 Reagent water: Water in which organic halide is not detected by this method.
              7.2.1 Preparation: Reagent water may be generated by:
              7.2.1.1 Activated carbon: Pass tap water through a carbon bed (Calgon Filtrasorb-300, or equivalent).
              7.2.1.2 Water purifier: Pass tap water through a purifier (Millipore Super Q, or equivalent).
              7.2.2 pH adjustment: Adjust the pH of the reagent water to <2 with nitric acid for all reagent water used in this method, except for the acetic acid solution (Section 7.13).
              7.3 Nitric acid (HNO3): Concentrated, analytical grade.
              7.4 Sodium chloride (NaCl) solution (100 µg/mL of Cl−): Dissolve 0.165g NaCl in 1000 mL reagent water. This solution is used for cell testing and for the inorganic halide rejection test.
              7.5 Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) solution (100 µg/mL of Cl−): Dissolve 0.1509 g NH4Cl in 1000 mL reagent water.
              7.6 Sulfuric acid: Reagent grade (specific gravity 1.84).
              7.7 Oxygen: 99.9% purity.
              7.8 Carbon Dioxide: 99.9% purity.

              7.9 Nitrate stock solution: In a 1000-mL volumetric flask, dissolve 17g of NaNO3 in approximately 100 mL of reagent water, add 1.4 mL nitric acid (Section 7.3) and dilute to the mark with reagent water.

              7.10 Nitrate wash solution: Dilute 50 mL of nitrate stock solution (Section 7.9) to 1000 mL with reagent water.
              7.11 Sodium thiosulfate (Na2S2O3) solution (1 N): Weigh 79 grams of Na2S2O3 in a 1-L volumetric flask and dilute to the mark with reagent water.
              7.12 Trichlorophenol solutions.

                Note:
                The calibration solutions in this section employ 100-mL volumes. For determinations requiring a larger or smaller volume, increase or decrease the size of the volumetric flasks commensurately. For example, if a 1-L sample is to be analyzed, use 1000-mL flasks (Sections 7.12.3.1 and 7.12.4) and 10 times the volume of reagent water (Sections 7.12.3.1 and 7.12.4). The volume of stock solution added to the calibration solutions and precision and recovery (PAR) test solution remain as specified (Sections 7.12.3.2 and 7.12.4) so that the same amount of chloride is delivered to the coulometric cell regardless of the volume of the calibration and PAR solutions.

              7.12.1 Methanol: HPLC grade.

              7.12.2 Trichlorophenol stock solution (1.0 mg/mL of Cl−): Dissolve 0.186 g of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol in 100 mL of halide-free methanol.
              7.12.3 Trichlorophenol calibration solutions.
              7.12.3.1 Place approximately 90 mL of reagent water in each of five 100-mL volumetric flasks.

              7.12.3.2 Using a calibrated micro-syringe or micro-pipets, add 2, 5, 10, 30, and 80 µL of the trichlorophenol stock solution (Section 7.12.2) to the volumetric flasks and dilute each to the mark with reagent water to produce calibration solutions of 2, 5, 10, 30, and 80 µg Cl− per 100 mL of solution (20, 50, 100, 300, and 800 µg/L).

              7.12.3.3 Some instruments may have a calibration range that does not extend to 800 µg/L (80 µg of Cl−). For those instruments, a narrower dynamic range may be used. However, if the concentration of halide in a sample exceeds that range, the sample must be diluted to bring the concentration within the range calibrated.

              7.12.4 Trichlorophenol precision and recovery (PAR) test solution (10 µg/L of Cl−): Partially fill a 100-mL volumetric flask, add 10 µL of the stock solution (Section 7.12.2), and dilute to the mark with reagent water.
              7.13 Acetic acid solution: Containing 30 to 70% acetic acid in deionized water, per the instrument manufacturer's instructions.
              8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
              8.1 Sample preservation.
              8.1.1 Residual chlorine: If the sample is known or suspected to contain free chlorine, the chlorine must be reduced to eliminate positive interference that may result from continued chlorination reactions. A knowledge of the process from which the sample is collected may be of value in determining whether dechlorination is necessary. Immediately after sampling, test for residual chlorine using the following method or an alternative EPA method (Reference 12):
              8.1.1.1 Dissolve a few crystals of potassium iodide in the sample and add three to five drops of a 1% starch solution. A blue color indicates the presence of residual chlorine.
              8.1.1.2 If residual chlorine is found, add 1 mL of sodium thiosulfate solution (Section 7.11) for each 2.5 ppm of free chlorine or until the blue color disappears. Do not add an excess of sodium thiosulfate. Excess sodium thiosulfate may cause decomposition of a small fraction of the OX.
              8.1.2 Acidification: Adjust the pH of aqueous samples to <2 with nitric acid. Acidification inhibits biological activity and stabilizes chemical degradation, including possible dehalogenation reactions that may occur at high pH. Acidification is necessary to facilitate thorough adsorption.
              8.1.3 Refrigeration: Maintain samples at a temperature of 0 to 4 °C from time of collection until analysis.
              8.2 Collect the amount of sample necessary for analysis (Section 11) and all QC tests (Section 9) in an amber glass bottle of the appropriate size (Section 6.1.1).
              8.3 Analyze samples no less than three days nor more than six months after collection.
              9.0 Quality Control
              9.1 Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program. The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, an ongoing analysis of standards and blanks as tests of continued performance, and analysis of matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) samples to assess accuracy and precision. Laboratory performance is compared to established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses meet the performance characteristics of the method.
              9.1.1 The laboratory shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to produce acceptable results with this method. This ability is demonstrated as described in Section 9.2.

              9.1.2 The laboratory is permitted to modify this method to improve separations or lower the costs of measurements, provided that all performance specifications are met. Each time a modification is made to the method, the laboratory is required to repeat the procedures in Sections 9.2.2 and 10 to demonstrate continued method performance. If the detection limit of the method will be affected by the modification, the laboratory should demonstrate that the MDL (40 CFR 136, appendix B) is less than or equal to the MDL in this method or one-third the regulatory compliance level, whichever is higher.
              9.1.3 The laboratory shall spike 10% of the samples with known concentrations of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol to monitor method performance and matrix interferences (interferences caused by the sample matrix). This test is described in Section 9.3. When results of these spikes indicate atypical method performance for samples, the samples are diluted to bring method performance within acceptable limits.
              9.1.4 Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedures and criteria for analysis of blanks are described in Section 9.4.
              9.1.5 The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through the analysis of the precision and recovery (PAR) standard that the analysis system is in control. These procedures are described in Section 9.10.
              9.1.6 The laboratory shall perform quality control tests on the granular activated carbon. These procedures are described in Section 9.5.
              9.1.7 Samples are analyzed in duplicate to demonstrate precision. These procedures are described in Section 9.6.
              9.2 Initial demonstration of laboratory capability.
              9.2.1 Method Detection Limit (MDL): To establish the ability to detect AOX, the laboratory should determine the MDL per the procedure in 40 CFR 136, appendix B using the apparatus, reagents, and standards that will be used in the practice of this method. An MDL less than or equal to the MDL in Section 1.3 should be achieved prior to the practice of this method.
              9.2.2 Initial precision and recovery (IPR): To establish the ability to generate acceptable precision and recovery, the laboratory shall perform the following operations:
              9.2.2.1 Analyze four aliquots of the PAR standard (Section 7.12.4) and a method blank according to the procedures in Sections 9.4 and 11.
              9.2.2.2 Using the blank-subtracted results of the set of four analyses, compute the average percent recovery (X) and the standard deviation of the percent recovery (s) for the results.
              9.2.2.3 The average percent recovery shall be in the range of 81 to 114 µg/L and the standard deviation shall be less than 8 µg/L. If X and s meet these acceptance criteria, system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples may begin. If, however, s exceeds the precision limit or X falls outside the range for recovery, system performance is unacceptable. In this case, correct the problem and repeat the test.
              9.3 Matrix spikes: The laboratory shall spike a minimum of 10% of samples from a given matrix type (e.g., C-stage filtrate, produced water, treated effluent) in duplicate (MS/MSD). If only one sample from a given matrix type is analyzed, an additional two aliquots of that sample shall be spiked.
              9.3.1 The concentration of the analytes spiked into the MS/MSD shall be determined as follows:
              9.3.1.1 If, as in compliance monitoring, the concentration of OX is being checked against a regulatory concentration limit, the spiking level shall be at that limit or at one to five times higher than the background concentration determined in Section 9.3.2, whichever concentration is higher.
              9.3.1.2 If the concentration of OX is not being checked against a regulatory limit, the spike shall be at the concentration of the precision and recovery standard (PAR; Section 7.12.4) or at one to five times higher than the background concentration determined in Section 9.3.2, whichever concentration is higher.
              9.3.2 Analyze one sample out of each batch of 10 samples from each site to determine the background concentration of AOX. If necessary, prepare a solution of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol appropriate to produce a level in the sample one to five times the background concentration. Spike two additional sample aliquots with spiking solution and analyze them to determine the concentration after spiking.
              9.3.2.1 Compute the percent recovery of each analyte in each aliquot:

                ER15ap98.018

              9.3.2.2 Compute the relative percent difference (RPD) between the two results (not between the two recoveries) as described in Section 12.4.
              9.3.2.3 If the RPD is less than 20%, and the recoveries for the MS and MSD are within the range of 78 to 116%, the results are acceptable.
              9.3.2.4 If the RPD is greater than 20%, analyze two aliquots of the precision and recovery standard (PAR).
              9.3.2.4.1 If the RPD for the two aliquots of the PAR is greater than 20%, the analytical system is out of control. In this case, repair the problem and repeat the analysis of the sample batch, including the MS/MSD.
              9.3.2.4.2 If, however, the RPD for the two aliquots of the PAR is less than 20%, dilute the sample chosen for the MS/MSD by a factor of 2-10 (to remain within the working range of the analytical system) and repeat the MS/MSD test. If the RPD is still greater than 20%, the result may not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes. In this case, choose another sample for the MS/MSD and repeat analysis of the sample batch.

              9.3.2.5 If the percent recovery for both the MS and MSD are less than 78% or greater than 116%, analyze the precision and recovery (PAR) standard.
              9.3.2.5.1 If the recovery of the PAR is outside the 78 to 116% range, the analytical system is out of control. In this case, repair the problem and repeat the analysis of the sample batch, including the MS/MSD.
              9.3.2.5.2 If the recovery of the PAR is within the range of 78 to 116%, dilute the sample, MS, and MSD by a factor of 2-10 (to remain within the working range of the analytical system) and re-analyze. If the results of the dilute analyses remain outside of the acceptable range, these results may not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes. In this case, choose another sample for the MS/MSD and repeat the analysis of the sample batch.
              9.4 Blanks.
              9.4.1 Reagent water blanks: Analyzed to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
              9.4.1.1 Analyze a reagent water blank with each batch of samples. The blank must be analyzed immediately preceding calibration verification to allow for blank subtraction and to demonstrate freedom from contamination and memory effects, and must include all details of the procedure to be followed when analyzing samples.
              9.4.1.2 Prepare the reagent water blank using a volume of reagent water equivalent to the volume used for sample preparation (Section 11.1). If using the micro-column procedure, adsorb the method blank using two columns, as described in Section 11. Combust the GAC from each column separately, as described in Section 11.
              9.4.1.3 If the result from the blank from the batch method or the sum of the results from two columns is more than 20 µg/L, analysis of samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a blank shows no evidence of contamination at this level.
              9.4.2 Nitrate-washed GAC blanks: Analyzed daily to demonstrate that the GAC is free from contamination.
              9.4.2.1 Nitrate-washed GAC blank for the batch procedure: Analyze a batch nitrate-washed GAC blank by adding a scoop of dry GAC to the assembled filter apparatus containing the polycarbonate membrane and washing the GAC with the nitrate wash solution (Section 7.10) using the procedure in Section 11.2.6.

              9.4.2.2 Nitrate-washed GAC blank for the column procedure: Analyze a column nitrate-washed GAC blank by assembling two carbon columns in series and washing the columns with the nitrate wash solution (Section 7.10) using the procedure in Section 11.3.4.2. Analyze the GAC in each column separately. The results of the second analysis must be within ±0.2 µg Cl− of the first. A difference greater than 0.2 µg Cl− indicates a lack of homogeneity in the GAC that could introduce unacceptable variability. If the difference exceeds this amount, the GAC should be replaced.

              9.4.3 The result for the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1) shall not exceed the result for the nitrate wash blank (Section 9.4.2.1 or 9.4.2.2) by more than 0.5 µg Cl−.
              9.5 Granular activated carbon (GAC) batch testing: Each lot number or batch of activated carbon received from a supplier is tested once before use to ensure adequate quality. Use only GAC that meets the test criteria below.

              9.5.1 Contamination test: Analyze a scoop of GAC. Reject carbon if the amount of OX exceeds 1 µg (25 µg Cl−/g).

              9.5.2 Inorganic chloride adsorption test: Attempt to adsorb NaCl from 100 mL of a solution containing 100 mg/L in reagent water. Wash with nitrate solution and analyze. The amount of halide should be less than 1 µg Cl− larger than the blank. A larger amount indicates significant uptake of inorganic chloride by the carbon. Reject carbon if the 1 µg level is exceeded.
              9.6 Samples that are being used for regulatory compliance purposes shall be analyzed in duplicate.
              9.6.1 The procedure for preparing duplicate sample aliquots is described in Section 11.5.
              9.6.2 Calculate the RPD by following the same procedure described in Section 12.4.
              9.6.3 If the RPD is greater than 20%, the analyses must be repeated.
              9.6.4 If the RPD remains greater than 20%, the result may not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.
              9.7 The specifications in this method can be met if the apparatus used is calibrated properly and maintained in a calibrated state. The standards used for calibration (Section 10), calibration verification (Section 9.9), and for initial (Section 9.2.2) and ongoing (Section 9.10) precision and recovery should be identical, so that the most precise results will be obtained.
              9.8 Depending on specific program requirements, field duplicates may be collected to determine the precision of the sampling technique.
              9.9 At the beginning and end of each eight-hour shift during which analyses are performed, system performance and calibration are verified. Verification of system performance and calibration may be performed more frequently, if desired.
              9.9.1 If performance and calibration are verified at the beginning and end of each shift (or more frequently), samples analyzed during that period are considered valid.
              9.9.2 If performance and calibration are not verified at both the beginning and end of a shift (or more frequently), samples analyzed during that period must be reanalyzed.

              9.9.3 If calibration is verified at the beginning of a shift, recalibration using the five standards described in Section 10.6 is not necessary; otherwise, the instrument must be recalibrated prior to analyzing samples (Section 10).
              9.9.4 Cell maintenance and other changes to the analytical system that can affect system performance may not be performed during the eight-hour (or shorter) shift.
              9.10 Calibration verification and ongoing precision and recovery: Calibration and system performance are verified by the analysis of the 100 µg/L PAR standard.

              9.10.1 Analyze a blank (Section 9.4) and analyze the PAR standard (Section 7.12.4) immediately thereafter at the beginning and end of each shift. Compute the concentration of organic halide in the blank and in the PAR standard using the procedures in Section 12. The blank shall be less than 2 µg Cl− (20 µg/L equivalent).
              9.10.2 Subtract the result for the blank from the result of the PAR standard using the procedures in Section 12, and compute the percent recovery of the blank-subtracted PAR standard. The percent recovery shall be in the range of 78 to 116%.
              9.10.3 If the recovery is within this range, the analytical process is in control and analysis of blanks and samples may proceed. If, however, the recovery is not within the acceptable range, the analytical process is not in control. In this event, correct the problem and repeat the ongoing precision and recovery test (Section 9.10), or recalibrate (Sections 10.5 through 10.6).
              9.10.4 If the recovery is not within the acceptable range for the PAR standard analyzed at the end of the eight-hour shift, correct the problem, repeat the ongoing precision and recovery test (Section 9.10), or recalibrate (Sections 10.5 through 10.6), and reanalyze the sample batch that was analyzed during the eight-hour shift.
              9.10.5 If the recovery is within the acceptable range at the end of the shift, and samples are to be analyzed during the next eight-hour shift, the end of shift verification may be used as the beginning of shift verification for the subsequent shift, provided the next eight-hour shift begins as the first shift ends.

              9.11 It is suggested but not required that the laboratory develop a statement of data quality for AOX and develop QC charts to form a graphic demonstration of method performance. Add results that pass the specification in Section 9.10.2 to initial and previous ongoing data. Develop a statement of data quality by calculating the average percent recovery (R) and the standard deviation of percent recovery (sr). Express the accuracy as a recovery interval from R − 2sr to R = 2sr. For example, if R = 95% and sr = 5%, the accuracy is 85 to 105%.
              10.0 Calibration and Standardization
              10.1 Assemble the OX system and establish the operating conditions necessary for analysis. Differences between various makes and models of instruments will require different operating procedures. Laboratories should follow the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer of their particular instrument. Sensitivity, instrument detection limit, precision, linear range, and interference effects must be investigated and established for each particular instrument. Calibration is performed when the instrument is first set up and when calibration cannot be verified (Section 9.9).

              10.2 Cell performance test: Inject 100 µL of the sodium chloride solution (10 µg Cl−; Section 7.4) directly into the titration cell electrolyte. Adjust the instrument to produce a reading of 10 µg Cl−.
              10.3 Combustion system test: This test can be used to assure that the combustion/micro-coulometer systems are performing properly without introduction of carbon. This test should be used during initial instrument setup and when instrument performance indicates a problem with the combustion system.

              10.3.1 Designate a quartz boat for use with the ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) solution only.
              10.3.2 Inject 100 µL of the NH4Cl solution (Section 7.5) into this boat and proceed with the analysis.
              10.3.3 The result shall be between 9.5 and 10.5 µg Cl−. If the recovery is not between these limits, the combustion or micro-coulometer systems are not performing properly. Check the temperature of the combustion system, verify that there are no leaks in the combustion system, confirm that the cell is performing properly (Section 10.2), and then repeat the test.
              10.4 Trichlorophenol combustion test: This test can be used to assure that the combustion/micro-coulometer systems are performing properly when carbon is introduced. It should be used during instrument setup and when it is necessary to isolate the adsorption and combustion steps.
              10.4.1 Inject 10 µL of the 1 mg/mL trichlorophenol stock solution (Section 7.12.2) onto one level scoop of GAC in a quartz boat.
              10.4.2 Immediately proceed with the analysis to prevent loss of trichlorophenol and to prevent contamination of the carbon.
              10.4.3 The result shall be between 9.0 and 11.0 µg Cl−. If the recovery is not between these limits, the combustion/micro-coulometer system shall be adjusted and the test repeated until the result falls within these limits.
              10.5 Background level of Cl−: Determine the average background level of Cl− for the entire analytical system as follows:

              10.5.1 Using the procedure in Section 11 (batch or column) that will be used for the analysis of samples, determine the background level of Cl− in each of three portions of reagent water. The volume of reagent water used shall be the same as the volume used for analysis of samples.

              10.5.2 Calculate the average (mean) concentration of Cl− and the standard deviation of the concentration.
              10.5.3 The sum of the average concentration plus two times the standard deviation of the concentration shall be less than 20 µg/L. If not, the water or carbon shall be replaced, or the adsorption system moved to an area free of organic halide vapors, and the test (Section 10.5) shall be repeated. Only after this test is passed may calibration proceed.
              10.6 Calibration by external standard: A calibration line encompassing the calibration range is developed using solutions of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.
              10.6.1 Analyze each of the five calibration solutions (Section 7.12.3) using the procedure in Section 11 (batch or column) that will be used for the analysis of samples, and the same procedure that was used for determination of the system background (Section 10.5). Analyze these solutions beginning with the lowest concentration and proceeding to the highest. Record the response of the micro-coulometer to each calibration solution.
              10.6.2 Prepare a method blank as described in Section 9.4. Subtract the value of the blank from each of the five calibration results, as described in Section 12.
              10.6.3 Calibration factor (ratio of response to concentration) Using the blank subtracted results, compute the calibration factor at each calibration point, and compute the average calibration factor and the relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation; Cv) of the calibration factor over the calibration range.
              10.6.4 Linearity: The Cv of the calibration factor shall be less than 20%; otherwise, the calibration shall be repeated after adjustment of the combustion/micro-coulometer system and/or preparation of fresh calibration standards.
              10.6.5 Using the average calibration factor, compute the percent recovery at each calibration point. The recovery at each calibration point shall be within the range of 80 to 111%. If any point is not within this range, a fresh calibration standard shall be prepared for that point, this standard shall be analyzed, and the calibration factor (Section 10.6.3) and calibration linearity (Section 10.6.4) shall be computed using the new calibration point. All points used in the calibration must meet the 80 to 111% recovery specification.
              11.0 Procedure
              11.1 Sample dilution: Many samples will contain high concentrations of halide. If analyzed without dilution, the micro-coulometer can be overloaded, resulting in frequent cell cleaning and downtime. The following guidance is provided to assist in estimating dilution levels.
              11.1.1 Paper and pulp mills that employ chlorine bleaching: Samples from pulp mills that use a chlorine bleaching process may overload the micro-coulometer. To prevent system overload, the maximum volume suggested for paper industry samples that employ halide in the bleaching process is 100 mL. An adsorption volume as small as 25 mL may be used, provided the concentration of AOX in the sample can be measured reliably, as defined by the requirements in Section 9.11. To minimize volumetric error, an adsorption volume less than 25 mL may not be used. If AOX cannot be measured reliably in a 100-mL sample volume, a sample volume to a maximum of 1000 mL must be used. The sample and adsorption volumes are suggested for paper industry samples employing chlorine compounds in the bleaching process:

                  Paper or pulp mill stream
                  Samplevolume
                    (mL)*

                  Adsorption volume (mL)

                  Evaporator condensate
                  100.0
                  100

                  Process water
                  100.0
                  100

                  Pulp mill effluent
                  30.0
                  50

                  Paper mill effluent
                  10.0
                  25

                  Combined mill effluent
                  5.0
                  25

                  Combined bleach effluent
                  1.0
                  25

                  C-stage filtrate
                  0.5
                  25

                  E-stage filtrate
                  0.5
                  25

                * Assumes dilution to final volume of 100 mL. All sample aliquots (replicates, diluted samples) must be analyzed using the same fixed final volume (sample volume plus reagent water, as needed).

              11.1.2 Sample dilution procedure.
              11.1.2.1 Partially fill a precleaned volumetric flask with pH <2 reagent water, allowing for the volume of sample to be added.
              11.1.2.2 Mix sample thoroughly by tumbling or shaking vigorously.

              11.1.2.3 Immediately withdraw the required sample aliquot using a pipet or micro-syringe.

                Note:

                Because it will be necessary to rinse the pipet or micro-syringe (Section 11.1.2.5), it may be necessary to pre-calibrate the pipet or micro-syringe to assure that the exact volume desired will be delivered.

              11.1.2.4 Dispense or inject the aliquot into the volumetric flask.
              11.1.2.5 Rinse the pipet or syringe with small portions of reagent water and add to the flask.
              11.1.2.6 Dilute to the mark with pH <2 reagent water.
              11.1.3 All samples to be reported for regulatory compliance monitoring purposes must be analyzed in duplicate, as described in Section 11.5.
              11.1.4 Pulp and Paper in-process samples: The concentration of organic halide in in-process samples has been shown to be 20 to 30% greater using the micro-column adsorption technique than using the batch adsorption technique. For this reason, the micro-column technique shall be used for monitoring in-process samples. Examples of in-process samples include: combined bleach plant effluent, C-stage filtrate, and E-stage filtrate.
              11.2 Batch adsorption and filtration.
              11.2.1 Place the appropriate volume of sample (diluted if necessary), preserved as described in Section 8, into an Erlenmeyer flask.
              11.2.2 Add 5 mL of nitrate stock solution to the sample aliquot.
              11.2.3 Add one level scoop of activated carbon that has passed the quality control tests in Section 9.
              11.2.4 Shake the suspension for at least one hour in a mechanical shaker.
              11.2.5 Filter the suspension through a polycarbonate membrane filter. Filter by suction until the liquid level reaches the top of the carbon.
              11.2.6 Wash the inside surface of the filter funnel with 25 mL (±5 mL) of nitrate wash solution in several portions. After the level of the final wash reaches the top of the GAC, filter by suction until the cake is barely dry. The time required for drying should be minimized to prevent exposure of the GAC to halogen vapors in the air, but should be sufficient to permit drying of the cake so that excess water is not introduced into the combustion apparatus. A drying time of approximately 10 seconds under vacuum has been shown to be effective for this operation.
              11.2.7 Carefully remove the top of the filter holder, making sure that no carbon is lost. This operation is most successfully performed by removing the clamp, tilting the top of the filter holder (the funnel portion) to one side, and lifting upward.
              11.2.8 Using a squeeze bottle or micro-syringe, rapidly rinse the carbon from the inside of the filter holder onto the filter cake using small portions of wash solution. Allow the cake to dry under vacuum for no more than 10 seconds after the final rinse. Immediately turn the vacuum off.
              11.2.9 Using tweezers, carefully fold the polycarbonate filter in half, then in fourths, making sure that no carbon is lost.
              11.3 Column adsorption.
              11.3.1 Column preparation: Prepare a sufficient number of columns for one day's operation as follows:
              11.3.1.1 In a glove box or area free from halide vapors, place a plug of Cerafelt into the end of a clean glass column.
              11.3.1.2 Fill the glass column with one level scoop (approximately 40 mg) of granular activated carbon that has passed the quality control tests in Section 9.
              11.3.1.3 Insert a Cerafelt plug into the open end of the column to hold the carbon in place.
              11.3.1.4 Store the columns in a glass jar with PTFE lined screw-cap to prevent infiltration of halide vapors from the air.
              11.3.2 Column setup.
              11.3.2.1 Install two columns in series in the adsorption module.
              11.3.2.2 If the sample is known or expected to contain particulates that could prevent free flow of sample through the micro-columns, a Cerafelt plug is placed in the tubing ahead of the columns. If a measurement of the OX content of the particulates is desired, the Cerafelt plug can be washed with nitrate solution, placed in a combustion boat, and processed as a separate sample.
              11.3.3 Adjusting sample flow rate: Because the flow rate used to load the sample onto the columns can affect the ability of the GAC to adsorb organic halides, the flow rate of the method blank is measured, and the gas pressure used to process samples is adjusted accordingly. The flow rate of the blank, which is composed of acidified reagent water and contains no particulate matter, should be greater than the flow rate of any sample containing even small amounts of particulate matter.
              11.3.3.1 Fill the sample reservoir with the volume of reagent water chosen for the analysis (Section 9.4.1.2) that has been preserved and acidified as described in Section 8. Cap the reservoir.
              11.3.3.2 Adjust the gas pressure per the manufacturer's instructions. Record the time required for the entire volume of reagent water to pass through both columns. The flow rate must not exceed 3 mL/min over the duration of the time required to adsorb the volume. If this flow rate is exceeded, adjust gas pressure, prepare another blank, and repeat the adsorption.

              11.3.3.3 Once the flow rate for the blank has been established, the same adsorption conditions must be applied to all subsequent samples during that eight-hour shift, or until another method blank is processed, whichever comes first. To aid in overcoming breakthrough problems, a lower gas pressure (and, therefore, flow rate) may be used for processing of samples, if desired. If the sample adsorption unit is disassembled or cleaned, the flow rate must be checked before processing additional samples.
              11.3.3.4 Elute the pair of columns with 2 mL of nitrate wash solution. The flow rate of nitrate wash solution must not exceed 3 mL/min.
              11.3.3.5 Separate the columns and mark for subsequent analysis.
              11.3.4 The adsorption of sample volumes is performed in a similar fashion. Fill the sample reservoir with the sample volume chosen for the analysis (Section 11.1), that has been preserved as described in Section 8. All analyses must be performed with this volume (sample volume plus reagent water, as needed) in order to maintain a flow rate no greater than that determined for the blank (see Section 11.3.3).
              11.3.4.1 Use the same gas pressure for sample adsorption as is used for the blank.
              11.3.4.2 Elute the columns with 2 mL of the nitrate wash solution.
              11.3.4.3 Separate the columns and mark for subsequent analysis.
              11.3.5 If it is desirable to make measurements at levels lower than can be achieved with the sample volume chosen, or if the instrument response of an undiluted sample is less than three times the instrument response of the blank (Section 12.6.3), a larger sample volume must be used.
              11.4 Combustion and titration.
              11.4.1 Polycarbonate filter and GAC from batch adsorption.
              11.4.1.1 Place the folded polycarbonate filter containing the GAC in a quartz combustion boat, close the airlock, and proceed with the automated sequence.

              11.4.1.2 Record the signal from the micro-coulometer for a minimum integration time of 10 minutes and determine the concentration of Cl− from calibration data, per Section 12.
              11.4.2 Columns from column adsorption.
              11.4.2.1 Using the push rod, push the carbon and the Cerafelt plug(s) from the first column into a combustion boat. Proceed with the automated sequence.

              11.4.2.2 Record the signal from the micro-coulometer for a minimum integration time of 10 minutes and determine the concentration of Cl− for the first column from calibration data, per Section 12.
              11.4.2.3 Repeat the automated sequence with the second column.
              11.4.2.4 Determine the extent of breakthrough of organic halides from the first column to the second column, as described in Section 12.
              11.4.3 The two columns that are used for the method blank must be combusted separately, as is done for samples. 11.5 Duplicate sample analysis: All samples to be reported for regulatory compliance purposes must be analyzed in duplicate. This requirement applies to both the batch and column adsorption procedures. In addition, if it is necessary to dilute the sample for the purposes of reducing breakthrough or maintaining the concentration within the calibration range, a more or less dilute sample must be analyzed. The adsorption volumes used for analysis of undiluted samples, diluted samples, and all replicates must be the same as the volume used for QC tests and calibration (Sections 9 and 10).
              11.5.1 Using results from analysis of one sample volume (Section 11.4) and the procedure in Section 11.1.2, determine if the dilution used was within the calibration range of the instrument and/or if breakthrough exceeded the specification in Section 12.3.1. If the breakthrough criterion was exceeded or the sample was not within the calibration range, adjust the dilution volume as needed. If the breakthrough criterion was not exceeded and the sample dilution was within the calibration range, a second volume at the same dilution level may be used.
              11.5.2 Adsorb the sample using the same technique (batch or column) used for the first sample volume. Combust the GAC from the second volume as described in Section 11.4, and calculate the results as described in Section 12. Compare the results of the two analyses as described in Section 12.4.
              11.5.3 Duplicate analyses are not required for method blanks, as different dilution levels are not possible.
              11.5.4 Duplicate analyses of the PAR standard used for calibration verification (Section 9.10) are not required.
              12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
              12.1 Batch Adsorption Method: Calculate the blank-subtracted concentration of adsorbable organic halide detected in each sample (in micrograms of chloride per liter) using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.019

              Where:

              C=µg Cl− from micro-coulometer for the sample
              B=µg Cl− from micro-coulometer for the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1)
              V = volume of sample in liters

              This calculation is performed for each of the two dilution levels analyzed for each sample.
              12.2 Column Adsorption Method: Calculate the blank-subtracted concentration of adsorbable organic halide detected in each sample (in micrograms of chloride per liter) using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.020

              C1=µg Cl− from micro-coulometer for first column from the sample
              C2=µg Cl− from micro-coulometer for second column from the sample
              B1=µg from micro-coulometer for first column from the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1)
              B2=µg Cl− from micro-coulometer for second column from the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1)
              V = volume of sample in liters

              12.3 Percent breakthrough: For each sample analyzed by the column method, calculate the percent breakthrough of halide from the first column to the second column, using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.021

              12.3.1 For samples to be reported for regulatory compliance purposes, the percent breakthrough must be less than or equal to 25% for both of the two analyses performed on each sample (see Section 11.5).
              12.3.2 If the breakthrough exceeds 25%, dilute the affected sample further, maintaining the amount of halide at least three times higher than the level of blank, and reanalyze the sample. Ensure that the sample is also analyzed at a second level of dilution that is at least a factor of 2 different (and still higher than three times the blank).
              12.4 Relative percent difference (RPD): Calculate the relative percent difference between the results of the two analyses of each sample, using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.022

              12.5 High concentrations of AOX: If the amount of halide from either analysis exceeds the calibration range, dilute the sample and reanalyze, maintaining at least a factor of 2 difference in the dilution levels of the two portions of the sample used.
              12.6 Low concentrations of AOX: The blank-subtracted final result from the batch procedure or the sum of the blank-subtracted results from the two carbon columns should be significantly above the level of the blank.
              12.6.1 If the instrument response for a sample exceeds the instrument response for the blank by a factor of at least 3, the result is acceptable.
              12.6.2 If the instrument response for a sample is less than three times the instrument response for the blank, and the sample has been diluted, analyze a less dilute aliquot of sample.
              12.6.3 If the instrument response of an undiluted sample containing AOX above the minimum level is less than three times the instrument response for the blank, the result is suspect and may not be used for regulatory compliance purposes. In this case, find the cause of contamination, correct the problem, and reanalyze the sample under the corrected conditions.

              12.7 Report results that meet all of the specifications in this method as the mean of the blank-subtracted values from Section 12.1 or 12.2 for the two analyses at different dilution levels, in µg/L of Cl− (not as 2,4,6-trichlorophenol), to three significant figures. Report the RPD of the two analyses. For samples analyzed by the column procedure, also report the percent breakthrough.
              13.0 Method Performance
              The specifications contained in this method are based on data from a single laboratory and from a large-scale study of the pulp and paper industry.
              14.0 Pollution Prevention
              14.1 The solvents used in this method pose little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
              14.2 Standards should be prepared in volumes consistent with laboratory use to minimize the volume of expired standards to be disposed.
              15.0 Waste Management
              15.1 It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restrictions, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
              15.2 Samples preserved with HCl or H2SO4 to pH <2 are hazardous and must be neutralized before being disposed, or must be handled as hazardous waste. Acetic acid and silver acetate solutions resulting from cell flushing must be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations.

              15.3 For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel,” and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction,” both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW., Washington, DC 20036.

              16.0 References
              16.1 “Total Organic Halide, Methods 450.1—Interim,” Prepared by Stephen Billets and James J. Lichtenberg, USEPA, Office of Research and Development, Physical and Chemical Methods Branch, EMSL-Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA 600/4-81-056 (1981).
              16.2 Method 9020, USEPA Office of Solid Waste, “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, SW-846,” Third Edition, 1987.
              16.3 “Determination of Adsorbable Organic Halogens (AOX),” “German Standard Methods for the Analysis of Water, Waste Water and Sludge—General Parameters of Effects and Substances,” Deutsche Industrie Norm (DIN) Method 38 409, Part 14, DIN German Standards Institute, Beuth Verlag, Berlin, Germany (1987).
              16.4 “Water Quality: Determination of Adsorbable Organic Halogens (AOX),” International Organization for Standard/Draft International Standardization (ISO/DIS) Method 9562 (1988).
              16.5 “Organically Bound Chlorine by the AOX Method,” SCAN-W 9:89, Secretariat, Scandinavian Pulp, Paper and Board Testing Committee, Box 5604, S-11486, Stockholm, Sweden (1989).
              16.6 Method 5320, “Dissolved Organic Halogen,” from “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,” 5320, American Public Health Association, 1015 15th St. NW, Washington, DC 20005 (1989).
              16.7 “Canadian Standard Method for the Determination of Adsorbable Organic Halides (AOX) in Waters and Wastewaters,” Environment Canada and The Canadian Pulp and Paper Association (1990).
              16.8 40 CFR part 136, appendix B.
              16.9 “Working with Carcinogens,” DHEW, PHS, CDC, NIOSH, Publication 77-206, (Aug 1977).
              16.10 “OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry” OSHA 2206, 29 CFR 1910 (Jan 1976).
              16.11 “Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories,” ACS Committee on Chemical Safety (1979).
              16.12 “Methods 330.4 and 330.5 for Total Residual Chlorine,” USEPA, EMSL-Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-4-79-020 (March 1979).
              16.13 “Validation of Method 1650: Determination of Organic Halide,” Analytical Technologies Inc., ERCE Contract 87-3410, November 15, 1990. Available from the EPA Sample Control Center, DynCorp, 300 N. Lee St., Alexandria, VA 22314 (703-519-1140).
              17.0 Figures

                ER15ap98.023

                ER15ap98.024

                ER15ap98.025

                ER15ap98.026

              18.0 Glossary of Definitions and Purposes
              These definitions and purposes are specific to this method but have been conformed to common usage as much as possible.
              18.1 Units of weight and measure and their abbreviations.
              18.1.1 Symbols.

              °C degrees Celsius
              µg microgram
              µL microliter
              < less than
              > greater than
              % percent

              18.1.2 Alphabetical characters.

              cm centimeter
              g gram
              h hour
              ID inside diameter
              in inch
              L liter
              m meter
              mg milligram
              min minute
              mL milliliter
              mm millimeter

              N normal; gram molecular weight of solute divided by hydrogen equivalent of solute, per liter of solution
              OD outside diameter
              ppb part-per-billion
              ppm part-per-million
              ppt part-per-trillion
              psig pounds-per-square inch gauge
              v/v volume per unit volume
              w/v weight per unit volume

              18.2 Definitions and acronyms (in alphabetical order).
              Analyte: AOX tested for by this method.
              Calibration standard (CAL): A solution prepared from a secondary standard and/or stock solution which is used to calibrate the response of the instrument with respect to analyte concentration.
              Calibration verification standard (VER): The mid-point calibration standard (CS3) that is used to verify calibration.
              Field blank: An aliquot of reagent water or other reference matrix that is placed in a sample container in the laboratory or the field, and treated as a sample in all respects, including exposure to sampling site conditions, storage, preservation, and all analytical procedures. The purpose of the field blank is to determine if the field or sample transporting procedures and environments have contaminated the sample.
              IPR: Initial precision and recovery; four aliquots of the diluted PAR standard analyzed to establish the ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy. An IPR is performed prior to the first time this method is used and any time the method or instrumentation is modified.
              Laboratory blank: See Method blank.
              Laboratory control sample (LCS): See Ongoing precision and recovery sample (OPR).
              Laboratory reagent blank: See Method blank.
              May: This action, activity, or procedural step is neither required nor prohibited.
              May not: This action, activity, or procedural step is prohibited.
              Method blank: An aliquot of reagent water that is treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware, equipment, solvents, reagents, internal standards, and surrogates that are used with samples. The method blank is used to determine if analytes or interferences are present in the laboratory environment, the reagents, or the apparatus.
              Minimum level (ML): The level at which the entire analytical system must give a recognizable signal and acceptable calibration point for the analyte. It is equivalent to the concentration of the lowest calibration standard, assuming that all method-specified sample weights, volumes, and cleanup procedures have been employed.
              Must: This action, activity, or procedural step is required.
              OPR: Ongoing precision and recovery standard; a laboratory blank spiked with a known quantity of analyte. The OPR is analyzed exactly like a sample. Its purpose is to assure that the results produced by the laboratory remain within the limits specified in this method for precision and recovery.
              PAR: Precision and recovery standard; secondary standard that is diluted and spiked to form the IPR and OPR.
              Preparation blank: See Method blank.
              Primary dilution standard: A solution containing the specified analytes that is purchased or prepared from stock solutions and diluted as needed to prepare calibration solutions and other solutions.
              Quality control check sample (QCS): A sample containing all or a subset of the analytes at known concentrations. The QCS is obtained from a source external to the laboratory or is prepared from a source of standards different from the source of calibration standards. It is used to check laboratory performance with test materials prepared external to the normal preparation process.
              Reagent water: Water demonstrated to be free from the analyte of interest and potentially interfering substances at the method detection limit for the analyte.
              Relative standard deviation (RSD): The standard deviation multiplied by 100, divided by the mean.
              RSD: See Relative standard deviation.
              Should: This action, activity, or procedural step is suggested but not required.
              Stock solution: A solution containing an analyte that is prepared using a reference material traceable to EPA, the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST), or a source that will attest to the purity and authenticity of the reference material.
              VER: See Calibration verification standard.
              Method 1653—Chlorinated Phenolics in Wastewater by In Situ Acetylation and GCMS
              1.0 Scope and Application
              1.1 This method is for determination of chlorinated phenolics (chlorinated phenols, guaiacols, catechols, vanillins, syringaldehydes) and other compounds associated with the Clean Water Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; and that are amenable to in situ acetylation, extraction, and analysis by capillary column gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GCMS). This method is based on existing methods for determination of chlorophenolics in pulp and paper industry wastewaters (References 1 and 2).

              1.2 The chemical compounds listed in Table 1 may be determined in waters and, specifically, in in-process streams and wastewaters associated with the pulp and paper industry. The method is designed to meet the survey and monitoring requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
              1.3 The detection limit of this method is usually dependent on the level of interferences rather than instrumental limitations. The method detection limits (MDLs) in Table 2 typify the minimum quantity that can be detected with no interferences present.
              1.4 The GCMS portions of this method are for use only by persons experienced with GCMS or under the close supervision of such qualified persons. Laboratories unfamiliar with analyses of environmental samples by GCMS should run the performance tests in Reference 3 before beginning.
              1.5 Any modification of the method beyond those expressly permitted is subject to the application and approval of alternative test procedures under 40 CFR parts 136.4 and 136.5.
              2.0 Summary of Method
              2.1 A 1000-mL aliquot of water is spiked with stable isotopically labeled analogs of the compounds of interest and an internal standard. The solution is adjusted to neutral pH, potassium carbonate buffer is added, and the pH is raised to 9-11.5. The chlorophenolics are converted in situ to acetates by the addition of acetic anhydride. After acetylation, the solution is extracted with hexane. The hexane is concentrated to a final volume of 0.5 mL, an instrument internal standard is added, and an aliquot of the concentrated extract is injected into the gas chromatograph (GC). The compounds are separated by GC and detected by a mass spectrometer (MS). The labeled compounds and internal standard serve to correct the variability of the analytical technique.
              2.2 Identification of a pollutant (qualitative analysis) is performed by comparing the relative retention time and mass spectrum to that of an authentic standard. A compound is identified when its relative retention time and mass spectrum agree.
              2.3 Quantitative analysis is performed in one of two ways by GCMS using extracted ion-current profile (EICP) areas: (1) For those compounds listed in Table 1 for which standards and labeled analogs are available, the GCMS system is calibrated and the compound concentration is determined using an isotope dilution technique; (2) for those compounds listed in Table 1 for which authentic standards but no labeled compounds are available, the GCMS system is calibrated and the compound concentration is determined using an internal standard technique.
              2.4 Quality is assured through reproducible calibration and testing of the extraction and GCMS systems.
              3.0 Definitions
              3.1 Chlorinated phenolics are the chlorinated phenols, guaiacols, catechols, vanillins, syringaldehydes and other compounds amenable to in situ acetylation, extraction, and determination by GCMS using this method.
              3.2 Definitions for other terms used in this method are given in the glossary at the end of the method (Section 20.0).
              4.0 Interferences
              4.1 Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware may yield artifacts and/or elevated baselines, causing misinterpretation of chromatograms and spectra. All materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences under the conditions of analysis by running method blanks initially and with each sample batch (samples started through the extraction process on a given eight-hour shift, to a maximum of 20). Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents by distillation in all-glass systems may be required. Glassware and, where possible, reagents are cleaned by using solvent rinse and baking at 450 °C for a minimum of one hour.
              4.2 Interferences co-extracted from samples will vary considerably from source to source, depending on the diversity of the site being sampled. Industry experience suggests that high levels of non-chlorinated phenols may cause poor recovery of the compounds of interest, particularly in samples collected in the vicinity of a source of creosote, such as a wood-preserving plant (Reference 1).
              4.3 The internal standard, 3,4,5-trichlorophenol, has been reported to be an anaerobic degradation product of 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenol and/or pentachlorophenol (Reference 1). When an interference with this or another compound occurs, labeled pentachlorophenol or another labeled compound may be used as an alternative internal standard; otherwise, the internal standards and reference compounds must be used as specified in this method.
              4.4 Blank contamination by pentachlorophenol has been reported (Reference 1) to be traceable to potassium carbonate; it has also been reported that this contamination may be removed by baking overnight at 400 to 500 °C.

              4.5 Catechols are susceptible to degradation by active sites on injection port liners and columns, and are subject to oxidation to the corresponding chloro-o-benzoquinones (Reference 2). A small amount of ascorbic acid may be added to samples to prevent auto-oxidation (Reference 2; also see Section 11.1.6). For pulp and paper industry samples, ascorbic acid may be added to treated effluent samples only.

              5.0 Safety
              5.1 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each compound or reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however, each chemical compound should be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these compounds should be reduced to the lowest possible level. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of materials safety data sheets (MSDSs) should be made available to all personnel involved in these analyses. Additional information on laboratory safety can be found in References 4 through 6.
              5.2 Samples may contain high concentrations of toxic compounds, and should be handled with gloves and a hood opened to prevent exposure.
              6.0 Equipment and Supplies

                Note:
                Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.

              6.1 Sampling equipment for discrete or composite sampling.
              6.1.1 Sample bottles and caps.
              6.1.1.1 Sample bottle: Amber glass, 1000-mL minimum, with screw-cap. If amber bottles are not available, samples shall be protected from light.
              6.1.1.2 Bottle caps: Threaded to fit sample bottles. Caps shall be lined with PTFE.
              6.1.1.3 Cleaning bottles: Detergent water wash, cap with aluminum foil, and bake at 450 °C for a minimum of one hour before use.
              6.1.1.4 Cleaning liners: Detergent water wash, reagent water (Section 7.4) and solvent rinse, and bake at approximately 200 °C for a minimum of 1 hour prior to use.
              6.1.1.5 Bottles and liners must be lot-certified to be free of chlorophenolics by running blanks according to this method. If blanks from bottles and/or liners without cleaning or with fewer cleaning steps show no detectable chlorophenolics, the bottle and liner cleaning steps that do not eliminate chlorophenolics may be omitted.
              6.1.2 Compositing equipment: Automatic or manual compositing system incorporating glass containers cleaned per bottle cleaning procedure above. Sample containers are kept at 0 to 4 °C during sampling. Glass or PTFE tubing only shall be used. If the sampler uses a peristaltic pump, a minimum length of compressible silicone rubber tubing may be used in the pump only. Before use, the tubing shall be thoroughly rinsed with methanol, followed by repeated rinsing with reagent water (Section 7.4) to minimize sample contamination. An integrating flow meter is used to collect proportional composite samples.
              6.2 Extraction apparatus.
              6.2.1 Bottle or beaker: 1500-to 2000-mL capacity.
              6.2.2 Separatory funnel: 500-to 2000-mL, glass, with PTFE stopcock.
              6.2.3 Magnetic stirrer: Corning Model 320, or equivalent, with stirring bar.
              6.3 Polyethylene gloves: For handling samples and extraction equipment (Fisher 11-394-110-B, or equivalent).
              6.4 Graduated cylinders: 1000-mL, 100-mL, and 10-mL nominal.
              6.5 Centrifuge: Capable of accepting 50-mL centrifuge tubes and achieving 3000 RPM.
              6.5.1 Centrifuge tubes.
              6.5.1.1 35-mL nominal, with PTFE-lined screw-cap.
              6.5.1.2 15-mL nominal, conical graduated, with ground-glass stopper.
              6.6 Concentration apparatus.
              6.6.1  Kuderna-Danish (K-D) concentrator tube: 10-mL, graduated (Kontes K-570050-1025, or equivalent) with calibration verified. Ground-glass stopper (size 19/22 joint) is used to prevent evaporation of extracts.
              6.6.2 Kuderna-Danish (K-D) evaporation flask: 1000-mL (Kontes K-570001-1000, or equivalent), attached to concentrator tube with springs (Kontes K-662750-0012).
              6.6.3 Snyder column: Three-ball macro (Kontes K-503000-0232, or equivalent).
              6.6.4 Snyder column: Two-ball micro (Kontes K-469002-0219, or equivalent).
              6.6.5 Boiling chips: Approximately 10/40 mesh, extracted with methylene chloride and baked at 450 °C for a minimum of one hour.
              6.6.6 Nitrogen evaporation apparatus: Equipped with a water bath controlled at 35 to 40 °C (N-Evap, Organomation Associates, Inc., South Berlin, MA, or equivalent), installed in a fume hood. This device may be used in place of the micro-Snyder column concentrator in Section 6.6.4 above.
              6.7 Water bath: Heated, with concentric ring cover, capable of temperature control (±2 °C), installed in a fume hood.
              6.8 Sample vials: Amber glass, 1- to 3-mL, with PTFE-lined screw-cap.
              6.9 Balances.
              6.9.1 Analytical: Capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
              6.9.2 Top loading: Capable of weighing 10 mg.
              6.10 pH meter.

              6.11 Gas chromatograph: Shall have splitless or on-column injection port for capillary column, temperature program with 50 °C hold, and shall meet all of the performance specifications in Section 9.

              6.12 Gas chromatographic column: 30 m (±5 m) × 0.25 mm (±0.02 mm) I.D. × 0.25 micron, 5% phenyl, 94% methyl, 1% vinyl silicone bonded-phase fused-silica capillary column (J & W DB-5, or equivalent).
              6.13 Mass spectrometer: 70 eV electron impact ionization, shall repetitively scan from 42 to 450 amu in 0.95 to 1.00 second, and shall produce a unit resolution (valleys between m/z 441-442 less than 10% of the height of the 441 peak), background-corrected mass spectrum from 50 ng decafluorotriphenylphosphine (DFTPP) introduced through the GC inlet. The spectrum shall meet the mass-intensity criteria in Table 3 (Reference 7). The mass spectrometer shall be interfaced to the GC such that the end of the capillary column terminates within 1 cm of the ion source, but does not intercept the electron or ion beams. All portions of the column which connect the GC to the ion source shall remain at or above the column temperature during analysis to preclude condensation of less volatile compounds.
              6.14 Data system: Shall collect and record MS data, store mass-intensity data in spectral libraries, process GCMS data, generate reports, and compute and record response factors.
              6.14.1 Data acquisition: Mass spectra shall be collected continuously throughout the analysis and stored on a mass storage device.
              6.14.2 Mass spectral libraries: User-created libraries containing mass spectra obtained from analysis of authentic standards shall be employed to reverse search GCMS runs for the compounds of interest (Section 10.2).
              6.14.3 Data processing: The data system shall be used to search, locate, identify, and quantify the compounds of interest in each GCMS analysis. Software routines shall be employed to compute retention times, and to compute peak areas at the m/z's specified (Table 4). Displays of spectra, mass chromatograms, and library comparisons are required to verify results.
              6.14.4 Response factors and multi-point calibrations: The data system shall be used to record and maintain lists of response factors (response ratios for isotope dilution) and multi-point calibration curves (Section 10). Computations of relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation) are used for testing calibration linearity. Statistics on initial (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing (Section 9.6) performance shall be computed and maintained.
              7.0 Reagents and Standards
              7.1 Reagents for adjusting sample pH.
              7.1.1 Sodium hydroxide: Reagent grade, 6 N in reagent water.
              7.1.2 Sulfuric acid: Reagent grade, 6 N in reagent water.
              7.2 Reagents for sample preservation.
              7.2.1 Sodium thiosulfate (Na2S2O3) solution (1 N): Weigh 79 g Na2S2O3 in a 1-L volumetric flask and dilute to the mark with reagent water.
              7.2.2 Ascorbic acid solution: Prepare a solution of ascorbic acid in reagent water at a concentration of 0.1 g/mL. This solution must be prepared fresh on each day when derivatizations will be performed. Therefore, do not prepare more than will be used that day. (A 50-mL volume is sufficient for ten analyses).
              7.3 Solvents: Hexane, acetone, and methanol. Distilled in glass (Burdick and Jackson, or equivalent).
              7.4 Reagent water: Water in which the compounds of interest and interfering compounds are not detected by this method.
              7.5 Reagents for derivatization.
              7.5.1 Potassium carbonate (K2CO3).
              7.5.1.1 Purification: Spread in a shallow baking dish, heat overnight at 400 to 500 °C.
              7.5.1.2 Solution: Dissolve 150 g purified K2CO3 in 250 mL reagent water.
              7.5.2 Acetic anhydride: Redistilled reagent grade.
              7.6 Analytical standards.
              7.6.1 Derivatization: Because the chlorinated phenolics are determined as their acetate derivatives after in situ acetylation, the method requires that the calibration standards be prepared by spiking the underivatized materials into reagent water and carrying the spiked reagent water aliquot through the entire derivatization and extraction procedure that is applied to the field samples.
              7.6.2 Standard solutions: Purchased as solutions or mixtures with certification to their purity, concentration, and authenticity, or prepared from materials of known purity and composition. If chemical purity of a compound is 98% or greater, the weight may be used without correction to compute the concentration of the standard. When not being used, standards are stored in the dark at −20 to −10 °C in screw-capped vials with PTFE-lined lids. A mark is placed on the vial at the level of the solution so that solvent evaporation loss can be detected. The vials are brought to room temperature prior to use.
              7.6.3 If the chemical purity of any standard does not meet the 98% requirement above, the laboratory must correct all calculations, calibrations, etc., for the difference in purity.
              7.7 Preparation of stock solutions: Prepare chlorovanillins and chlorosyringaldehydes in acetone, as these compounds are subject to degradation in methanol. Prepare the remaining chlorophenolics in methanol. Prepare all standards per the steps below. Observe the safety precautions in Section 5.

              7.7.1 Dissolve an appropriate amount of assayed reference material in a suitable solvent. For example, weigh 50 mg (±0.1 mg) of pentachlorophenol in a 10-mL ground-glass-stoppered volumetric flask and fill to the mark with methanol. After the pentachlorophenol is completely dissolved, transfer the solution to a 15-mL vial with PTFE-lined cap.
              7.7.2 Stock solutions should be checked for signs of degradation prior to the preparation of calibration or performance test standards and shall be replaced after six months, or sooner if comparison with quality control check standards indicates a change in concentration.
              7.8 Labeled compound spiking solution: From stock solutions prepared as above, or from mixtures, prepare one spiking solution to contain the labeled chlorovanillin in acetone and a second spiking solution to contain the remaining chlorophenolics, including the 3,4,5-trichlorophenol sample matrix internal standard (SMIS), in methanol. The labeled compounds and SMIS are each at a concentration of 12.5 µg/mL.
              7.9 Secondary standards for calibration: Using stock solutions (Section 7.7), prepare one secondary standard containing the chlorovanillins and chlorsyringaldehydes listed in Table 1 in acetone and a second secondary standard containing the remaining chlorophenolics in methanol. The monochlorinated phenol, guaiacol, and catechol are included at a concentration of 25 µg/mL; the trichlorinated catechols, tetrachlorinated guaiacol and catechol, pentachlorophenol, 5,6-dichlorovanillin, and 2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde are included at a concentration of 100 µg/mL; and the remaining compounds are included at a concentration of 50 µg/mL, each in their respective solutions.
              7.10 Instrument internal standard (IIS): Prepare a solution of 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl (DFB) at a concentration of 2.5 mg/mL in hexane.
              7.11 DFTPP solution: Prepare a solution of DFTPP at 50 µg/mL in acetone.
              7.12 Solutions for obtaining authentic mass spectra (Section 10.2): Prepare mixtures of compounds at concentrations which will assure authentic spectra are obtained for storage in libraries.
              7.13 Preparation of calibration solutions.
              7.13.1 Into five 1000-mL aliquots of reagent water, spike 50, 100, 200, 500 and 1000 µL of each of the two solutions in Section 7.9. Spike 1.00 mL of each of the two labeled compound spiking solutions (Section 7.8) into each of the five aliquots.
              7.13.2 Using the procedure in Section 11, derivatize and extract each solution, and concentrate the extract to a final volume of 0.50 mL. This will produce calibration solutions of nominal 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 µg/mL of the native chlorophenolics and a constant concentration of 25 µg/mL of each labeled compound and the SMIS (assuming 100% derivatization and recovery). As noted in Section 11.1.6, ascorbic acid is added to all samples of final effluents to stabilize chlorocatechols, but is not added to samples of pulp and paper in-process wastewaters. Therefore, it is necessary to prepare separate sets of five initial calibration standards with and without the addition of ascorbic acid. Also, in the event that the laboratory is extracting final effluent samples by both the stir-bar and separatory funnel procedures (see Section 11.3), initial calibration standards should be prepared by both methods.
              7.13.3 These solutions permit the relative response (labeled to unlabeled) and the response factor to be measured as a function of concentration (Sections 10.4 and 10.5).
              7.13.4 The nominal 50 µg/mL standard may also be used as a calibration verification standard (see Section 9.6).
              7.14 Ongoing precision and recovery (OPR) standard: Used for determination of initial (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing (Section 9.6) precision and recovery. This solution is prepared by spiking 500 µL of each the two solutions of the secondary calibration standards (Section 7.9) and 1 mL of each of the two labeled compound spiking solutions (Section 7.8) into 1000 mL of reagent water.
              7.15 Stability of solutions: All standard solutions (Sections 7.7 through 7.14) shall be analyzed within 48 hours of preparation and on a monthly basis thereafter for signs of degradation. Standards will remain acceptable if the peak area at the quantitation m/z relative to the DFB internal standard remains within ±15% of the area obtained in the initial analysis of the standard.
              8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
              8.1 Collect samples in glass containers (Section 6.1) following conventional sampling practices (Reference 9). Aqueous samples are collected in refrigerated bottles using automatic sampling equipment.
              8.2 Sample preservation.
              8.2.1 Residual chlorine: If the sample contains residual chlorine, the chlorine must be reduced to eliminate positive interference resulting from continued chlorination reactions. Immediately after sampling, test for residual chlorine using the following method or an alternative EPA method (Reference 10).
              8.2.1.1 Dissolve a few crystals of potassium iodide in the sample and add three to five drops of a 1% starch solution. A blue color indicates the presence of residual chlorine.
              8.2.1.2 If residual chlorine is found, add 1 mL of sodium thiosulfate solution (Section 7.2.1) for each 2.5 ppm of free chlorine or until the blue color disappears.

              8.2.2 Acidification: Adjust pH of all aqueous samples to <2 with sulfuric acid (Section 7.1.2). Failure to acidify samples may result in positive interferences from continued chlorination reactions.

              8.2.3 Refrigeration: Maintain sample temperature at 0 to 4 °C from time of collection until extraction, and maintain extracts at a temperature of 0 to 4 °C from time of extraction until analysis.
              8.3 Collect a minimum of 2000 mL of sample. This will provide a sufficient amount for all testing. Smaller amounts may be collected if the stream is known to contain high levels of chlorophenolics.
              8.4 All samples must be acetylated and extracted within 30 days of collection, and must be analyzed within 30 days of acetylation. If labeled compound recoveries for a sample do not meet the acceptance criteria in Table 5 and the 30-day holding time is not met, a new sample must be collected.
              9.0 Quality Control
              9.1 Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 8). The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, analysis of samples spiked with labeled compounds to evaluate and document data quality, and analysis of standards and blanks as tests of continued performance. Laboratory performance is compared to established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses meet the performance characteristics of the method.
              9.1.1 DFTPP spectrum validity shall be checked at the beginning of each eight-hour shift during which analyses are performed. This test is described in Section 9.2.
              9.1.2 The laboratory shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to generate acceptable results with this method. This ability is established as described in Section 9.3.
              9.1.3 The laboratory is permitted to modify this method to improve separations or lower the costs of measurements, provided all performance specifications are met. Each time a modification is made to the method, the laboratory is required to repeat the procedures in Sections 10.3 and 9.3.2 to demonstrate method performance. If the detection limits for the analytes in this method will be affected by the modification, the laboratory should demonstrate that each MDL (40 CFR 136, appendix B) is less than or equal to the MDL in this method or one-third the regulatory compliance level, whichever is higher.
              9.1.4 The laboratory shall spike all samples with labeled compounds and the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) to monitor method performance. This test is described in Section 9.4. When results of these spikes indicate atypical method performance for samples, the samples are diluted to bring method performance within acceptable limits (Section 13).
              9.1.5 Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedures and criteria for analysis of a blank are described in Section 9.5.
              9.1.6 The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through analysis of the ongoing precision and recovery standard (Section 7.14) that the analysis system is in control. These procedures are described in Section 9.6.
              9.1.7 The laboratory shall maintain records to define the quality of data that is generated. Development of accuracy statements is described in Section 9.4.4 and 9.6.3.
              9.2 DFTPP spectrum validity: Inject 1 µL of the DFTPP solution (Section 7.11) either separately or within a few seconds of injection of the OPR standard (Section 9.6) analyzed at the beginning of each shift. The criteria in Table 3 shall be met.
              9.3 Initial demonstration of laboratory capability.
              9.3.1 Method Detection Limit (MDL): To establish the ability to detect the analytes in this method, the laboratory should determine the MDL per the procedure in 40 CFR 136, appendix B using the apparatus, reagents, and standards that will be used in the practice of this method. MDLs less than or equal to the MDLs in Table 2 should be achieved prior to the practice of this method.
              9.3.2 Initial precision and recovery (IPR): To establish the ability to demonstrate control over the analysis system and to generate acceptable precision and accuracy, the laboratory shall perform the following operations:
              9.3.2.1 Derivatize, extract, concentrate, and analyze four 1000-mL aliquots of the ongoing precision and recovery standard (OPR; Section 7.14), according to the procedure in Section 11. Separate sets of IPR aliquots must be prepared with the addition of ascorbic acid and without.
              9.3.2.2 Using results of the four analyses, compute the average percent recovery (X) and the relative standard deviation of the recovery (s) for each compound, by isotope dilution for pollutants with a labeled analog, and by internal standard for pollutants with no labeled analog and for the labeled compounds and the SMIS.
              9.3.2.3 For each compound, compare s and X with the corresponding limits for initial precision and recovery in Table 5. If s and X for all compounds meet the acceptance criteria, system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples may begin. If, however, any individual s exceeds the precision limit or any individual X falls outside the range for recovery, system performance is unacceptable for that compound. In this event, correct the problem and repeat the test (Section 9.3.2).

              9.4 Labeled compound recovery: The laboratory shall spike all samples with labeled compounds and the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) to assess method performance on the sample matrix.
              9.4.1 Analyze each sample according to the method beginning in Section 11.
              9.4.2 Compute the percent recovery (P) of the labeled compounds and the SMIS using the internal standard method (Section 14.3) with 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the reference compound.
              9.4.3 Compare the labeled compound and SMIS recovery for each compound with the corresponding limits in Table 5. If the recovery of any compound falls outside its warning limit, method performance is unacceptable for that compound in that sample. Therefore, the sample is complex. The sample is diluted and reanalyzed per Section 13.
              9.4.4 As part of the QA program for the laboratory, it is suggested, but not required, that method accuracy for samples be assessed and records maintained. After the analysis of five samples for which the labeled compounds pass the tests in Section 9.4.3, compute the average percent recovery (P) and the standard deviation of the percent recovery (sp) for the labeled compounds only. Express the accuracy assessment as a percent recovery interval from P−2sp to P = 2sp for each matrix. For example, if P = 90% and sp = 10%, the accuracy interval is expressed as 70 to 110%. Update the accuracy assessment for each compound on a regular basis (e.g., after each 20 to 30 new accuracy measurements).
              9.5 Blanks: Reagent water blanks are analyzed to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
              9.5.1 Extract and concentrate a 1000-mL reagent water blank with each sample batch (samples started through the extraction process on the same eight-hour shift, to a maximum of 20 samples). Blanks associated with samples to which ascorbic acid is added must be prepared with ascorbic acid, and blanks associated with samples to which ascorbic acid is not added must be prepared without ascorbic acid. Analyze the blank immediately after analysis of the OPR (Section 7.14) to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
              9.5.2 If any of the compounds of interest (Table 1) or any potentially interfering compound is found in an aqueous blank at greater than 5 µg/L (assuming a response factor of one relative to the sample matrix internal standard for compounds not listed in Table 1), analysis of samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a blank shows no evidence of contamination at this level.
              9.6 Calibration verification and ongoing precision and recovery: At the beginning of each eight-hour shift during which analyses are performed, analytical system performance is verified for all compounds. Analysis of DFTPP (Section 9.2) and the nominal 50 µg/mL OPR (Section 11.1.5) is used to verify all performance criteria. Adjustment and/or recalibration, per Section 10, shall be performed until all performance criteria are met. Only after all performance criteria are met may samples and blanks be analyzed.
              9.6.1 Analyze the extract of the OPR (Section 11.1.5) at the beginning of each eight-hour shift and prior to analysis of samples from the same batch. Alternatively, a separate calibration verification may be performed using an aliquot of the midpoint calibration standard from Section 7.13 (with a nominal concentration of 50 µg/mL). This alternative may be used to check instrument performance on failure of an OPR, or when samples extracted with an OPR aliquot are not analyzed within the same eight-hour analysis shift.
              9.6.1.1 Retention times: The absolute retention time of 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl shall be within the range of 765 to 885 seconds, and the relative retention times of all pollutants and labeled compounds shall fall within the limits given in Table 2.
              9.6.1.2 GC resolution: The valley height between 4,6-dichloroguaiacol and 3,4-dichloroguaiacol at m/z 192 shall not exceed 10% of the height of the taller of the two peaks.
              9.6.1.3 Multiple peaks: Each compound injected shall give a single, distinct GC peak.
              9.6.2 Compute the percent recovery of each pollutant (Table 1) by isotope dilution (Section 10.4) for those compounds that have labeled analogs. Compute the percent recovery of each pollutant that has no labeled analog by the internal standard method (Section 10.5), using the 3,4,5-trichlorophenol (SMIS) as the internal standard. Compute the percent recovery of the labeled compounds and the SMIS by the internal standard method, using the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the internal standard.
              9.6.2.1 For each compound, compare the recovery with the limits for ongoing precision and recovery in Table 5. If all compounds meet the acceptance criteria, system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples may proceed. If, however, any individual recovery falls outside of the range given, system performance is unacceptable for that compound. In this event, there may be a problem with the GCMS or with the derivatization/extraction/concentration systems.

              9.6.2.2 GCMS system: To determine if the failure of the OPR test (Section 9.6.2.1) is due to instrument drift, analyze the current calibration verification extract (Section 7.13.4), calculate the percent recoveries of all compounds, and compare with the OPR recovery limits in Table 5. If all compounds meet these criteria, GCMS performance/stability is verified, and the failure of the OPR analysis is attributed to problems in the derivatization/extraction/concentration of the OPR. In this case, analysis of the sample extracts may proceed. However, failure of any of the recovery criteria in the analysis of a sample extract requires rederivatization of that sample (Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2). If, however, the performance/stability of the GCMS is not verified by analysis of the calibration verification extract, the GCMS requires recalibration and all extracts associated with the failed OPR must be reanalyzed.
              9.6.3 Add results that pass the specifications in Section 9.6.2.1 to initial and previous ongoing data for each compound. Update QC charts to form a graphic representation of continued laboratory performance. Develop a statement of laboratory accuracy for each pollutant and labeled compound in each matrix type (reagent water, C-stage filtrate, E-stage filtrate, final effluent, etc.) by calculating the average percent recovery (R) and the standard deviation of percent recovery (sr). Express the accuracy as a recovery interval from R− 2sr to R = 2sr. For example, if R = 95% and sr = 5%, the accuracy is 85 to 105%.
              9.7 The specifications contained in this method can be met if the apparatus used is calibrated properly, then maintained in a calibrated state. The standards used for calibration (Section 10) and for initial (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing (Section 9.6) precision and recovery should be identical, so that the most precise results will be obtained. The GCMS instrument in particular will provide the most reproducible results if dedicated to the settings and conditions required for the analyses of chlorophenolics by this method.
              9.8 Depending on specific program requirements, field replicates may be collected to determine the precision of the sampling technique, and spiked samples may be required to determine the accuracy of the analysis when the internal standard method is used.
              10.0 Calibration and Standardization
              10.1 Assemble the GCMS and establish the operating conditions in Section 12. Analyze standards per the procedure in Section 12 to demonstrate that the analytical system meets the minimum levels in Table 2, and the mass-intensity criteria in Table 3 for 50 ng DFTPP.
              10.2 Mass-spectral libraries: Detection and identification of compounds of interest are dependent upon spectra stored in user-created libraries.
              10.2.1 Obtain a mass spectrum of the acetyl derivative of each chlorophenolic compound (pollutant, labeled compound, and the sample matrix internal standard) by derivatizing and analyzing an authentic standard either singly or as part of a mixture in which there is no interference between closely eluting components. That only a single compound is present is determined by examination of the spectrum. Fragments not attributable to the compound under study indicate the presence of an interfering compound.
              10.2.2 Adjust the analytical conditions and scan rate (for this test only) to produce an undistorted spectrum at the GC peak maximum. An undistorted spectrum will usually be obtained if five complete spectra are collected across the upper half of the GC peak. Software algorithms designed to “enhance” the spectrum may eliminate distortion, but may also eliminate authentic m/z's or introduce other distortion.
              10.2.3 The authentic reference spectrum is obtained under DFTPP tuning conditions (Section 10.1 and Table 3) to normalize it to spectra from other instruments.
              10.2.4 The spectrum is edited by removing all peaks in the m/z 42 to 45 range, and saving the five most intense mass spectral peaks and all other mass spectral peaks greater than 10% of the base peak (excluding the peaks in the m/z 42 to 45 range). The spectrum may be further edited to remove common interfering m/z's. The spectrum obtained is stored for reverse search and for compound confirmation. 10.3 Minimum level: Demonstrate that the chlorophenolics are detectable at the minimum level (per all criteria in Section 14). The nominal 5 µg/mL calibration standard (Section 7.13) can be used to demonstrate this performance.
              10.4 Calibration with isotope dilution: Isotope dilution is used when (1) labeled compounds are available, (2) interferences do not preclude its use, and (3) the quantitation m/z (Table 4) extracted ion-current profile (EICP) area for the compound is in the calibration range. Alternative labeled compounds and quantitation m/z's may be used based on availability. If any of the above conditions preclude isotope dilution, the internal standard calibration method (Section 10.5) is used.
              10.4.1 A calibration curve encompassing the concentration range is prepared for each compound to be determined. The relative response (pollutant to labeled) vs. concentration in standard solutions is plotted or computed using a linear regression. The example in Figure 1 shows a calibration curve for phenol using phenol-d5 as the isotopic diluent. Also shown are the ±10% error limits (dotted lines). Relative response (RR) is determined according to the procedures described below. A minimum of five data points are employed for calibration.

              10.4.2 The relative response of a pollutant to its labeled analog is determined from isotope ratio values computed from acquired data. Three isotope ratios are used in this process:

              Rx = the isotope ratio measured for the pure pollutant.
              Ry = the isotope ratio measured for the labeled compound.
              Rm = the isotope ratio of an analytical mixture of pollutant and labeled compounds.

              The m/z's are selected such that Rx>Ry. If Rm is not between 2Ry and 0.5Rx, the method does not apply and the sample is analyzed by the internal standard method.

              10.4.3 Capillary columns sometimes separate the pollutant-labeled pair when deuterium labeled compounds are used, with the labeled compound eluted first (Figure 2). For this case,

                ER15ap98.028

              10.4.4 When the pollutant-labeled pair is not separated (as occurs with carbon-13-labeled compounds), or when another labeled compound with interfering spectral masses overlaps the pollutant (a case which can occur with isomeric compounds), it is necessary to determine the contributions of the pollutant and labeled compound to the respective EICP areas. If the peaks are separated well enough to permit the data system or operator to remove the contributions of the compounds to each other, the equations in Section 10.4.3 apply. This usually occurs when the height of the valley between the two GC peaks at the same m/z is less than 70 to 90% of the height of the shorter of the two peaks. If significant GC and spectral overlap occur, RR is computed using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.029

              Where:

                R
                x is measured as shown in figure 3A,

                R
                y is measured as shown in figure 3B,

                R
                m is measured as shown in figure 3C.

              For example, Rx = 46100/4780 = 9.644; Ry = 2650/43600 = 0.0608; Rm = 49200/48300 = 1.1019; thus, RR = 1.114. 10.4.5 To calibrate the analytical system by isotope dilution, analyze a 1-µL aliquot of each of the calibration standards (Section 7.13) using the procedure in Section 12. Compute the RR at each concentration.
              10.4.6 Linearity: If the ratio of relative response to concentration for any compound is constant (less than 20% coefficient of variation) over the five-point calibration range, an averaged relative response/concentration ratio may be used for that compound; otherwise, the complete calibration curve for that compound shall be used over the five-point calibration range.
              10.5 Calibration by internal standard: The method contains two types of internal standards, the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) and the instrument internal standard (IIS), and they are used for different quantitative purposes. The 3,4,5-trichlorophenol sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) is used for measurement of all pollutants with no labeled analog and when the criteria for isotope dilution (Section 10.4) cannot be met. The 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl instrument internal standard (IIS) is used for determination of the labeled compounds and the SMIS. The results are used for intralaboratory statistics (Sections 9.4.4 and 9.6.3).
              10.5.1 Response factors: Calibration requires the determination of response factors (RF) for both the pollutants with no labeled analog and for the labeled compounds and the SMIS. The response factor is defined by the following equation:

                ER15ap98.030

              Where:

                A
                s = the area of the characteristic mass for the compound in the daily standard.

                A
                is = the area of the characteristic mass for the internal standard.

                C
                is = the concentration of the internal standard (µg/mL).

                C
                s = is the concentration of the compound in the calibration standard (µg/mL).

              When this equation is used to determine the response factors for pollutant compounds without labeled analogs, use the area (Ais) and concentration (Cis) of 3,4,5-trichlorophenol (SMIS) as the internal standard. When this equation is used to determine the response factors for the labeled analogs and the SMIS, use the area (Ais) and concentration (Cis) of 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the internal standard.

              10.5.2 The response factor is determined for at least five concentrations appropriate to the response of each compound (Section 7.13); nominally, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 µg/mL. The amount of SMIS added to each solution is the same (25 µg/mL) so that Cis remains constant. Likewise, the concentration of IIS is constant in each solution. The area ratio (As/Ais) is plotted versus the concentration ratio (Cs/Cis) for each compound in the standard to produce a calibration curve.
              10.5.3 Linearity: If the response factor (RF) for any compound is constant (less than 35% coefficient of variation) over the five-point calibration range, an averaged response factor may be used for that compound; otherwise, the complete calibration curve for that compound shall be used over the five-point range.
              10.6 Combined calibration: By using calibration solutions (Section 7.13) containing the pollutants, labeled compounds, and the internal standards, a single set of analyses can be used to produce calibration curves for the isotope dilution and internal standard methods. These curves are verified each shift (Section 9) by analyzing the OPR standard, or an optional calibration verification (VER) standard. Recalibration is required only if OPR criteria (Section 9.6 and Table 5) cannot be met.
              11.0 Sample Derivatization, Extraction, and Concentration
              The procedure described in this section uses a stir-bar in a beaker for the derivatization. The extraction procedures applied to samples depend on the type of sample being analyzed. Extraction of samples from in-process wastewaters is performed using a separatory funnel procedure. All calibrations, IPR, OPR, and blank analyses associated with in-process wastewater samples must be performed by the separatory funnel procedure.
              Extraction of samples of final effluents and raw water may be performed using either the stir-bar procedure or the separatory funnel procedure. However, all calibrations, IPR, OPR, blank, and sample analyses must be performed using the same procedure. Both procedures are described below.
              11.1 Preparation of all sample types for stir-bar derivatization.
              11.1.1 Allow sample to warm to room temperature.
              11.1.2 Immediately prior to measuring, shake sample vigorously to insure homogeneity.
              11.1.3 Measure 1000 mL (±10 mL) of sample into a clean 2000-mL beaker. Label the beaker with the sample number.
              11.1.4 Dilute aliquot(s).
              11.1.4.1 Complex samples: For samples that are expected to be difficult to derivatize, concentrate, or are expected to overload the GC column or mass spectrometer, measure an additional 100 mL (±1 mL) into a clean 2000-mL beaker and dilute to a final volume of 1000-mL (±50 mL) with reagent water. Label with the sample number and as the dilute aliquot. However, to ensure adequate sensitivity, a 1000-mL aliquot must always be prepared and analyzed.
              11.1.4.2 Pulp and paper industry samples: For in-process streams such as E-stage and C-stage filtrates and other in-process wastewaters, it may be necessary to prepare an aliquot at an additional level of dilution. In this case, dilute 10 mL (±0.1 mL) of sample to 1000-mL (±50 mL).
              11.1.5 QC aliquots: For a batch of samples of the same type to be extracted at the same time (to a maximum of 20), place two 1000-mL (±10 mL) aliquots of reagent water in clean 2000-mL beakers. Label one beaker as the blank and the other as the ongoing precision and recovery (OPR) aliquot. Because final effluent samples are treated with ascorbic acid and in-process wastewater samples are not (see Section 11.1.6), prepare an OPR aliquot and a blank for the final effluent and a separate pair for the in-process samples. Treat these QC aliquots in the same fashion as the associated samples, adding ascorbic acid to the pair associated with the final effluents, and not adding ascorbic acid to the pair associated with the in-process samples.
              11.1.6 Ascorbic acid: Added to stabilize chlorocatechols. However, for pulp and paper industry in-process streams and other in-process wastewaters, the addition of ascorbic acid may convert chloro-o-quinones to catechols if these quinones are present. Separate calibration curves must be prepared with and without the addition of ascorbic acid (Section 7.13.2).
              11.1.6.1 Spike 5 to 6 mL of the ascorbic acid solution (Section 7.2.2) into each final effluent sample, and the associated calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and blank.
              11.1.6.2 For pulp and paper industry C-stage filtrates, E-stage filtrates, and untreated effluents, omit the ascorbic acid to prevent the conversion of chloro-o-quinones to catechols. Prepare calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and blanks associated with these samples without ascorbic acid as well.
              11.1.7 Spike 1000 µL of the labeled compound spiking solution (Section 7.8) into the sample and QC aliquots.
              11.1.8 Spike 500 µL of the nominal 50 µg/mL calibration solution (Section 7.13.4) into the OPR aliquot.

              11.1.9 Adjust the pH of the sample aliquots to between 7.0 and 7.1. For calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and blanks, pH adjustment is not required.

              11.1.10 Equilibrate all sample and QC solutions for approximately 15 minutes, with occasional stirring.

              11.2 Derivatization: Because derivatization must proceed rapidly, particularly upon the addition of the K2CO3 buffer, it is necessary to work with one sample at a time until the derivatization step (Section 11.2.3) is complete.
              11.2.1 Place a beaker containing a sample or QC aliquot on the magnetic stirrer in a fume hood, drop a clean stirring bar into the beaker, and increase the speed of the stirring bar until the vortex is drawn to the bottom of the beaker.
              11.2.2 Measure 25 to 26 mL of K2CO3 buffer into a graduated cylinder or other container and 25 to 26 mL of acetic acid into another.
              11.2.3 Add the K2CO3 buffer to the sample or QC aliquot, immediately (within one to three seconds) add the acetic anhydride, and stir for three to five minutes to complete the derivatization.

              11.3 Extraction: Two procedures are described below for the extraction of derivatized samples. The choice of extraction procedure will depend on the sample type. For final effluent samples, either of two procedures may be utilized for extraction of derivatized samples. For samples of in-process wastewaters, the separatory funnel extraction procedure must be used.

                Note:
                Whichever procedure is employed, the same extraction procedure must be used for calibration standards, IPR aliquots, OPR aliquots, blanks, and the associated field samples.

              11.3.1 Stir-bar extraction of final effluents.
              11.3.1.1 Add 200 mL (±20 mL) of hexane to the beaker and stir for three to five minutes, drawing the vortex to the bottom of the beaker.
              11.3.1.2 Stop the stirring and drain the hexane and a portion of the water into a 500-to 1000-mL separatory funnel. Allow the layers to separate.
              11.3.1.3 Drain the aqueous layer back into the beaker.
              11.3.1.4 The formation of emulsions can be expected in any solvent extraction procedure. If an emulsion forms, the laboratory must take steps to break the emulsion before proceeding. Mechanical means of breaking the emulsion include the use of a glass stirring rod, filtration through glass wool, and other techniques. For emulsions that resist these techniques, centrifugation is nearly 100% effective.
              If centrifugation is employed to break the emulsion, drain the organic layer into a centrifuge tube, cap the tube, and centrifuge for two to three minutes or until the phases separate. If the emulsion cannot be completely broken, collect as much of the organic phase as possible, and measure and record the volume of the organic phase collected.
              If all efforts to break the emulsion fail, including centrifugation, and none of the organic phase can be collected, proceed with the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4.2). However, use of the dilute aliquot will sacrifice the sensitivity of the method, and may not be appropriate in all cases.
              11.3.1.5 Drain the organic layer into a Kuderna-Danish (K-D) apparatus equipped with a 10-mL concentrator tube. Label the K-D apparatus. It may be necessary to pour the organic layer through a funnel containing anhydrous sodium sulfate to remove any traces of water from the extract.
              11.3.1.6 Repeat the extraction (Section 11.3.1.1 through 11.3.1.5) two more times using another 200-mL of hexane for each extraction, combining the extracts in the K-D apparatus.
              11.3.1.7 Proceed with concentration of the extract, as described in Section 11.4.
              11.3.2 Separatory funnel extraction of either final effluents or in-process wastewaters.
              11.3.2.1 Transfer the derivatized sample or QC aliquot to a 2-L separatory funnel.
              11.3.2.2 Add 200 mL (±20 mL) of hexane to the separatory funnel. Cap the funnel and extract the sample by shaking the funnel for two to three minutes with periodic venting.
              11.3.2.3 Allow the organic layer to separate from the water phase for a minimum of 10 minutes.
              11.3.2.4 Drain the lower aqueous layer into the beaker used for derivatization (Section 11.2), or into a second clean 2-L separatory funnel. Transfer the solvent to a 1000-mL K-D flask. It may be necessary to pour the organic layer through a funnel containing anhydrous sodium sulfate to remove any traces of water from the extract.
              11.3.2.5 The formation of emulsions can be expected in any solvent extraction procedure. If an emulsion forms, the laboratory must take steps to break the emulsion before proceeding. Mechanical means of breaking the emulsion include the use of a glass stirring rod, filtration through glass wool, and other techniques. For emulsions that resist these techniques, centrifugation may be required.

              If centrifugation is employed to break the emulsion, drain the organic layer into a centrifuge tube, cap the tube, and centrifuge for two to three minutes or until the phases separate. If the emulsion cannot be completely broken, collect as much of the organic phase as possible, and measure and record the volume of the organic phase collected. If all efforts to break the emulsion, including centrifugation, fail and none of the organic phase can be collected, proceed with the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4.2). However, use of the dilute aliquot will sacrifice the sensitivity of the method, and may not be appropriate in all cases.
              11.3.2.6 If drained into a beaker, transfer the aqueous layer to the 2-L separatory funnel (Section 11.3.2.1). Perform a second extraction using another 200 mL of fresh solvent.
              11.3.2.7 Transfer the extract to the 1000-mL K-D flask in Section 11.3.2.4.
              11.3.2.8 Perform a third extraction in the same fashion as above.
              11.3.2.9 Proceed with concentration of the extract, as described in Section 11.4.
              11.4 Macro concentration: Concentrate the extracts in separate 1000-mL K-D flasks equipped with 10-mL concentrator tubes. Add one to two clean boiling chips to the flask and attach a three-ball macro-Snyder column. Prewet the column by adding approximately 1 mL of hexane through the top. Place the K-D apparatus in a hot water bath so that the entire lower rounded surface of the flask is bathed with steam. Adjust the vertical position of the apparatus and the water temperature as required to complete the concentration in 15 to 20 minutes. At the proper rate of distillation, the balls of the column will actively chatter but the chambers will not flood. When the liquid has reached an apparent volume of 1 mL, remove the K-D apparatus from the bath and allow the solvent to drain and cool for at least 10 minutes. Remove the Snyder column and rinse the flask and its lower joint into the concentrator tube with 1 to 2 mL of hexane. A 5-mL syringe is recommended for this operation.
              11.5 Micro-concentration: Final concentration of the extracts may be accomplished using either a micro-Snyder column or nitrogen evaporation.
              11.5.1 Micro-Snyder column: Add a clean boiling chip and attach a two-ball micro-Snyder column to the concentrator tube. Prewet the column by adding approximately 0.5 mL hexane through the top. Place the apparatus in the hot water bath. Adjust the vertical position and the water temperature as required to complete the concentration in 5 to 10 minutes. At the proper rate of distillation, the balls of the column will actively chatter but the chambers will not flood. When the liquid reaches an apparent volume of approximately 0.2 mL, remove the apparatus from the water bath and allow to drain and cool for at least 10 minutes. Remove the micro-Snyder column and rinse its lower joint into the concentrator tube with approximately 0.2 mL of hexane. Adjust to a final volume of 0.5 mL.
              11.5.2 Nitrogen evaporation: Transfer the concentrator tube to a nitrogen evaporation device and direct a gentle stream of clean dry nitrogen into the concentrator. Rinse the sides of the concentrator tube with small volumes of hexane, and concentrate the extract to a final volume of 0.5 mL.
              11.6 Spike each extract with 10 µL of the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl IIS (Section 7.10) and transfer the concentrated extract to a clean screw-cap vial using hexane to rinse the concentrator tube. Seal the vial with a PTFE-lined lid, and mark the level on the vial. Label with the sample number and store in the dark at −20 to −10 °C until ready for analysis.
              12.0 GCMS Analysis
              12.1 Establish the following operating conditions:

              Carrier gas flow: Helium at 30 cm/sec at 50 °C
              Injector temperature: 300 °C
              Initial temperature: 50 °C
              Temperature program: 8 °C/min to 270 °C
              Final hold: Until after 2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde elutes

              Adjust the GC conditions to meet the requirements in Section 9.6.1.1 and Table 2 for analyte separation and sensitivity. Once optimized, the same GC conditions must be used for the analysis of all standards, blanks, IPR and OPR aliquots, and samples.
              12.2 Bring the concentrated extract (Section 11.6) or standard (Sections 7.13 and 7.14) to room temperature and verify that any precipitate has redissolved. Verify the level on the extract (Sections 7.13, 7.14, and 11.6) and bring to the mark with solvent if required.
              12.3 Inject a 1-µL volume of the standard solution or extract using on-column or splitless injection. For 0.5 mL extracts, this 1-µL injection volume will contain 50 ng of the DFB internal standard. If an injection volume other than 1 µL is used, that volume must contain 50 ng of DFB.
              12.4 Start the GC column temperature ramp upon injection. Start MS data collection after the solvent peak elutes. Stop data collection after the 2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde peak elutes. Return the column to the initial temperature for analysis of the next sample.
              13.0 Analysis of Complex Samples
              Some samples may contain high levels (>1000 µg/L) of the compounds of interest, interfering compounds, and/or other phenolic materials. Some samples will not concentrate to 0.5 mL (Section 11.5); others will overload the GC column and/or mass spectrometer; others may contain amounts of phenols that may exceed the capacity of the derivatizing agent.

              13.1 Analyze the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4) when the sample will not concentrate to 0.5 mL. If a dilute aliquot was not extracted, and the sample holding time (Section 8.4) has not been exceeded, dilute an aliquot of sample with reagent water, and derivatize and extract it (Section 11.1.4). Otherwise, dilute the extract (Section 14.7.3) and quantitate it by the internal standard method (Section 14.3).
              13.2 Recovery of the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl instrument internal standard: The EICP area of the internal standard should be within a factor of two of the area in the OPR or VER standard (Section 9.6). If the absolute areas of the labeled compounds and the SMIS are within a factor of two of the respective areas in the OPR or VER standard, and the DFB internal standard area is less than one-half of its respective area, then internal standard loss in the extract has occurred. In this case, analyze the extract from the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4).
              13.3 Recovery of labeled compounds and the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS): SMIS and labeled compound recovery specifications have been developed for samples with and without the addition of ascorbic acid. Compare the recoveries to the appropriate limits in Table 5.
              13.3.1 If SMIS or labeled compound recoveries are outside the limits given in Table 5 and the associated OPR analysis meets the recovery criteria, the extract from the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4) is analyzed as in Section 14.7.
              13.3.2 If labeled compound or SMIS recovery is outside the limits given in Table 5 and the associated OPR analysis did not meet recovery criteria, a problem in the derivatization/extraction/concentration of the sample is indicated, and the sample must be rederivatized and reanalyzed.
              14.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
              14.1 Qualitative determination: Identification is accomplished by comparison of data from analysis of a sample or blank with data stored in the mass spectral libraries. Identification of a compound is confirmed when the following criteria are met:
              14.1.1 The signals for m/z 43 (to indicate the presence of the acetyl derivative) and all characteristic m/z's stored in the spectral library (Section 10.2.4) shall be present and shall maximize within the same two consecutive scans.
              14.1.2 Either (1) the background corrected EICP areas, or (2) the corrected relative intensities of the mass spectral peaks at the GC peak maximum shall agree within a factor of two (0.5 to 2 times) for all m/z's stored in the library.
              14.1.3 The relative retention time shall be within the window specified in Table 2.
              14.1.4 The m/z's present in the mass spectrum from the component in the sample that are not present in the reference mass spectrum shall be accounted for by contaminant or background ions. If the mass spectrum is contaminated, an experienced spectrometrist (Section 1.4) shall determine the presence or absence of the compound.

              14.2 Quantitative determination by isotope dilution: By adding a known amount of a labeled compound to every sample prior to derivatization and extraction, correction for recovery of the pollutant can be made because the pollutant and its labeled analog exhibit the same effects upon derivatization, extraction, concentration, and gas chromatography. Relative response (RR) values for sample mixtures are used in conjunction with calibration curves described in Section 10.4 to determine concentrations directly, so long as labeled compound spiking levels are constant. For the phenol example given in Figure 1 (Section 10.4.1), RR would be equal to 1.114. For this RR value, the phenol calibration curve given in Figure 1 indicates a concentration of 27 µg/mL in the sample extract (Cex).
              14.2.1 Compute the concentration in the extract using the response ratio determined from calibration data (Section 10.4) and the following equation:

                ER15ap98.031

              Where:

              Cex = concentration of the pollutant in the extract.
              An = area of the characteristic m/z for the pollutant.
              Cl = concentration of the labeled compound in the extract.
              Al = area of the characteristic m/z for the labeled compound.
              RR = response ratio from the initial calibration.

              14.2.2 For the IPR (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6), compute the percent recovery of each pollutant using the equation in Section 14.6. The percent recovery is used for the evaluation of method and laboratory performance, in the form of IPR (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6).
              14.3 Quantitative determination by internal standard: Compute the concentration using the response factor determined from calibration data (Section 10.5) and the following equation:

                ER15ap98.032

              Where:

              Cex = concentration of the pollutant in the extract.
              As = area of the characteristic m/z for the pollutant.
              Cis = concentration of the internal standard in the extract (see note below).
              Ais = area of the characteristic m/z for the internal standard.
              RF = response factor from the initial calibration.

                Note:

                When this equation is used to compute the extract concentrations of native compounds without labeled analogs, use the area (Ais) and concentration (Cis) of 3,4,5-trichlorophenol (SMIS) as the internal standard.

              For the IPR (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6), compute the percent recovery using the equation in Section 14.6.

                Note:
                Separate calibration curves will be required for samples with and without the addition of ascorbic acid, and also for both extraction procedures (stir-bar and separatory funnel) where applicable.

              14.4 Compute the concentration of the labeled compounds and the SMIS using the equation in Section 14.3, but using the area and concentration of the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the internal standard, and the area of the labeled compound or SMIS as As.
              14.5 Compute the concentration of each pollutant compound in the sample using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.033

              Where:

              Cs = Concentration of the pollutant in the sample.
              Cex = Concentration of the pollutant in the extract.
              Vex = Volume of the concentrated extract (typically 0.5 mL).
              Vo = Volume of the original sample in liters.

              14.6 Compute the recovery of each labeled compound and the SMIS as the ratio of concentration (or amount) found to the concentration (or amount) spiked, using the following equation:

                ER15ap98.034

              These percent recoveries are used to assess method performance according to Sections 9 and 13.
              14.7 If the EICP area at the quantitation m/z for any compound exceeds the calibration range of the system, three approaches are used to obtain results within the calibration range.
              14.7.1 If the recoveries of all the labeled compounds in the original sample aliquot meet the limits in Table 5, then the extract of the sample may be diluted by a maximum of a factor of 10, and the diluted extract reanalyzed.
              14.7.2 If the recovery of any labeled compound is outside its limits in Table 5, or if a tenfold dilution of the extract will not bring the pollutant within the calibration range, then extract and analyze a dilute aliquot of the sample (Section 11). Dilute 100 mL, 10 mL, or an appropriate volume of sample to 1000 mL with reagent water and extract per Section 11.
              14.7.3 If the recoveries of all labeled compounds in the original sample aliquot (Section 14.7.1) meet the limits in Table 5, and if the sample holding time has been exceeded, then the original sample extract is diluted by successive factors of 10, the DFB internal standard is added to give a concentration of 50 µg/mL in the diluted extract, and the diluted extract is analyzed. Quantitation of all analytes is performed using the DFB internal standard.
              14.7.4 If the recoveries of all labeled compounds in the original sample aliquot (Section 14.7.1) or in the dilute aliquot (Section 14.7.2) (if a dilute aliquot was analyzed) do not meet the limits in Table 5, and if the holding time has been exceeded, re-sampling is required.
              14.8 Results are reported for all pollutants, labeled compounds, and the sample matrix internal standard in standards, blanks, and samples, in units of µg/L.
              14.8.1 Results for samples which have been diluted are reported at the least dilute level at which the area at the quantitation m/z is within the calibration range (Section 14.7).
              14.8.2 For compounds having a labeled analog, results are reported at the least dilute level at which the area at the quantitation m/z is within the calibration range (Section 14.7) and the labeled compound recovery is within the normal range for the method (Section 13.3).
              15.0 Method Performance
              15.1 Single laboratory performance for this method is detailed in References 1, 2, and 11. Acceptance criteria were established from multiple laboratory use of the draft method.
              15.2 A chromatogram of the ongoing precision and recovery standard (Section 7.14) is shown in Figure 4.
              16.0 Pollution Prevention

              16.1 The solvents used in this method pose little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.

              16.2 Standards should be prepared in volumes consistent with laboratory use to minimize the volume of expired standards to be disposed.
              17.0 Waste Management
              17.1 It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restrictions, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
              17.2 Samples preserved with HCl or H2SO4 to pH <2 are hazardous and must be neutralized before being disposed, or must be handled as hazardous waste.
              17.3 For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel”, and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction”, both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20036.
              18.0 References
              18.1 “Chlorinated Phenolics in Water by In Situ Acetylation/GC/MS Determination,” Method CP-86.01, National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvement, Inc., 260 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10016 (July 1986).
              18.2 “6240-Chlorinated Phenolics (Interim Standard),” Draft Version, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Manchester Laboratory, Manchester, Washington.
              18.3 “Performance Tests for the Evaluation of Computerized Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry Equipment and Laboratories,” USEPA, EMSL Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-600/4-80-025 (April 1980).
              18.4 “Working with Carcinogens,” DHEW, PHS, CDC, NIOSH, Publication 77-206 (August 1977).
              18.5 “OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry,” OSHA 2206, 29 CFR 1910 (January 1976).
              18.6 “Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories,” ACS Committee on Chemical Safety (1979).
              18.7 “Interlaboratory Validation of U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Method 1625A, Addendum Report,” SRI International, Prepared for Analysis and Evaluation Division (WH-557), USEPA, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 (January 1985).
              18.8 “Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories,” USEPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-600/4-79-019 (March 1979).
              18.9 “Standard Practice for Sampling Water,” ASTM Annual Book of Standards, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA, 76 (1980).
              18.10 “Methods 330.4 and 330.5 for Total Residual Chlorine,” USEPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA 600/4-70-020 (March 1979).
              18.11 “Determination of Chlorophenolics, Special Analytical Services Contract 1047, Episode 1886,” Analytical Technologies, Inc., Prepared for W. A. Telliard, Industrial Technology Division (WH-552), USEPA, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 (June 1990).
              18.12 “Determination of Chlorophenolics by GCMS, Development of Method 1653,” Analytical Technologies, Inc., Prepared for W. A. Telliard, Industrial Technology Division (WH-552), USEPA, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 (May 1991).
              19.0 Tables and Figures

                Table 1—Chlorophenolic Compounds Determined by GCMS Using Isotope Dilution and Internal Standard Techniques

                  Compound
                  Pollutant
                  CAS registry
                  EPA-EGD
                  Labeled compound
                  Analog
                  CAS registry
                  EPA-EGD

                  4-chlorophenol
                  106-48-9
                  1001

                  2,4-dichlorophenol
                  120-83-2
                  1002
                  d3

                  93951-74-7
                  1102

                  2,6-dichlorophenol
                  87-65-0
                  1003

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  95-95-4
                  1004

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  88-06-2
                  1005

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  58-90-2
                  1006

                  pentachlorophenol
                  87-86-5
                  1007

                    13C6

                  85380-74-1
                  1107

                  4-chloroguaiacol
                  16766-30-6
                  1008

                    13C6

                  136955-39-0
                  1108

                  3,4-dichloroguaiacol
                  77102-94-4
                  1009

                  4,5-dichloroguaiacol
                  2460-49-3
                  1010

                  4,6-dichloroguaiacol
                  16766-31-7
                  1011

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  57057-83-7
                  1012

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  60712-44-9
                  1013

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  2668-24-8
                  1014

                    13C6

                  136955-40-3
                  1114

                  tetrachloroguaiacol
                  2539-17-5
                  1015

                    13C6

                  136955-41-4
                  1115

                  4-chlorocatechol
                  2138-22-9
                  1016

                  3,4-dichlorocatechol
                  3978-67-4
                  1017

                  3,6-dichlorocatechol
                  3938-16-7
                  1018

                  4,5-dichlorocatechol
                  3428-24-8
                  1019

                    13C6

                  136955-42-5
                  1119

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  56961-20-7
                  1020

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  32139-72-3
                  1021

                  tetrachlorocatechol
                  1198-55-6
                  1022

                    13C6

                  136955-43-6
                  1122

                  5-chlorovanillin
                  19463-48-0
                  1023

                    13C6

                  136955-44-7
                  1123

                  6-chlorovanillin
                  18268-76-3
                  1024

                  5,6-dichlorovanillin
                  18268-69-4
                  1025

                  2-chlorosyringaldehyde
                  76341-69-0
                  1026

                  2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde
                  76330-06-8
                  1027

                  trichlorosyringol
                  2539-26-6
                  1028

                  Sample matrix internal standard (SMIS)

                  3,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  609-19-8
                  184

                  Instrument internal standard (IIS)

                  2,2′-difluorobiphenyl
                  388-82-9
                  164

                Table 2—Gas Chromatography and Method Detection Limits for Chlorophenolics

                  EGD No. 1

                  Compound
                  Retention time mean (sec) 2

                  EGDref No.

                  RRTwindow 3

                  Minimum level 4 (µg/L)
                  MDL 5
                    (µg/L)

                  1001
                  4-chlorophenol
                  691
                  184
                  0.651-0.681
                  1.25
                  1.11

                  1003
                  2,6-dichlorophenol
                  796
                  184
                  0.757-0.779
                  2.5
                  1.39

                  1102
                  2,4-dichlorophenol-d3

                  818
                  164
                  0.986-0.998

                  1202
                  2,4-dichlorophenol
                  819
                  1102
                  0.997-1.006
                  2.5
                  0.15

                  164
                  2,2′-difluorobiphenyl (I.S.)
                  825
                  164
                  1.000

                  1108
                  4-chloroguaiacol-13C6

                  900
                  164
                  1.077-1.103

                  1208
                  4-chloroguaiacol
                  900
                  1108
                  0.998-1.002
                  1.25
                  0.09

                  1005
                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  920
                  184
                  0.879-0.895
                  2.5
                  0.71

                  1004
                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  979
                  184
                  0.936-0.952
                  2.5
                  0.57

                  1016
                  4-chlorocatechol
                  1004
                  184
                  0.961-0.975
                  1.25
                  0.59

                  1011
                  4,6-dichloroguaiacol
                  1021
                  184
                  0.979-0.991
                  2.5
                  0.45

                  1009
                  3,4-dichloroguaiacol
                  1029
                  184
                  0.986-0.998
                  2.5
                  0.52

                  184
                  3,4,5-trichlorophenol (I.S.)
                  1037
                  164
                  1.242-1.272

                  1010
                  4,5-dichloroguaiacol
                  1071
                  184
                  1.026-1.040
                  2.5
                  0.52

                  1018
                  3,6-dichlorocatechol
                  1084
                  184
                  1.037-1.053
                  2.5
                  0.57

                  1006
                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  1103
                  184
                  1.050-1.078
                  2.5
                  0.38

                  1123
                  5-chlorovanillin-13C6

                  1111
                  164
                  1.327-1.367

                  1223
                  5-chlorovanillin
                  1111
                  1123
                  0.998-1.001
                  2.5
                  1.01

                  1013
                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  1118
                  184
                  1.066-1.090
                  2.5
                  0.46

                  1024
                  6-chlorovanillin
                  1122
                  184
                  1.070-1.094
                  2.5
                  0.94

                  1017
                  3,4-dichlorocatechol
                  1136
                  184
                  1.083-1.105
                  2.5
                  0.60

                  1119
                  4,5-dichlorocatechol-13C6

                  1158
                  164
                  1.384-1.424

                  1219
                  4,5-dichlorocatechol
                  1158
                  1119
                  0.998-1.001
                  2.5
                  0.24

                  1012
                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  1177
                  184
                  1.120-1.160
                  2.5
                  0.49

                  1114
                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol-13C6

                  1208
                  164
                  1.444-1.484

                  1214
                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  1208
                  1114
                  0.998-1.002
                  2.5
                  0.25

                  1021
                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  1213
                  184
                  1.155-1.185
                  5.0
                  0.44

                  1025
                  5,6-dichlorovanillin
                  1246
                  184
                  1.182-1.222
                  5.0
                  0.80

                  1026
                  2-chlorosyringaldehyde
                  1255
                  184
                  1.190-1.230
                  2.5
                  0.87

                  1107
                  pentachlorophenol-13C6

                  1267
                  164
                  1.511-1.561

                  1207
                  pentachlorophenol
                  1268
                  1107
                  0.998-1.002
                  5.0
                  0.28

                  1020
                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  1268
                  184
                  1.208-1.238
                  5.0
                  0.53

                  1115
                  tetrachloroguaiacol-13C6

                  1289
                  164
                  1.537-1.587

                  1215
                  tetrachloroguaiacol
                  1290
                  1115
                  0.998-1.002
                  5.0
                  0.23

                  1028
                  trichlorosyringol
                  1301
                  184
                  1.240-1.270
                  2.5
                  0.64

                  1122
                  tetrachlorocatechol-13C6

                  1365
                  164
                  1.630-1.690

                  1222
                  tetrachlorocatechol
                  1365
                  1122
                  0.998-1.002
                  5.0
                  0.76

                  1027
                  2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde
                  1378
                  184
                  1.309-1.349
                  5.0
                  1.13

                  1 Four digit numbers beginning with 10 indicate a pollutant quantified by the internal standard method; four digit numbers beginning with 11 indicate a labeled compound quantified by the internal standard method; four digit numbers beginning with 12 indicate a pollutant quantified by isotope dilution.

                  2 The retention times in this column are based on data from a single laboratory (reference 12), utilizing the GC conditions in Section 11.

                  3 Relative retention time windows are estimated from EPA Method 1625.

                  4 The minimum level (ML) is defined as the level at which the entire analytical system must give a recognizable signal and acceptable calibration point for the analyte. It is equivalent to the concentration of the lowest calibration standard, assuming that all method-specified sample weights, volumes, and cleanup procedures have been employed.

                  5 40 CFR part 136, appendix B; from reference 2.

                Table 3—DFTPP Mass Intensity Specifications 1

                  Mass
                  Intensity required

                  51
                  8 to 82% of m/z 198.

                  68
                  Less than 2% of m/z 69.

                  69
                  11 to 91% of m/z 198.

                  70
                  Less than 2% of m/z 69.

                  127
                  32 to 59% of m/z 198.

                  197
                  Less than 1% of m/z 198.

                  198
                  Base peak, 100% abundance.

                  199
                  4 to 9% of m/z 198.

                  275
                  11 to 30% of m/z 198.

                  441
                  44 to 110% of m/z 443.

                  442
                  30 to 86% of m/z 198.

                  443
                  14 to 24% of m/z 442.

                  1 Reference 7.

                Table 4—Characteristic M/Z's of Chlorophenolic Compounds

                  Compound
                  Primary m/z

                  4-chlorophenol
                  128

                  2,4-dichlorophenol
                  162

                  2,4-dichlorophenol-d3

                  167

                  2,6-dichlorophenol
                  162

                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  196

                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  196

                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  232

                  pentachlorophenol
                  266

                  pentachlorophenol−13C6

                  272

                  4-chloroguaiacol
                  158

                  4-chloroguaiacol−13C6

                  164

                  3,4-dichloroguaiacol
                  192

                  4,5-dichloroguaiacol
                  192

                  4,6-dichloroguaiacol
                  192

                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  226

                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  226

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  226

                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol−13C6

                  234

                  tetrachloroguaiacol
                  262

                  tetrachloroguaiacol−13C6

                  268

                  4-chlorocatechol
                  144

                  3,4-dichlorocatechol
                  178

                  3,6-dichlorocatechol
                  178

                  4,5-dichlorocatechol
                  178

                  4,5-dichlorocatechol−13C6

                  184

                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  212

                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol
                  212

                  tetrachlorocatechol
                  248

                  tetrachlorocatechol−13C6

                  254

                  5-chlorovanillin
                  186

                  5-chlorovanillin−13C6

                  192

                  6-chlorovanillin
                  186

                  5,6-dichlorovanillin
                  220

                  2-chlorosyringaldehyde
                  216

                  2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde
                  250

                  trichlorosyringol
                  256

                  Sample Matrix Internal Standard (SMIS)

                  3,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  196

                  Instrument Internal Standard (IIS)

                  2,2′-difluorobiphenyl
                  190

                Table 5—Acceptance Criteria for Performance Tests 1

                  EGD No. 2

                  Compound
                  Test conc. 3 (µg/mL)
                  Initial precision and recovery sec. 9.3.2 (percent)
                  s
                  X
                  Ongoing recovery sec. 9.6 (percent)
                  Labeled compound and SMIS recovery sec. 9.4 and 14.6
                  With ascorbic acid P (%)
                  Without ascorbic acid P (%)

                  1001
                  4-chlorophenol
                  25
                  64
                  72-144
                  40-236

                  1202
                  2,4-dichlorophenol
                  50
                  14
                  84-120
                  84-118

                  1102
                  2,4-dichlorophenol-d3

                  25
                  54
                  64-160
                  56-170
                  58-135
                  27-143

                  1003
                  2,6-dichlorophenol
                  50
                  20
                  66-148
                  58-170

                  1004
                  2,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  50
                  14
                  78-140
                  82-128

                  1005
                  2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                  50
                  20
                  72-142
                  72-146

                  1006
                  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol
                  50
                  14
                  80-132
                  82-132

                  1207
                  pentachlorophenol
                  100
                  6
                  90-111
                  84-120

                  1107
                  pentachlorophenol-13C6

                  25
                  21
                  58-169
                  61-157
                  8-143
                  27-167

                  1208
                  4-chloroguaiacol
                  25
                  20
                  88-120
                  88-120

                  1108
                  4-chloroguaiacol-13C6

                  25
                  104
                  68-148
                  64-152
                  59-121
                  43-168

                  1009
                  3,4-dichloroguaiaco 4

                  50
                  18
                  80-126
                  82-126

                  1010
                  4,5-dichloroguaiacol
                  50
                  14
                  82-121
                  80-128

                  1011
                  4,6-dichloroguaiacol
                  50
                  16
                  82-126
                  86-120

                  1012
                  3,4,5-trichloroguaiacol
                  50
                  16
                  78-130
                  80-134

                  1013
                  3,4,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  50
                  16
                  64-152
                  74-140

                  1214
                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol
                  50
                  14
                  92-106
                  88-116

                  1114
                  4,5,6-trichloroguaiacol-13C6

                  25
                  48
                  66-146
                  74-140
                  48-131
                  51-139

                  1215
                  tetrachloroguaiacol
                  100
                  7
                  84-115
                  81-126

                  1115
                  tetrachloroguaiacol-13C6

                  25
                  22
                  57-173
                  65-161
                  35-120
                  27-161

                  1016
                  4-chlorocatechol
                  25
                  48
                  76-140
                  80-124

                  1017
                  3,4-dichlorocatechol
                  50
                  24
                  66-154
                  78-134

                  1018
                  3,6-dichlorocatechol
                  50
                  16
                  78-136
                  84-126

                  1219
                  4,5-dichlorocatechol
                  50
                  8
                  84-118
                  86-122

                  1119
                  4,5-dichlorocatechol-13C6

                  25
                  78
                  68-144
                  66-142
                  33-129
                  0-190

                  1020
                  3,4,5-trichlorocatechol
                  100
                  17
                  60-166
                  72-128

                  1021
                  3,4,6-trichlorocatechol 4

                  100
                  17
                  74-138
                  64-149

                  1222
                  tetrachlorocatechol
                  100
                  29
                  46-234
                  81-132

                  1122
                  tetrachlorocatechol-13C6

                  25
                  39
                  48-227
                  63-152
                  14-118
                  0-184

                  1223
                  5-chlorovanillin
                  50
                  20
                  94-208
                  84-118

                  1123
                  5-chlorovanillin-13C6

                  25
                  84
                  68-160
                  70-144
                  51-126
                  32-254

                  1024
                  6-chlorovanillin
                  50
                  22
                  82-128
                  80-126

                  1025
                  5,6-dichlorovanillin
                  100
                  9
                  67-146
                  77-140

                  1026
                  2-chlorosyringaldehyde
                  50
                  28
                  76-130
                  72-156

                  1027
                  2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde
                  100
                  14
                  82-129
                  60-183

                  1028
                  trichlorosyringol
                  50
                  18
                  76-136
                  66-174

                    Sample Matrix Internal Standard

                  184
                  3,4,5-trichlorophenol
                  100
                  47
                  62-185
                  68-144
                  56-116
                  24-167

                  1 Specifications derived from multi-laboratory testing of draft method.

                  2 Four-digit numbers beginning with 10 indicate a pollutant quantified by the internal standard method; four-digit numbers beginning with 11 indicate a labeled compound quantified by the internal standard method; four-digit numbers beginning with 12 indicate a pollutant quantified by isotope dilution.

                  3 Test concentrations are in units of µg/mL.

                  4 Specification derived from isomer.

                ER15ap98.035

                ER15ap98.036

                ER15ap98.037

                ER15ap98.038

              20.0 Glossary of Definitions and Purposes
              These definitions and purposes are specific to this method but have been conformed to common usage as much as possible.
              20.1 Units of weight and measure and their abbreviations
              20.1.1 Symbols.

              °C degrees Celsius
              µL microliter
              < less than
              > greater than
              % percent

              20.1.2 Alphabetical characters.

              cm centimeter
              g gram
              h hour
              ID inside diameter
              in. inch
              L liter
              M Molecular ion
              m meter
              mg milligram
              min minute
              mL milliliter
              mm millimeter
              m/z mass-to-charge ratio
              N normal; gram molecular weight of solute divided by hydrogen equivalent of solute, per liter of solution
              OD outside diameter
              pg picogram
              ppb part-per-billion
              ppm part-per-million
              ppt part-per-trillion
              psig pounds-per-square inch gauge
              v/v volume per unit volume
              w/v weight per unit volume

              20.2 Definitions and acronyms (in alphabetical order).
              Analyte: A chlorophenolic tested for by this method.
              The analytes are listed in Table 1.

              Calibration standard (CAL): A solution prepared from a secondary standard and/or stock solutions and used to calibrate the response of the instrument with respect to analyte concentration.

              Calibration verification standard (VER): The mid-point calibration standard (CS3) that is used to verify calibration. See Table 4.
              Chlorophenolics: collectively, the analytes listed in Table 1.
              CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4, CS5: See Calibration standards and Table 4.
              Field blank: An aliquot of reagent water or other reference matrix that is placed in a sample container in the laboratory or the field, and treated as a sample in all respects, including exposure to sampling site conditions, storage, preservation, and all analytical procedures. The purpose of the field blank is to determine if the field or sample transporting procedures and environments have contaminated the sample.
              GC: Gas chromatograph or gas chromatography.
              HRGC: High resolution GC.
              IPR: Initial precision and recovery; four aliquots of the diluted PAR standard analyzed to establish the ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy. An IPR is performed prior to the first time this method is used and any time the method or instrumentation is modified.
              K-D: Kuderna-Danish concentrator; a device used to concentrate the analytes in a solvent.
              Laboratory blank: See Method blank.
              Laboratory control sample (LCS): See Ongoing precision and recovery standard (OPR).
              Laboratory reagent blank: See Method blank.
              May: This action, activity, or procedural step is neither required nor prohibited.
              May not: This action, activity, or procedural step is prohibited.
              Method blank: An aliquot of reagent water that is treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware, equipment, solvents, reagents, internal standards, and surrogates that are used with samples. The method blank is used to determine if analytes or interferences are present in the laboratory environment, the reagents, or the apparatus.
              Minimum level (ML): The level at which the entire analytical system must give a recognizable signal and acceptable calibration point for the analyte. It is equivalent to the concentration of the lowest calibration standard, assuming that all method-specified sample weights, volumes, and cleanup procedures have been employed.
              MS: Mass spectrometer or mass spectrometry.
              Must: This action, activity, or procedural step is required.
              OPR: Ongoing precision and recovery standard (OPR); a laboratory blank spiked with known quantities of analytes. The OPR is analyzed exactly like a sample. Its purpose is to assure that the results produced by the laboratory remain within the limits specified in this method for precision and recovery.
              PAR: Precision and recovery standard; secondary standard that is diluted and spiked to form the IPR and OPR.
              Preparation blank: See Method blank.
              Primary dilution standard: A solution containing the specified analytes that is purchased or prepared from stock solutions and diluted as needed to prepare calibration solutions and other solutions.
              Quality control check sample (QCS): A sample containing all or a subset of the analytes at known concentrations. The QCS is obtained from a source external to the laboratory or is prepared from a source of standards different from the source of calibration standards. It is used to check laboratory performance with test materials prepared external to the normal preparation process.
              Reagent water: Water demonstrated to be free from the analytes of interest and potentially interfering substances at the method detection limit for the analyte.
              Relative standard deviation (RSD): The standard deviation times 100 divided by the mean.
              RF: Response factor. See Section 10.5.1.
              RR: Relative response. See Section 10.4.4.
              RSD: See Relative standard deviation.
              Should: This action, activity, or procedural step is suggested but not required.
              Stock solution: A solution containing an analyte that is prepared using a reference material traceable to EPA, the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST), or a source that will attest to the purity and authenticity of the reference material.
              VER: See Calibration verification standard.

          PART 431 [RESERVED]

          Pt. 432
          PART 432—MEAT AND POULTRY PRODUCTS POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

            Sec.
            432.1
            General applicability.
            432.2
            General definitions.
            432.3
            General limitation or standard for pH.
            432.5
            Incorporation by reference.

              Subpart A—Simple Slaughterhouses
              432.10
              Applicability.
              432.11
              Special definitions.
              432.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.13

              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              432.14
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.17
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart B—Complex Slaughterhouses
              432.20
              Applicability.
              432.21
              Special definitions.
              432.22
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.23
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.24
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.27
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart C—Low-Processing Packinghouses
              432.30
              Applicability.
              432.31
              Special definitions.
              432.32
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.33
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.34
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.37
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart D—High-Processing Packinghouses
              432.40
              Applicability.
              432.41
              Special definitions.
              432.42
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.43
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.44
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.47
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart E—Small Processors
              432.50
              Applicability.
              432.51
              Special definitions.
              432.52
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.54
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.55
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.57
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart F—Meat Cutters
              432.60
              Applicability.
              432.61
              Special definitions.
              432.62
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.63
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.64
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.65
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.67
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart G—Sausage and Luncheon Meats Processors
              432.70
              Applicability.
              432.71
              Special definitions.
              432.72
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.73
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.74
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.75
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              432.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.77
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart H—Ham Processors
              432.80
              Applicability.
              432.81
              Special definitions.
              432.82
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.83
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.84
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.85
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.87
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart I—Canned Meats Processors
              432.90
              Applicability.
              432.91
              Special definitions.
              432.92
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.93
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.94
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.95
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.97
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart J—Renderers
              432.100
              Applicability.
              432.101
              Special definitions.
              432.102
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.103
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.104
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.105
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.107
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart K—Poultry First Processing
              432.110
              Applicability.
              432.111
              Special definitions.
              432.112
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.113
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.114
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.115
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.117
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Subpart L—Poultry Further Processing
              432.120
              Applicability.
              432.121
              Special definitions. [Reserved]
              432.122
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              432.123
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              432.124
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]
              432.125
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              432.126
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]
              432.127
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.

            Source:
            69 FR 54541, Sept. 8, 2004, unless otherwise noted.

            § 432.1
            General Applicability.

            As defined more specifically in subparts A through L of this part, this part applies to discharges of process wastewater to waters of the U.S. from facilities engaged in the slaughtering, dressing and packing of meat and poultry products for human consumption and/or animal food and feeds. Meat and poultry products for human consumption include meat and poultry from cattle, hogs, sheep, chickens, turkeys, ducks and other fowl as well as sausages, luncheon meats and cured, smoked or canned or other prepared meat and poultry products from purchased carcasses and other materials. Meat and poultry products for animal food and feeds include animal oils, meat meal and facilities that render grease and tallow from animal fat, bones and meat scraps. Manufacturing activities which may be subject to this part are generally reported under the following industrial classification codes:

                Standard industrial classification 1

                North Americanindustrial
                  classification
                  system 2

                SIC 0751
                NAICS 311611.

                SIC 2011
                NAICS 311612.

                SIC 2013
                NAICS 311615.

                SIC 2015
                NAICS 311613.

                SIC 2047
                NAICS 311111.

                SIC 2048
                NAICS 311119.

                SIC 2077
                NAICS 311999.

                1 Source: 1987 SIC Manual

                2 Source: 1997 NAICS Manual

            § 432.2
            General definitions.
            As used in this part:
            (a) The general definitions and abbreviations in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
            (b) ELWK (equivalent live weight killed) means the total weight of animals slaughtered at locations other than the slaughterhouse or packinghouse that processes the animals hides, blood, viscera or other renderable materials.
            (c) Fecal coliform means the bacterial count, as determined by approved methods of analysis for Parameter 1 in Table 1A in 40 CFR 136.3.
            (d) Finished product means the final fresh or frozen products resulting from the further processing as defined below of either whole or cut-up meat or poultry carcasses.
            (e) Further processing means operations that utilize whole carcasses or cut-up meat or poultry products for the production of fresh or frozen products, and may include the following types of processing: Cutting and deboning, cooking, seasoning, smoking, canning, grinding, chopping, dicing, forming, breading, breaking, trimming, skinning, tenderizing, marinating, curing, pickling, extruding and/or linking.
            (f) LWK (live weight killed) means the total weight of animals slaughtered.
            (g) Meat means products derived from the slaughter and processing of cattle, calves, hogs, sheep and any meat that is not listed under the definition of poultry below.
            (h) Packinghouse means a plant that both slaughters animals and subsequently processes carcasses into cured, smoked, canned or other prepared meat products.
            (i) Poultry means products derived from the slaughter and processing of broilers, other young chickens, mature chickens, hens, turkeys, capons, geese, ducks, small game fowl such as quail or pheasants, and small game such as rabbits.
            (j) Raw material means the basic input materials to a renderer composed of animal and poultry trimmings, bones, blood, meat scraps, dead animals, feathers and related usable by-products.
            (k) Slaughterhouse means a facility that slaughters animals and has as its main product fresh meat as whole, half or quarter carcasses or small meat cuts.
            (l) The approved methods of analysis for the following six parameters are found in Table 1B in 40 CFR 136.3. The nitrate/nitrite part of total nitrogen may also be measured by EPA Method 300.0 (incorporated by reference, see § 432.5).
            (1) Ammonia (as N) means ammonia measured as nitrogen.
            (2) BOD
              5 means 5-day biochemical oxygen demand.
            (3) O&G means total recoverable oil and grease.
            (4) O&G (as HEM) means total recoverable oil and grease measured as n-hexane extractable material.
            (5) Total Nitrogen means the total of nitrate/nitrite and total Kjeldahl nitrogen.
            (6) TSS means total suspended solids.

            § 432.3
            General limitation or standard for pH.
            Any discharge subject to BPT, BCT, or NSPS limitations or standards in this part must remain within the pH range of 6 to 9.

            § 432.5
            Incorporation by reference.

            (a) The material listed in this section is incorporated by reference in the corresponding sections in this part, as noted. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this material in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. This material is incorporated as it exists on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in this material will be published in the Federal Register. The material is available for purchase at the address in paragraph (b) of this section and is available for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC, or at the EPA Docket Center, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., EPA West Room B-102, Washington, DC.
            (b) The following material is available for purchase from the National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. The toll-free telephone number is (800) 553-6847.
            (1) “Method 300.0 Determination of Inorganic Anions by Ion Chromatography” (Revision 2.1) found in “Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,” EPA 600-R-93/100 (order number PB94-120821), August 1993, IBR approved for § 432.2(l).
            (2) [Reserved]

            Subpart A—Simple Slaughterhouses

              § 432.10
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by simple slaughterhouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.

              § 432.11
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart: Simple slaughterhouse means a slaughterhouse that provides only minimal, if any, processing of the by-products of meat slaughtering. A simple slaughterhouse would include usually no more than two by-product processing operations such as rendering, paunch and viscera handling, or processing of blood, hide or hair.

              § 432.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD 5

                  0.24
                  0.12

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.12
                  0.06

                  TSS
                  0.40
                  0.20

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

                  2 Maximum of 400 most probable number (MPN) or colony forming units (CFU) per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the following limitations apply:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD 5

                  0.04
                  0.02

                  TSS
                  0.08
                  0.04

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the following limitations apply:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD 5

                  0.04
                  0.02

                  TSS
                  0.08
                  0.04

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the following limitations apply:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD 5

                  0.06
                  0.03

                  TSS
                  0.12
                  0.06

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the following limitations apply:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.02
                  0.01

                  TSS
                  0.04
                  0.02

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitation for ammonia (as N):

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site, the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section apply.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section also apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section apply.

              (6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section apply.

              § 432.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  194
                  134

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.14
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 432.12(a)(1); and standards for ammonia (as N) are as follows:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.34
                  0.17

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) and the following standards for ammonia (as N) apply:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.06
                  0.03

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) and the following standards for ammonia (as N) apply:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.10
                  0.05

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) and the following standards for ammonia (as N) apply:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.04
                  0.02

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) ELWK.

              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards.

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.12(a)(1) and the standards for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are as follows:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  194
                  134

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.15 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.12 and 432.13.

              § 432.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.17
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS, O&G, and fecal coliform are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.12.

            Subpart B—Complex Slaughterhouses

              § 432.20
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater associated with the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by complex slaughterhouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.

              § 432.21
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart: Complex slaughterhouse means a slaughterhouse that provides extensive processing of the by-products of meat slaughtering. A complex slaughterhouse would usually include at least three processing operations such as rendering, paunch and viscera handling, or processing of blood, hide or hair.

              § 432.22
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations:
              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.42
                  0.21

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.16
                  0.08

                  TSS
                  0.50
                  0.25

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(2) apply.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitation for ammonia (as N):

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section apply.

              (6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section apply.

              § 432.23
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as specified in § 432.13.

              § 432.24
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.22(a)(1), and the standards for ammonia (as N) are as follows:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.48
                  0.24

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

              (2) In addition to the standard specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the supplemental limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(2) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standard specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the supplemental limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(3) apply.

              (4) In addition to the standard specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(4) apply.
              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 432.22(a)(1) and the standards for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.15(b)(1).

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.25 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.22 and 432.23.

              § 432.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.27
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.22.

            Subpart C—Low-processing Packinghouses

              § 432.30
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by low-processing packinghouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.

              § 432.31
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart: Low-processing packinghouse means a packinghouse that processes no more, and usually fewer than, the total number of animals slaughtered at that plant.

              § 432.32
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD 5

                  0.34
                  0.17

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.16
                  0.08

                  TSS
                  0.48
                  0.24

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(2) apply.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitation for ammonia (as N):

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section apply.

              (6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section apply.

              § 432.33
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: the limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as specified in § 432.13.

              § 432.34
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.32(a)(1) and the standards for ammonia (as N) are as follows:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.48
                  0.24

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(2) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(3) apply in addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(4) apply.
              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 432.32(a)(1) and the standards for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.15(b)(1).

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.35 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.32 and 432.33.

              § 432.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.37
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.32.

            Subpart D—High-Processing Packinghouse

              § 432.40
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by high-processing packinghouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.

              § 432.41
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart: High-processing packinghouse means a packinghouse which processes both animals slaughtered at the site and additional carcasses from outside sources.

              § 432.42
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5 2

                  0.48
                  0.24

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (3)
                  (4)

                  O&G 5

                  0.26
                  0.13

                  TSS 2

                  0.62
                  0.31

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

                  2 The values for BOD5 and TSS are for average plants, i.e., plants where the ratio of avg. wt. of processed meat products/avg. LWK is 0.55. Adjustments can be made for high-processing packinghouses operating at other such ratios according to the following equations: lbs BOD5/1000 lbs LWK = 0.21 + 0.23 (v—0.4) and lbs TSS/1000 lbs LWK = 0.28 + 0.3 (v—0.4), where v equals the following ratio: lbs processed meat products/lbs LWK.

                  3 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  4 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  5 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(2) apply.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
              (1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitations for ammonia (as N):

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

              (3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply.

              (4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section apply.

              (5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section apply.

              (6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section apply.

              § 432.43
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as specified in § 432.13.

              § 432.44
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.42(a)(1); and standards for ammonia (as N) are as follows:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  0.80
                  0.40

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) LWK.

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(2) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(3) apply.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) and the standards for ammonia (as N) specified in § 432.15(a)(4) apply:
              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

              (1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.42(a)(1); and standards for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as the limitations specified in § 432.15(b)(1).

              (2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(3) apply.

              (3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(4) apply in addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

              (4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in § 432.12(a)(5) apply.
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.45 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.42 and 432.43.

              § 432.46
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.47
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, TSS, and O&G are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.42.

            Subpart E—Small Processors

              § 432.50
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of finished meat products such as fresh meat cuts, smoked products, canned products, hams, sausages, luncheon meats, or similar products by a small processor.

              § 432.51
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Finished product means the final product, such as fresh meat cuts, hams, bacon or other smoked meats, sausage, luncheon meats, stew, canned meats or related products.
              (b) Small processor means an operation that produces no more than 6000 lbs (2730 kg) per day of any type or combination of finished products.

              § 432.52
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  2.0
                  1.0

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  O&G 3

                  1.0
                  0.5

                  TSS
                  2.4
                  1.2

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of finished product.

                  2 No limitation.

                  3 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              § 432.54
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.55
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards
                (NSPS)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  1.0
                  0.5

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  O&G 3

                  0.5
                  0.25

                  TSS
                  1.2
                  0.6

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of finished product.

                  2 No limitation.

                  3 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              § 432.56
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.57
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS and O&G are the same as the corresponding standard specified in § 432.55.

            Subpart F—Meat Cutters

              § 432.60
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of fresh meat cuts, such as steaks, roasts, chops, etc. by a meat cutter.

              § 432.61
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Finished product means the final product, such as fresh meat cuts including, but not limited to, steaks, roasts, chops, or boneless meats.
              (b) Meat cutter means an operation which cuts or otherwise produces fresh meat cuts and related finished products from larger pieces of meat (carcasses or not carcasses), at rates greater than 6000 lbs (2730 kg) per day.

              § 432.62
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.036
                  0.018

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.012
                  0.006

                  TSS
                  0.044
                  0.022

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of finished product.

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

              § 432.63
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  194
                  134

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.64
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.65
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.62(a).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.62(b) and the limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen specified in § 432.63(b).
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.65 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.62 and 432.63.

              § 432.66
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.67
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.62.

            Subpart G—Sausage and Luncheon Meats Processors

              § 432.70
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of fresh meat cuts, sausage, bologna and other luncheon meats by a sausage and luncheon meat processor.

              § 432.71
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Finished product means the final product as fresh meat cuts, which includes steaks, roasts, chops or boneless meat, bacon or other smoked meats (except hams) such as sausage, bologna or other luncheon meats, or related products (except canned meats).
              (b) Sausage and luncheon meat processor means an operation which cuts fresh meats, grinds, mixes, seasons, smokes or otherwise produces finished products such as sausage, bologna and luncheon meats at rates greater than 6000 lbs (2730 kg) per day.

              § 432.72
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.56
                  0.28

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.20
                  0.10

                  TSS
                  0.68
                  0.34

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of finished product.

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

              § 432.73
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  194
                  134

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.74
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.75
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.72(a).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.72(b) and the limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen specified in § 432.73(b).
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.75 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.72 and 432.73.

              § 432.76
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.77
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.72.

            Subpart H—Ham Processors

              § 432.80
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of hams, alone or in combination with other finished products, by a ham processor.

              § 432.81
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Finished products means the final product as fresh meat cuts, which includes steaks, roasts, chops or boneless meat, smoked or cured hams, bacon or other smoked meats, sausage, bologna or other luncheon meats (except canned meats).
              (b) Ham processor means an operation producing hams, alone or in combination with other finished products, at rates greater than 6000 lbs (2730 kg) per day.

              § 432.82
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.62
                  0.31

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.22
                  0.11

                  TSS
                  0.74
                  0.37

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of finished product.

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

              § 432.83
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  194
                  134

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.84
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.85
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the standards for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.82(a).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.82(b) and the limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen specified in § 432.83(b).
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.85 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.82 and 432.83.

              § 432.86
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.87
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 432.82.

            Subpart I—Canned Meats Processors

              § 432.90
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of canned meats, alone or in combination with any other finished products, by a canned meats processor.

              § 432.91
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Canned meats processor means an operation which prepares and cans meats (stew, sandwich spreads, or similar products), alone or in combination with other finished products, at rates greater than 6000 lbs (2730 kg) per day.
              (b) Finished products means the final product, such as fresh meat cuts which includes steaks, roasts, chops or boneless meat, smoked or cured hams, bacon or other smoked meats, sausage, bologna or other luncheon meats, stews, sandwich spreads or other canned meats.

              § 432.92
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.74
                  0.37

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.26
                  0.13

                  TSS
                  0.90
                  0.45

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of finished product.

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

              § 432.93
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  194
                  134

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.94
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.95
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the standards for BOD 5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.92(a).

              (b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS specified in § 432.92(b) and the limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen specified in § 432.93(b).
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.95 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.92 and 432.93.

              § 432.96
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.97
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.92.

            Subpart J—Renderers

              § 432.100
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat meal, dried animal by-product residues (tankage), animal oils, grease and tallow, and in some cases hide curing, by a renderer.

              § 432.101
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Raw material (RM) means the basic input materials to a renderer composed of animal and poultry trimmings, bones, meat scraps, dead animals, feathers and related usable by-products.
              (b) Renderer means an independent or off-site rendering operation, which is conducted separate from a slaughterhouse, packinghouse or poultry dressing or processing operation, uses raw material at rates greater than 10 million pounds per year, produces meat meal, tankage, animal fats or oils, grease, and tallow, and may cure cattle hides, but excludes marine oils, fish meal, and fish oils.

              (c) Tankage means dried animal by-product residues used in feedstuffs.
              (d) Tallow means a product made from beef cattle or sheep fat that has a melting point of 40 °C or greater.

              § 432.102
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  BOD5

                  0.34
                  0.17

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 4

                  0.20
                  0.10

                  TSS
                  0.42
                  0.21

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of raw material (RM).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

              (b) The limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section were derived for a renderer which does not cure cattle hide. If a renderer does cure cattle hide, the following formulas should be used to calculate BOD5 and TSS limitations for process wastewater associated with cattle hide curing that apply in addition to the limitation specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

              lbs BOD5/1000 lbs RM = 17.6 × (no. of hides)/lbs RM
              kg BOD5/kkg RM = 8 × (no. of hides)/kg RM
              lbs TSS/1000 lbs RM = 24.2 × (no. of hides)/lbs RM
              kg TSS/kkg RM = 11 × (no. of hides)/kg RM

              § 432.103
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily
                  Maximum monthly avg.

                  Ammonia (as N) 1

                  0.14
                  0.07

                  Total Nitrogen 2

                  194
                  134

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (g/kg) of raw material (RM).

                  2 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.104
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.105
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily
                  Maximum monthly avg.

                  Ammonia (as N) 1

                  0.14
                  0.07

                  BOD 5 1

                  0.18
                  0.09

                  Fecal coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G 1 4

                  0.10
                  0.05

                  Total Nitrogen 5

                  194
                  134

                  TSS 1

                  0.22
                  0.11

                  1 Pounds per 1000 lbs (or g/kg) of raw material (RM).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

                  4 May be measured as hexane extractable material (HEM).

                  5 mg/L (ppm).

              (b) The standards for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section were derived for a renderer that does not cure cattle hide as part of the plant operations. If a renderer does cure hide, the same empirical formulas specified in § 432.107(b) should be used to calculate BOD5 and TSS limitations for process wastewater associated with cattle hide curing that apply in addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
              (c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.105 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.103 and 432.107.

              § 432.106
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.107
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, fecal coliform, O&G, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.105(a).
              (b) The limitations for BOD5 and TSS specified in paragraph (a) of this section were derived for a renderer which does not cure cattle hide. If a renderer does cure hide, the following formulas should be used to calculate BOD5 and TSS limitations for process wastewater associated with cattle hide curing, in addition to the limitation specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

              lbs BOD5/1000 lbs RM = 7.9 × (no. of hides)/lbs RM
              kg BOD5/kkg RM = 3.6 × (no. of hides)/kg RM
              lbs TSS/1000 lbs RM = 13.6 × (no. of hides)/lbs RM
              kg TSS/kkg RM = 6.2 × (no. of hides)/kg RM

            Subpart K—Poultry First Processing

              § 432.110
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the slaughtering of poultry, further processing of poultry and rendering of material derived from slaughtered poultry. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.

              § 432.111
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart: Poultry first processing means slaughtering of poultry and producing whole, halved, quarter or smaller meat cuts.

              § 432.112
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  BOD5

                  26
                  16

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G (as HEM)
                  14
                  8.0

                  TSS
                  30
                  20

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

              § 432.113
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  147
                  103

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.114
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.115
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  BOD5

                  26
                  16

                  Fecal Coliform
                  ( 2 )
                  ( 3 )

                  O&G (as HEM)
                  14
                  8.0

                  TSS
                  30
                  20

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

              (b) Facilities that slaughter more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  BOD5

                  26
                  16

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G (as HEM)
                  14
                  8.0

                  TSS
                  30
                  20

                  Total Nitrogen
                  147
                  103

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

              § 432.116
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.117
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS, O&G (as HEM), and fecal coliform are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.112.

            Subpart L—Poultry Further Processing

              § 432.120
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from further processing of poultry.

              § 432.121
              Special definitions. [Reserved]

              § 432.122
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that further processes more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  BOD5

                  26
                  16

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G (as HEM)
                  14
                  8.0

                  TSS
                  30
                  20

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

              § 432.123
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that further processes more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BAT]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  Total Nitrogen
                  147
                  103

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 432.124
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). [Reserved]

              § 432.125
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

              (a) Facilities that further process no more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  BOD5

                  26
                  16

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G (as HEM)
                  14
                  8.0

                  TSS
                  30
                  20

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

              (b) Facilities that further process more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following performance standards:

                Effluent Limitations
                [NSPS]

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  8.0
                  4.0

                  BOD5

                  26
                  16

                  Fecal Coliform
                  (2)
                  (3)

                  O&G (as HEM)
                  14
                  8.0

                  TSS
                  30
                  20

                  Total Nitrogen
                  147
                  103

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Maximum of 400 MPN or CFU per 100 mL at any time.

                  3 No maximum monthly average limitation.

              § 432.126
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). [Reserved]

              § 432.127
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS, O&G (as HEM), and fecal coliform are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 432.122.

          Pt. 433
          PART 433—METAL FINISHING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Metal Finishing Subcategory
              Sec.
              433.10
              Applicability; description of the metal finishing point source category.
              433.11
              Specialized definitions.
              433.12
              Monitoring requirements.
              433.13
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              433.14
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              433.15
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              433.16
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              433.17
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart B [Reserved]

            Authority:
            Secs. 301, 304(b), (c), (e), and (g), 306(b) and (c), 307(b) and (c), 308 and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1971, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b) (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), 1318 and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.

            Source:
            48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—Metal Finishing Subcategory

              § 433.10
              Applicability; description of the metal finishing point source category.

              (a) Except as noted in paragraphs (b) and (c), of this section, the provisions of this subpart apply to plants which perform any of the following six metal finishing operations on any basis material: Electroplating, Electroless Plating, Anodizing, Coating (chromating, phosphating, and coloring), Chemical Etching and Milling, and Printed Circuit Board Manufacture. If any of those six operations are present, then this part applies to discharges from those operations and also to discharges from any of the following 40 process operations: Cleaning, Machining, Grinding, Polishing, Tumbling, Burnishing, Impact Deformation, Pressure Deformation, Shearing, Heat Treating, Thermal Cutting, Welding, Brazing, Soldering, Flame Spraying, Sand Blasting, Other Abrasive Jet Machining, Electric Discharge Machining, Electrochemical Machining, Electron Beam Machining, Laser Beam Machining, Plasma Arc Machining, Ultrasonic Machining, Sintering, Laminating, Hot Dip Coating, Sputtering, Vapor Plating, Thermal Infusion, Salt Bath Descaling, Solvent Degreasing, Paint Stripping, Painting, Electrostatic Painting, Electropainting, Vacuum Metalizing, Assembly, Calibration, Testing, and Mechanical Plating.

              (b) In some cases effluent limitations and standards for the following industrial categories may be effective and applicable to wastewater discharges from the metal finishing operations listed above. In such cases these part 433 limits shall not apply and the following regulations shall apply:

                Nonferrous metal smelting and refining (40 CFR part 421)
                Coil coating (40 CFR part 465)
                Porcelain enameling (40 CFR part 466)
                Battery manufacturing (40 CFR part 461)
                Iron and steel (40 CFR part 420)
                Metal casting foundries (40 CFR part 464)
                Aluminum forming (40 CFR part 467)
                Copper forming (40 CFR part 468)
                Plastic molding and forming (40 CFR part 463)
                Nonferrous forming (40 CFR part 471)
                Electrical and electronic components (40 CFR part 469)

              (c) This part does not apply to:
              (1) Metallic platemaking and gravure cylinder preparation conducted within or for printing and publishing facilities; and
              (2) Existing indirect discharging job shops and independent printed circuit board manufacturers which are covered by 40 CFR part 413.)
              [48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682, Sept. 26, 1983; 48 FR 45105, Oct. 3, 1983; 51 FR 40421, Nov. 7, 1986]

              § 433.11
              Specialized definitions.
              The definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods set forth in 40 CFR part 136 are both incorporated here by reference. In addition, the following definitions apply to this part:
              (a) The term “T”, as in “Cyanide, T”, shall mean total.
              (b) The term “A”, as in “Cyanide A”, shall mean amenable to alkaline chlorination.
              (c) The term “job shop” shall mean a facility which owns not more than 50% (annual area basis) of the materials undergoing metal finishing.
              (d) The term “independent” printed circuit board manufacturer shall mean a facility which manufacturers printed circuit boards principally for sale to other companies.

              (e) The term “TTO” shall mean total toxic organics, which is the summation of all quantifiable values greater than .01 milligrams per liter for the following toxic organics:

                Acenaphthene
                Acrolein
                Acrylonitrile
                Benzene
                Benzidine
                Carbon tetrachloride (tetrachloromethane)
                Chlorobenzene
                1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
                Hexachlorobenzene
                1,2,-Dichloroethane
                1,1,1-Trichloroethane
                Hexachloroethane
                1,1-Dichloroethane
                1,1,2-Trichloroethane
                1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
                Chloroethane
                Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
                2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether (mixed)
                2-Chloronaphthalene
                2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                Parachlorometa cresol
                Chloroform (trichloromethane)
                2-Chlorophenol
                1,2-Dichlorobenzene
                1,3-Dichlorobenzene
                1,4-Dichlorobenzene
                3,3-Dichlorobenzidine
                1,1-Dichloroethylene
                1,2-Trans-dichloroethylene
                2,4-Dichlorophenol
                1,2-Dichloropropane
                1,3-Dichloropropylene (1,3-dichloropropene)
                2,4-Dimethylphenol
                2,4-Dinitrotoluene
                2,6-Dinitrotoluene
                1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
                Ethylbenzene
                Fluoranthene
                4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether
                4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
                Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
                Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
                Methylene chloride (dichloromethane)
                Methyl chloride (chloromethane)
                Methyl bromide (bromomethane)

                Bromoform (tribromomethane)
                Dichlorobromomethane
                Chlorodibromomethane
                Hexachlorobutadiene
                Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
                Isophorone
                Naphthalene
                Nitrobenzene
                2-Nitrophenol
                4-Nitrophenol
                2,4-Dinitrophenol
                4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
                N-nitrosodimethylamine
                N-nitrosodiphenylamine
                N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine
                Pentachlorophenol
                Phenol
                Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                Butyl benzyl phthalate
                Di-n-butyl phthalate
                Di-n-octyl phthalate
                Diethyl phthalate
                Dimethyl phthalate
                1,2-Benzanthracene
                 (benzo(a)anthracene)
                Benzo(a)pyrene (3,4-benzopyrene)
                3,4-Benzofluoranthene (benzo(b)fluoranthene)
                11,12-Benzofluoranthene (benzo(k)fluoranthene)
                Chrysene
                Acenaphthylene
                Anthracene
                1,12-Benzoperylene (benzo(ghi)perylene)
                Fluorene
                Phenanthrene
                1,2,5,6-Dibenzanthracene (dibenzo(a,h)anthracene)
                Indeno(1,2,3-cd) pyrene (2,3-o-phenlene pyrene)
                Pyrene
                Tetrachloroethylene
                Toluene
                Trichloroethylene
                Vinyl chloride (chloroethylene)
                Aldrin
                Dieldrin
                Chlordane (technical mixture and metabolites)
                4,4-DDT
                4,4-DDE (p,p-DDX)
                4,4-DDD (p,p-TDE)
                Alpha-endosulfan
                Beta-endosulfan
                Endosulfan sulfate
                Endrin
                Endrin aldehyde
                Heptachlor
                Heptachlor epoxide
                 (BHC-hexachloro-
                 cyclohexane)
                 Alpha-BHC
                 Beta-BHC
                 Gamma-BHC
                 Delta-BHC
                 (PCB-polychlorinated biphenyls)
                 PCB-1242 (Arochlor 1242)
                 PCB-1254 (Arochlor 1254)
                 PCB-1221 (Arochlor 1221)
                 PCB-1232 (Arochlor 1232)
                 PCB-1248 (Arochlor 1248)
                 PCB-1260 (Arochlor 1260)
                 PCB-1016 (Arochlor 1016)
                 Toxaphene
                 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)

              [48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682, Sept. 26, 1983, as amended at 51 FR 40421, Nov. 7, 1986]

              § 433.12
              Monitoring requirements.
              (a) In lieu of requiring monitoring for TTO, the permitting authority (or, in the case of indirect dischargers, the control authority) may allow dischargers to make the following certification statement: “Based on my inquiry of the person or persons directly responsible for managing compliance with the permit limitation [or pretreatment standard] for total toxic organics (TTO), I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, no dumping of concentrated toxic organics into the wastewaters has occurred since filing of the last discharge monitoring report. I further certify that this facility is implementing the toxic organic management plan submitted to the permitting [or control] authority.” For direct dischargers, this statement is to be included as a “comment” on the Discharge Monitoring Report required by 40 CFR 122.44(i), formerly 40 CFR 122.62(i). For indirect dischargers, the statement is to be included as a comment to the periodic reports required by 40 CFR 403.12(e). If monitoring is necessary to measure compliance with the TTO standard, the industrial discharger need analyse for only those pollutants which would reasonably be expected to be present.

              (b) In requesting the certification alternative, a discharger shall submit a solvent management plan that specifies to the satisfaction of the permitting authority (or, in the case of indirect dischargers, the control authority) the toxic organic compounds used; the method of disposal used instead of dumping, such as reclamation, contract hauling, or incineration; and procedures for ensuring that toxic organics do not routinely spill or leak into the wastewater. For direct dischargers, the permitting authority shall incorporate the plan as a provision of the permit.

              (c) Self-monitoring for cyanide must be conducted after cyanide treatment and before dilution with other streams. Alternatively, samples may be taken of the final effluent, if the plant limitations are adjusted based on the dilution ratio of the cyanide waste stream flow to the effluent flow.
              (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2040-0074)
              [48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682, Sept. 26, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 34823, Sept. 4, 1984]

              § 433.13
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cadmium (T)
                  0.69
                  0.26

                  Chromium (T)
                  2.77
                  1.71

                  Copper (T)
                  3.38
                  2.07

                  Lead (T)
                  0.69
                  0.43

                  Nickel (T)
                  3.98
                  2.38

                  Silver (T)
                  0.43
                  0.24

                  Zinc (T)
                  2.61
                  1.48

                  Cyanide (T)
                  1.20
                  0.65

                  TTO
                  2.13

                  Oil & Grease
                  52
                  26

                  TSS
                  60
                  31

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cyanide (A)
                  0.86
                  0.32

              (c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.

              § 433.14
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cadmium (T)
                  0.69
                  0.26

                  Chromium (T)
                  2.77
                  1.71

                  Copper (T)
                  3.38
                  2.07

                  Lead (T)
                  0.69
                  0.43

                  Nickel (T)
                  3.98
                  2.38

                  Silver (T)
                  0.43
                  0.24

                  Zinc (T)
                  2.61
                  1.48

                  Cyanide (T)
                  1.20
                  0.65

                  TTO
                  2.13

              (b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cyanide (A)
                  0.86
                  0.32

              (c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.

              § 433.15
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):

                PSES for All Plants Except Job Shops and Independent Printed Circuit Board Manufacturers

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cadmium (T)
                  0.69
                  0.26

                  Chromium (T)
                  2.77
                  1.71

                  Copper (T)
                  3.38
                  2.07

                  Lead (T)
                  0.69
                  0.43

                  Nickel (T)
                  3.98
                  2.38

                  Silver (T)
                  0.43
                  0.24

                  Zinc (T)
                  2.61
                  1.48

                  Cyanide (T)
                  1.20
                  0.65

                  TTO
                  2.13

              (b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority. The following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cyanide (A)
                  0.86
                  0.32

              (c) No user introducing wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works under the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this standard.
              (d) An existing source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 433.12 (a) and (b) of this regulation must implement the toxic organic management plan approved by the control authority.
              (e) An existing source subject to this subpart shall comply with a daily maximum pretreatment standard for TTO of 4.57 mg/l.
              (f) Compliance with the provisions of paragraph (c), (d), and (e) of this section shall be achieved as soon as possible, but not later than June 30, 1984, however metal finishing facilities which are also covered by part 420 (iron and steel) need not comply before July 10, 1985. Compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be achieved as soon as possible, but not later than February 15, 1986.
              [48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 41410, Sept. 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682, Sept. 26, 1983]

              § 433.16
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

                NSPS

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cadmium (T)
                  0.11
                  0.07

                  Chromium (T)
                  2.77
                  1.71

                  Copper (T)
                  3.38
                  2.07

                  Lead (T)
                  0.69
                  0.43

                  Nickel (T)
                  3.98
                  2.38

                  Silver (T)
                  0.43
                  0.24

                  Zinc (T)
                  2.61
                  1.48

                  Cyanide (T)
                  1.20
                  0.65

                  TTO
                  2.13

                  Oil and Grease
                  52
                  26

                  TSS
                  60
                  31

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cyanide (A)
                  0.86
                  0.32

              (c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.
              [48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682, Sept. 26, 1983]

              § 433.17
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS):

                PSNS

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cadmium (T)
                  0.11
                  0.07

                  Chromium (T)
                  2.77
                  1.71

                  Copper (T)
                  3.38
                  2.07

                  Lead (T)
                  0.69
                  0.43

                  Nickel (T)
                  3.98
                  2.38

                  Silver (T)
                  0.43
                  0.24

                  Zinc (T)
                  2.61
                  1.48

                  Cyanide (T)
                  1.20
                  0.65

                  TTO
                  2.13

              (b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to these limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Monthly average shall not exceed

                  Milligrams per liter (mg/l)

                  Cyanide (A)
                  0.86
                  0.32

              (c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.
              (d) An existing source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 433.12 (a) and (b) of this regulation must implement the toxic organic management plan approved by the control authority.
              [48 FR 32485, July 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682, Sept. 26, 1983]

            Subpart B [Reserved]

          Pt. 434
          PART 434—COAL MINING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY BPT, BAT, BCT LIMITATIONS AND NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

              Subpart A—General Provisions
              Sec.
              434.10
              Applicability.
              434.11
              General definitions.

              Subpart B—Coal Preparation Plants and Coal Preparation Plant Associated Areas
              434.20
              Applicability.
              434.21
              [Reserved]
              434.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              434.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              434.24
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              434.25
              New source performance standard (NSPS).

              Subpart C—Acid or Ferruginous Mine Drainage
              434.30
              Applicability; description of the acid or ferruginous mine drainage subcategory.
              434.31
              [Reserved]
              434.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              434.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              434.34

              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              434.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Subpart D—Alkaline Mine Drainage
              434.40
              Applicability; description of the alkaline mine drainage subcategory
              434.41
              [Reserved]
              434.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              434.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              434.44
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              434.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Subpart E—Post-Mining Areas
              434.50
              Applicability.
              434.51
              [Reserved]
              434.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              434.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              434.54
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              434.55
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Subpart F—Miscellaneous Provisions
              434.60
              Applicability.
              434.61
              Commingling of waste streams.
              434.62
              Alternate effluent limitations for pH.
              434.63
              Effluent limitations for precipitation events.
              434.64
              Procedure and method detection limit for measurement of settleable solids.
              434.65
              Modifications of NPDES Permits for New Sources.

              Subpart G—Coal Remining
              434.70
              Specialized definitions.
              434.71
              Applicability.
              434.72
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              434.73
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              434.74
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              434.75
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Subpart H—Western Alkaline Coal Mining
              434.80
              Specialized definitions.
              434.81
              Applicability.
              434.82
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              434.83
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              434.84
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]
              434.85
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Appendix A to Part 434—Alternate Storm Limitations for Acid or Ferruginous Mine Drainage
              Appendix B to Part 434—Baseline Determination and Compliance Monitoring for Pre-existing Discharges at Remining Operations

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1311 1314(b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), and 1361.

            Source:
            50 FR 41305, Oct. 9, 1985, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—General Provisions

              § 434.10
              Applicability.
              This part applies to discharges from any coal mine at which the extraction of coal is taking place or is planned to be undertaken and to coal preparation plants and associated areas.

              § 434.11
              General definitions.
              (a) The term “acid or ferruginous mine drainage” means mine drainage which, before any treatment, either has a pH of less than 6.0 or a total iron concentration equal to or greater than 10 mg/l.

              (b) The term “active mining area” means the area, on and beneath land, used or disturbed in activity related to the extraction, removal, or recovery of coal from its natural deposits. This term excludes coal preparation plants, coal preparation plant associated areas and post-mining areas.
              (c) The term “alkaline, mine drainage” means mine drainage which, before any treatment, has a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 and total iron concentration of less than 10 mg/l.
              (d) The term “bond release” means the time at which the appropriate regulatory authority returns a reclamation or performance bond based upon its determination that reclamation work (including, in the case of underground mines, mine sealing and abandonment procedures) has been satisfactorily completed.
              (e) The term “coal preparation plant” means a facility where coal is subjected to cleaning, concentrating, or other processing or preparation in order to separate coal from its impurities and then is loaded for transit to a consuming facility.
              (f) The term “coal preparation plant associated areas” means the coal preparation plant yards, immediate access roads, coal refuse piles and coal storage piles and facilities.
              (g) The term “coal preparation plant water circuit” means all pipes, channels, basins, tanks, and all other structures and equipment that convey, contain, treat, or process any water that is used is coal preparation processes within a coal preparation plant.
              (h) The term “mine drainage” means any drainage, and any water pumped or siphoned, from an active mining area or a post-mining area.
              (i) The abbreviation “ml/l” means milliliters per liter.
              (j)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, subject to paragraph (j)(2) of this section the term “new source coal mine” means a coal mine (excluding coal preparation plants and coal preparation plant associated areas) including an abandoned mine which is being re-mined.
              (i) The construction of which is commenced after May 4, 1984; or
              (ii) Which is determined by the EPA Regional Administrator to constitute a “major alteration”. In making this determination, the Regional Administrator shall take into account whether one or more of the following events resulting in a new, altered or increased discharge of pollutants has occurred after May 4, 1984 in connection with the mine for which the NPDES permit is being considered:
              (A) Extraction of a coal seam not previously extracted by that mine;
              (B) Discharge into a drainage area not previously affected by wastewater discharge from the mine;
              (C) Extensive new surface disruption at the mining operation;
              (D) A construction of a new shaft, slope, or drift; and
              (E) Such other factors as the Regional Administrator deems relevant.
              (2) No provision in this part shall be deemed to affect the classification as a new source of a facility which was classified as a new source coal mine under previous EPA regulations, but would not be classified as a new source under this section, as modified. Nor shall any provision in this part be deemed to affect the standards applicable to such facilities, except as provided in § 434.65 of this chapter.
              (k) The term “post-mining area” means:
              (1) A reclamation area or
              (2) The underground workings of an underground coal mine after the extraction, removal, or recovery of coal from its natural deposit has ceased and prior to bond release.
              (l) The term “reclamation area” means the surface area of a coal mine which has been returned to required contour and on which revegetation (specifically, seeding or planting) work has commenced.
              (m) The term “settleable solids” is that matter measured by the volumetric method specified in § 434.64.
              (n) The terms “1-year, 2-year, and 10-year, 24-hour precipitation events” means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in one, two, and ten years respectively as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, “Rainfall Frequency Altas of the U.S.,” May 1961, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.

              (o) The terms “treatment facility” and “treatment system” mean all structures which contain, convey, and as necessay, chemically or physically treat coal rine drainage, coal preparation plant process wastewater, or drainage from coal preparation plant associated areas, which remove pollutants regulated by this part from such waters. This includes all pipes, channels, ponds, basins, tanks and all other equipment serving such structures.
              (p) The term “coal refuse disposal pile” means any coal refuse deposited on the earth and intended as permanent dispoal or long-term storage (greater than 180 days) of such material, but does not include coal refuse deposited within the active mining area or coal refuse never removed from the active mining area.
              (q) The term “controlled surface mine drainage” means any surface mine drainage that is pumped or siphoned from the active mining area.
              (r) The term “abandoned mine” means a mine where mining operations have occurred in the past and
              (1) The applicable reclamation bond or financial assurance has been released or forfeited or
              (2) If no reclamation bond or other financial assurance has been posted, no mining operations have occurred for five years or more.
              (s) The term “1-year, 24-hour precipitation event” means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in one year as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, “Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the U.S.,” May 1961, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.
              (t) The Term “2-year, 24-hour precipitation event” means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in two years as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, “Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the U.S., “May 1961, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.

            Subpart B—Coal Preparation Plants and Coal Preparation Plant Associated Areas

              § 434.20
              Applicability.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges from coal preparation plants and coal preparation plant association areas, as indicated, including discharges which are pumped, siphoned, or drained from the coal preparation plant water circuit and coal storage, refuse storage, and ancillary areas related to the cleaning or beneficiation of coal of any rank including, but not limited to, bituminous, lignite, and anthracite.

              § 434.21
              [Reserved]

              § 434.22
              Effluent limitation guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH of less than 6.0 prior to treatment:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  70
                  35

                  pH

                    1

                    1

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 prior to treatment:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  TSS
                  70
                  35

                  pH

                    1

                    1

                  1 Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 434.23
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH of less than 6.0 prior to treatment:

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

              (b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 prior to treatment:

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

              § 434.24
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 434.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              The following new source performance standards (NSPS) shall be achieved by any new source coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas, as indicated:
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall apply to discharges from new source coal preparation plants and new source coal preparation plant associated areas, if such discharges normally exhibit a pH of less than 6.0 prior to treatment:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations (mg/l)

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Iron, total
                  6.0
                  3.0

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  70
                  35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 6.0-9.0 at all times.

              (b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall apply to discharges from new source coal preparation plants and new source coal preparation plant associated areas, if such discharges normally exhibit a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 prior to treatment:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations (mg/l)

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Iron, total
                  6.0
                  3.0

                  TSS
                  70
                  35

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 6.0-9.0 at all times.

            Subpart C—Acid or Ferruginous Mine Drainage

              § 434.30
              Applicability; description of the acid or ferruginous mine drainage subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to acid or ferruginous mine drainage from an active mining area resulting from the mining of coal of any rank including, but not limited to, bituminous, lignite, and anthracite.

              § 434.31
              [Reserved]

              § 434.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 434.33
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

              § 434.34
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 434.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for any discharge from a new source subject to this subpart:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  6.0
                  3.0

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

            Subpart D—Alkaline Mine Drainage

              § 434.40
              Applicability; description of the alkaline mine drainage subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to alkaline mine drainage from an active mining area resulting from the mining of coal of any rank including, but not limited to, bituminous, lignite, and anthracite.

              § 434.41
              [Reserved]

              § 434.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  TSS
                  70.
                  35.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 434.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

              § 434.44
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 434.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for any discharge from a new source subject to this subpart:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  6.0
                  3.0

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

            Subpart E—Post-Mining Areas

              § 434.50
              Applicability.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges from post-mining areas, except as provided in subpart H—Western Alkaline Coal Mining of this part.
              [67 FR 3406, Jan. 23, 2002]

              § 434.51
              [Reserved]

              § 434.52
              Effluent limitations quidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Reclamation areas. The limitations in this subsection apply to discharges from reclamation areas until the performance bond issued to the facility by the appropriate SMCRA authority has been released.
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63(d)(2) of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Limitations

                  Settleable Solids
                  0.5 ml/l maximum not to be exceeded.

                  pH
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) Underground mine drainage. The limitations in this subsection apply to discharges from the underground workings of underground mines until SMCRA bond release.
              (1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration of quality of pollutants in acid or ferruginous mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants in alkaline mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                BPT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              § 434.53
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Reclamation areas. The limitations of this subsection apply to discharges from reclamation areas until SMCRA bond release.
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63(d)(2) of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Limitations

                  Settleable solids
                  0.5 ml/l maximum not to be exceeded.

              (b) Underground mine drainage. The limitations in this subsection apply to discharges from the underground workings of underground mines until SMCRA bond release.

              (1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61, 434.62, and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants in acid or ferruginous mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

              (2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61, and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants in alkaline mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best available technology economically achievable:

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentration in mg/l

                  Iron, total
                  7.0
                  3.5

              § 434.54
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 434.55
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              The following new source performance standards shall apply to the post-mining areas of all new source coal mines:
              (a) Reclamation areas. The standards of this subsection apply to discharges from reclamation areas at new source coal mines until SMCRA bond release.
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 (d)(2) of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for a discharge subject to the provisions of this subsection:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Limitations

                  Settleable Solids
                  0.5 ml/1 maximum not to be exceeded.

                  pH
                  (1)

                (1) Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (b) Underground mine drainage. The standards in this subsection apply to discharges from the underground workings of new source underground mines until bond release.
              (1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62, and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for the discharge of any acid or ferruginous mine drainage subject to this subsection:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentrations in mg/1

                  Iron, total
                  6.0
                  3.0

                  Manganese, total
                  4.0
                  2.0

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

              (2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for the discharge of any alkaline mine drainage subject to this subsection:

                NSPS Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days

                  Concentrations in mg/1

                  Iron, total
                  6.0
                  3.0

                  TSS
                  70.0
                  35.0

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.

            Subpart F—Miscellaneous Provisions

              § 434.60
              Applicability.
              The provisions of this subpart F apply to this part 434 as specified in subparts B, C, D, E and G of this part.
              [67 FR 3406, Jan. 23, 2002]

              § 434.61
              Commingling of waste streams.

              Where waste streams from any facility covered by this part are combined for treatment or discharge with waste streams from another facility covered by this part, the concentration of each pollutant in the combined discharge may not exceed the most stringent limitations for that pollutant applicable to any component waste stream of the discharge.

              § 434.62
              Alternate effluent limitation for pH.
              Where the application of neutralization and sedimentation treatment technology results in inability to comply with the otherwise applicable manganese limitations, the permit issuer may allow the pH level in the final effluent to exceed 9.0 to a small extent in order that the manganese limitations can be achieved.

              § 434.63
              Effluent limitations for precipitation events.
              (a)(1) The alternate limitations specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply with respect to:
              (i) All discharges of alkaline mine drainage except discharges from underground workings of underground mines that are not commingled with other discharges eligible for these alternate limitations;
              (ii) All discharges from steep slope areas, (as defined in section 515(d)(4) of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, as amended (SMCRA)), and from mountaintop removal operations (conducted pursuant to section 515(c) of SMCRA);
              (iii) Discharges from coal preparation plants and preparation plant associated areas (excluding acid or ferruginous mine drainage from coal refuse disposal piles).
              (2) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period less than or equal to the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:

                Effluent Limitations During Precipitation

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Effluent limitations

                  Settleable solids
                  0.5 ml/1 maximum not to be exceeded.

                  pH
                  6.0-9.0 at all times.

              (b) The following alternate limitations apply with respect to acid or ferruginous drainage from coal refuse disposal piles:

                Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period greater than the 1-year, 24-hour precipitation event, but less than or equal to the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:

                  Effluent Limitations During Precipitation

                    Pollutant or pollutant property
                    Effluent limitations

                    Settleable solids
                    0.5 ml/1 maximum not to be exceeded.

                    pH
                    6.0-9.0 at all times.

              (c) The following alternate limitations apply with respect to acid or ferruginous mine drainage, except for discharges addressed in paragraphs (a) (mountaintop removal and steep slope areas), (d) (controlled surface mine discharges) and (f) (discharges from underground workings of underground mines) of this section:
              (1) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period less than or equal to the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:

                Effluent Limitations During Precipitation

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Effluent limitations

                  Iron, total
                  7.0 mg/l maximum for any 1 day.

                  Settleable solids
                  0.5 ml/l maximum not to be exceeded.

                  pH
                  6.0-9.0 at all times.

              (2) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period greater than the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation event, but less than or equal to the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:

                Effluent Limitations During Precipitation

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Effluent limitations

                  Settleable solids
                  0.5 ml/l maximum not to be exceeded.

                  pH
                  6.0-9.0 at all times.

              (d)(1) The alternate limitations specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply with respect to all discharges described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section and to:
              (i) Discharges of acid or ferruginous mine drainage from underground workings of underground mines which are commingled with other discharges eligible for these alternate limitations; and
              (ii) Controlled acid or ferruginous surface mine discharges; and
              (iii) Discharges from reclamation areas.
              (2) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period greater than the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:

                Effluent Limitations During Precipitation

                  Pollutant or pollutant property
                  Effluent limitations

                  pH
                  6.0-9.0 at all times.

              (e) The operator shall have the burden of proof that the discharge or increase in discharge was caused by the applicable precipitation event described in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
              (f) Discharges of mine drainage from underground workings of underground mines which are not commingled with discharges eligible for alternate limitations set forth in this section shall in no event be eligible for the alternate limitations set forth in this section.

              § 434.64
              Procedure and method detection limit for measurement of settleable solids.
              For the purposes of this part, the following procedure shall be used to determine settleable solids: Fill an Imhoff cone to the one-liter mark with a thoroughly mixed sample. Allow to settle undisturbed for 45 minutes. Gently stir along the inside surface of the cone with a stirring rod. Allow to settle undisturbed for 15 minutes longer. Record the volume of settled material in the cone as milliliters per liter. Where a separation of settleable and floating materials occurs, do not include the floating material in the reading. Notwithstanding any provision of 40 CFR part 136, the method detection limit for measuring settleable solids under this part shall be 0.4 ml/l.

              § 434.65
              Modification of NPDES permits for new sources.
              Any coal mine or coal preparation plant which was considered a new source under previous EPA regulations may, notwithstanding § 122.62 of this chapter, apply to have its NPDES permit modified to incorporate the revised new source performance standards.

            Subpart G—Coal Remining

              Source:
              67 FR 3406, Jan. 23, 2002, unless otherwise noted.

              § 434.70
              Specialized definitions.
              (a) The term coal remining operation means a coal mining operation at a site on which coal mining was previously conducted and where the site has been abandoned or the performance bond has been forfeited.
              (b) The term pollution abatement area means the part of the permit area that is causing or contributing to the baseline pollution load of pre-existing discharges. The pollution abatement area must include, to the extent practicable, areas adjacent to and nearby the remining operation that also must be affected to reduce the pollution load of the pre-existing discharges and may include the immediate location of the pre-existing discharges.
              (c) The term pre-existing discharge means any discharge resulting from mining activities that have been abandoned prior to the time of a remining permit application. This term shall include a pre-existing discharge that is relocated as a result of the implementation of best management practices (BMPs) contained in the Pollution Abatement Plan.
              (d) The term steep slope means any slope above twenty degrees or such lesser slope as may be defined by the regulatory authority after consideration of soil, climate, and other characteristics of a region or State. This term does not apply to those situations in which an operator is mining on flat or gently rolling terrain, on which an occasional steep slope is encountered and through which the mining operation is to proceed, leaving a plain or predominantly flat area.
              (e) The term new source remining operation means a remining operation at a coal mine where mining first commences after February 22, 2002 and subsequently becomes an abandoned mine.

              § 434.71
              Applicability.
              (a) This subpart applies to pre-existing discharges that are located within or are hydrologically connected to pollution abatement areas of a coal remining operation.
              (b) A pre-existing discharge that is intercepted by active mining or that is commingled with waste streams from active mining areas for treatment is subject to the provisions of § 434.61 Commingling of waste streams. For the purposes of this subpart, § 434.61 requires compliance with applicable BPT, BAT, BCT, and NSPS effluent limitations in subparts C, D, and F of this part. Section 434.61 applies to the commingled waste stream only during the time when the pre-existing discharge is intercepted by active mining or is commingled with active mine wastewater for treatment or discharge. After commingling has ceased, the pre-existing discharge is subject to the provisions of this part.
              (c) In situations where coal remining operations seek reissuance of an existing remining permit with BPJ limitations and the regulatory authority determines that it is not feasible for a remining operator to re-establish baseline pollutant levels in accordance with the statistical procedures contained in appendix B of this part, pre-existing discharge limitations at existing remining operations shall remain subject to baseline pollutant levels established during the original permit application.
              (d) The effluent limitations in this subpart apply to pre-existing discharges until the appropriate SMCRA authority has authorized bond release.

              § 434.72
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) The operator must submit a site-specific Pollution Abatement Plan to the permitting authority for the pollution abatement area. The plan must be approved by the permitting authority and incorporated into the permit as an effluent limitation. The Pollution Abatement Plan must identify characteristics of the pollution abatement area and the pre-existing discharges. The Pollution Abatement Plan must be designed to reduce the pollution load from pre-existing discharges and must identify the selected best management practices (BMPs) to be used. The plan must describe the design specifications, construction specifications, maintenance schedules, criteria for monitoring and inspection, and expected performance of the BMPs. The BMPs must be implemented as specified in the plan.
              (b) (1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 and paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the following effluent limits apply to pre-existing discharges:

                Effluent Limitations

                  Pollutant
                  Requirement

                  (i) Iron, total
                  May not exceed baseline loadings (as defined by appendix B of this part).

                  (ii) Manganese, total
                  May not exceed baseline loadings (as defined by appendix B of this part).

                  (iii) Acidity, net
                  May not exceed baseline loadings (as defined by appendix B of this part).

                  (iv) TSS
                  During remining and reclamation, may not exceed baseline loadings (as defined by appendix B of this part).Prior to bond release, the pre-existing discharge must meet the applicable standards for TSS or SS contained in subpart E. 1

                  1 A pre-existing discharge is exempt from meeting standards in subpart E of this part for TSS and SS when the permitting authority determines that subpart E standards are infeasible or impractical based on the site-specific conditions of soil, climate, topography, steep slopes, or other baseline conditions provided that the operator demonstrates that significant reductions of TSS and SS will be achieved through the incorporation of sediment control BMPs into the Pollution Abatement Plan as required by paragraph (a) of this section.

              (2) If the permitting authority determines that it is infeasible to collect samples for establishing the baseline pollutant levels pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and that remining will result in significant improvement that would not otherwise occur, then the numeric effluent limitations in paragraph (b)(1) of this section do not apply. Pre-existing discharges for which it is infeasible to collect samples for determination of baseline pollutant levels include, but are not limited to, discharges that exist as a diffuse groundwater flow that cannot be assessed via sample collection; a base flow to a receiving stream that cannot be monitored separate from the receiving stream; a discharge on a steep or hazardous slope that is inaccessible for sample collection; or, a number of pre-existing discharges so extensive that monitoring of individual discharges is infeasible.

              § 434.73
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 and 434.72(b)(2), a pre-existing discharge must comply with the effluent limitations listed in § 434.72(b) for net acidity, iron and manganese. The operator must also submit and implement a Pollution Abatement Plan as required in § 434.72(a) .

              § 434.74
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 and 434.72(b)(2), a pre-existing discharge must comply with the effluent limitations listed in § 434.72(b) for total suspended solids. The operator must also submit and implement a Pollution Abatement Plan as required in § 434.72(a).

              § 434.75
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in § 434.72(b)(2), a pre-existing discharge from a new source remining operation must comply with the effluent limitations listed in § 434.72(b) for iron, manganese, acidity and total suspended solids. The operator must also submit and implement a Pollution Abatement Plan as required in § 434.72(a).

            Subpart H—Western Alkaline Coal Mining

              Source:
              67 FR 3407, Jan. 23, 2002, unless otherwise noted.

              § 434.80
              Specialized definitions.
              (a) The term brushing and grubbing area means the area where woody plant materials that would interfere with soil salvage operations have been removed or incorporated into the soil that is being salvaged.
              (b) The term regraded area means the surface area of a coal mine that has been returned to required contour.
              (c) The term sediment means undissolved organic and inorganic material transported or deposited by water.
              (d) The term sediment yield means the sum of the soil losses from a surface minus deposition in macro-topographic depressions, at the toe of the hillslope, along field boundaries, or in terraces and channels sculpted into the hillslope.
              (e) The term topsoil stockpiling area means the area outside the mined-out area where topsoil is temporarily stored for use in reclamation, including containment berms.
              (f) The term western coal mining operation means a surface or underground coal mining operation located in the interior western United States, west of the 100th meridian west longitude, in an arid or semiarid environment with an average annual precipitation of 26.0 inches or less.

              § 434.81
              Applicability.
              (a) This subpart applies to alkaline mine drainage at western coal mining operations from reclamation areas, brushing and grubbing areas, topsoil stockpiling areas, and regraded areas.
              (b) This subpart applies to drainage at western coal mining operations from reclamation areas, brushing and grubbing areas, topsoil stockpiling areas, and regraded areas where the discharge, before any treatment, meets all the following requirements:
              (1) pH is equal to or greater than 6.0;
              (2) Dissolved iron concentration is less than 10 mg/L; and
              (3) Net alkalinity is greater than zero.
              (c) The effluent limitations in this subpart apply until the appropriate SMCRA authority has authorized bond release.

              § 434.82
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, the following effluent limitations apply to mine drainage from applicable areas of western coal mining operations:
              (a) The operator must submit a site-specific Sediment Control Plan to the permitting authority that is designed to prevent an increase in the average annual sediment yield from pre-mined, undisturbed conditions. The Sediment Control Plan must be approved by the permitting authority and be incorporated into the permit as an effluent limitation. The Sediment Control Plan must identify best management practices (BMPs) and also must describe design specifications, construction specifications, maintenance schedules, criteria for inspection, as well as expected performance and longevity of the best management practices.
              (b) Using watershed models, the operator must demonstrate that implementation of the Sediment Control Plan will result in average annual sediment yields that will not be greater than the sediment yield levels from pre-mined, undisturbed conditions. The operator must use the same watershed model that was, or will be, used to acquire the SMCRA permit.
              (c) The operator must design, implement, and maintain BMPs in the manner specified in the Sediment Control Plan.

              § 434.83
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing western coal mining operation with drainage subject to this subpart must meet the effluent limitations in § 434.82.

              § 434.84
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). [Reserved]

              § 434.85
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Any new source western coal mining operation with drainage subject to this subpart must meet the effluent limitations in § 434.82.40v32(5546): Appendix A to Part 430

              Pt. 434, App. A
              Appendix A to Part 434—Alternate Storm Limitations for Acid or Ferruginous Mine Drainage

                EC01MY92.113

              Pt. 434, App. B
              Appendix B to Part 434—Baseline Determination and Compliance Monitoring for Pre-existing Discharges at Remining Operations
              I. General Procedure Requirements
              a. This appendix presents the procedures to be used for establishing effluent limitations for pre-existing discharges at coal remining operations, in accordance with the requirements set forth in subpart G; Coal Remining. The requirements specify that pollutant loadings of total iron, total manganese, total suspended solids, and net acidity in pre-existing discharges shall not exceed baseline pollutant loadings. The procedures described in this appendix shall be used for determining site-specific, baseline pollutant loadings, and for determining whether discharge loadings during coal remining operations have exceeded the baseline loading. Both a monthly (single-observation) procedure and an annual procedure shall be applied, as described below.
              b. In order to sufficiently characterize pollutant loadings during baseline determination and during each annual monitoring period, it is required that at least one sample result be obtained per month for a period of 12 months.
              c. Calculations described in this appendix must be applied to pollutant loadings. Each loading value is calculated as the product of a flow measurement and pollutant concentration taken on the same date at the same discharge sampling point, using standard units of flow and concentration (to be determined by the permitting authority). For example, flow may be measured in cubic feet per second, concentration in milligrams per liter, and the pollutant loading could be calculated in pounds per year.

              d. Accommodating Data Below the Maximum Daily Limit at subpart C of this part. In the event that a pollutant concentration in the data used to determine baseline is lower than the daily maximum limitation established in subpart C of this part for active mine wastewater, the statistical procedures should not establish a baseline more stringent than the BPT and BAT effluent standards established in subpart C of this part. Therefore, if the total iron concentration in a baseline sample is below 7.0 mg/L, or the total manganese concentration is below 4.0 mg/L, the baseline sample concentration may be replaced with 7.0 mg/L and 4.0 mg/L, respectively, for the purposes of some of the statistical calculations in this appendix B. The substituted values should be used for all methods in this appendix B with the exception of the calculation of the interquartile range (R) in Method 1 for the annual trigger (Step 3), and in Method 2 for the single observation trigger (Step 3). The interquartile range (R) is the difference between the quartiles M−1 and M1; these values should be calculated using actual loadings (based on measured concentrations) when they are used to calculate R. This should be done in order to account for the full range of variability in the data.
              II. Procedure for Calculating and Applying a Single-Observation (Monthly) Trigger
              Two alternative methods are provided for calculating a single-observation trigger. One method must be selected and applied by the permitting authority for any given remining permit.
              A. Method 1 for Calculating a Single Observation Trigger (L)
              (1) Count the number of baseline observations taken for the pollutant of interest. Label this number n. In order to sufficiently characterize pollutant loadings during baseline determination and during each annual monitoring period, it is required that at least one sample result be obtained per month for a period of 12 months.

              (2) Order all baseline loading observations from lowest to highest. Let the lowest number (minimum) be x(1), the next lowest be x(2), and so forth until the highest number (maximum) is x(n).

              (3) If fewer than 17 baseline observations were obtained, then the single observation trigger (L) will equal the maximum of the baseline observations (x(n)).
              (4) If at least 17 baseline observations were obtained, calculate the median (M) of all baseline observations:
              Instructions for calculation of a median of n observations:
              If n is odd, then M equals x(n/2 + 1/2).

              For example, if there are 17 observations, then M = X(17/2 + 1/2) = x(9), the 9th highest observation.
              If n is even, then M equals 0.5 * (x(n/2) + x(n/2 + 1)).
              For example, if there are 18 observations, then M equals 0.5 multiplied by the sum of the 9th and 10th highest observations.
              (a) Next, calculate M1 as the median of the subset of observations that range from the calculated M to the maximum x(n); that is, calculate the median of all x larger than or equal to M.
              (b) Next, calculate M2 as the median of the subset of observations that range from the calculated M1 to x(n) ; that is, calculate the median of all x larger than or equal to M1.
              (c) Next, calculate M3 as the median of the subset of observations that range from the calculated M2 to x(n) ; that is, calculate the median of all x larger than or equal to M2.

              (d) Finally, calculate the single observation trigger (L) as the median of the subset of observations that range from the calculated M3 to x(n).

                Note:
                When subsetting the data for each of steps 3a-3d, the subset should include all observations greater than or equal to the median calculated in the previous step. If the median calculated in the previous step is not an actual observation, it is not included in the new subset of observations. The new median value will then be calculated using the median procedure, based on whether the number of points in the subset is odd or even.

              (5) Method for applying the single observation trigger (L) to determine when the baseline level has been exceeded
              If two successive monthly monitoring observations both exceed L, immediately begin weekly monitoring for four weeks (four weekly samples).
              (a) If three or fewer of the weekly observations exceed L, resume monthly monitoring
              (b) If all four weekly observations exceed L, the baseline pollution loading has been exceeded.
              B. Method 2 for Calculating a Single Observation Trigger (L)
              (1) Follow Method 1 above to obtain M1 (the third quartile, that is, the 75th percentile).
              (2) Calculate M−1 as the median of the baseline data which are less than or equal to the sample median M.
              (3) Calculate interquartile range, R = (M1 − M−1).
              (4) Calculate the single observation trigger L as

              L = M1 + 3 * R

              (5) If two successive monthly monitoring observations both exceed L, immediately begin weekly monitoring for four weeks (four weekly samples).
              (a) If three or fewer of the weekly observations exceed L, resume monthly monitoring
              (b) If all four weekly observations exceed L, the baseline pollution loading has been exceeded.
              III. Procedure for Calculating and Applying an Annual Trigger
              A. Method 1 for Calculating and Applying an Annual Trigger (T)
              (1) Calculate M and M1 of the baseline loading data as described above under Method 1 for the single observation trigger.
              (2) Calculate M−1 as the median of the baseline data which are less than or equal to the sample median M.
              (3) Calculate the interquartile range, R = (M1 − M−1).
              (4) The annual trigger for baseline (Tb) is calculated as:

                ER23JA02.002

              where n is the number of baseline loading observations.
              (5) To compare baseline loading data to observations from the annual monitoring period, repeat steps 1-3 for the set of monitoring observations. Label the results of the calculations M′ and R′. Let m be the number of monitoring observations.
              (6) The subtle trigger (Tm) of the monitoring data is calculated as:

                ER23JA02.003

              (7) If Tm >Tb, the median loading of the monitoring observations has exceeded the baseline loading.
              B. Method 2 for Calculating and Applying an Annual Trigger (T)
              Method 2 applies the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test to determine whether the median loading of the monitoring observations has exceeded the baseline median. No baseline value T is calculated.
              (1) Steps for Conducting the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Test
              (a) Let n be the number of baseline loading observations taken, and let m be the number of monitoring loading observations taken. In order to sufficiently characterize pollutant loadings during baseline determination and during each annual monitoring period, it is required that at least one sample result be obtained per month for a period of 12 months.
              (b) Order the combined baseline and monitoring observations from smallest to largest.
              (c) Assign a rank to each observation based on the assigned order: the smallest observation will have rank 1, the next smallest will have rank 2, and so forth, up to the highest observation, which will have rank n + m.

              (1) If two or more observations are tied (have the same value), then the average rank for those observations should be used. For example, suppose the following four values are being ranked:

              3, 4, 6, 4

              Since 3 is the lowest of the four numbers, it would be assigned a rank of 1. The highest of the four numbers is 6, and would be assigned a rank of 4. The other two numbers are both 4. Rather than assign one a rank of 2 and the other a rank of 3, the average of 2 and 3 (i.e., 2.5) is given to both numbers.

              (d) Sum all the assigned ranks of the n baseline observations, and let this sum be Sn.

              (e) Obtain the critical value (C) from Table 1. When 12 monthly data are available for both baseline and monitoring (i.e., n = 12 and m = 12), the critical value C is 99.
              (f) Compare C to Sn. If Sn is less than C, then the monitoring loadings have exceeded the baseline loadings.

              (2) Example Calculations for the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Test

                  BASELINE DATA

                  8.0
                  9.0
                  9.0
                  10.0
                  12.0
                  15.0
                  17.0
                  18.0
                  21.0
                  23.0
                  28.0
                  30.0

                  MONITORING DATA

                  9.0
                  10.0
                  11.0
                  12.0
                  13.0
                  14.0
                  16.0
                  18.0
                  20.0
                  24.0
                  29.0
                  31.0

                  BASELINE RANKS

                  1.0
                  3.0
                  3.0
                  5.5
                  8.5
                  12.0
                  14.0
                  15.5
                  18.0
                  19.0
                  21.0
                  23.0

                  MONITORING RANKS

                  3.0
                  5.5
                  7.0
                  8.5
                  10.0
                  11.0
                  13.0
                  15.5
                  17.0
                  20.0
                  22.0
                  24.0

                Sum of Ranks for Baseline is Sn = 143.5, critical value is Cn, m = 99.

              (3) Critical Values for the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Test
              (a) When n and m are less than 21, use Table 1.
              In order to find the appropriate critical value, match column with correct n (number of baseline observations) to row with correct m (number of monitoring observations).*

                Table 1—Critical Values (C) of the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Test
                (for a one-sided test at the 0.001 significance level)

                  nm

                  10

                  11

                  12

                  13

                  14

                  15

                  16

                  17

                  18

                  19

                  20

                  10
                  66
                  79
                  93
                  109
                  125
                  142
                  160
                  179
                  199
                  220
                  243

                  11
                  68
                  82
                  96
                  112
                  128
                  145
                  164
                  183
                  204
                  225
                  248

                  12
                  70
                  84
                  99
                  115
                  131
                  149
                  168
                  188
                  209
                  231
                  253

                  13
                  73
                  87
                  102
                  118
                  135
                  153
                  172
                  192
                  214
                  236
                  259

                  14
                  75
                  89
                  104
                  121
                  138
                  157
                  176
                  197
                  218
                  241
                  265

                  15
                  77
                  91
                  107
                  124
                  142
                  161
                  180
                  201
                  223
                  246
                  270

                  16
                  79
                  94
                  110
                  127
                  145
                  164
                  185
                  206
                  228
                  251
                  276

                  17
                  81
                  96
                  113
                  130
                  149
                  168
                  189
                  211
                  233
                  257
                  281

                  18
                  83
                  99
                  116
                  134
                  152
                  172
                  193
                  215
                  238
                  262
                  287

                  19
                  85
                  101
                  119
                  137
                  156
                  176
                  197
                  220
                  243
                  268
                  293

                  20
                  88
                  104
                  121
                  140
                  160
                  180
                  202
                  224
                  248
                  273
                  299

              (b) When n or m is greater than 20 and there are few ties, calculate an approximate critical value using the following formula and round the result to the next larger integer. Let N = n + m.

                ER23JA02.004

              For example, this calculation provides a result of 295.76 for n = m = 20, and a result of 96.476 for n = m = 12. Rounding up produces approximate critical values of 296 and 97.

              (c) When n or m is greater than 20 and there are many ties, calculate an approximate critical value using the following formula and round the result to the next larger integer. Let S be the sum of the squares of the ranks or average ranks of all N observations. Let N = n + m.

                ER23JA02.005

              In the preceding formula, calculate V using

                ER23JA02.006

              [67 FR 3408, Jan. 23, 2002]

          Pt. 435
          PART 435—OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Offshore Subcategory
              Sec.
              435.10
              Applicability; description of the offshore subcategory.
              435.11
              Specialized definitions.
              435.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              435.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              435.14
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              435.15
              Standards of performance for new sources (NSPS).
              Appendix 1 to Subpart A of Part 435—Static Sheen Test (EPA Method 1617)
              Appendix 2 to Subpart A of Part 435—Drilling Fluids Toxicity Test (EPA Method 1619)
              Appendix 3 to Subpart A of Part 435—Procedure for Mixing Base Fluids With Sediments (EPA Method 1646)
              Appendix 4 to Subpart A of Part 435—Protocol for the Determination of Degradation of Non-Aqueous Base Fluids in a Marine Closed Bottle Biodegradation Test System: Modified ISO 11734:1995 (EPA Method 1647)
              Appendix 5 to Subpart A of Part 435—Determination of Crude Oil Contamination in Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) (EPA Method 1655)
              Appendix 6 to Subpart A of Part 435—Reverse Phase Extraction (RPE) Method for Detection of Oil Contamination in Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids (NAF) (GC/MS) (EPA Method 1670)
              Appendix 7 to Subpart A of Part 435—Determination of the Amount of Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluid (NAF) Base Fluid From Drill Cuttings by a Retort Chamber (Derived From API Recommended Practice 13B-2) (EPA Method 1674)
              Appendix 8 to Subpart A of Part 435—Reference C16-C18 Internal Olefin Drilling Fluid Formulation

              Subpart B [Reserved]

              Subpart C—Onshore Subcategory
              435.30
              Applicability; description of the onshore subcategory.
              435.31
              Specialized definitions.
              435.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best praticable control technology currently available.
              435.33
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              435.34
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart D—Coastal Subcategory
              435.40
              Applicability; description of the coastal subcategory.
              435.41
              Specialized definitions.
              435.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              435.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              435.44
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              435.45
              Standards of performance for new sources (NSPS).
              435.46

              Pretreatment standards of performance for existing sources (PSES).

              435.47
              Pretreatment standards of performance for new sources (PSNS).
              Appendix 1 to Subpart D of Part 435—Procedure for Determining When Coastal Cook Inlet Operators Qualify for an Exemption From the Zero Discharge Requirement for EMO-Cuttings and SBF-Cuttings in Coastal Cook Inlet, Alaska

              Subpart E—Agricultural and Wildlife Water Use Subcategory
              435.50
              Applicability; description of the beneficial use subcategory.
              435.51
              Specialized definitions.
              435.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart F—Stripper Subcategory
              435.60
              Applicability; description of the stripper subcategory.
              435.61
              Specialized definitions.

              Subpart G—General Provisions
              435.70
              Applicability.

              Subpart H—Coalbed Methane Subcategory [Reserved]

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.

            Source:
            44 FR 22075, Apr. 13, 1979, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—Offshore Subcategory

              Source:
              58 FR 12504, Mar. 4, 1993, unless otherwise noted.

              § 435.10
              Applicability; description of the offshore subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those facilities engaged in field exploration, drilling, well production, and well treatment in the oil and gas industry which are located in waters that are seaward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas (“offshore”) as defined in section 502(g) of the Clean Water Act.
              [61 FR 66123, Dec. 16, 1996]

              § 435.11
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days means the average of the daily values obtained during any 30 consecutive day period.
              (c) Base fluid means the continuous phase or suspending medium of a drilling fluid formulation.
              (d) Base fluid retained on cuttings as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS refers to the “Determination of the Amount of Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluid (NAF) Base Fluid from Drill Cuttings by a Retort Chamber (Derived from API Recommended Practice 13B-2)”, EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (e) Biodegradation rate as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings refers to the “Protocol for the Determination of Degradation of Non Aqueous Base Fluids in a Marine Closed Bottle Biodegradation Test System: Modified ISO 11734:1995,” EPA Method 1647, supplemented with “Procedure for Mixing Base Fluids With Sediments,” EPA Method 1646. Both EPA Method 1646 and 1647 are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (f) Daily values as applied to produced water effluent limitations and NSPS means the daily measurements used to assess compliance with the maximum for any one day.
              (g) Deck drainage means any waste resulting from deck washings, spillage, rainwater, and runoff from gutters and drains including drip pans and work areas within facilities subject to this subpart.
              (h) Development facility means any fixed or mobile structure subject to this subpart that is engaged in the drilling of productive wells.
              (i) Diesel oil refers to the grade of distillate fuel oil, as specified in the American Society for Testing and Materials Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils D975-91, that is typically used as the continuous phase in conventional oil-based drilling fluids. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428. Copies may be inspected at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.\n. A copy may also be inspected at EPA's Water Docket, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.
              (j) Domestic waste means materials discharged from sinks, showers, laundries, safety showers, eye-wash stations, hand-wash stations, fish cleaning stations, and galleys located within facilities subject to this subpart.
              (k) Drill cuttings means the particles generated by drilling into subsurface geologic formations and carried out from the wellbore with the drilling fluid. Examples of drill cuttings include small pieces of rock varying in size and texture from fine silt to gravel. Drill cuttings are generally generated from solids control equipment and settle out and accumulate in quiescent areas in the solids control equipment or other equipment processing drilling fluid (i.e., accumulated solids).
              (1) Wet drill cuttings means the unaltered drill cuttings and adhering drilling fluid and formation oil carried out from the wellbore with the drilling fluid.
              (2) Dry drill cuttings means the residue remaining in the retort vessel after completing the retort procedure specified in EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (l) Drilling fluid means the circulating fluid (mud) used in the rotary drilling of wells to clean and condition the hole and to counterbalance formation pressure. Classes of drilling fluids are:
              (1) Water-based drilling fluid means the continuous phase and suspending medium for solids is a water-miscible fluid, regardless of the presence of oil.
              (2) Non-aqueous drilling fluid means the continuous phase and suspending medium for solids is a water-immiscible fluid, such as oleaginous materials (e.g., mineral oil, enhanced mineral oil, paraffinic oil, C16-C18 internal olefins, and C8-C16 fatty acid/2-ethylhexyl esters).
              (i) Oil-based means the continuous phase of the drilling fluid consists of diesel oil, mineral oil, or some other oil, but contains no synthetic material or enhanced mineral oil.
              (ii) Enhanced mineral oil-based means the continuous phase of the drilling fluid is enhanced mineral oil.
              (iii) Synthetic-based means the continuous phase of the drilling fluid is a synthetic material or a combination of synthetic materials.
              (m) Enhanced mineral oil as applied to enhanced mineral oil-based drilling fluid means a petroleum distillate which has been highly purified and is distinguished from diesel oil and conventional mineral oil in having a lower polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) content. Typically, conventional mineral oils have a PAH content on the order of 0.35 weight percent expressed as phenanthrene, whereas enhanced mineral oils typically have a PAH content of 0.001 or lower weight percent PAH expressed as phenanthrene.
              (n) Exploratory facility means any fixed or mobile structure subject to this subpart that is engaged in the drilling of wells to determine the nature of potential hydrocarbon reservoirs.
              (o) Formation oil means the oil from a producing formation which is detected in the drilling fluid, as determined by the GC/MS compliance assurance method, EPA Method 1655, when the drilling fluid is analyzed before being shipped offshore, and as determined by the RPE method, EPA Method 1670, when the drilling fluid is analyzed at the offshore point of discharge. The GC/MS compliance assurance method and the RPE method approved for use with this part are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section. Detection of formation oil by the RPE method may be confirmed by the GC/MS compliance assurance method, and the results of the GC/MS compliance assurance method shall apply instead of those of the RPE method.
              (p) M9IM means those offshore facilities continuously manned by nine (9) or fewer persons or only intermittently manned by any number of persons.
              (q) M10 means those offshore facilities continuously manned by ten (10) or more persons.
              (r) Maximum as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings means the maximum concentration allowed as measured in any single sample of the barite for determination of cadmium and mercury content.
              (s) Maximum for any one day as applied to BPT, BCT and BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for oil and grease in produced water means the maximum concentration allowed as measured by the average of four grab samples collected over a 24-hour period that are analyzed separately. Alternatively, for BAT and NSPS the maximum concentration allowed may be determined on the basis of physical composition of the four grab samples prior to a single analysis.
              (t) Maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections for BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for base fluid retained on cuttings means the weighted average base fluid retention for all NAF well sections as determined by EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (u) Method 1654A refers to EPA Method 1654, Revision A, entitled “PAH Content of Oil by HPLC/UV,” December 1992, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (v) Minimum as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings means the minimum 96-hour LC5. value allowed as measured in any single sample of the discharged waste stream. Minimum as applied to BPT and BCT effluent limitations and NSPS for sanitary wastes means the minimum concentration value allowed as measured in any single sample of the discharged waste stream.
              (w)(1) New source means any facility or activity of this subcategory that meets the definition of “new source” under 40 CFR 122.2 and meets the criteria for determination of new sources under 40 CFR 122.29(b) applied consistently with all of the following definitions:
              (i) Water area as used in “site” in 40 CFR 122.29 and 122.2 means the water area and water body floor beneath any exploratory, development, or production facility where such facility is conducting its exploratory, development or production activities.
              (ii) Significant site preparation work as used in 40 CFR 122.29 means the process of surveying, clearing or preparing an area of the water body floor for the purpose of constructing or placing a development or production facility on or over the site.
              (2) “New Source” does not include facilities covered by an existing NPDES permit immediately prior to the effective date of these guidelines pending EPA issuance of a new source NPDES permit.
              (x) No discharge of free oil means that waste streams may not be discharged that contain free oil as evidenced by the monitoring method specified for that particular stream, e.g., deck drainage or miscellaneous discharges cannot be discharged when they would cause a film or sheen upon or discoloration of the surface of the receiving water; drilling fluids or cuttings may not be discharged when they fail EPA Method 1617 (Static Sheen Test), which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.

              (y) Parameters that are regulated in this subpart and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3 are defined as follows:

              (1) Cadmium means total cadmium.
              (2) Chlorine means total residual chlorine.
              (3) Mercury means total mercury.
              (4) Oil and Grease means total recoverable oil and grease.
              (z) PAH (as phenanthrene) means polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons reported as phenanthrene.
              (aa) Produced sand means the slurried particles used in hydraulic fracturing, the accumulated formation sands and scales particles generated during production. Produced sand also includes desander discharge from the produced water waste stream, and blowdown of the water phase from the produced water treating system.
              (bb) Produced water means the water (brine) brought up from the hydrocarbon-bearing strata during the extraction of oil and gas, and can include formation water, injection water, and any chemicals added downhole or during the oil/water separation process.
              (cc) Production facility means any fixed or mobile structure subject to this subpart that is either engaged in well completion or used for active recovery of hydrocarbons from producing formations.
              (dd) Sanitary waste means the human body waste discharged from toilets and urinals located within facilities subject to this subpart.
              (ee) Sediment toxicity as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings refers to EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” and sediment preparation procedures specified in EPA Method 1646. EPA Method 1644 is published in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” (see paragraph (uu) of this section) and EPA Method 1646 is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part.
              (ff) Solids control equipment means shale shakers, centrifuges, mud cleaners, and other equipment used to separate drill cuttings and/or stock barite solids from drilling fluid recovered from the wellbore.
              (gg) SPP toxicity as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings refers to the bioassay test procedure, “Suspended Particulate Phase (SPP) Toxicity Test,” presented in EPA Method 1619, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (hh) Static sheen test means the standard test procedure that has been developed for this industrial subcategory for the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the requirement of no discharge of free oil. The methodology for performing the static sheen test is presented in EPA Method 1617, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (uu) of this section.
              (ii) Stock barite means the barite that was used to formulate a drilling fluid.
              (jj) Stock base fluid means the base fluid that was used to formulate a drilling fluid.
              (kk) Synthetic material as applied to synthetic-based drilling fluid means material produced by the reaction of specific purified chemical feedstock, as opposed to the traditional base fluids such as diesel and mineral oil which are derived from crude oil solely through physical separation processes. Physical separation processes include fractionation and distillation and/or minor chemical reactions such as cracking and hydro processing. Since they are synthesized by the reaction of purified compounds, synthetic materials suitable for use in drilling fluids are typically free of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH's) but are sometimes found to contain levels of PAH up to 0.001 weight percent PAH expressed as phenanthrene. Internal olefins and vegetable esters are two examples of synthetic materials suitable for use by the oil and gas extraction industry in formulating drilling fluids. Internal olefins are synthesized from the isomerization of purified straight-chain (linear) hydrocarbons such as C16-C18 linear alpha olefins. C16-C18 linear alpha olefins are unsaturated hydrocarbons with the carbon to carbon double bond in the terminal position. Internal olefins are typically formed from heating linear alpha olefins with a catalyst. The feed material for synthetic linear alpha olefins is typically purified ethylene. Vegetable esters are synthesized from the acid-catalyzed esterification of vegetable fatty acids with various alcohols. EPA listed these two branches of synthetic fluid base materials to provide examples, and EPA does not mean to exclude other synthetic materials that are either in current use or may be used in the future. A synthetic-based drilling fluid may include a combination of synthetic materials.
              (ll) Well completion fluids means salt solutions, weighted brines, polymers, and various additives used to prevent damage to the well bore during operations which prepare the drilled well for hydrocarbon production.
              (mm) Well treatment fluids means any fluid used to restore or improve productivity by chemically or physically altering hydrocarbon-bearing strata after a well has been drilled.
              (nn) Workover fluids means salt solutions, weighted brines, polymers, or other specialty additives used in a producing well to allow for maintenance, repair or abandonment procedures.
              (oo) 4-day LC
                5. as applied to the sediment toxicity BAT effluent limitations and NSPS means the concentration (milligrams/kilogram dry sediment) of the drilling fluid in sediment that is lethal to 50 percent of the Leptocheirus plumulosus test organisms exposed to that concentration of the drilling fluids after four days of constant exposure.
              (pp) 10-day LC
                5. as applied to the sediment toxicity BAT effluent limitations and NSPS means the concentration (milligrams/kilogram dry sediment) of the base fluid in sediment that is lethal to 50 percent of the Leptocheirus plumulosus test organisms exposed to that concentration of the base fluids after ten days of constant exposure.
              (qq) 96-hour LC
                5. means the concentration (parts per million) or percent of the suspended particulate phase (SPP) from a sample that is lethal to 50 percent of the test organisms exposed to that concentration of the SPP after 96 hours of constant exposure.
              (rr) C
                16-C
                18
                internal olefin means a 65/35 blend, proportioned by mass, of hexadecene and octadecene, respectively. Hexadecene is an unsaturated hydrocarbon with a carbon chain length of 16, an internal double carbon bond, and is represented by the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) No. 26952-14-7. Octadecene is an unsaturated hydrocarbon with a carbon chain length of 18, an internal double carbon bond, and is represented by the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) No. 27070-58-2. (Properties available from the Chemical Abstracts Service, 2540 Olentangy River Road, PO Box 3012, Columbus, OH, 43210).
              (ss) C
                16-C
                18
                internal olefin drilling fluid means a C16-C
                18 internal olefin drilling fluid formulated as specified in appendix 1 of subpart A of this part.
              (tt) C
                12-C
                14
                ester and C
                8
                ester means the fatty acid/2-ethylhexyl esters with carbon chain lengths ranging from 8 to 16 and represented by the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) No. 135800-37-2. (Properties available from the Chemical Abstracts Service, 2540 Olentangy River Road, PO Box 3012, Columbus, OH, 43210)
              (uu) Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category is the EPA document, “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Point Source Category,” December 2011, EPA-821-R-11-004, that compiles analytic methods for this category. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be inspected at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.\n. A copy may also be inspected at EPA's Water Docket, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. This method may be obtained at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.

              [61 FR 66124, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 6895, Jan. 22, 2001; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 77 FR 29834, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.12
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:

                BPT Effluent Limitations—Oil and Grease
                [In milligrams per liter]

                  Pollutant parameter waste source
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed
                  Residual chlorine minimum for any 1 day

                  Produced water
                  72
                  48
                  NA

                  Deck drainage
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Water-based:

                  Drilling fluids
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Drill Cuttings
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Non-aqueous:

                  Drilling fluids
                  No discharge
                  No discharge
                  NA

                  Drill Cuttings
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Well treatment fluids
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Sanitary:

                  M10
                  NA
                  NA

                    2 1

                  M9IM 3

                  NA
                  NA
                  NA

                  Domestic
                  NA
                  NA
                  NA

                  1 No discharge of free oil. See § 435.11(x).

                  2 Minimum of 1 mg/l and maintained as close to this concentration as possible.

                  3 There shall be no floating solids as a result of the discharge of these wastes.

              [58 FR 12504, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 66 FR 6897, Jan. 22, 2001; 77 FR 29836, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.13
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Waste source
                  Pollutant parameter
                  BAT effluent limitation

                  Produced water
                  Oil & grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l; the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Drilling fluids and drill cuttings:

                  (A) For facilities located within 3 miles from shore

                  No discharge. 1

                  (B) For facilities located beyond 3 miles from shore:

                  Water-based drilling fluids and associated drill cuttings
                  SPP Toxicity
                  Minimum 96-hour LC50. of the SPP Toxicity Test 2 shall be 3% by volume.

                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 3

                  Diesel oil
                  No discharge.

                  Mercury
                  1 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Cadmium
                  3 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Non-aqueous drilling fluids (NAFs)

                  No discharge.

                  Drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids:

                  Stock Limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin)
                  Mercury
                  1 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Cadmium
                  3 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)

                  PAH mass ratio 5 shall not exceed 1 × 10−5.

                  Sediment toxicity
                  Base fluid sediment toxicity ratio 6 shall not exceed 1.0.

                  Biodegradation rate
                  Biodegradation rate ratio 7 shall not exceed 1.0.

                  Discharge Limitations
                  Diesel oil
                  No discharge.

                  SPP Toxicity
                  Minimum 96-hour LC50. of the SPP Toxicity Test 2 shall be 3% by volume.

                  Sediment toxicity
                  Drilling fluid sediment toxicity ratio 8 shall not exceed 1.0.

                  Formation Oil
                  No discharge. 9

                  Base fluid retained on cuttings
                  For NAFs that meet the stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) in this table, the maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections shall be 6.9 g-NAF base fluid/100 g-wet drill cuttings. 10
                    For NAFs that meet the C12-C14 ester or C8 ester stock limitations in footnote 11 of this table, the maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections shall be 9.4 g-NAF base fluid/100 g-wet drill cuttings.

                  Well treatment, completion, and workover fluids
                  Oil and grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l; the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Deck drainage
                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 4

                  Produced sand

                  No discharge.

                  Domestic Waste
                  Foam
                  No discharge.

                  1 All Alaskan facilities are subject to the drilling fluids and drill cuttings discharge limitations for facilities located beyond 3 miles offshore.

                  2 As determined by the suspended particulate phase (SPP) toxicity test. See § 435.11(gg).

                  3 As determined by the static sheen test. See § 435.11(hh).

                  4 As determined by the presence of a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water (visual sheen).

                  5 PAH mass ratio = Mass (g) of PAH (as phenanthrene)/Mass (g) of stock base fluid as determined by EPA Method 1654, Revision A, [specified at § 435.11(u)] entitled “PAH Content of Oil by HPLC/UV,” December 1992, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu).

                  6 Base fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 10-day LC5. of C16-C18 internal olefin/10-day LC5. of stock base fluid as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after preparing the sediment according to the procedure specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu).

                  7 Biodegradation rate ratio = Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of C16-C18 internal olefin/Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of stock base fluid, both at 275 days as determined by EPA Method 1647, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(e) and (uu).

                  8 Drilling fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 4-day LC5. of C16-C18 internal olefin drilling fluid/4-day LC5. of drilling fluid removed from drill cuttings at the solids control equipment as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after sediment preparation procedures specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu).

                  9 As determined before drilling fluids are shipped offshore by the GC/MS compliance assurance method (EPA Method 1655), and as determined prior to discharge by the RPE method (EPA Method 1670) applied to drilling fluid removed from drill cuttings. If the operator wishes to confirm the results of the RPE method (EPA Method 1670), the operator may use the GC/MS compliance assurance method (EPA Method 1655). Results from the GC/MS compliance assurance method (EPA Method 1655) shall supersede the results of the RPE method (EPA Method 1670). EPA Method 1655 and 1670 are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu).

                  10 Maximum permissible retention of non-aqueous drilling fluid (NAF) base fluid on wet drill cuttings averaged over drilling intervals using NAFs as determined by EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu). This limitation is applicable for NAF base fluids that meet the base fluid sediment toxicity ratio (Footnote 6), biodegradation rate ratio (Footnote 7), PAH, mercury, and cadmium stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) defined above in this table.

                  11 Maximum permissible retention of non-aqueous drilling fluid (NAF) base fluid on wet drill cuttings average over drilling intervals using NAFs as determined by EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu). This limitation is applicable for NAF base fluids that meet the ester base fluid sediment toxicity ratio and ester biodegradation rate ratio stock limitations defined as:

                (a) ester base fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 10-day LC5. of C12-C14 ester or C8 ester/10-day LC5. of stock base fluid as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after sediment preparation procedures specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu);

                (b) ester biodegradation rate ratio = Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of C12-C14 ester or C8 ester/Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of stock base fluid, both at 275 days as determined by EPA Method 1647, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(e) and (uu); and

                (c) PAH mass ratio (Footnote 5), mercury, and cadmium stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) defined above in this table.

              [58 FR 12504, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 66 FR 6898, Jan. 22, 2001; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 77 FR 29836, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.14
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT):

                BCT Effluent Limitations

                  Waste source
                  Pollutant parameter
                  BCT effluent limitation

                  Produced water
                  Oil & grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 72 mg/l; the average of values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 48 mg/l.

                  Drilling fluids and drill cuttings:

                  (A) For facilities located within 3 miles from shore

                  No discharge. 1

                  (B) For facilities located beyond 3 miles from shore:

                  Water-based drilling fluids and associated drill cuttings
                  Free Oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Non-aqueous drilling fluids

                  No discharge.

                  Drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids
                  Free Oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Well treatment, completion and workover fluids
                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Deck drainage
                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 3

                  Produced sand

                  No discharge.

                  Sanitary M10
                  Residual chlorine
                  Minimum of 1 mg/l and maintained as close to this concentration as possible.

                  Sanitary M91M
                  Floating solids
                  No discharge.

                  Domestic Waste
                  Floating solids
                  No discharge.

                  All other domestic waste
                  See 33 CFR part 151.

                  1 All Alaskan facilities are subject to the drilling fluids and drill cuttings discharge limitations for facilities located more than 3 miles offshore.

                  2 As determined by the static sheen test. See § 435.11(hh).

                  3 As determined by the presence of a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water (visual sheen).

              [58 FR 12504, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 66 FR 6899, Jan. 22, 2001; 77 FR 29836, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.15
              Standards of performance for new sources (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                New Source Performance Standards

                  Waste source
                  Pollutant parameter
                  NSPS

                  Produced water
                  Oil and grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l; the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Drilling fluids and drill cuttings:

                  (A) For facilities located within 3 miles from shore

                  No discharge. 1

                  (B) For facilities located beyond 3 miles from shore:

                  Water-based drilling fluids and associated drill cuttings
                  SPP Toxicity
                  Minimum 96-hour LC50. of the SPP Toxicity Test 2 shall be 3% by volume.

                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 3

                  Diesel oil
                  No discharge.

                  Mercury
                  1mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Cadmium
                  3 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Non-aqueous drilling fluids

                  No charge.

                  Drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids:

                  Stock Limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin
                  Mercury
                  1mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Cadmium
                  3 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)

                  PAH mass ratio 5 shall not exceed 1 × 10−5.

                  Sediment toxicity
                  Base fluid sediment toxicity ratio 6 shall not exceed 1.0.

                  Biodegradation rate
                  Biodegradation rate ratio 7 shall not exceed 1.0.

                  Discharge Limitations
                  Diesel oil
                  No discharge.

                  SPP Toxicity
                  Minimum 96-hour LC50. of the SPP Toxicity Test 2 shall be 3% by volume.

                  Sediment toxicity
                  Drilling fluid sediment toxicity ratio 8 shall not exceed 1.0.

                  Formation Oil
                  No discharge. 9

                  Base fluid retained on cuttings
                  For NAFs that meet the stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) in this table, the maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections shall be 6.9 g-NAF base fluid/100 g-wet drill cuttings. 10
                    For NAFs that meet the C12-C14 ester or C8 ester stock limitations in footnote 11 of this table, the maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections shall be 9.4 g-NAF base fluid/100 g-wet drill cuttings.

                  Well treatment, completion, and workover fluids
                  Oil and grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l; the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Deck drainage
                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 4

                  Produced sand

                  No discharge.

                  Sanitary M10
                  Residual chlorine
                  Minimum of 1 mg/l and maintained as close to this as possible.

                  Sanitary M9IM
                  Floating solids
                  No discharge.

                  Domestic Waste
                  Floating solids
                  No discharge.

                  Foam
                  No discharge.

                  All other domestic wastes
                  See 33 CFR part 151.

                  1 All Alaskan facilities are subject to the drilling fluids and drill cuttings discharge standards for facilities located more than three miles offshore.

                  2 As determined by the suspended particulate phase (SPP) toxicity test. See § 435.11(gg).

                  3 As determined by the static sheen test. See § 435.11(hh).

                  4 As determined by the presence of a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water (visual sheen).

                  5 PAH mass ratio = Mass (g) of PAH (as phenanthrene)/Mass (g) of stock base fluid as determined by EPA Method 1654, Revision A, [specified at § 435.11(u)] entitled “PAH Content of Oil by HPLC/UV,” December 1992, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu).

                  6 Base fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 10-day LC5. of C16-C18 internal olefin/10-day LC5. of stock base fluid as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after preparing the sediment according to the procedure specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu).

                  7 Biodegradation rate ratio = Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of C16-C18 internal olefin/Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of stock base fluid, both at 275 days as determined by EPA Method 1647, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(e) and (uu).

                  8 Drilling fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 4-day LC5. of C16-C18 internal olefin drilling fluid/4-day LC5. of drilling fluid removed from drill cuttings at the solids control equipment as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after sediment preparation procedures specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu).

                  9 As determined before drilling fluids are shipped offshore by the GC/MS compliance assurance method (EPA Method 1655), and as determined prior to discharge by the RPE method (EPA Method 1670) applied to drilling fluid removed from drill cuttings. If the operator wishes to confirm the results of the RPE method (EPA Method 1670), the operator may use the GC/MS compliance assurance method (EPA Method 1655). Results from the GC/MS compliance assurance method (EPA Method 1655) shall supersede the results of the RPE method (EPA Method 1670). EPA Method 1655 and 1670 are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu).

                  10 Maximum permissible retention of non-aqueous drilling fluid (NAF) base fluid on wet drill cuttings averaged over drilling intervals using NAFs as determined by EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu). This limitation is applicable for NAF base fluids that meet the base fluid sediment toxicity ratio (Footnote 6), biodegradation rate ratio (Footnote 7), PAH, mercury, and cadmium stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) defined above in this table.

                  11 Maximum permissible retention of non-aqueous drilling fluid (NAF) base fluid on wet drill cuttings average over drilling intervals using NAFs as determined by EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(uu). This limitation is applicable for NAF base fluids that meet the ester base fluid sediment toxicity ratio and ester biodegradation rate ratio stock limitations defined as:

                (a) ester base fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 10-day LC5. of C12-C14 ester or C8 ester/10-day LC5. of stock base fluid as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after sediment preparation procedures specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu);

                (b) ester biodegradation rate ratio = Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of C12-C14 ester or C8 ester/Cumulative headspace gas production (ml) of stock base fluid, both at 275 days as determined by EPA Method 1647, which is published as an appendix to subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(e) and (uu); and (c) PAH mass ratio (Footnote 5), mercury, and cadmium stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) defined above in this table.

              [58 FR 12504, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 66 FR 6900, Jan. 22, 2001; 66 FR 33134, June 20, 2001; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 77 FR 29836, May 16, 2012]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 1
              Appendix 1 to Subpart A of Part 435—Static Sheen Test (EPA Method 1617)
              1. Scope and Application
              This method is to be used as a compliance test for the “no discharge of free oil” requirement for discharges of drilling fluids, drill cuttings, produced sand, and well treatment, completion and workover fluids. “Free oil” refers to any oil contained in a waste stream that when discharged will cause a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water.
              2. Summary of Method
              15-mL samples of drilling fluids or well treatment, completion, and workover fluids, and 15-g samples (wet weight basis) of drill cuttings or produced sand are introduced into ambient seawater in a container having an air-to-liquid interface area of 1000 cm2 (155.5 in2). Samples are dispersed within the container and observations made no more than one hour later to ascertain if these materials cause a sheen, iridescence, gloss, or increased reflectance on the surface of the test seawater. The occurrence of any of these visual observations will constitute a demonstration that the tested material contains “free oil,” and therefore results in a prohibition of its discharge into receiving waters.
              3. Interferences
              Residual “free oil” adhering to sampling containers, the magnetic stirring bar used to mix the sample, and the stainless steel spatula used to mix the sample will be the principal sources of contamination problems. These problems should only occur if improperly washed and cleaned equipment are used for the test. The use of disposable equipment minimizes the potential for similar contamination from pipettes and the test container.
              4. Apparatus, Materials, and Reagents
              4.1 Apparatus
              4.1.1 Sampling Containers: 1-liter polyethylene beakers and 1-liter glass beakers.
              4.1.2 Graduated cylinder: 100-mL graduated cylinder required only for operations where predilution of mud discharges is required.
              4.1.3 Plastic disposable weighing boats.
              4.1.4 Triple-beam scale.
              4.1.5 Disposable pipettes: 25-mL disposable pipettes.
              4.1.6 Magnetic stirrer and stirring bar.
              4.1.7 Stainless steel spatula.
              4.1.8 Test container: Open plastic container whose internal cross-section parallel to its opening has an area of 1000 cm2±50 cm2 (155.5 ±7.75 in2), and a depth of at least 13 cm (5 inches) and no more than 30 cm (11.8 inches).
              4.2 Materials and Reagents.
              4.2.1 Plastic liners for the test container: Oil-free, heavy-duty plastic trash can liners that do not inhibit the spreading of an oil film. Liners must be of sufficient size to completely cover the interior surface of the test container. Permittees must determine an appropriate local source of liners that do not inhibit the spreading of 0.05 mL of diesel fuel added to the lined test container under the test conditions and protocol described below.
              4.2.2 Ambient receiving water.
              5. Calibration

              None currently specified.
              6. Quality Control Procedures
              None currently specified.
              7. Sample Collection and Handling
              7.1 Sampling containers must be thoroughly washed with detergent, rinsed a minimum of three times with fresh water, and allowed to air dry before samples are collected.
              7.2 Samples of drilling fluid to be tested shall be taken at the shale shaker after cuttings have been removed. The sample volume should range between 200 mL and 500 mL.
              7.3 Samples of drill cuttings will be taken from the shale shaker screens with a clean spatula or similar instrument and placed in a glass beaker. Cuttings samples shall be collected prior to the addition of any washdown water and should range between 200 g and 500 g.
              7.4 Samples of produced sand must be obtained from the solids control equipment from which the discharge occurs on any given day and shall be collected prior to the addition of any washdown water; samples should range between 200 g and 500 g.
              7.5 Samples of well treatment, completion, and workover fluids must be obtained from the holding facility prior to discharge; the sample volume should range between 200 mL and 500 mL.
              7.6 Samples must be tested no later than 1 hour after collection.
              7.7 Drilling fluid samples must be mixed in their sampling containers for 5 minutes prior to the test using a magnetic bar stirrer. If predilution is imposed as a permit condition, the sample must be mixed at the same ratio with the same prediluting water as the discharged muds and stirred for 5 minutes.

              7.8 Drill cuttings must be stirred and well mixed by hand in their sampling containers prior to testing, using a stainless steel spatula.

              8. Procedure
              8.1 Ambient receiving water must be used as the “receiving water” in the test. The temperature of the test water shall be as close as practicable to the ambient conditions in the receiving water, not the room temperature of the observation facility. The test container must have an air-to-liquid interface area of 1000 ±50 cm2. The surface of the water should be no more than 1.27 cm (.5 inch) below the top of the test container.
              8.2 Plastic liners shall be used, one per test container, and discarded afterwards. Some liners may inhibit spreading of added oil; operators shall determine an appropriate local source of liners that do not inhibit the spreading of the oil film.
              8.3 A 15-mL sample of drilling fluid or well treatment, completion, and workover fluids must be introduced by pipette into the test container 1 cm below the water surface. Pipettes must be filled and discharged with test material prior to the transfer of test material and its introduction into test containers. The test water/test material mixture must be stirred using the pipette to distribute the test material homogeneously throughout the test water. The pipette must be used only once for a test and then discarded.
              8.4 Drill cuttings or produced sand should be weighed on plastic weighing boats; 15-g samples must be transferred by scraping test material into the test water with a stainless steel spatula. Drill cuttings shall not be prediluted prior to testing. Also, drilling fluids and cuttings will be tested separately. The weighing boat must be immersed in the test water and scraped with the spatula to transfer any residual material to the test container. The drill cuttings or produced sand must be stirred with the spatula to an even distribution of solids on the bottom of the test container.
              8.5 Observations must be made no later than 1 hour after the test material is transferred to the test container. Viewing points above the test container should be made from at least three sides of the test container, at viewing angles of approximately 60° and 30° from the horizontal. Illumination of the test container must be representative of adequate lighting for a working environment to conduct routine laboratory procedures. It is recommended that the water surface of the test container be observed under a fluorescent light source such as a dissecting microscope light. The light source shall be positioned above and directed over the entire surface of the pan.
              8.6 Detection of a “silvery” or “metallic” sheen or gloss, increased reflectivity, visual color, iridescence, or an oil slick on the water surface of the test container surface shall constitute a demonstration of “free oil.” These visual observations include patches, streaks, or sheets of such altered surface characteristics. If the free oil content of the sample approaches or exceeds 10%, the water surface of the test container may lack color, a sheen, or iridescence, due to the increased thickness of the film; thus, the observation for an oil slick is required. The surface of the test container shall not be disturbed in any manner that reduces the size of any sheen or slick that may be present.
              If an oil sheen or slick occurs on less than one-half of the surface area after the sample is introduced to the test container, observations will continue for up to 1 hour. If the sheen or slick increases in size and covers greater than one-half of the surface area of the test container during the observation period, the discharge of the material shall cease. If the sheen or slick does not increase in size to cover greater than one-half of the test container surface area after one hour of observation, discharge may continue and additional sampling is not required.
              If a sheen or slick occurs on greater than one-half of the surface area of the test container after the test material is introduced, discharge of the tested material shall cease. The permittee may retest the material causing the sheen or slick. If subsequent tests do not result in a sheen or slick covering greater than one-half of the surface area of the test container, discharge may continue.

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 2
              Appendix 2 to Subpart A of Part 435—Drilling Fluids Toxicity Test (EPA Method 1619)
              I. Sample Collection
              The collection and preservation methods for drilling fluids (muds) and water samples presented here are designed to minimize sample contamination and alteration of the physical or chemical properties of the samples due to freezing, air oxidation, or drying.
              I-A. Apparatus
              (1) The following items are required for water and drilling mud sampling and storage:
              a. Acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate noncontaminating drilling mud sampler.
              b. Acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate noncontaminating water sampler.
              c. Acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate noncontaminated vessels for water and mud samples.
              d. Ice chests for preservation and shipping of mud and water samples.
              I-B. Water Sampling

              (1) Collection of water samples shall be made with appropriate acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate non-contaminating water sampling devices. Special care shall be taken to avoid the introduction of contaminants from the sampling devices and containers. Prior to use, the sampling devices and containers should be thoroughly cleaned with a detergent solution, rinsed with tap water, soaked in 10 percent hydrochloric acid (HCl) for 4 hours, and then thoroughly rinsed with glass-distilled water.
              I-C. Drilling Mud Sampling
              (1) Drilling mud formulations to be tested shall be collected from active field systems. Obtain a well-mixed sample from beneath the shale shaker after the mud has passed through the screens. Samples shall be stored in polyethylene containers or in other appropriate uncontaminated vessels. Prior to sealing the sample containers on the platform, flush as much air out of the container by filling it with drilling fluid sample, leaving a one inch space at the top.
              (2) Mud samples shall be immediately shipped to the testing facility on blue or wet ice (do not use dry ice) and continuously maintained at 0-4 °C until the time of testing.
              (3) Bulk mud samples shall be thoroughly mixed in the laboratory using a 1000 rpm high shear mixer and then subdivided into individual, small wide-mouthed (e.g., one or two liter) non-contaminating containers for storage.
              (4) The drilling muds stored in the laboratory shall have any excess air removed by flushing the storage containers with nitrogen under pressure anytime the containers are opened. Moreover, the sample in any container opened for testing must be thoroughly stirred using a 1000 rpm high shear mixer prior to use.
              (5) Most drilling mud samples may be stored for periods of time longer than 2 weeks prior to toxicity testing provided that proper containers are used and proper condition are maintained.
              II. Suspended Particulate Phase Sample Preparation
              (1) Mud samples that have been stored under specified conditions in this protocol shall be prepared for tests within three months after collection. The SPP shall be prepared as detailed below.
              II-A. Apparatus
              (1) The following items are required:
              a. Magnetic stir plates and bars.
              b. Several graduated cylinders, ranging in volume from 10 mL to 1 L
              c. Large (15 cm) powder funnels.
              d. Several 2-liter graduated cylinders.
              e. Several 2-liter large mouth graduated Erlenmeyer flasks.
              (2) Prior to use, all glassware shall be thoroughly cleaned. Wash all glassware with detergent, rinse five times with tap water, rinse once with acetone, rinse several times with distilled or deionized water, place in a clean 10-percent (or stronger) HCl acid bath for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse five times with tap water, and then rinse five times with distilled or deionized water. For test samples containing mineral oil or diesel oil, glassware should be washed with petroleum ether to assure removal of all residual oil.

                Note:
                If the glassware with nytex cups soaks in the acid solution longer than 24 hours, then an equally long deionized water soak should be performed.

              II-B. Test Seawater Sample Preparation
              (1) Diluent seawater and exposure seawater samples are prepared by filtration through a 1.0 micrometer filter prior to analysis.
              (2) Artificial seawater may be used as long as the seawater has been prepared by standard methods or ASTM methods, has been properly “seasoned,” filtered, and has been diluted with distilled water to the same specified 20±2 ppt salinity and 20±2 °C temperature as the “natural” seawater.
              II-C. Sample Preparation
              (1) The pH of the mud shall be tested prior to its use. If the pH is less than 9, if black spots have appeared on the walls of the sample container, or if the mud sample has a foul odor, that sample shall be discarded. Subsample a manageable aliquot of mud from the well-mixed original sample. Mix the mud and filtered test seawater in a volumetric mud-to-water ratio of 1 to 9. This is best done by the method of volumetric displacement in a 2-L, large mouth, graduated Erlenmeyer flask. Place 1000 mL of seawater into the graduated Erlenmeyer flask. The mud subsample is then carefully added via a powder funnel to obtain a total volume of 1200 mL. (A 200 mL volume of the mud will now be in the flask).
              The 2-L, large mouth, graduated Erlenmeyer flask is then filled to the 2000 mL mark with 800 mL of seawater, which produces a slurry with a final ratio of one volume drilling mud to nine volumes water. If the volume of SPP required for testing or analysis exceeds 1500 to 1600 mL, the initial volumes should be proportionately increased. Alternatively, several 2-L drill mud/water slurries may be prepared as outlined above and combined to provide sufficient SPP.

              (2) Mix this mud/water slurry with magnetic stirrers for 5 minutes. Measure the pH and, if necessary, adjust (decrease) the pH of the slurry to within 0.2 units of the seawater by adding 6N HCl while stirring the slurry. Then, allow the slurry to settle for 1 hour. Record the amount of HCl added.

              (3) At the end of the settling period, carefully decant (do not siphon) the Suspended Particulate Phase (SPP) into an appropriate container. Decanting the SPP is one continuous action. In some cases no clear interface will be present; that is, there will be no solid phase that has settled to the bottom. For those samples the entire SPP solution should be used when preparing test concentrations. However, in those cases when no clear interface is present, the sample must be remixed for five minutes. This insures the homogeneity of the mixture prior to the preparation of the test concentrations. In other cases, there will be samples with two or more phases, including a solid phase. For those samples, carefully and continuously decant the supernatant until the solid phase on the bottom of the flask is reached. The decanted solution is defined to be 100 percent SPP. Any other concentration of SPP refers to a percentage of SPP that is obtained by volumetrically mixing 100 percent SPP with seawater.
              (4) SPP samples to be used in toxicity tests shall be mixed for 5 minutes and must not be preserved or stored.
              (5) Measure the filterable and unfilterable residue of each SPP prepared for testing. Measure the dissolved oxygen (DO) and pH of the SPP. If the DO is less than 4.9 ppm, aerate the SPP to at least 4.9 ppm which is 65 percent of saturation. Maximum allowable aeration time is 5 minutes using a generic commercial air pump and air stone. Neutralize the pH of the SPP to a pH 7.8 ±.1 using a dilute HCl solution. If too much acid is added to lower the pH saturated NaOH may be used to raise the pH to 7.8 ±.1 units. Record the amount of acid or NaOH needed to lower/raise to the appropriate pH. Three repeated DO and pH measurements are needed to insure homogeneity and stability of the SPP. Preparation of test concentrations may begin after this step is complete.
              (6) Add the appropriate volume of 100 percent SPP to the appropriate volume of seawater to obtain the desired SPP concentration. The control is seawater only. Mix all concentrations and the control for 5 minutes by using magnetic stirrers. Then, the animals shall be randomly selected and placed in the dishes in order to begin the 96-hour toxicity test.
              III. Guidance for Performing Suspended Particulate Phase Toxicity Tests Using Mysidopsis bahia
              III-A. Apparatus
              (1) Each definitive test consists of 18 test containers: 3 replicates of a control and 5 SPP dilutions. Test containers should be Pyrex or equivalent glass. For definitive tests, 5 SPP dilutions with 3 replicates of at least 500 ml each are required. Twenty mysids per replicate, 360 per definitive test are required.
              III-B. Sample Collection Preservation
              (1) Drilling muds and water samples are collected and stored, and the suspended particulate phase prepared as described in section 1-C.
              III-C. Species Selection

              (1) The Suspended Particulate Phase (SPP) tests on drilling muds shall utilize the test species Mysidopsis bahia. Test animals shall be 3 to 6 days old on the first day of exposure. Whatever the source of the animals, collection and handling should be as gentle as possible. Transportation to the laboratory should be in well-aerated water from the animal culture site at the temperature and salinity from which they were cultured. Methods for handling, acclimating, and sizing bioassay organisms given by Borthwick [1] and Nimmo [2] shall be followed in matters for which no guidance is given here.
              III-D. Experimental Conditions
              (1) Suspended particulate phase (SPP) tests should be conducted at a salinity of 20 ±2 ppt. Experimental temperature should be 20 ±2 °C. Dissolved oxygen in the SPP shall be raised to or maintained above 65 percent of saturation prior to preparation of the test concentrations. Under these conditions of temperature and salinity, 65 percent saturation is a DO of 5.3 ppm. Beginning at Day 0-before the animals are placed in the test containers DO, temperature, salinity, and pH shall be measured every 24 hours. DO should be reported in milligrams per liter.
              (2) Aeration of test media is required during the entire test with a rate estimated to be 50-140 cubic centimeters/minute. This air flow to each test dish may be achieved through polyethylene tubing (0.045-inch inner diameter and 0.062-inch outer diameter) by a small generic aquarium pump. The delivery method, surface area of the aeration stone, and flow characteristics shall be documented. All treatments, including control, shall be the same.
              (3) Light intensity shall be 1200 microwatts/cm 2 using cool white fluorescent bulbs with a 14-hr light and 10-hr dark cycle. This light/dark cycle shall also be maintained during the acclimation period and the test.
              III-E. Experimental Procedure

              (1) Wash all glassware with detergent, rinse five times with tap water, rinse once with acetone, rinse several times with distilled or deionized water, place in a clean 10 percent HCl acid bath for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse five times with tap water, and then rinse five times with distilled water.

              (2) Establish the definitive test concentrations based on results of a range finding test or based on prior experience and knowledge of the mud system.
              (3) Twenty organisms are exposed in each test dish. Nytex ® cups shall be inserted into every test dish prior to adding the animals. These “nylon mesh screen” nytex holding cups are fabricated by gluing a collar of 363-micrometer mesh nylon screen to a 15-centimeter wide Petri dish with silicone sealant. The nylon screen collar is approximately 5 centimeters high. The animals are then placed into the test concentration within the confines of the Nytex cups.

              (4) Individual organisms shall be randomly assigned to treatment. A randomization procedure is presented in section V of this protocol. Make every attempt to expose animals of approximately equal size. The technique described by Borthwick [1], or other suitable substitutes, should be used for transferring specimens. Throughout the test period, mysids shall be fed daily with approximately 50 Artemia (brine shrimp) nauplii per mysid. This will reduce stress and decrease cannibalism.
              (5) Cover the dishes, aerate, and incubate the test containers in an appropriate test chamber. Positioning of the test containers holding various concentrations of test solution should be randomized if incubator arrangement indicates potential position difference. The test medium is not replaced during the 96-hour test.
              (6) Observations may be attempted at 4, 6 and 8 hours; they must be attempted at 0, 24, 48, and 72 hours and must be made at 96 hours. Attempts at observations refers to placing a test dish on a light table and visually counting the animals. Do not lift the “nylon mesh screen” cup out of the test dish to make the observation. No unnecessary handling of the animals should occur during the 96 hour test period. DO and pH measurements must also be made at 0, 24, 48, 72, and 96 hours. Take and replace the test medium necessary for the DO and pH measurements outside of the nytex cups to minimize stresses on the animals.
              (7) At the end of 96 hours, all live animals must be counted. Death is the end point, so the number of living organisms is recorded. Death is determined by lack of spontaneous movement. All crustaceans molt at regular intervals, shedding a complete exoskeleton. Care should be taken not to count an exoskeleton. Dead animals might decompose or be eaten between observations. Therefore, always count living, not dead animals. If daily observations are made, remove dead organisms and molted exoskeletons with a pipette or forceps. Care must be taken not to disturb living organisms and to minimize the amount of liquid withdrawn.
              IV. Methods for Positive Control Tests (Reference Toxicant)
              (1) Sodium lauryl sulfate (dodecyl sodium sulfate) is used as a reference toxicant for the positive control. The chemical used should be approximately 95 percent pure. The source, lot number, and percent purity shall be reported.
              (2) Test methods are those used for the drilling fluid tests, except that the test material was prepared by weighing one gram sodium lauryl sulfate on an analytical balance, adding the chemical to a 100-milliliter volumetric flask, and bringing the flask to volume with deionized water. After mixing this stock solution, the test mixtures are prepared by adding 0.1 milliliter of the stock solution for each part per million desired to one liter of seawater.
              (3) The mixtures are stirred briefly, water quality is measured, animals are added to holding cups, and the test begins. Incubation and monitoring procedures are the same as those for the drilling fluids.
              V. Randomization Procedure
              V-A. Purpose and Procedure

              (1) The purpose of this procedure is to assure that mysids are impartially selected and randomly assigned to six test treatments (five drilling fluid or reference toxicant concentrations and a control) and impartially counted at the end of the 96-hour test. Thus, each test setup, as specified in the randomization procedure, consists of 3 replicates of 20 animals for each of the six treatments, i.e., 360 animals per test. Figure 1 is a flow diagram that depicts the procedure schematically and should be reviewed to understand the over-all operation. The following tasks shall be performed in the order listed.
              (2) Mysids are cultured in the laboratory in appropriate units. If mysids are purchased, go to Task 3.

              (3) Remove mysids from culture tanks (6, 5, 4, and 3 days before the test will begin, i.e., Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday if the test will begin on Monday) and place them in suitably large maintenance containers so that they can swim about freely and be fed.

                Note:
                Not every detail (the definition of suitably large containers, for example) is provided here. Training and experience in aquatic animal culture and testing will be required to successfully complete these tests.

                EC01MY92.114

              (4) Remove mysids from maintenance containers and place all animals in a single container. The intent is to have homogeneous test population of mysids of a known age (3-6 days old).
              (5) For each toxicity test, assign two suitable containers (500-milliliter (mL) beakers are recommended) for mysid separation/enumeration. Label each container (A1, A2, B1, B2, and C1, C2, for example, if two drilling fluid tests and a reference toxicant test are to be set up on one day). The purpose of this task is to allow the investigator to obtain a close estimate of the number of animals available for testing and to prevent unnecessary crowding of the mysids while they are being counted and assigned to test containers. Transfer the mysids from the large test population container to the labeled separation and enumeration containers but do not place more than 200 mysids in a 500-mL beaker. Be impartial in transferring the mysids; place approximately equal numbers of animals (10-15 mysids is convenient) in each container in a cyclic manner rather than placing the maximum number each container at one time.

                Note:
                It is important that the animals not be unduly stressed during this selection and assignment procedure. Therefore, it will probably be necessary to place all animals (except the batch immediately being assigned to test containers) in mesh cups with flowing seawater or in large volume containers with aeration. The idea is to provide the animals with near optimal conditions to avoid additional stress.

              (6) Place the mysids from the two labeled enumeration containers assigned to a specific test into one or more suitable containers to be used as counting dishes (2-liter Carolina dishes are suggested). Because of the time required to separate, count, and assign mysids, two or more people may be involved in completing this task. If this is done, two or more counting dishes may be used, but the investigator must make sure that approximately equal numbers of mysids from each labeled container are placed in each counting dish.
              (7) By using a large-bore, smooth-tip glass pipette, select mysids from the counting dish(es) and place them in the 36 individually numbered distribution containers (10-ml beakers are suggested). The mysids are assigned two at a time to the 36 containers by using a randomization schedule similar to the one presented below. At the end of selection/assignment round 1, each container will contain two mysids; at the end of round 2, they will contain four mysids; and so on until each contains ten mysids.

                Example of a Randomization Schedule

                  Selection/assignment round (2 mysids each)
                  Place mysid in the numbered distribution containers in the random order shown

                  1
                  8, 21, 6, 28, 33, 32, 1, 3, 10, 9, 4, 14, 23, 2, 34, 22, 36, 27, 5, 30, 35, 24, 12, 25, 11, 17, 19, 26, 31, 7, 20, 15, 18, 13, 16, 29.

                  2
                  35, 18, 5, 12, 32, 34, 22, 3, 9, 16, 26, 13, 20, 28, 6, 21, 24, 30, 8, 31, 7, 23, 2, 15, 25, 17, 1, 11, 27, 4, 19, 36, 10, 33, 14, 29.

                  3
                  7, 19, 14, 11, 34, 21, 25, 27, 17, 18, 6, 16, 29, 2, 32, 10, 4, 20, 3, 9, 1, 5, 28, 24, 31, 15, 22, 13, 33, 26, 36, 12, 8, 30, 35, 23.

                  4
                  30, 2, 18, 5, 8, 27, 10, 25, 4, 20, 26, 15, 31, 36, 35, 23, 11, 29, 16, 17, 28, 1, 33, 14, 9, 34, 7, 3, 12, 22, 21, 6, 19, 24, 32, 13.

                  5
                  34, 28, 16, 17, 10, 12, 1, 36, 20, 18, 15, 22, 2, 4, 19, 23, 27, 29, 25, 21, 30, 3, 9, 33, 32, 6, 14, 11, 35, 24, 26, 7, 31, 5, 13, 8.

              (8) Transfer mysids from the 36 distribution containers to 18 labeled test containers in random order. A label is assigned to each of the three replicates (A, B, C) of the six test concentrations. Count and record the 96 hour response in an impartial order.
              (9) Repeat tasks 5-7 for each toxicity test. A new random schedule should be followed in Tasks 6 and 7 for each test.

                Note:
                If a partial toxicity test is conducted, the procedures described above are appropriate and should be used to prepare the single test concentration and control, along with the reference toxicant test.

              V-B. Data Analysis and Interpretation
              (1) Complete survival data in all test containers at each observation time shall be presented in tabular form. If greater than 10 percent mortality occurs in the controls, all data shall be discarded and the experiment repeated. Unacceptably high control mortality indicates the presence of important stresses on the organisms other than the material being tested, such as injury or disease, stressful physical or chemical conditions in the containers, or improper handling, acclimation, or feeding. If 10 percent mortality or less occurs in the controls, the data may be evaluated and reported.

              (2) A definitive, full bioassay conducted according to the EPA protocol is used to estimate the concentration that is lethal to 50 percent of the test organisms that do not die naturally. This toxicity measure is known as the median lethal concentration, or LC-50. The LC-50 is adjusted for natural mortality or natural responsiveness. The maximum likelihood estimation procedure with the adjustments for natural responsiveness as given by D.J. Finney, in Probit Analysis 3rd edition, 1971, Cambridge University Press, chapter 7, can be used to obtain the probit model estimate of the LC-50 and the 95 percent fiducial (confidence) limits for the LC-50. These estimates are obtained using the logarithmic transform of the concentration. The heterogeneity factor (Finney 1971, pages 70-72) is not used. For a test material to pass the toxicity test, according to the requirements stated in the offshore oil and gas extraction industry BAT effluent limitations and NSPS, the LC-50, adjusted for natural responsiveness, must be greater than 3 percent suspended particulate phase (SPP) concentration by volume unadjusted for the 1 to 9 dilution. Other toxicity test models may be used to obtain toxicity estimates provided the modeled mathematical expression for the lethality rate must increase continuously with concentration. The lethality rate is modeled to increase with concentration to reflect an assumed increase in toxicity with concentration even though the observed lethality may not increase uniformly because of the unpredictable animal response fluctuations.

              (3) The range finding test is used to establish a reasonable set of test concentrations in order to run the definitive test. However, if the lethality rate changes rapidly over a narrow range of concentrations, the range finding assay may be too coarse to establish an adequate set of test concentrations for a definitive test.

              (4) The EPA Environmental Research Laboratory in Gulf Breeze, Florida prepared a Research and Development Report entitled Acute Toxicity of Eight Drilling Fluids to Mysid Shrimp (Mysidopsis bahia), May 1984 EPA-600/3-84-067. The Gulf Breeze data for drilling fluid number 1 are displayed in Table 1 for purposes of an example of the probit analysis described above. The SAS Probit Procedure (SAS Institute, Statistical Analysis System, Cary, North Carolina, 1982) was used to analyze these data. The 96-hour LC50 adjusted for the estimated spontaneous mortality rate is 3.3 percent SPP with 95 percent limits of 3.0 and 3.5 percent SPP with the 1 to 9 dilution. The estimated spontaneous mortality rate based on all of the data is 9.6 percent.

                Table 1—Listing of Acute Toxicity Test Data (August 1983 to September 1983) with Eight Generic Drilling Fluids and Mysid Shrimp
                [fluid N2 = 1]

                  Percent concentration
                  Number exposed
                  Number dead (96 hours)
                  Number alive (96 hours)

                  0
                  60
                  3
                  57

                  1
                  60
                  11
                  49

                  2
                  60
                  11
                  49

                  3
                  60
                  25
                  35

                  4
                  60
                  48
                  12

                  5
                  60
                  60
                  0

              V-C. The Partial Toxicity Test for Evaluation of Test Material
              (1) A partial test conducted according to EPA protocol can be used economically to demonstrate that a test material passes the toxicity test. The partial test cannot be used to estimate the LC-50 adjusted for natural response.
              (2) To conduct a partial test follow the test protocol for preparation of the test material and organisms. Prepare the control (zero concentration), one test concentration (3 percent suspended particulate phase) and the reference toxicant according to the methods of the full test. A range finding test is not used for the partial test.

              (3) Sixty test organisms are used for each test concentration. Find the number of test organisms killed in the control (zero percent SPP) concentration in the column labeled X0 of Table 2. If the number of organisms in the control (zero percent SPP) exceeds the table values, then the test is unacceptable and must be repeated. If the number of organisms killed in the 3 percent test concentration is less than or equal to corresponding number in the column labeled X1 then the test material passes the partial toxicity test. Otherwise the test material fails the toxicity test.
              (4) Data shall be reported as percent suspended particulate phase.

                Table 2

                  X0

                  X1

                  0
                  22

                  1
                  22

                  2
                  23

                  3
                  23

                  4
                  24

                  5
                  24

                  6
                  25

              VI. References

              1. Borthwick, Patrick W. 1978. Methods for acute static toxicity tests with mysid shrimp (Mysidopsis bahia). Bioassay Procedures for the Ocean Disposal Permit Program, [EPA-600/9-78-010:] March.

              2. Nimmo, D.R., T.L. Hamaker, and C.A. Somers. 1978. Culturing the mysid (Mysidopsis bahia) in flowing seawater or a static system. Bioassay Procedures for the Ocean Disposal Permit Program, [EPA-600/9-78-010]: March.
              3. American Public Health Association et al. 1980. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. Washington, DC, 15th Edition: 90-99.
              4. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, September 1991. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. EPA/600/4-90/027. Washington, DC, 4th Edition.
              5. Finney, D.J. Probit Analysis. Cambridge University Press; 1971.

              6. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, May 1984. Acute Toxicity of Eight Drilling Fluids to Mysid Shrimp (Mysidopsis bahia). EPA-600/3-84-067.
              [58 FR 12504, Mar. 4, 1993, as amended at 77 FR 29837, May 18, 2012]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 3
              Appendix 3 to Subpart A of Part 435—Procedure for Mixing Base Fluids With Sediments (EPA Method 1646)

              This procedure describes a method for amending uncontaminated and nontoxic (control) sediments with the base fluids that are used to formulate synthetic-based drilling fluids and other non-aqueous drilling fluids. Initially, control sediments shall be press-sieved through a 2000 micron mesh sieve to remove large debris. Then press-sieve the sediment through a 500 micron sieve to remove indigenous organisms that may prey on the test species or otherwise confound test results. Homogenize control sediment to limit the effects of settling that may have occurred during storage. Sediments should be homogenized before density determinations and addition of base fluid to control sediment. Because base fluids are strongly hydrophobic and do not readily mix with sediment, care must be taken to ensure base fluids are thoroughly homogenized within the sediment. All concentrations are weight-to-weight (mg of base fluid to kg of dry control sediment). Sediment and base fluid mixing shall be accomplished by using the following method.

              1. Determine the wet to dry ratio for the control sediment by weighing approximately 10 g subsamples of the screened and homogenized wet sediment into tared aluminum weigh pans. Dry sediment at 105 °C for 18-24 h. Remove sediment and cool in a desiccator until a constant weight is achieved. Re-weigh the samples to determine the dry weight. Determine the wet/dry ratio by dividing the net wet weight by the net dry weight:

              [Wet Sediment Weight (g)]/[Dry Sediment Weight (g)] = Wet to Dry Ratio [1]

              2. Determine the density (g/mL) of the wet control or dilution sediment. This shall be used to determine total volume of wet sediment needed for the various test treatments.

              [Mean Wet Sediment Weight (g)]/[Mean Wet Sediment Volume (mL)] = Wet Sediment Density (g/mL) [2]

              3. To determine the amount of base fluid needed to obtain a test concentration of 500 mg base fluid per kg dry sediment use the following formulas:
              Determine the amount of wet sediment required:

              [Wet Sediment Density (g/mL)] × [Volume of Sediment Required per Concentration (mL)] = Weight Wet Sediment Required per Conc. (g) [3]

              Determine the amount of dry sediment in kilograms (kg) required for each concentration:

              {[Wet Sediment per Concentration (g)]/[Mean Wet to Dry Ratio]} × (1kg/1000g) = Dry Weight Sediment (kg) [4]

              Finally, determine the amount of base fluid required to spike the control sediment at each concentration:

              [Conc. Desired (mg/kg)] × [Dry Weight Sediment (kg)] = Base Fluid Required (mg) [5]

              For spiking test substances other than pure base fluids (e.g., whole mud formulations), determine the spike amount as follows:

              [Conc. Desired (mL/kg)] × [Dry Weight Sediment (kg)] × [Test Substance Density (g/mL)] = Test Substance Required (g) [6]

              4. For primary mixing, place appropriate amounts of weighed base fluid into stainless mixing bowls, tare the vessel weight, then add sediment and mix with a high-shear dispersing impeller for 9 minutes. The concentration of base fluid in sediment from this mix, rather than the nominal concentration, shall be used in calculating LC5. values.
              5. Tests for homogeneity of base fluid in sediment are to be performed during the procedure development phase. Because of difficulty of homogeneously mixing base fluid with sediment, it is important to demonstrate that the base fluid is evenly mixed with sediment. The sediment shall be analyzed for total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) using EPA Methods 3550A and 8015M, with samples taken both prior to and after distribution to replicate test containers. Base-fluid content is measured as TPH. After mixing the sediment, a minimum of three replicate sediment samples shall be taken prior to distribution into test containers. After the test sediment is distributed to test containers, an additional three sediment samples shall be taken from three test containers to ensure proper distribution of base fluid within test containers. Base-fluid content results shall be reported within 48 hours of mixing. The coefficient of variation (CV) for the replicate samples must be less than 20%. If base-fluid content results are not within the 20% CV limit, the test sediment shall be remixed. Tests shall not begin until the CV is determined to be below the maximum limit of 20%. During the test, a minimum of three replicate containers shall be sampled to determine base-fluid content during each sampling period.

              6. Mix enough sediment in this way to allow for its use in the preparation of all test concentrations and as a negative control. When commencing the sediment toxicity test, range-finding tests may be required to determine the concentrations that produce a toxic effect if these data are otherwise unavailable. The definitive test shall bracket the LC5., which is the desired endpoint. The results for the base fluids shall be reported in mg of base fluid per kg of dry sediment.
              References
              American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1996. Standard Guide for Collection, Storage, Characterization, and Manipulation of Sediments for Toxicological Testing. ASTM E 1391-94. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 11.05, pp. 805-825.
              Ditsworth, G.R., D.W. Schults and J.K.P. Jones. 1990. Preparation of benthic substrates for sediment toxicity testing, Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 9:1523-1529.
              Suedel, B.C., J.H. Rodgers, Jr. and P.A. Clifford. 1993. Bioavailability of fluoranthene in freshwater sediment toxicity tests. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 12:155-165.

              U.S. EPA. 1994. Methods for Assessing the Toxicity of Sediment-associated Contaminants with Estuarine and Marine Amphipods. EPA/600/R-94/025. Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC.
              [66 FR 6901, Jan. 22, 2001]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 4
              Appendix 4 to Subpart A of Part 435—Protocol for the Determination of Degradation of Non-Aqueous Base Fluids in a Marine Closed Bottle Biodegradation Test System: Modified ISO 11734:1995 (EPA Method 1647)
              1.0. Summary of EPA Method 1647
              a. This method determines the anaerobic degradation potential of mineral oils, paraffin oils and non-aqueous fluids (NAF) in sediments. These substrates are base fluids for formulating offshore drilling fluids. The test evaluates base fluid biodegradation rates by monitoring gas production due to microbial degradation of the test fluid in natural marine sediment.
              b. The test procedure places a mixture of marine/estuarine sediment, test substrate (hydrocarbon or controls) and seawater into clean 120 mL (150 mL actual volume) Wheaton serum bottles. The test is run using four replicate serum bottles containing 2,000 mg carbon/kg dry weight concentration of test substrate in sediment. The use of resazurin dye solution (1 ppm) evaluates the anaerobic (redox) condition of the bottles (dye is blue when oxygen is present, reddish in low oxygen conditions and colorless if oxygen free). After capping the bottles, a nitrogen sparge removes air in the headspace before incubation begins. During the incubation period, the sample should be kept at a constant temperature of 29 ±1 °C. Gas production and composition is measured approximately every two weeks. The samples need to be brought to ambient temperature before making the measurements. Measure gas production using a pressure gauge. Barometric pressure is measured at the time of testing to make necessary volume adjustments.
              c. ISO 11734:1995 specifies that total gas is the standard measure of biodegradation. While modifying this test for evaluating biodegradation of NAFs, methane was also monitored and found to be an acceptable method of evaluating biodegradation. Section 7 contains the procedures used to follow biodegradation by methane production. Measurement of either total gas or methane production is permitted. If methane is followed, determine the composition of the gas by using gas chromatography (GC) analysis at each sampling. At the end of the test when gas production stops, or at around 275 days, an analysis of sediment for substrate content is possible. Common methods which have been successfully used for analyzing NAFs from sediments are listed in Section 8.
              2.0 System Requirements
              This environmental test system has three phases, spiked sediment, overlying seawater, and a gas headspace. The sediment/test compound mixture is combined with synthetic sea water and transferred into 120-mL serum bottles. The total volume of sediment/sea water mixture in the bottles is 75 mL. The volume of the sediment layer will be approximately 50 mL, but the exact volume of the sediment will depend on sediment characteristics (wet:dry ratio and density). The amount of synthetic sea water will be calculated to bring the total volume in the bottles to 75 mL. The test systems are maintained at a temperature of 29 ±1 °C during incubation. The test systems are brought to ambient temperatures prior to measuring pressure or gas volume.
              2.1 Sample Requirements

              a. The concentration of base fluids are at least 2,000 mg carbon test material/kg dry sediment. Carbon concentration is determined by theoretical composition based on the chemical formula or by chemical analysis by ASTM D5291-96. Sediments with positive, intermediate and negative control substances as well as a C16-C18 internal olefin type base fluid will be run in conjunction with test materials under the same conditions. The positive control is ethyl oleate (CAS 111-62-6), the intermediate control is 1-hexadecene (CAS 629-73-2), and the negative control is squalane (CAS 111-01-3). Controls must be of analytical grade or the highest grade available. Each test control concentration should be prepared according to the mixing procedure described in Section 3.1.
              b. Product names will be used for examples or clarification in the following text. Any use of trade or product names in this publication is for descriptive use only, and does not constitute endorsement by EPA or the authors.
              2.2. Seawater Requirements
              Synthetic seawater at a salinity of 25 ±1 ppt should be used for the test. The synthetic seawater should be prepared by mixing a commercially available artificial seawater mix, into high purity distilled or de-ionized water. The seawater should be aerated and allowed to age for approximately one month prior to use.
              2.3. Sediment Requirements

              a. The dilution sediment must be from a natural estuarine or marine environment and be free of the compounds of interest. The collection location, date and time will be documented and reported. The sediment is prepared by press-sieving through a 2,000-micron mesh sieve to remove large debris, then press-sieving through a 500-micron sieve to remove indigenous organisms that may confound test results. The water content of the sediment should be less than 60% (w/w) or a wet to dry ratio of 2.5. The sediment should have a minimum organic matter content of 3% (w/w) as determined by ASTM D2974-07a (Method A and D and calculate organic matter as in Section 8.3 of method ASTM D2974-07a).
              b. To reduce the osmotic shock to the microorganisms in the sediment the salinity of the sediment's pore water should be between 20-30 ppt. Sediment should be used for testing as soon as possible after field collection. If required, sediment can be stored in the dark at 4 °C with 3-6 inches of overlying water in a sealed container for a maximum period of 2 months prior to use.
              3.0 Test Set Up
              The test is set up by first mixing the test or control substrates into the sediment inoculum, then mixing in seawater to make a pourable slurry. The slurry is then poured into serum bottles, which are then flushed with nitrogen and sealed.
              3.1. Mixing Procedure
              Because base fluids are strongly hydrophobic and do not readily mix with sediments, care must be taken to ensure base fluids are thoroughly homogenized within the sediment. All concentrations are weight-to-weight comparisons (mg of base fluid to kg of dry control sediment). Sediment and base fluid mixing will be accomplished by using the following method.
              3.1.1. Determine the wet to dry weight ratio for the control sediment by weighing approximately 10 sub-samples of approximately 1 g each of the screened and homogenized wet sediment into tared aluminum weigh pans. Dry sediment at 105 °C for 18-24 h. Remove the dried sediments and cool in a desiccator. Repeat the drying, cooling, and weighing cycle until a constant weight is achieved (within 4% of previous weight). Re-weigh the samples to determine the dry weight. Calculate the mean wet and dry weights of the 10 sub samples and determine the wet/dry ratio by dividing the mean wet weight by the mean dry weight using Equation 5-1. This is required to determine the weight of wet sediment needed to prepare the test samples.

                ER18MY12.008

              3.1.2. Determine the density (g/ml) of the wet sediment. This will be used to determine total volume of wet sediment needed for the various test treatments. One method is to tare a 5 ml graduated cylinder and add about 5 ml of homogenized sediment. Carefully record the volume then weigh this volume of sediment. Repeat this a total of three times. To determine the wet sediment density, divide the weight by volume per the following formula:

                ER18MY12.009

              3.1.3. Determine the amount of base fluid to be spiked into wet sediment in order to obtain the desired initial base fluid concentration of 2,000 mg carbon/kg dry weight. An amount of wet sediment that is the equivalent of 30 g of dry sediment will be added to each bottle. A typical procedure is to prepare enough sediment for 8 serum bottles (3 bottles to be sacrificed at the start of the test, 4 bottles incubated for headspace analysis, and enough extra sediment for 2 extra bottles). Extra sediment is needed because some of the sediment will remain coated onto the mixing bowl and utensils. Experience with this test may indicate that preparing larger volumes of spiked sediment is a useful practice, then the following calculations should be adjusted accordingly.
              a. Determine the total weight of dry sediment needed to add 30 g dry sediment to 8 bottles. If more bottles are used then the calculations should be modified accordingly. For example:

                ER18MY12.010

              b. Determine the weight of base fluid, in terms of carbon, needed to obtain a final base fluid concentration of 2,000 mg carbon/kg dry weight. For example:

                ER18MY12.011

              c. i. Convert from mg of carbon to mg of base fluid. This calculation will depend on the % fraction of carbon present in the molecular structure of each base fluid. For the control fluids, ethyl oleate is composed of 77.3% carbon, hexadecene is composed of 85.7% carbon, and squalane is composed of 85.3% carbon. The carbon fraction of each base fluid should be supplied by the manufacturer or determined before use. ASTM D5291-96 or equivalent will be used to determine composition of fluid.
              ii. To calculate the amount of base fluid to add to the sediment, divide the amount of carbon (480 mg) by the percent fraction of carbon in the fluid.
              iii. For example, the amount of ethyl oleate added to 240 g dry weight sediment can be calculated from the following equation:

                ER18MY12.012

              iv. Therefore, add 621 mg of ethyl oleate to 240 g dry weight sediment for a final concentration of 2,000 mg carbon/kg sediment dry weight.
              3.1.4. Mix the calculated amount of base fluid with the appropriate weight of wet sediment.
              a. Use the wet:dry ratio to convert from g sediment dry weight to g sediment wet weight, as follows:

                ER18MY12.013

              b. i. Weigh the appropriate amount of base fluid (calculated in Section 3.1.3.c) into stainless mixing bowls, tare the vessel weight, then add the wet sediment calculated in Equation 5, and mix with a high shear dispersing impeller for 9 minutes.
              ii. The sediment is now mixed with synthetic sea water to form a slurry that will be transferred into the bottles.
              3.2. Creating Seawater/Sediment Slurry
              Given that the total volume of sediment/sea water slurry in each bottle is to be 75 mL, determine the volume of sea water to add to the wet sediment.
              3.2.1. If each bottle is to contain 30 g dry sediment, calculate the weight, and then the volume, of wet sediment to be added to each bottle.

                ER18MY12.014

              3.2.4. Convert the wet sediment weight from Equation 6 into a volume using the sediment density.

                ER18MY12.016

              3.2.5. Determine the amount of sea water to mix with the wet sediment.

                ER18MY12.017

              Mix sea water thoroughly with wet sediment to form a sediment/sea water slurry.
              3.3. Bottling the Sediment Seawater Slurry
              The total volume of sediment/sea water slurry in each bottle is to be 75 mL. Convert the volume (mL) of sediment/sea water slurry into a weight (g) using the density of the sediment and the seawater.

                ER18MY12.018

              This should provide each bottle with 30 g dry sediment in a total volume of 75 mL.

              3.3.4. Putting the sediment:seawater slurry in the serum bottles.

              a. Note: The slurry will need to be constantly stirred to keep the sediment suspended.
              b. Place a tared serum bottle on a balance and add the appropriate amount of slurry to the bottle using a funnel. Once the required slurry is in the bottle remove the funnel, add 2-3 drops (25 µL) of a 1 gram/L resazurin dye stock solution. Cap the bottle with a butyl rubber stopper (Bellco Glass, Part #2048-11800) and crimp with an aluminum seal (Bellco Glass Part #2048-11020).
              c. Using a plastic tube with a (23-gauge, 1-inch long) needle attached to one side and a nitrogen source to the other, puncture the serum cap with the needle. Puncture the serum cap again with a second needle to sparge the bottle's headspace of residual air for two minutes. The nitrogen should be flowing at no more than 100 mL/min to encourage gentle displacement of oxygenated air with nitrogen. Faster nitrogen flow rates would cause mixing and complete oxygen removal would take much longer. Remove the nitrogen needle first to avoid any initial pressure problems. The second (vent) needle should be removed within 30 seconds of removing the nitrogen needle.
              d. Triplicate blank test systems are prepared, with similar quantities of sediment and seawater without any base fluid. Incubate in the dark at a constant temperature of 29 ±1 °C.
              e. Record the test temperature. The test duration is dependent on base fluid performance, but at a maximum should be no more than 275 days. Stop the test after all base fluids have achieved a plateau of gas production. At termination, base fluid concentrations can be verified in the terminated samples by extraction and GC analysis according to Section 8.
              4.0. Concentration Verification Chemical Analyses
              a. Because of the difficulty of homogeneously mixing base fluid with sediment, it is important to demonstrate that the base fluid is evenly mixed within the sediment sea water slurry that was added to each bottle. Of the seven serum bottles set up for each test or control condition, three are randomly selected for concentration verification analyses. These should be immediately placed at 4 °C and a sample of sediment from each bottle should be analyzed for base fluid content as soon as possible. The coefficient of variation (CV) for the replicate samples must be less than 20%. The results should show recovery of at least 70% of the spiked base fluid. Use an appropriate analytical procedure described in Section 8 to perform the extractions and analyses. If any set of sediments fail the criteria for concentration verification, then the corrective action for that set of sediments is also outlined in Section 8.
              b. The nominal concentrations and the measured concentrations from the three bottles selected for concentration verification should be reported for the initial test concentrations. The coefficient of variation (CV) for the replicate samples must be less than 20%. If base fluid content results are not within the 20% CV limit, the test must be stopped and restarted with adequately mixed sediment.
              5.0. Gas Monitoring Procedures
              Biodegradation is measured by total gas as specified in ISO 11734:1995. Methane production can also be tracked and is described in Section 7.
              5.1. Total Gas Monitoring Procedures

                Bottles should be brought to room temperature before readings are taken. a. The bottles are observed to confirm that the resazurin has not oxidized to pink or blue. Total gas production in the culture bottles should be measured using a pressure transducer (one source is Biotech International). The pressure readings from test and control cultures are evaluated against a calibration curve created by analyzing the pressure created by known additions of gas to bottles established identically to the culture bottles. Bottles used for the standard curve contain 75 mL of water, and are sealed with the same rubber septa and crimp cap seals used for the bottles containing sediment. After the bottles used in the standard curve have been sealed, a syringe needle inserted through the septa is used to equilibrate the pressure inside the bottles to the outside atmosphere. The syringe needle is removed and known volumes of air are injected into the headspace of the bottles. Pressure readings provide a standard curve relating the volume of gas injected into the bottles and headspace pressure. No less than three points may be used to generate the standard curve. A typical standard curve may use 0, 1, 5, 10, 20 and 40 mL of gas added to the standard curve bottles.
              b. The room temperature and barometric pressure (to two digits) should be recorded at the time of sampling. One option for the barometer is Fisher Part #02-400 or 02-401. Gas production by the sediment is expressed in terms of the volume (mL) of gas at standard temperature (0 °C = 273 °K) and pressure (1 atm = 30 inches of Hg) using Eq. 16.

                ER18MY12.020

              Where:

              V2 = Volume of gas production at standard temperature and pressure
              P1 = Barometric pressure on day of sampling (inches of Hg)
              V1 = Volume of gas measured on day of sampling (mL)
              T2 = Standard temperature = 273 °K
              T1 = Temperature on day of sampling ( °C + 273 = °K)
              P2 = Standard pressure = 30 inches Hg

              c. An estimate can be made of the total volume of anaerobic gas that will be produced in the bottles. The gas production measured for each base fluid can be expressed as a percent of predicted total anaerobic gas production.
              5.1.1. Calculate the total amount of carbon in the form of the base fluid present in each bottle.
              a. Each bottle is to contain 30 g dry weight sediment. The base fluid concentration is 2,000 mg carbon/kg dry weight sediment. Therefore:

                ER18MY12.021

              5.1.2. Theory states that anaerobic microorganisms will convert 1 mole of carbon substrate into 1 mole of total anaerobic gas production.
              a. Calculate the number of moles of carbon in each bottle.
              b. The molecular weight of carbon is 12 (i.e., 1 mole of carbon = 12 g). Therefore, the number of moles of carbon in each bottle can be calculated.

                ER18MY12.022

              5.1.3. Calculate the predicted volume of anaerobic gas.
              One mole of gas equals 22.4 L (at standard temperature and pressure), therefore,

                ER18MY12.023

              5.2. Gas Venting
              a. If the pressure in the serum bottle is too great for the pressure transducer or syringe, some of the excess gas must be wasted. The best method to do this is to vent the excess gas right after measurement. To do this, remove the barrel from a 10-mL syringe and fill it 1/3 full with water. This is then inserted into the bottle through the stopper using a small diameter (high gauge) needle. The excess pressure is allowed to vent through the water until the bubbles stop. This allows equalization of the pressure inside the bottle to atmospheric without introducing oxygen. The amount of gas vented (which is equal to the volume determined that day) must be kept track of each time the bottles are vented. A simple way to do this in a spreadsheet format is to have a separate column in which cumulative vented gas is tabulated. Each time the volume of gas in the cultures is analyzed, the total gas produced is equal to the gas in the culture at that time plus the total of the vented gas.
              b. To keep track of the methane lost in the venting procedure, multiply the amount of gas vented each time by the corrected % methane determined on that day. The answer gives the volume of methane wasted. This must be added into the cumulative totals similarly to the total gas additions.
              6.0. Test Acceptability and Interpretation
              6.1. Test Acceptability

              At day 275 or when gas production has plateaued, whichever is first, the controls are evaluated to confirm that the test has been performed appropriately. In order for this modification of the closed bottle biodegradation test to be considered acceptable, all the controls must meet the biodegradation levels indicated in Table 1. The intermediate control hexadecene must produce at least 30% of the theoretical gas production. This level may be reexamined after two years and more data has been generated.

                Table 1—Test Acceptability Criteria

                  Concentration

                  Percent biodegradability as a function of gas measurement
                  Positive control
                  Squalane negative control
                  Hexadecene intermediate control

                  2,000 mg carbon/kg
                  ≥60% theoretical
                  ≤5% theoretical
                  ≥30% theoretical.

              6.2 Interpretation
              a. In order for a fluid to pass the closed bottle test, the biodegradation of the base fluid as indicated by the total amount of total gas (or methane) generated once gas production has plateaued (or at the end of 275 days, which ever is first) must be greater than or equal to the volume of gas (or methane) produced by the reference standard (internal elefin or ester).
              b. The method for evaluating the data to determine whether a fluid has passed the biodegradation test must use the equations:

                ER18MY12.024

              Where:

              NAF = Stock base fluid being tested for compliance
              Reference fluid = C16-C18 internal olefin or C12 -C14 or C8 ester reference fluid
              7.0. Methane Measurement
              7.1. Methane Monitoring Procedures

              a. The use of total gas production alone may result in an underestimation of the actual metabolism occurring since CO2 is slightly soluble in water. An acceptable alternative method is to monitor methane production and total gas production. This is easily done using GC analysis. A direct injection of headspace gases can be made into a GC using almost any packed or capillary column with an FID detector. Unless volatile fuels or solvents are present in the test material or the inocula, the only component of the headspace gas that can be detected using an FID detector is methane. The percent methane in the headspace gas is determined by comparing the response of the sample injections to the response from injections of known percent methane standards. The percent methane is corrected for water vapor saturation using Eq. 21 and then converted to a volume of dry methane using Eq. 22.

                ER18MY12.025

              Where:

              D = The density of water vapor at saturation (g/m3, can be found in CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics) for the temperature of sampling.

                ER18MY12.026

              Where:

              VCH4 = Volume of methane in the bottle

              S = Volume of excess gas production (measured with a pressure transducer)
              V = Volume of the headspace in the culture bottle (total volume—liquid phase)
              P = Barometric pressure (mm Hg, measured with barometer)
              T = Temperature (°C)
              Pw = Vapor pressure of water at T (mm Hg, can be found in CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics)
              CH4 = % methane in headspace gas (after correction for water vapor)

              b. The total volume of serum bottles sold as 125 mL bottles (Wheaton) is 154.8 mL.
              c. The volumes of methane produced are then compared to the volumes of methane in the controls to determine if a significant inhibition of methane production or a significant increase of methane production has been observed. Effective statistical analyses are important, as variability in the results is common due to the heterogeneity of the inoculum's source. It is also common to observe that the timing of the initiation of culture activity is not equal in all of the cultures. Expect a great variability over the period when the cultures are active, some replicates will start sooner than others, but all of the replicates should eventually reach similar levels of base fluid degradation and methane production.
              7.2. Expected Methane Production Calculations

              a. The amount of methane expected can be calculated using the equation of Symons and Buswell (Eq. 23). In the case of complete mineralization, all of the carbon will appear as wither CO2 or CH4, thus the total moles of gas produced will be equal to the total moles of carbon in the parent molecule. The use of the Buswell equation allows you to calculate the effects the redox potential will have on the distribution of the products in methanogenic cultures. More reduced electron donors will allow the production of more methane, while more oxidized electron donors will cause a production of more carbon dioxide.

                ER18MY12.027

              b. An example calculation of the expected methane volume in a culture fed 2,000 mg/kg hexadecene is as follows. The application of Symons and Buswell's equation reveals that hexadecene (C16H32) will yield 4 moles of CO2 and 12 moles of CH4. Assuming 30 g of dry sediment are added to the bottles with 2,334 mg hexadecene/kg dry sediment (i.e., equivalent to 2,000 mg carbon/kg dry sediment) the calculation is as follows.

                ER18MY12.028

              c. By subtracting the average amount of methane in control bottles from the test bottles and then dividing by the expected volume an evaluation of the completion of the process may be conducted.
              8.0. Concentration Verification Analysis
              The Concentration Verification analysis is required at the beginning of the test to ensure homogeneity and confirm that the required amount of fluid was delivered to the sediments at the start of the test.
              8.1. Three samples per fluid need to be analyzed and achieve ≤20% Coefficient of Variability and an average of ≥70% to ≤120% of fluid delivered to sediment.
              8.2. If a third party performs the analysis, then the laboratory should be capable of delivering the homogeneity data within seven days, in order to identify any samples that do not meet the homogeneity requirement as quickly as possible.
              8.3. If one sediment/fluid set, out a multiple set batch of samples, fails these criteria, then that one set of samples must be discarded and a fresh set of spiked sediment prepared, started, and analyzed to ensure homogeneity. The same stock sediment is used to prepare the replacement set(s). The remaining sets do not need to be re-mixed or restarted.

              8.4. The re-mixed set(s) will need to be run the additional days as appropriate to ensure that the total number of days is the same for all sets of bottles, even though the specific days are not aligned.

              8.5. Re-mixing of bottle sets can be performed multiple times as a result of a failure of the analytical criteria, until the holding time for the stock sediment has expired (60 days). If the problem set(s) has not fallen within the acceptable analytical criteria by then, it must not be part of the batch of bottles run. If the problem batch is one of the controls, and those controls were not successfully prepared when the sediment holding time expired, then the entire test must be restarted.
              9.0 Program Quality Assurance and Quality Control
              9.1 Calibration
              9.1.1. All equipment/instrumentation will be calibrated in accordance with the test method or the manufacturer's instructions and may be scheduled or triggered.
              9.1.2. Where possible, standards used in calibration will be traceable to a nationally recognized standard (e.g., certified standard by NIST).
              9.1.3. All calibration activities will be documented and the records retained.
              9.1.4. The source, lot, batch number, and expiration date of all reagents used with be documented and retained.
              9.2. Maintenance
              9.2.1. All equipment/instrumentation will be maintained in accordance with the test method or the manufacturer's instructions and may be scheduled or triggered.
              9.2.2. All maintenance activities will be documented and the records retained.
              9.3. Data Management and Handling
              9.3.1. All primary (raw) data will be correct, complete, without selective reporting, and will be maintained.
              9.3.2. Hand-written data will be recorded in lab notebooks or electronically at the time of observation.
              9.3.3. All hand-written records will be legible and amenable to reproduction by electrostatic copiers.
              9.3.4. All changes to data or other records will be made by:
              a. Using a single line to mark-through the erroneous entry (maintaining original data legibility).
              b. Write the revision.
              c. Initial, date, and provide revision code (see attached or laboratory's equivalent).
              9.3.5. All data entry, transcriptions, and calculations will be verified by a qualified person.
              a. Verification will be documented by initials of verifier and date.
              9.3.6. Procedures will be in place to address data management procedures used (at minimum):
              a. Significant figures.
              b. Rounding practices.
              c. Identification of outliers in data series.
              d. Required statistics.
              9.4. Document Control
              9.4.1. All technical procedures, methods, work instructions, standard operating procedures must be documented and approved by laboratory management prior to the implementation.
              9.4.2. All primary data will be maintained by the contractor for a minimum of five (5) years.
              9.5. Personnel and Training
              9.5.1. Only qualified personnel shall perform laboratory activities.
              9.5.2. Records of staff training and experience will be available. This will include initial and refresher training (as appropriate).
              9.6. Test Performance
              9.6.1. All testing will done in accordance with the specified test methods.
              9.6.2. Receipt, arrival condition, storage conditions, dispersal, and accountability of the test article will be documented and maintained.
              9.6.3. Receipt or production, arrival or initial condition, storage conditions, dispersal, and accountability of the test matrix (e.g., sediment or artificial seawater) will be documented and maintained.
              9.6.4. Source, receipt, arrival condition, storage conditions, dispersal, and accountability of the test organisms (including inoculum) will be documented and maintained.
              9.6.5. Actual concentrations administered at each treatment level will be verified by appropriate methodologies.
              9.6.6. Any data originating at a different laboratory will be identified and the laboratory fully referenced in the final report.
              9.7. The following references identify analytical methods that have historically been successful for achieving the analytical quality criteria.
              9.7.1. Continental Shelf Associates Report 1998. Joint EPA/Industry Screening Survey to Assess the Deposition of Drill Cuttings and Associated Synthetic Based Mud on the Seabed of the Louisiana Continental Shelf, Gulf of Mexico. Analysis by Charlie Henry Report Number IES/RCAT97-36 GC-FID and GC/MS.
              9.7.2. EPA Method 3550 for extraction with EPA Method 8015 for GC-FID. EPA Method 3550C, Revision 3. February 2007. Ultrasonic Extraction. EPA Method 8015C, Revision 3. February 2007. Nonhalogenated Organics by Gas Chromatography.

              9.7.3. Chandler, J.E., S.P. Rabke, and A.J.J. Leuterman. 1999. Predicting the Potential Impact of Synthetic-Based Muds With the Use of Biodegradation Studies. Society of Petroleum Engineers SPE 52742.
              9.7.4. Chandler, J.E., B. Lee, S.P. Rabke, J.M. Geliff, R. Stauffer, and J. Hein. 2000. Modification of a Standardized Anaerobic Biodegradation Test to Discriminate Performance of Various Non-Aqueous Base Fluids. Society of Petroleum Engineers SPE 61203.

              9.7.5. Munro, P.D., B Croce, C.F. Moffet, N.A Brown, A.D. McIntosh, S.J. Hird, and R.M. Stagg. 1998. Solid-Phase Test for Comparison for Degradation Rates of Synthetic Mud Base Fluids Used in the Off-shore Drilling Industry. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 17:1951-1959.

              9.7.6. Webster, L., P.R. Mackie, S.J. Hird, P.D. Munro, N.A. Brown, and C.F. Moffat. 1997. Development of Analytical Methods for the Determination of Synthetic Mud Base Fluids in Marine Sediments. The Analyst 122:1485-1490.

              9.8 The following standards are approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may also be inspected at EPA's Water Docket, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460 and at at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.\n.

              9.8.1 ASTM International. Available from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, or online at http://www.astm.org.

              9.8.1.1 ASTM D5291-96, Standard Test Methods for Instrumental Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products and Lubricants, approved April 10, 1996.
              9.8.1.2 ASTM D2974-07a, Standard Test Methods for Moisture, Ash, and Organic Matter of Peat and Other Organic Soils, approved March 15, 2007.
              [77 FR 29837, May 18, 2012]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 5
              Appendix 5 to Subpart A of Part 435—Determination of Crude Oil Contamination in Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) (EPA Method 1655)
              1.0 Scope and Application
              1.1 This method determines crude (formation) oil contamination, or other petroleum oil contamination, in non-aqueous drilling fluids (NAFs) by comparing the gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) fingerprint scan and extracted ion scans of the test sample to that of an uncontaminated sample.
              1.2 This method can be used for monitoring oil contamination of NAFs or monitoring oil contamination of the base fluid used in the NAF formulations.
              1.3 Any modification of this method beyond those expressly permitted shall be considered as a major modification subject to application and approval of alternative test procedures under 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5.
              1.4 The gas chromatography/mass spectrometry portions of this method are restricted to use by, or under the supervision of analysts experienced in the use of GC/MS and in the interpretation of gas chromatograms and extracted ion scans. Each laboratory that uses this method must generate acceptable results using the procedures described in Sections 7, 9.2, and 12 of this appendix.
              2.0 Summary of Method
              2.1 Analysis of NAF for crude oil contamination is a step-wise process. The analyst first performs a qualitative assessment of the presence or absence of crude oil in the sample. If crude oil is detected during this qualitative assessment, the analyst must perform a quantitative analysis of the crude oil concentration.
              2.2 A sample of NAF is centrifuged to obtain a solids free supernate.
              2.3 The test sample is prepared by removing an aliquot of the solids free supernate, spiking it with internal standard, and analyzing it using GC/MS techniques. The components are separated by the gas chromatograph and detected by the mass spectrometer.
              2.4 Qualitative identification of crude oil contamination is performed by comparing the Total Ion Chromatograph (TIC) scans and Extracted Ion Profile (EIP) scans of test sample to that of uncontaminated base fluids, and examining the profiles for chromatographic signatures diagnostic of oil contamination.
              2.5 The presence or absence of crude oil contamination observed in the full scan profiles and selected extracted ion profiles determines further sample quantitation and reporting requirements.
              2.6 If crude oil is detected in the qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis must be performed by calibrating the GC/MS using a designated NAF spiked with known concentrations of a designated oil.
              2.7 Quality is assured through reproducible calibration and testing of GC/MS system and through analysis of quality control samples.
              3.0 Definitions

              3.1 A NAF is one in which the continuous—phase is a water immiscible fluid such as an oleaginous material (e.g., mineral oil, enhance mineral oil, paraffinic oil, or synthetic material such as olefins and vegetable esters).
              3.2 TIC—Total Ion Chromatograph.
              3.3 EIP—Extracted Ion Profile.
              3.4 TCB—1,3,5-trichlorobenzene is used as the internal standard in this method.
              3.5 SPTM—System Performance Test Mix standards are used to establish retention times and monitor detection levels.
              4.0 Interferences and Limitations
              4.1 Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware may yield artifacts and/or elevated baselines causing misinterpretation of chromatograms.
              4.2 All Materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences by running method blanks. Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents by distillation in all-glass systems may be required.
              4.3 Glassware shall be cleaned by rinsing with solvent and baking at 400 °C for a minimum of 1 hour.
              4.4 Interferences may vary from source to source, depending on the diversity of the samples being tested.
              4.5 Variations in and additions of base fluids and/or drilling fluid additives (emulsifiers, dispersants, fluid loss control agents, etc.) might also cause interferences and misinterpretation of chromatograms.
              4.6 Difference in light crude oils, medium crude oils, and heavy crude oils will result in different responses and thus different interpretation of scans and calculated percentages.
              5.0 Safety
              5.1 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however each chemical shall be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these chemicals should be reduced to the lowest possible level.
              5.2 Unknown samples may contain high concentration of volatile toxic compounds. Sample containers should be opened in a hood and handled with gloves to prevent exposure. In addition, all sample preparation should be conducted in a fume hood to limit the potential exposure to harmful contaminates.
              5.3 This method does not address all safety issues associated with its use. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a safe work environment and a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) shall be available to all personnel involved in these analyses. Additional references to laboratory safety can be found in References 16.1 through 16.3.
              5.4 NAF base fluids may cause skin irritation, protective gloves are recommended while handling these samples.
              6.0 Apparatus and Materials

                Note:
                Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance meeting the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.

              6.1 Equipment for glassware cleaning.
              6.1.1 Laboratory sink with overhead fume hood.
              6.1.2 Kiln—Capable of reaching 450 °C within 2 hours and holding 450 °C within ±10 °C, with temperature controller and safety switch (Cress Manufacturing Co., Santa Fe Springs, CA B31H or X31TS or equivalent).
              6.2 Equipment for sample preparation.
              6.2.1 Laboratory fume hood.
              6.2.2 Analytical balance—Capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
              6.2.3 Glassware.
              6.2.3.1 Disposable pipettes—Pasteur, 150 mm long by 5 mm ID (Fisher Scientific 13-678-6A, or equivalent) baked at 400 °C for a minimum of 1 hour.
              6.2.3.2 Glass volumetric pipettes or gas tight syringes—1.0-mL ±1% and 0.5-mL ±1%.
              6.2.3.3 Volumetric flasks—Glass, class A, 10-mL, 50-mL and 100-mL.
              6.2.3.4—Sample vials—Glass, 1- to 3-mL (baked at 400 °C for a minimum of 1 hour) with PTFE-lined screw or crimp cap.
              6.2.3.5 Centrifuge and centrifuge tubes—Centrifuge capable of 10,000 rpm, or better, (International Equipment Co., IEC Centra MP4 or equivalent) and 50-mL centrifuge tubes (Nalgene, Ultratube, Thin Wall 25 × 89 mm, #3410-2539).
              6.3 Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer (GC/MS):
              6.3.1 Gas Chromatograph—An analytical system complete with a temperature-programmable gas chromatograph suitable for split/splitless injection and all required accessories, including syringes, analytical columns, and gases.
              6.3.1.1 Column—30 m (or 60 m) × 0.32 mm ID (or 0.25 mm ID) 1 µm film thickness (or 0.25 µm film thickness) silicone-coated fused-silica capillary column (J&W Scientific DB-5 or equivalent).
              6.3.2 Mass Spectrometer—Capable of scanning from 35 to 600 amu every 1 sec or less, using 70 volts (nominal) electron energy in the electron impact ionization mode (Hewlett Packard 5970MS or comparable).

              6.3.3 GC/MS interface—the interface is a capillary-direct interface from the GC to the MS.

              6.3.4—Data system—A computer system must be interfaced to the mass spectrometer. The system must allow the continuous acquisition and storage on machine-readable media of all mass spectra obtained throughout the duration of the chromatographic program. The computer must have software that can search any GC/MS data file for ions of a specific mass and that can plot such ion abundance versus retention time or scan number. This type of plot is defined as an Extracted Ion Current Profile (EIP). Software must also be available that allows integrating the abundance in any total ion chromatogram (TIC) or EIP between specified retention time or scan-number limits. It is advisable that the most recent version of the EPA/NIST Mass Spectral Library be available.
              7.0 Reagents and Standards
              7.1 Methylene chloride—Pesticide grade or equivalent. Use when necessary for sample dilution.
              7.2 Standards—Prepare from pure individual standard materials or purchase as certified solutions. If compound purity is 96% or greater, the weight may be used without correction to compute the concentration of the standard.
              7.2.1 Crude Oil Reference—Obtain a sample of a crude oil with a known API gravity. This oil shall be used in the calibration procedures.
              7.2.2 Synthetic Base Fluid—Obtain a sample of clean internal olefin (IO) Lab drilling fluid (as sent from the supplier—has not been circulated downhole). This drilling fluid shall be used in the calibration procedures.
              7.2.3 Internal standard—Prepare a 0.01 g/mL solution of 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (TCB). Dissolve 1.0 g of TCB in methylene chloride and dilute to volume in a 100-mL volumetric flask. Stopper, vortex, and transfer the solution to a 150-mL bottle with PTFE-lined cap. Label appropriately, and store at −5 °C to 20 °C. Mark the level of the meniscus on the bottle to detect solvent loss.

              7.2.4 GC/MS system performance test mix (SPTM) standards—The SPTM standards shall contain octane, decane, dodecane, tetradecane, tetradecene, toluene, ethylbenzene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1-methylnaphthalene and 1,3-dimethylnaphthalene. These compounds can be purchased individually or obtained as a mixture (i.e., Supelco, Catalog No. 4-7300). Prepare a high concentration of the SPTM standard at 62.5 mg/mL in methylene chloride. Prepare a medium concentration SPTM standard at 1.25 mg/mL by transferring 1.0 mL of the 62.5 mg/mL solution into a 50 mL volumetric flask and diluting to the mark with methylene chloride. Finally, prepare a low concentration SPTM standard at 0.125 mg/mL by transferring 1.0 mL of the 1.25 mg/mL solution into a 10-mL volumetric flask and diluting to the mark with methylene chloride.
              7.2.5 Crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standards—Prepare a 4-point crude oil/drilling fluid calibration at concentrations of 0% (no spike—clean drilling fluid), 0.5%, 1.0%, and 2.0% by weight according to the procedures outlined in this appendix using the Reference Crude Oil:
              7.2.5.1 Label 4 jars with the following identification: Jar 1—0%Ref-IOLab, Jar 2—0.5%Ref-IOLab, Jar 3—1%Ref-IOLab, and Jar 4—2%Ref-IOLab.
              7.2.5.2 Weigh 4, 50-g aliquots of well mixed IO Lab drilling fluid into each of the 4 jars.
              7.2.5.3 Add Reference Oil at 0.5%, 1.0%, and 2.0% by weight to jars 2, 3, and 4 respectively. Jar 1 shall not be spiked with Reference Oil in order to retain a “0%” oil concentration.
              7.2.5.4 Thoroughly mix the contents of each of the 4 jars, using clean glass stirring rods.

              7.2.5.5 Transfer (weigh) a 30-g aliquot from Jar 1 to a labeled centrifuge tube. Centrifuge the aliquot for a minimum of 15 min at approximately 15,000 rpm, in order to obtain a solids free supernate. Weigh 0.5 g of the supernate directly into a tared and appropriately labeled GC straight vial. Spike the 0.5-g supernate with 500 µL of the 0.01g/mL 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene internal standard solution (see Section 7.2.3 of this appendix), cap with a Teflon lined crimp cap, and vortex for ca. 10 sec.
              7.2.5.6 Repeat step 7.2.5.5 except use an aliquot from Jar 2.
              7.2.5.7 Repeat step 7.2.5.5 except use an aliquot from Jar 3.
              7.2.5.8 Repeat step 7.2.5.5 except use an aliquot from Jar 4.
              7.2.5.9 These 4 crude/oil drilling fluid calibration standards are now used for qualitative and quantitative GC/MS analysis.

              7.2.6 Precision and recovery standard (mid level crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standard)—Prepare a mid point crude oil/ drilling fluid calibration using IO Lab drilling fluid and Reference Oil at a concentration of 1.0% by weight. Prepare this standard according to the procedures outlined in Section 7.2.5.1 through 7.2.5.5 of this appendix, with the exception that only “Jar 3” needs to be prepared. Remove and spike with internal standard, as many 0.5-g aliquots as needed to complete the GC/MS analysis (see Section 11.6 of this appendix—bracketing authentic samples every 12 hours with precision and recovery standard) and the initial demonstration exercise described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
              7.2.7 Stability of standards

              7.2.7.1 When not used, standards shall be stored in the dark, at −5 to −20 °C in screw-capped vials with PTFE-lined lids. Place a mark on the vial at the level of the solution so that solvent loss by evaporation can be detected. Bring the vial to room temperature prior to use.
              7.2.7.2 Solutions used for quantitative purposes shall be analyzed within 48 hours of preparation and on a monthly basis thereafter for signs of degradation. A standard shall remain acceptable if the peak area remains within ±15% of the area obtained in the initial analysis of the standard.
              8.0 Sample Collection Preservation and Storage
              8.1 Collect NAF and base fluid samples in 100- to 200-mL glass bottles with PTFE- or aluminum foil lined caps.
              8.2 Samples collected in the field shall be stored refrigerated until time of preparation.
              8.3 Sample and extract holding times for this method have not yet been established. However, based on initial experience with the method, samples should be analyzed within seven to ten days of collection and extracts should be analyzed within seven days of preparation.
              8.4 After completion of GC/MS analysis, extracts shall be refrigerated at 4 °C until further notification of sample disposal.
              9.0 Quality Control
              9.1 Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 16.4). The minimum requirements of this program shall consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, and ongoing analysis of standards, and blanks as a test of continued performance, analyses of spiked samples to assess accuracy and analysis of duplicates to assess precision. Laboratory performance shall be compared to established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses meet the performance characteristics of the method.
              9.1.1 The analyst shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision with this method. This ability shall be established as described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
              9.1.2 The analyst is permitted to modify this method to improve separations or lower the cost of measurements, provided all performance requirements are met. Each time a modification is made to the method, the analyst is required to repeat the calibration (Section 10.4 of this appendix) and to repeat the initial demonstration procedure described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
              9.1.3 Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedures and criteria for analysis of a blank are described in Section 9.3 of this appendix.
              9.1.4 Analysis of a matrix spike sample is required to demonstrate method accuracy. The procedure and QC criteria for spiking are described in Section 9.4 of this appendix.
              9.1.5 Analysis of a duplicate field sample is required to demonstrate method precision. The procedure and QC criteria for duplicates are described in Section 9.5 of this appendix.

              9.1.6 Analysis of a sample of the clean NAF(s) (as sent from the supplier—i.e., has not been circulated downhole) used in the drilling operations is required.
              9.1.7 The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through calibration verification and the analysis of the precision and recovery standard (Section 7.2.6 of this appendix) that the analysis system is in control. These procedures are described in Section 11.6 of this appendix.
              9.1.8 The laboratory shall maintain records to define the quality of data that is generated.
              9.2 Initial precision and accuracy—The initial precision and recovery test shall be performed using the precision and recovery standard (1% by weight Reference Oil in IO Lab drilling fluid). The laboratory shall generate acceptable precision and recovery by performing the following operations.
              9.2.1 Prepare four separate aliquots of the precision and recovery standard using the procedure outlined in Section 7.2.6 of this appendix. Analyze these aliquots using the procedures outlined in Section 11 of this appendix.
              9.2.2 Using the results of the set of four analyses, compute the average recovery (X) in weight percent and the standard deviation of the recovery(s) for each sample.
              9.2.3 If s and X meet the acceptance criteria of 80% to 110%, system performance is acceptable and analysis of samples may begin. If, however, s exceeds the precision limit or X falls outside the range for accuracy, system performance is unacceptable. In this event, review this method, correct the problem, and repeat the test.

              9.2.4 Accuracy and precision—The average percent recovery (P) and the standard deviation of the percent recovery (Sp) Express the accuracy assessment as a percent recovery interval from P-2Sp to P + 2Sp. For example, if P = 90% and Sp = 10% for four analyses of crude oil in NAF, the accuracy interval is expressed as 70% to 110%. Update the accuracy assessment on a regular basis.
              9.3 Blanks—Rinse glassware and centrifuge tubes used in the method with 30 mL of methylene chloride, remove a 0.5-g aliquot of the solvent, spike it with the 500 µL of the internal standard solution (Section 7.2.3 of this appendix) and analyze a 1-µL aliquot of the blank sample using the procedure in Section 11 of this appendix. Compute results per Section 12 of this appendix.

              9.4 Matrix spike sample—Prepare a matrix spike sample according to procedure outlined in Section 7.2.6 of this appendix. Analyze the sample and calculate the concentration (% oil) in the drilling fluid and % recovery of oil from the spiked drilling fluid using the methods described in Sections 11 and 12 of this appendix.
              9.5 Duplicates—A duplicate field sample shall be prepared and analyzed according to Section 11. The relative percent difference (RPD) of the calculated concentrations shall be less than 15%.
              9.5.1 Analyze each of the duplicates per the procedure in Section 11 of this appendix and compute the results per Section 12 of this appendix.
              9.5.2 Calculate the relative percent difference (RPD) between the two results per the following equation:

                ER18MY12.029

              where:

              D1 = Concentration of crude oil in the sample; and
              D2 = Concentration of crude oil in the duplicate sample.

              9.5.3 If the RPD criteria are not met, the analytical system shall be judged to be out of control, and the problem must be immediately identified and corrected, and the sample batch re-analyzed.

              9.6 A clean NAF sample shall be prepared and analyzed according to Section 11. Ultimately the oil-equivalent concentration from the TIC or EIP signal measured in the clean NAF sample shall be subtracted from the corresponding authentic field samples in order to calculate the true contaminant concentration (% oil) in the field samples (see Section 12).
              9.7 The specifications contained in this method can be met if the apparatus used is calibrated properly, and maintained in a calibrated state. The standards used for initial precision and recovery (Section 9.2 of this appendix) and ongoing precision and recovery (Section 11.6 of this appendix) shall be identical, so that the most precise results will be obtained. The GC/MS instrument will provide the most reproducible results if dedicated to the setting and conditions required for the analyses given in this method.
              9.8 Depending on specific program requirements, field replicates and field spikes of crude oil into samples may be required when this method is used to assess the precision and accuracy of the sampling and sample transporting techniques.
              10.0 Calibration
              10.1 Establish gas chromatographic/mass spectrometer operating conditions given in Table 1 of this appendix. Perform the GC/MS system hardware-tune as outlined by the manufacture. The gas chromatograph shall be calibrated using the internal standard technique.

                Note:
                Because each GC is slightly different, it may be necessary to adjust the operating conditions (carrier gas flow rate and column temperature and temperature program) slightly until the retention times in Table 2 of this appendix are met.

                Table 1—Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer (GC/MS) Operation Conditions

                  Parameter
                  Setting

                  Injection pot
                  280 °C

                  Transfer line
                  280 °C

                  Detector
                  280 °C

                  Initial Temperature
                  50 °C

                  Initial Time
                  5 minutes

                  Ramp
                  50 to 300 °C @ 5 °C per minute

                  Final Temperature
                  300 °C

                  Final Hold
                  20 minutes or until all peaks have eluted

                  Carrier Gas
                  Helium

                  Flow rate
                  As required for standard operation

                  Split ratio
                  As required to meet performance criteria (~1:100)

                  Mass range
                  35 to 600 amu

                Table 2—Approximate Retention Time for Compounds

                  Compound
                  Approximate retention time (minutes)

                  Toluene
                  5.6

                  Octane, n−C8

                  7.2

                  Ethylbenzene
                  10.3

                  1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene
                  16.0

                  Decane, −C10

                  16.1

                  TCB (Internal Standard)
                  21.3

                  Dodecane, −C12

                  22.9

                  1-Methylnaphthalene
                  26.7

                  1-Tetradecene
                  28.4

                  Tetradecane, −C14

                  28.7

                  1,3-Dimethylnaphthalene
                  29.7

              10.2 Internal standard calibration procedure—1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (TCB) has been shown to be free of interferences from diesel and crude oils and is a suitable internal standard.
              10.3 The system performance test mix standards prepared in Section 7.2.4 of this appendix shall be used to establish retention times and establish qualitative detection limits.
              10.3.1 Spike a 500-mL aliquot of the 1.25 mg/mL SPTM standard with 500 µL of the TCB internal standard solution.
              10.3.2 Inject 1.0 µL of this spiked SPTM standard onto the GC/MS in order to demonstrate proper retention times. For the GC/MS used in the development of this method, the ten compounds in the mixture had typical retention times shown in Table 2 of this appendix. Extracted ion scans for m/z 91 and 105 showed a maximum abundance of 400,000.

              10.3.3 Spike a 500-mL aliquot of the 0.125 mg/mL SPTM standard with 500 µL of the TCB internal standard solution.

              10.3.4 Inject 1.0 µL of this spiked SPTM standard onto the GC/MS to monitor detectable levels. For the GC/MS used in the development of this test, all ten compounds showed a minimum peak height of three times signal to noise. Extracted ion scans for m/z 91 and 105 showed a maximum abundance of 40,000.

              10.4 GC/MS crude oil/drilling fluid calibration—There are two methods of quantification: Total Area Integration (C8-C13) and EIP Area Integration using m/z's 91 and 105. The Total Area Integration method should be used as the primary technique for quantifying crude oil in NAFs. The EIP Area Integration method should be used as a confirmatory technique for NAFs. However, the EIP Area Integration method shall be used as the primary method for quantifying oil in enhanced mineral oil (EMO) based drilling fluid. Inject 1.0 µL of each of the four crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standards prepared in Section 7.2.5 of this appendix into the GC/MS. The internal standard should elute approximately 21-22 minutes after injection. For the GC/MS used in the development of this method, the internal standard peak was (35 to 40)% of full scale at an abundance of about 3.5e + 07.

              10.4.1 Total Area Integration Method—For each of the four calibration standards obtain the following: Using a straight baseline integration technique, obtain the total ion chromatogram (TIC) area from C8 to C13. Obtain the TIC area of the internal standard (TCB). Subtract the TCB area from the C8-C13 area to obtain the true C8-C13 area. Using the C8-C13 and TCB areas, and known internal standard concentration, generate a linear regression calibration using the internal standard method. The r2 value for the linear regression curve shall be greater than or equal to 0.998. Some synthetic fluids might have peaks that elute in the window and would interfere with the analysis. In this case the integration window can be shifted to other areas of scan where there are no interfering peaks from the synthetic base fluid.
              10.4.2 EIP Area Integration—For each of the four calibration standards generate Extracted Ion Profiles (EIPs) for m/z 91 and 105. Using straight baseline integration techniques, obtain the following EIP areas:
              10.4.2.1 For m/z 91 integrate the area under the curve from approximately 9 minutes to 21-22 minutes, just prior to but not including the internal standard.
              10.4.2.2 For m/z 105 integrate the area under the curve from approximately 10.5 minutes to 26.5 minutes.
              10.4.2.3 Obtain the internal standard area from the TCB in each of the four calibration standards, using m/z 180.
              10.4.2.4 Using the EIP areas for TCB, m/z 91 and m/z105, and the known concentration of internal standard, generate linear regression calibration curves for the target ions 91 and 105 using the internal standard method. The r2 value for each of the EIP linear regression curves shall be greater than or equal to 0.998.
              10.4.2.5 Some base fluids might produce a background level that would show up on the extracted ion profiles, but there should not be any real peaks (signal to noise ratio of 1:3) from the clean base fluids.
              11.0 Procedure
              11.1 Sample Preparation—
              11.1.1 Mix the authentic field sample (drilling fluid) well. Transfer (weigh) a 30-g aliquot of the sample to a labeled centrifuge tube.
              11.1.2 Centrifuge the aliquot for a minimum of 15 min at approximately 15,000 rpm, in order to obtain a solids free supernate.
              11.1.3 Weigh 0.5 g of the supernate directly into a tared and appropriately labeled GC straight vial.

              11.1.4 Spike the 0.5-g supernate with 500 µL of the 0.01g/mL 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene internal standard solution (see Section 7.2.3 of this appendix), cap with a Teflon lined crimp cap, and vortex for ca. 10 sec.
              11.1.5 The sample is ready for GC/MS analysis.
              11.2 Gas Chromatography.
              Table 1 of this appendix summarizes the recommended operating conditions for the GC/MS. Retention times for the n-alkanes obtained under these conditions are given in Table 2 of this appendix. Other columns, chromatographic conditions, or detectors may be used if initial precision and accuracy requirements (Section 9.2 of this appendix) are met. The system shall be calibrated according to the procedures outlined in Section 10 of this appendix, and verified every 12 hours according to Section 11.6 of this appendix.
              11.2.1 Samples shall be prepared (extracted) in a batch of no more than 20 samples. The batch shall consist of 20 authentic samples, 1 blank (Section 9.3 of this appendix), 1 matrix spike sample (9.4), and 1 duplicate field sample (9.5), and a prepared sample of the corresponding clean NAF used in the drilling process.
              11.2.2 An analytical sequence shall be analyzed on the GC/MS where the 3 SPTM standards (Section 7.2.4 of this appendix) containing internal standard are analyzed first, followed by analysis of the four GC/MS crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standards (Section 7.2.5 of this appendix), analysis of the blank, matrix spike sample, the duplicate sample, the clean NAF sample, followed by the authentic samples.

              11.2.3 Samples requiring dilution due to excessive signal shall be diluted using methylene chloride.

              11.2.4 Inject 1.0 µL of the test sample or standard into the GC, using the conditions in Table 1 of this appendix.
              11.2.5 Begin data collection and the temperature program at the time of injection.
              11.2.6 Obtain a TIC and EIP fingerprint scans of the sample (Table 3 of this appendix).
              11.2.7 If the area of the C8 to C13 peaks exceeds the calibration range of the system, dilute a fresh aliquot of the test sample weighing 0.50-g and re-analyze.
              11.2.8 Determine the C8 to C13 TIC area, the TCB internal standard area, and the areas for the m/z 91 and 105 EIPs. These shall be used in the calculation of oil concentration in the samples (see Section 12 of this appendix).

                Table 3—Recommended Ion Mass Numbers

                  Selected ion mass numbers
                  Corresponding aromatic compounds
                  Typical rentention time (minutes)

                  91
                  Methylbenzene
                   6.0

                  Ethylbenzene
                  10.3

                  1,4-Dimethylbenzene
                  10.9

                  1,3-Dimethylbenzene
                  10.9

                  1,2-Dimethylbenzene
                  11.9

                  105
                  1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene
                  15.1

                  1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene
                  16.0

                  1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene
                  17.4

                  156
                  2,6-Dimethylnaphthalene
                  28.9

                  1,2-Dimethylnaphthalene
                  29.4

                  1,3-Dimethylnaphthalene
                  29.7

              11.2.9 Observe the presence of peaks in the EIPs that would confirm the presence of any target aromatic compounds. Using the EIP areas and EIP linear regression calibrations compare the abundance of the aromatic peaks, and if appropriate, determine approximate crude oil contamination in the sample for each of the target ions.
              11.3 Qualitative Identification—See Section 17 of this method for schematic flowchart.

              11.3.1 Qualitative identification shall be accomplished by comparison of the TIC and EIP area data from an authentic sample to the TIC and EIP area data from the calibration standards (see Section 10.4). Crude oil shall be identified by the presence of C10 to C13 n-alkanes and corresponding target aromatics.

              11.3.2 Using the calibration data, establish the identity of the C8 to C13 peaks in the chromatogram of the sample. Using the calibration data, establish the identity of any target aromatics present on the extracted ion scans.
              11.3.3 Crude oil is not present in a detectable amount in the sample if there are no target aromatics seen on the extracted ion scans. The experience of the analyst shall weigh heavily in the determination of the presence of peaks at a signal-to-noise ratio of 3 or greater.
              11.3.4 If the chromatogram shows n-alkanes from C8 to C13 and target aromatics to be present, contamination by crude oil or diesel shall be suspected and quantitative analysis shall be determined. If there are no n-alkanes present that are not seen on the blank, and no target aromatics are seen, the sample can be considered to be free of contamination.
              11.4 Quantitative Identification—
              11.4.1 Determine the area of the peaks from C8 to C13 as outlined in the calibration section (10.4.1 of this appendix). If the area of the peaks for the sample is greater than that for the clean NAF (base fluid) use the crude oil/drilling fluid calibration TIC linear regression curve to determine approximate crude oil contamination.
              11.4.2 Using the EIPs outlined in Section 10.4.2 of this appendix, determine the presence of any target aromatics. Using the integration techniques outlined in Section 10.4.2 of this appendix, obtain the EIP areas for m/z 91 and 105. Use the crude oil/drilling fluid calibration EIP linear regression curves to determine approximate crude oil contamination.
              11.5 Complex Samples—
              11.5.1 The most common interferences in the determination of crude oil can be from mineral oil, diesel oil, and proprietary additives in drilling fluids.
              11.5.2 Mineral oil can typically be identified by its lower target aromatic content, and narrow range of strong peaks.

              11.5.3 Diesel oil can typically be identified by low amounts of n-alkanes from C7 to C9, and the absence of n-alkanes greater than C25.

              11.5.4 Crude oils can usually be distinguished by the presence of high aromatics, increased intensities of C8 to C13 peaks, and/ or the presence of higher hydrocarbons of C25 and greater (which may be difficult to see in some synthetic fluids at low contamination levels).

              11.5.4.1 Oil condensates from gas wells are low in molecular weight and will normally produce strong chromatographic peaks in the C8-C13 range. If a sample of the gas condensate crude oil from the formation is available, the oil can be distinguished from other potential sources of contamination by using it to prepare a calibration standard.
              11.5.4.2 Asphaltene crude oils with API gravity <20 may not produce chromatographic peaks strong enough to show contamination at levels of the calibration. Extracted ion peaks should be easier to see than increased intensities for the C8 to C13 peaks. If a sample of asphaltene crude from the formation is available, a calibration standard shall be prepared.
              11.6 System and Laboratory Performance—

              11.6.1 At the beginning of each 8-hour shift during which analyses are performed, GC crude oil/drilling fluid calibration and system performance test mixes shall be verified. For these tests, analysis of the medium-level calibration standard (1-% Reference Oil in IO Lab drilling fluid, and 1.25 mg/mL SPTM with internal standard) shall be used to verify all performance criteria. Adjustments and/or re-calibration (per Section 10 of this appendix) shall be performed until all performance criteria are met. Only after all performance criteria are met may samples and blanks be analyzed.
              11.6.2 Inject 1.0 µL of the medium-level GC/MS crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standard into the GC instrument according to the procedures in Section 11.2 of this appendix. Verify that the linear regression curves for both TIC area and EIP areas are still valid using this continuing calibration standard.

              11.6.3 After this analysis is complete, inject 1.0 µL of the 1.25 mg/mL SPTM (containing internal standard) into the GC instrument and verify the proper retention times are met (see Table 2 of this appendix).
              11.6.4 Retention times—Retention time of the internal standard. The absolute retention time of the TCB internal standard shall be within the range 21.0 ±0.5 minutes. Relative retention times of the n-alkanes: The retention times of the n-alkanes relative to the TCB internal standard shall be similar to those given in Table 2 of this appendix.
              11.6.17 Schematic Flowchart for Qualitative Identification

                ER18MY12.030

              12.0 Calculations

              The concentration of oil in NAFs drilling fluids shall be computed relative to peak areas between C8 and C13 (using the Total Area Integration method) or total peak areas from extracted ion profiles (using the Extracted Ion Profile Method). In either case, there is a measurable amount of peak area, even in clean drilling fluid samples, due to spurious peaks and electrometer “noise” that contributes to the total signal measured using either of the quantification methods. In this procedure, a correction for this signal is applied, using the blank or clean sample correction technique described in American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Method D-3328-90, Comparison of Waterborne Oil by Gas Chromatography. In this method, the “oil equivalents” measured in a blank sample by total area gas chromatography are subtracted from that determined for a field sample to arrive at the most accurate measure of oil residue in the authentic sample.
              12.1 Total Area Integration Method
              12.1.1 Using C8 to C13 TIC area, the TCB area in the clean NAF sample and the TIC linear regression curve, compute the oil equivalent concentration of the C8 to C13 retention time range in the clean NAF.

                Note:
                The actual TIC area of the C8 to C13 is equal to the C8 to C13 area minus the area of the TCB.

              12.1.2 Using the corresponding information for the authentic sample, compute the oil equivalent concentration of the C8 to C13 retention time range in the authentic sample.
              12.1.3 Calculate the concentration (% oil) of oil in the sample by subtracting the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the clean NAF from the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the authentic sample.
              12.2 EIP Area Integration Method
              12.2.1 Using either m/z 91 or 105 EIP areas, the TCB area in the clean NAF sample, and the appropriate EIP linear regression curve, compute the oil equivalent concentration of the in the clean NAF.
              12.2.2 Using the corresponding information for the authentic sample, compute its oil equivalent concentration.
              12.2.3 Calculate the concentration (% oil) of oil in the sample by subtracting the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the clean NAF from the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the authentic sample.
              13.0 Method Performance
              13.1 Specification in this method are adopted from EPA Method 1663, Differentiation of Diesel and Crude Oil by GC/FID (Reference 16.5).

              13.2 Single laboratory method performance using an Internal Olefin (IO) drilling fluid fortified at 0.5% oil using a 35 API gravity oil was:

              Precision and accuracy 94 ±4%
              Accuracy interval—86.3% to 102%
              Relative percent difference in duplicate analysis—6.2%
              14.0 Pollution Prevention
              14.1 The solvent used in this method poses little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
              15.0 Waste Management
              15.1 It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restriction, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
              15.2 All authentic samples (drilling fluids) failing the RPE (fluorescence) test (indicated by the presence of fluorescence) shall be retained and classified as contaminated samples. Treatment and ultimate fate of these samples is not outlined in this SOP.
              15.3 For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel”, and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction”, both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.
              16.0 References
              16.1 Carcinogens—“Working With Carcinogens.” Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control (available through National Technical Information Systems, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, document no. PB-277256): August 1977.
              16.2 “OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry [29 CFR 1910], Revised.” Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA 2206. Washington, DC: January 1976.
              16.3 “Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories.” USEPA, EMSSL-CI, EPA-600/4-79-019. Cincinnati, OH: March 1979.
              16.4 “Method 1663, Differentiation of Diesel and Crude Oil by GC/FID, Methods for the Determination of Diesel, Mineral, and Crude Oils in Offshore Oil and Gas Industry Discharges, EPA 821-R-92-008, Office of Water Engineering and Analysis Division, Washington, DC: December 1992.
              [66 FR 6901, Jan. 22, 2001, as amended at 77 FR 29843, May 18, 2012]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 6
              Appendix 6 to Subpart A of Part 435—Reverse Phase Extraction (RPE) Method for Detection of Oil Contamination in Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids (NAF) (GC/MS) (EPA Method 1670)
              1.0 Scope and Application
              1.1 This method is used for determination of crude or formation oil, or other petroleum oil contamination, in non-aqueous drilling fluids (NAFs).

              1.2 This method is intended as a positive/negative test to determine a presence of crude oil in NAF prior to discharging drill cuttings from offshore production platforms.

              1.3 This method is for use in the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) survey and monitoring programs under the Clean Water Act, including monitoring of compliance with the Gulf of Mexico NPDES General Permit for monitoring of oil contamination in drilling fluids.
              1.4 This method has been designed to show positive contamination for 5% of representative crude oils at a concentration of 0.1% in drilling fluid (vol/vol), 50% of representative crude oils at a concentration of 0.5%, and 95% of representative crude oils at a concentration of 1%.
              1.5 Any modification of this method, beyond those expressly permitted, shall be considered a major modification subject to application and approval of alternate test procedures under 40 CFR parts 136.4 and 136.5.
              1.6 Each laboratory that uses this method must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results using the procedure in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
              2.0 Summary of Method
              2.1 An aliquot of drilling fluid is extracted using isopropyl alcohol.
              2.2 The mixture is allowed to settle and then filtered to separate out residual solids.
              2.3 An aliquot of the filtered extract is charged onto a reverse phase extraction (RPE) cartridge.
              2.4 The cartridge is eluted with isopropyl alcohol.
              2.5 Crude oil contaminates are retained on the cartridge and their presence (or absence) is detected based on observed fluorescence using a black light.
              3.0 Definitions
              3.1 A NAF is one in which the continuous phase is a water immiscible fluid such as an oleaginous material (e.g., mineral oil, enhance mineral oil, paraffinic oil, or synthetic material such as olefins and vegetable esters).
              4.0 Interferences
              4.1 Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample-processing hardware may yield artifacts that affect results. Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents may be required.
              4.2 All materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences under the conditions of analysis by running laboratory reagent blanks as described in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
              5.0 Safety
              5.1 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however, each chemical shall be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these chemicals should be reduced to the lowest possible level. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) shall be available for all reagents.
              5.2 Isopropyl alcohol is flammable and should be used in a well-ventilated area.
              5.3 Unknown samples may contain high concentration of volatile toxic compounds. Sample containers should be opened in a hood and handled with gloves to prevent exposure. In addition, all sample preparation should be conducted in a well-ventilated area to limit the potential exposure to harmful contaminants. Drilling fluid samples should be handled with the same precautions used in the drilling fluid handling areas of the drilling rig.
              5.4 This method does not address all safety issues associated with its use. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a safe work environment and a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) shall be available to all personnel involved in these analyses. Additional information on laboratory safety can be found in References 16.1-16.2.
              6.0 Equipment and Supplies

                Note:
                Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.

              6.1 Sampling equipment.
              6.1.1 Sample collection bottles/jars—New, pre-cleaned bottles/jars, lot-certified to be free of artifacts. Glass preferable, plastic acceptable, wide mouth approximately 1-L, with Teflon-lined screw cap.
              6.2 Equipment for glassware cleaning.
              6.2.1 Laboratory sink.
              6.2.2 Oven—Capable of maintaining a temperature within ±5 °C in the range of 100-250 °C.
              6.3 Equipment for sample extraction.
              6.3.1 Vials—Glass, 25 mL and 4 mL, with Teflon-lined screw caps, baked at 200-250 °C for 1-h minimum prior to use.
              6.3.2 Gas-tight syringes—Glass, various sizes, 0.5 mL to 2.5 mL (if spiking of drilling fluids with oils is to occur).
              6.3.3 Auto pipetters—various sizes, 0.1 mL, 0.5 mL, 1 to 5 mL delivery, and 10 mL delivery, with appropriate size disposable pipette tips, calibrated to within ±0.5%.
              6.3.4 Glass stirring rod.
              6.3.5 Vortex mixer.
              6.3.6 Disposable syringes—Plastic, 5 mL.

              6.3.7 Teflon syringe filter, 25-mm, 0.45 µm pore size—Acrodisc ® CR Teflon (or equivalent).

              6.3.8 Reverse Phase Extraction C18 Cartridge—Waters Sep-Pak ®Plus, C18 Cartridge, 360 mg of sorbent (or equivalent).
              6.3.9 SPE vacuum manifold—Supelco Brand, 12 unit (or equivalent). Used as support for cartridge/syringe assembly only. Vacuum apparatus not required.
              6.4 Equipment for fluorescence detection.
              6.4.1 Black light—UV Lamp, Model UVG 11, Mineral Light Lamp, Shortwave 254 nm, or Longwave 365 nm, 15 volts, 60 Hz, 0.16 amps (or equivalent).
              6.4.2 Black box—cartridge viewing area. A commercially available ultraviolet viewing cabinet with viewing lamp, or alternatively, a cardboard box or equivalent, approximately 14″ × 7.5″ × 7.5″ in size and painted flat black inside. Lamp positioned in fitted and sealed slot in center on top of box. Sample cartridges sit in a tray, ca. 6″ from lamp. Cardboard flaps cut on top panel and side of front panel for sample viewing and sample cartridge introduction, respectively.
              6.4.3 Viewing platform for cartridges. Simple support (hand made vial tray—black in color) for cartridges so that they do not move during the fluorescence testing.
              7.0 Reagents and Standards
              7.1 Isopropyl alcohol—99% purity.
              7.2 NAF—Appropriate NAF as sent from the supplier (has not been circulated downhole). Use the clean NAF corresponding to the NAF being used in the current drilling operation.
              7.3 Standard crude oil—NIST SRM 1582 petroleum crude oil.
              8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
              8.1 Collect approximately one liter of representative sample (NAF, which has been circulated downhole) in a glass bottle or jar. Cover with a Teflon lined cap. To allow for a potential need to re-analyze and/or re-process the sample, it is recommended that a second sample aliquot be collected.
              8.2 Label the sample appropriately.
              8.3 All samples must be refrigerated at 0-4 °C from the time of collection until extraction (40 CFR part 136, Table II).
              8.4 All samples must be analyzed within 28 days of the date and time of collection (40 CFR part 136, Table II).
              9.0 Quality Control
              9.1 Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 16.3). The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, and ongoing analyses of blanks and spiked duplicates to assess accuracy and precision and to demonstrate continued performance. Each field sample is analyzed in duplicate to demonstrate representativeness.
              9.1.1 The analyst shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision with this method. This ability is established as described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
              9.1.2 Preparation and analysis of a set of spiked duplicate samples to document accuracy and precision. The procedure for the preparation and analysis of these samples is described in Section 9.4 of this appendix.
              9.1.3 Analyses of laboratory reagent blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedure and criteria for preparation and analysis of a reagent blank are described in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
              9.1.4 The laboratory shall maintain records to define the quality of the data that is generated.
              9.1.5 Accompanying QC for the determination of oil in NAF is required per analytical batch. An analytical batch is a set of samples extracted at the same time, to a maximum of 10 samples. Each analytical batch of 10 or fewer samples must be accompanied by a laboratory reagent blank (Section 9.5 of this appendix), corresponding NAF reference blanks (Section 9.6 of this appendix), a set of spiked duplicate samples blank (Section 9.4 of this appendix), and duplicate analysis of each field sample. If greater than 10 samples are to be extracted at one time, the samples must be separated into analytical batches of 10 or fewer samples.

              9.2 Initial demonstration of laboratory capability. To demonstrate the capability to perform the test, the analyst shall analyze two representative unused drilling fluids (e.g., internal olefin-based drilling fluid, vegetable ester-based drilling fluid), each prepared separately containing 0.1%, 1%, and 2% or a representative oil. Each drilling fluid/concentration combination shall be analyzed 10 times, and successful demonstration will yield the following average results for the data set:

              0.1% oil—Detected in <20% of samples
              1% oil—Detected in >75% of samples
              2% oil—Detected in >90% of samples

              9.3 Sample duplicates.
              9.3.1 The laboratory shall prepare and analyze (Section 11.2 and 11.4 of this appendix) each authentic sample in duplicate, from a given sampling site or, if for compliance monitoring, from a given discharge.
              9.3.2 The duplicate samples must be compared versus the prepared corresponding NAF blank.
              9.3.3 Prepare and analyze the duplicate samples according to procedures outlined in Section 11 of this appendix.

              9.3.4 The results of the duplicate analyses are acceptable if each of the results give the same response (fluorescence or no fluorescence). If the results are different, sample non-homogenicity issues may be a concern. Prepare the samples again, ensuring a well-mixed sample prior to extraction. Analyze the samples once again.
              9.3.5 If different results are obtained for the duplicate a second time, the analytical system is judged to be out of control and the problem shall be identified and corrected, and the samples re-analyzed.
              9.4 Spiked duplicates—Laboratory prepared spiked duplicates are analyzed to demonstrate acceptable accuracy and precision.
              9.4.1 Preparation and analysis of a set of spiked duplicate samples with each set of no more than 10 field samples is required to demonstrate method accuracy and precision and to monitor matrix interferences (interferences caused by the sample matrix). A field NAF sample expected to contain less than 0.5% crude oil (and documented to not fluoresce as part of the sample batch analysis) shall be spiked with 1% (by volume) of suitable reference crude oil and analyzed as field samples, as described in Section 11 of this appendix. If no low-level drilling fluid is available, then the unused NAF can be used as the drilling fluid sample.
              9.5 Laboratory reagent blanks—Laboratory reagent blanks are analyzed to demonstrate freedom from contamination.

              9.5.1 A reagent blank is prepared by passing 4 mL of the isopropyl alcohol through a Teflon syringe filter and collecting the filtrate in a 4-mL glass vial. A Sep Pak ® C18 cartridge is then preconditioned with 3 mL of isopropyl alcohol. A 0.5-mL aliquot of the filtered isopropyl alcohol is added to the syringe barrel along with 3.0 mL of isopropyl alcohol. The solvent is passed through the preconditioned Sep Pak ® cartridge. An additional 2-mL of isopropyl alcohol is eluted through the cartridge. The cartridge is now considered the “reagent blank” cartridge and is ready for viewing (analysis). Check the reagent blank cartridge under the black light for fluorescence. If the isopropyl alcohol and filter are clean, no fluorescence will be observed.
              9.5.2 If fluorescence is detected in the reagent blank cartridge, analysis of the samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a prepared reagent blank shows no fluorescence under a black light. All samples shall be associated with an uncontaminated method blank before the results may be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.
              9.6 NAF reference blanks—NAF reference blanks are prepared from the NAFs sent from the supplier (NAF that has not been circulated downhole) and used as the reference when viewing the fluorescence of the test samples.

              9.6.1 A NAF reference blank is prepared identically to the authentic samples. Place a 0.1 mL aliquot of the “clean” NAF into a 25-mL glass vial. Add 10 mL of isopropyl alcohol to the vial. Cap the vial. Vortex the vial for approximately 10 sec. Allow the solids to settle for approximately 15 minutes. Using a 5-mL syringe, draw up 4 mL of the extract and filter it through a PTFE syringe filter, collecting the filtrate in a 4-mL glass vial. Precondition a Sep Pak ® C18 cartridge with 3 mL of isopropyl alcohol. Add a 0.5-mL aliquot of the filtered extract to the syringe barrel along with 3.0 mL of isopropyl alcohol. Pass the extract and solvent through the preconditioned Sep Pak ® cartridge. Pass an additional 2-mL of isopropyl alcohol through the cartridge. The cartridge is now considered the NAF blank cartridge and is ready for viewing (analysis). This cartridge is used as the reference cartridge for determining the absence or presence of fluorescence in all authentic drilling fluid samples that originate from the same NAF. That is, the specific NAF reference blank cartridge is put under the black light along with a prepared cartridge of an authentic sample originating from the same NAF material. The fluorescence or absence of fluorescence in the authentic sample cartridge is determined relative to the NAF reference cartridge.
              9.6.2 Positive control solution, equivalent to 1% crude oil contaminated mud extract, is prepared by dissolving 87 mg of standard crude oil into 10.00 mL of methylene chloride. Then mix 40 µL of this solution into 10.00 mL of IPA. Transfer 0.5 mL of this solution into a preconditioned C18 cartridge, followed by 2 ml of IPA.
              10.0 Calibration and Standardization
              10.1 Calibration and standardization methods are not employed for this procedure.
              11.0 Procedure
              This method is a screening-level test. Precise and accurate results can be obtained only by strict adherence to all details.
              11.1 Preparation of the analytical batch.
              11.1.1 Bring the analytical batch of samples to room temperature.
              11.1.2 Using a large glass stirring rod, mix the authentic sample thoroughly.
              11.1.3 Using a large glass stirring rod, mix the clean NAF (sent from the supplier) thoroughly.
              11.2 Extraction.
              11.2.1 Using an automatic positive displacement pipetter and a disposable pipette tip transfer 0.1-mL of the authentic sample into a 25-mL vial.
              11.2.2 Using an automatic pipetter and a disposable pipette tip dispense a 10-mL aliquot of solvent grade isopropyl alcohol (IPA) into the 25 mL vial.
              11.2.3 Cap the vial and vortex the vial for ca. 10-15 seconds.

              11.2.4 Let the sample extract stand for approximately 5 minutes, allowing the solids to separate.

              11.2.5 Using a 5-mL disposable plastic syringe remove 4 mL of the extract from the 25-mL vial.
              11.2.6 Filter 4 mL of extract through a Teflon syringe filter (25-mm diameter, 0.45 µm pore size), collecting the filtrate in a labeled 4-mL vial.
              11.2.7 Dispose of the PFTE syringe filter.

              11.2.8 Using a black permanent marker, label a Sep Pak ® C18 cartridge with the sample identification.
              11.2.9 Place the labeled Sep Pak ® C18 cartridge onto the head of a SPE vacuum manifold.
              11.2.10 Using a 5-mL disposable plastic syringe, draw up exactly 3-mL (air free) of isopropyl alcohol.
              11.2.11 Attach the syringe tip to the top of the C18 cartridge.
              11.2.12 Condition the C18 cartridge with the 3-mL of isopropyl alcohol by depressing the plunger slowly.

                Note:
                Depress the plunger just to the point when no liquid remains in the syringe barrel. Do not force air through the cartridge. Collect the eluate in a waste vial.

              11.2.13 Remove the syringe temporarily from the top of the cartridge, then remove the plunger, and finally reattach the syringe barrel to the top of the C18 cartridge.
              11.2.14 Using automatic pipetters and disposable pipette tips, transfer 0.5 mL of the filtered extract into the syringe barrel, followed by a 3.0-mL transfer of isopropyl alcohol to the syringe barrel.

              11.2.15 Insert the plunger and slowly depress it to pass only the extract and solvent through the preconditioned C18 cartridge.

                Note:
                Depress the plunger just to the point when no liquid remains in the syringe barrel. Do not force air through the cartridge. Collect the eluate in a waste vial.

              11.2.16 Remove the syringe temporarily from the top of the cartridge, then remove the plunger, and finally reattach the syringe barrel to the top of the C18 cartridge.
              11.2.17 Using an automatic pipetter and disposable pipette tip, transfer 2.0 mL of isopropyl alcohol to the syringe barrel.

              11.2.18 Insert the plunger and slowly depress it to pass the solvent through the C18 cartridge.

                Note:
                Depress the plunger just to the point when no liquid remains in the syringe barrel. Do not force air through the cartridge. Collect the eluate in a waste vial.

              11.2.19 Remove the syringe and labeled C18 cartridge from the top of the SPE vacuum manifold.
              11.2.20 Prepare a reagent blank according to the procedures outlined in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
              11.2.21 Prepare the necessary NAF reference blanks for each type of NAF encountered in the field samples according to the procedures outlined in Section 9.6 of this appendix.
              11.2.22 Prepare the positive control (1% crude oil equivalent) according to Section 9.6.2 of this appendix.
              11.3 Reagent blank fluorescence testing.
              11.3.1 Place the reagent blank cartridge in a black box, under a black light.
              11.3.2 Determine the presence or absence of fluorescence for the reagent blank cartridge. If fluorescence is detected in the blank, analysis of the samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a prepared reagent blank shows no fluorescence under a black light. All samples must be associated with an uncontaminated method blank before the results may be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.
              11.4 Sample fluorescence testing.
              11.4.1 Place the respective NAF reference blank (Section 9.6 of this appendix) onto the tray inside the black box.
              11.4.2 Place the authentic field sample cartridge (derived from the same NAF as the NAF reference blank) onto the tray, adjacent and to the right of the NAF reference blank.
              11.4.3 Turn on the black light.
              11.4.4 Compare the fluorescence of the sample cartridge with that of the negative control cartridge (NAF blank, Section 9.6.1 of this appendix) and positive control cartridge (1% crude oil equivalent, Section 9.6.2 of this appendix).
              11.4.5 If the fluorescence of the sample cartridge is equal to or brighter than the positive control cartridge (1% crude oil equivalent, Section 9.6.2 of this appendix), the sample is considered contaminated. Otherwise, the sample is clean.
              12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
              Specific data analysis techniques and calculations are not performed in this SOP.
              13.0 Method Performance
              This method was validated through a single laboratory study, conducted with rigorous statistical experimental design and interpretation (Reference 16.4).
              14.0 Pollution Prevention
              14.1 The solvent used in this method poses little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
              15.0 Waste Management
              15.1 It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restriction, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.

              15.2 All authentic samples (drilling fluids) failing the fluorescence test (indicated by the presence of fluorescence) shall be retained and classified as contaminated samples. Treatment and ultimate fate of these samples is not outlined in this SOP.
              15.3 For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel,” and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction,” both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20036.
              16.0 References
              16.1 “Carcinogen—Working with Carcinogens,” Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Publication No. 77-206, August 1977.
              16.2 “OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry,” (29 CFR 1910), Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA 2206 (Revised, January 1976).
              16.3 “Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories,” USEPA, EMSL-Ci, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-600/4-79-019, March 1979.
              16.4 Report of the Laboratory Evaluation of Static Sheen Test Replacements—Reverse Phase Extraction (RPE) Method for Detecting Oil Contamination in Synthetic Based Mud (SBM). October 1998. Available from API, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070, 202-682-8000.
              [66 FR 6901, Jan. 22, 2001; 66 FR 30811, June 8, 2001]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 7
              Appendix 7 to Subpart A of Part 435—Determination of the Amount of Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluid (NAF) Base Fluid From Drill Cuttings by a Retort Chamber (Derived From API Recommended Practice 13B-2) (EPA Method 1674)
              1. Description
              a. This procedure is specifically intended to measure the amount of non-aqueous drilling fluid (NAF) base fluid from cuttings generated during a drilling operation. This procedure is a retort test which measures all oily material (NAF base fluid) and water released from a cuttings sample when heated in a calibrated and properly operating “Retort” instrument.

              b. In this retort test a known mass of cuttings is heated in the retort chamber to vaporize the liquids associated with the sample. The NAF base fluid and water vapors are then condensed, collected, and measured in a precision graduated receiver.

                Note:
                Obtaining a representative sample requires special attention to the details of sample handling (e.g., location, method, frequency). See Addendum A and B for minimum requirements for collecting representative samples. Additional sampling procedures in a given area may be specified by the NPDES permit controlling authority.

              2. Equipment
              a. Retort instrument—The recommended retort instrument has a 50-cm3 volume with an external heating jacket.
              Retort Specifications:
              1. Retort assembly—retort body, cup and lid.
              (a) Material: 303 stainless steel or equivalent.
              (b) Volume: Retort cup with lid.
              Cup Volume: 50-cm3.
              Precision: ±0.25-cm3.
              2. Condenser—capable of cooling the oil and water vapors below their liquification temperature.
              3. Heating jacket—nominal 350 watts.
              4. Temperature control—capable of limiting temperature of retort to at least 930 °F (500 °C) and enough to boil off all NAFs.
              b. Liquid receiver (10-cm3, 20-cm3)—the 10-cm3 and 20-cm3 receivers are specially designed cylindrical glassware with rounded bottom to facilitate cleaning and funnel-shaped top to catch falling drops. For compliance monitoring under the NPDES program, the analyst shall use the 10-cm3 liquid receiver with 0.1 ml graduations to achieve greater accuracy.
              1. Receiver specifications:
              Total volume: 10-cm3, 20-cm3.
              Precision (0 to 100%): ±0.05 cm3, ±0.05 cm3.
              Outside diameter: 10-mm, 13-mm.
              Wall thickness: 1.5 ±0.1mm, 1.2 ±0.1mm.
              Frequency of graduation marks (0 to 100%): 0.10-cm3, 0.10-cm3.
              Calibration: To contain “TC” @ 20 °C.
              Scale: cm3, cm3

              2. Material—Pyrex ® or equivalent glass.
              c. Toploading balance—capable of weighing 2000 g and precision of at least 0.1 g. Unless motion is a problem, the analyst shall use an electronic balance. Where motion is a problem, the analyst may use a triple beam balance.
              d. Fine steel wool (No. 000)—for packing retort body.
              e. Thread sealant lubricant: high temperature lubricant, e.g. Never-Seez ® or equivalent.
              f. Pipe cleaners—to clean condenser and retort stem.
              g. Brush—to clean receivers.
              h. Retort spatula—to clean retort cup.
              i. Corkscrew—to remove spent steel wool.
              3. Procedure

              a. Clean and dry the retort assembly and condenser.

              b. Pack the retort body with steel wool.
              c. Apply lubricant/sealant to threads of retort cup and retort stem.
              d. Weigh and record the total mass of the retort cup, lid, and retort body with steel wool. This is mass (A), grams.
              e. Collect a representative cuttings sample (see note in section 1 of this appendix).
              f. Partially fill the retort cup with cuttings and place the lid on the cup.
              g. Screw the retort cup (with lid) onto the retort body, weigh and record the total mass. This is mass (B), grams.
              h. Attach the condenser. Place the retort assembly into the heating jacket.
              i. Weigh and record the mass of the clean and dry liquid receiver. This is mass (C), grams. Place the receiver below condenser outlet.
              j. Turn on the retort. Allow it to run a minimum of 1 hour.

                Note:
                If solids boil over into receiver, the test shall be rerun. Pack the retort body with a greater amount of steel wool and repeat the test.

              k. Remove the liquid receiver. Allow it to cool. Record the volume of water recovered. This is (V), cm3.

                Note:
                If an emulsion interface is present between the oil and water phases, heating the interface may break the emulsion. As a suggestion, remove the retort assembly from the heating jacket by grasping the condenser. Carefully heat the receiver along the emulsion band by gently touching the receiver for short intervals with the hot retort assembly. Avoid boiling the liquids. After the emulsion interface is broken, allow the liquid receiver to cool. Read the water volume at the lowest point of the meniscus.

              l. Weigh and record the mass of the receiver and its liquid contents (oil plus water). This is mass (D), grams.
              m. Turn off the retort. Remove the retort assembly and condenser from the heating jacket and allow them to cool. Remove the condenser.
              n. Weigh and record the mass of the cooled retort assembly without the condenser. This is mass (E), grams.
              o. Clean the retort assembly and condenser.
              4. Calculations
              a. Calculate the mass of oil (NAF base fluid) from the cuttings as follows:
              1. Mass of the wet cuttings sample (Mw) equals the mass of the retort assembly with the wet cuttings sample (B) minus the mass of the empty retort assembly (A).

              Mw = B−A [1]

              2. Mass of the dry retorted cuttings (MD) equals the mass of the cooled retort assembly (E) minus the mass of the empty retort assembly (A).

              MD = E−A [2]

              3. Mass of the NAF base fluid (MBF) equals the mass of the liquid receiver with its contents (D) minus the sum of the mass of the dry receiver (C) and the mass of the water (V).

              MBF = D−(C + V) [3]

                Note:
                Assuming the density of water is 1 g/cm3, the volume of water is equivalent to the mass of the water.

              b. Mass balance requirement:
              The sum of MD, MBF, and V shall be within 5% of the mass of the wet sample.

              (MD + MBF + V)/Mw = 0.95 to 1.05 [4]

              The procedure shall be repeated if this requirement is not met.
              c. Reporting oil from cuttings:
              1. Assume that all oil recovered is NAF base fluid.

              2. The mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings (%BFi) for the sampled discharge “i” is equal to 100 times the mass of the NAF base fluid (MBF) divided by the mass of the wet cuttings sample (Mw).

              %BFi = (MBF/Mw) × 100 [5]

              Operators discharging small volume NAF-cuttings discharges which do not occur during a NAF-cuttings discharge sampling interval (i.e., displaced interfaces, accumulated solids in sand traps, pit clean-out solids, or centrifuge discharges while cutting mud weight) shall either: (a) Measure the mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings (%BFSVD) for each small volume NAF-cuttings discharges; or (b) use a default value of 25% NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings.

              3. The mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings is determined for all cuttings wastestreams and includes fines discharges and any accumulated solids discharged [see Section 4.c.6 of this appendix for procedures on measuring or estimating the mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings (%BF) for dual gradient drilling seafloor discharges performed to ensure proper operation of subsea pumps].

              4. A mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X, unitless) is calculated for all NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharges every time a set of retorts is performed (see Section 4.c.6 of this appendix for procedures on measuring or estimating the mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) for dual gradient drilling seafloor discharges performed to ensure proper operation of subsea pumps). The mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) combines the mass of NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharged from a particular discharge over a set period of time with the total mass of NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharged into the ocean during the same period of time (see Addendum A and B of this appendix). The mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) for each discharge is calculated by direct measurement as:

              Xi = (Fi)/(G) [6]

              where:

              Xi = Mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction for NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge “i”, (unitless)
              Fi = Mass of NAF-cuttings discharged from NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge “i” over a specified period of time (see Addendum A and B of this appendix), (kg)

              G = Mass of all NAF-cuttings discharges into the ocean during the same period of time as used to calculate Fi, (kg)

              If an operator has more than one point of NAF-cuttings discharge, the mass faction (Xi) must be determined by: (a) Direct measurement (see Equation 6 of this appendix); (b) using the following default values of 0.85 and 0.15 for the cuttings dryer (e.g., horizontal centrifuge, vertical centrifuge, squeeze press, High-G linear shakers) and fines removal unit (e.g., decanting centrifuges, mud cleaners), respectively, when the operator is only discharging from the cuttings dryer and the fines removal unit; or (c) using direct measurement of “Fi” (see Equation 6 of this appendix) for fines and accumulated solids, using Equation 6A of this appendix to calculate “GEST” for use as “G” in Equation 6 of this Appendix, and calculating the mass (kg) of NAF-cuttings discharged from the cuttings dryer (Fi) as the difference between the mass of “GEST” calculated in Equation 6A of this appendix (kg) and the sum of all fines and accumulated solids mass directly measured (kg) (see Equation 6 of this appendix).

              GEST = Estimated mass of all NAF-cuttings discharges into the ocean during the same period of time as used to calculate Fi (see Equation 6 of this appendix), (kg) [6A]

              where:

              GEST = Hole Volume (bbl) × (396.9 kg/bbl) × (1 + Z/100)

              Z = The base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard (%) which apply to the NAF being discharge (see §§ 435.13. and 435.15).

              Hole Volume (bbl) = [Cross-Section Area of NAF interval (in2)] × Average Rate of Penetration (feet/hr) × period of time (min) used to calculate Fi (see Equation 6 of this appendix) × (1 hr/60 min) × (1 bbl/5.61 ft3) × (1 ft/12 in)2

              Cross-Section Area of NAF interval (in2) = (3.14 × [Bit Diameter (in)]2)/4

              Bit Diameter (in) = Diameter of drilling bit for the NAF interval producing drilling cuttings during the same period of time as used to calculate Fi (see Equation 6 of this appendix)

              Average Rate of Penetration (feet/hr) = Arithmetic average of rate of penetration into the formation during the same period of time as used to calculate Fi (see Equation 6 of this appendix)

                Note:

                Operators with one NAF-cuttings discharge may set the mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (Xi) equal to 1.0.

              5. Each NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge has an associated mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) each time a set of retorts is performed. A single total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BFT) is calculated every time a set of retorts is performed. The single total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BFT) is calculated as:

              %BFT,j = Σ(Xi) × (%BFi) [7]

              where:

              %BFT,j = Total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value for retort set “j” (unitless as percentage, %)
              Xi = Mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction for NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge “i”, (unitless)
              %BFi = Mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings for NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge “i” , (unitless as percentage, %)

                Note:
                ΣXi = 1.

              Operators with one NAF-cuttings discharge may set %BFT,j equal to %BFi.
              6. Operators performing dual gradient drilling operations may require seafloor discharges of large cuttings (>1/4′) to ensure the proper operation of subsea pumps (e.g., electrical submersible pumps). Operators performing dual gradient drilling operations which lead to seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall either: (a) Measure the mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) for seafloor discharges each time a set of retorts is performed; (b) use the following set of default values, (%BF = 14%; X = 0.15); or (c) use a combination of (a) and (b) (e.g., use a default value for %BF and measure X).
              Additionally, operators performing dual gradient drilling operations which lead to seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall also perform the following tasks:

              (a) Use side scan sonar or shallow seismic to determine the presence of high density chemosynthetic communities. Chemosynthetic communities are assemblages of tube worms, clams, mussels, and bacterial mats that occur at natural hydrocarbon seeps or vents, generally in water depths of 500 meters or deeper. Seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall not be permitted within 1000 feet of a high density chemosynthetic community.
              (b) Seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall be visually monitored and documented by a Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV) within the tether limit (approximately 300 feet). The visual monitoring shall be conducted prior to each time the discharge point is relocated (cuttings discharge hose) and conducted along the same direction as the discharge hose position. Near-seabed currents shall be obtained at the time of the visual monitoring.
              (c) Seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall be directed within a 150 foot radius of the wellbore.

              7. The weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BFwell) is the compliance value that is compared with the “maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections” BAT discharge limitations (see the table in § 435.13 and footnote 5 of the table in § 435.43) or the “maximum weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections” NSPS discharge limitations (see the table in § 435.15 and footnote 5 of the table in § 435.45). The weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BFwell) is calculated as the arithmetic average of all total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings values (%BFT) and is given by the following expression:

              %BFwell = [j = 1 to j = n Σ (%BFT,j)]/n [8]

              where:

              %BFwell = Weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (unitless as percentage, %)
              %BFT,j = Total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value for retort set “j” (unitless as percentage, %)
              n = Total number of retort sets performed over all NAF well sections (unitless)

              Small volume NAF-cuttings discharges which do not occur during a NAF-cuttings discharge sampling interval (i.e., displaced interfaces, accumulated solids in sand traps, pit clean-out solids, or centrifuge discharges while cutting mud weight) shall be mass averaged with the arithmetic average of all total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings values (see Equation 8 of this appendix). An additional sampling interval shall be added to the calculation of the weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BFwell). The mass fraction of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (XSVD) will be determined by dividing the mass of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (FSVD) by the total mass of NAF-cuttings discharges for the well drilling operation (GWELL + FSVD).

              XSVD = FSVD / (GWELL + FSVD) [9]

              where:

              XSVD = mass fraction of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (unitless)
              FSVD = mass of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (kg)
              GWELL = mass of total NAF-cuttings from the well (kg)

              The mass of small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (FSVD) shall be determined by multiplying the density of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (ρsvd) times the volume of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (VSVD).

              FSVD = ρsvd × VSVD [10]

              where:

              FSVD = mass of small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (kg)
              ρsvd = density of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (kg/bbl)
              VSVD = volume of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (bbl)

              The density of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges shall be measured. The volume of small volume discharges (VSVD) shall be either: (a) Be measured or (b) use default values of 10 bbl of SBF for each interface loss and 75 bbl of SBM for pit cleanout per well.

              The total mass of NAF-cuttings discharges for the well (GWELL) shall be either: (a) Measured; or (b) calculated by multiplying 1.0 plus the arithmetic average of all total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings values [see Equation 8 of this appendix] times the total hole volume (VWELL) for all NAF well sections times a default value for the density the formation of 2.5 g/cm3 (396.9 kg/bbl).

                ER08JN01.001

              where:

              GWELL = total mass of NAF-cuttings discharges for the well (kg)
              [j = 1 to j = n Σ(%BFT,j)]/n = see Equation 8 of this appendix (unitless as a percentage)
              VWELL = total hole volume (VWELL) for all NAF well sections (bbl)

              The total hole volume of NAF well sections (VWELL) will be calculated as:

                ER22JA01.170

              For wells where small volume discharges associated with cuttings are made, %BFWELL becomes:

                ER08JN01.002

                Note:
                See Addendum A and B to determine the sampling frequency to determine the total number of retort sets required for all NAF well sections.

              8. The total number of retort sets (n) is increased by 1 for each sampling interval (see Section 2.4, Addendum A of this appendix) when all NAF cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids for that sampling interval are retained for no discharge. A zero discharge interval shall be at least 500 feet up to a maximum of three per day. This action has the effect of setting the total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BFT) at zero for that NAF sampling interval when all NAF cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids are retained for no discharge.
              9. Operators that elect to use the Best Management Practices (BMPs) for NAF-cuttings shall use the procedures outlined in Addendum B.
              Addendum A to Appendix 7 to Subpart A of Part 435—Sampling of Cuttings Discharge Streams for use with API Recommended Practice 13B-2
              1.0 Sampling Locations
              1.1 Each NAF-cuttings waste stream that discharges into the ocean shall be sampled and analyzed as detailed in appendix 7. NAF-cuttings discharges to the ocean may include discharges from primary shakers, secondary shakers, cuttings dryer, fines removal unit, accumulated solids, and any other cuttings separation device whose NAF-cuttings waste is discharged to the ocean. NAF-cuttings wastestreams not directly discharged to the ocean (e.g., NAF-cuttings generated from shake shakers and sent to a cuttings dryer for additional processing) do not require sampling and analysis.

              1.2 The collected samples shall be representative of each NAF-cuttings discharge. Operators shall conduct sampling to avoid the serious consequences of error (i.e., bias or inaccuracy). Operators shall collect NAF-cuttings samples near the point of origin and before the solids and liquid fractions of the stream have a chance to separate from one another. For example, operators shall collect shale shaker NAF-cuttings samples at the point where NAF-cuttings are coming off the shale shaker and not from a holding container downstream where separation of larger particles from the liquid can take place.
              1.3 Operators shall provide a simple schematic diagram of the solids control system and sample locations to the NPDES permit controlling authority.
              2.0 Type of Sample and Sampling Frequency

              2.1 Each NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge has an associated mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) for each sampling interval (see Section 2.4 of this addendum). Operators shall collect a single discrete NAF-cuttings sample for each NAF-cuttings waste stream discharged to the ocean during every sampling interval.
              2.2 Operators shall use measured depth in feet from the Kelly bushing when samples are collected.

              2.3 The NAF-cuttings samples collected for the mass fraction analysis (see Equation 6, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part) shall also be used for the retort analysis (see Equations 1-5, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part).

              2.4 Operators shall collect and analyze at least one set of NAF-cuttings samples per day while discharging. Operators engaged in fast drilling (i.e., greater than 500 linear NAF feet advancement of drill bit per day) shall collect and analyze one set of NAF-cuttings samples per 500 linear NAF feet of footage drilled. Operators are not required to collect and analyze more than three sets of NAF-cuttings samples per day (i.e., three sampling intervals). Operators performing zero discharge of all NAF-cuttings (i.e., all NAF cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids retained for no discharge) shall use the following periods to count sampling intervals: (1) One sampling interval per day when drilling is less than 500 linear NAF feet advancement of drill bit per day; and (2) one sampling interval per 500 linear NAF feet of footage drilled with a maximum of three sampling intervals per day.

              2.5 The operator shall measure the individual masses (Fi, kg) and sum total mass (G, kg) (see Equation 6, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part) over a representative period of time (e.g., <10 minutes) during steady-state conditions for each sampling interval (see Section 2.4 of this addendum). The operator shall ensure that all NAF-cuttings are capture for mass analysis during the same sampling time period (e.g., <10 minutes) at approximately the same time (i.e., all individual mass samples collected within one hour of each other).
              2.6 Operators using Best Management Practices (BMPs) to control NAF-cuttings discharges shall follow the procedures in Addendum B to appendix 7 of subpart A of 40 CFR 435.
              3.0 Sample Size and Handling
              3.1 The volume of each sample depends on the volumetric flow rate (cm3/s) of the NAF-cuttings stream and the sampling time period (e.g., <10 minutes). Consequently, different solids control equipment units producing different NAF-cuttings waste streams at different volumetric flow rates will produce different size samples for the same period of time. Operators shall use appropriately sized sample containers for each NAF-cuttings waste stream to ensure no NAF-cuttings are spilled during sample collection. Operators shall use the same time period (e.g., <10 minutes) to collect NAF-cuttings samples from each NAF-cuttings waste stream. Each NAF-cuttings sample size shall be at least one gallon. Operators shall clearly mark each container to identify each NAF-cuttings sample.
              3.2 Operators shall not decant, heat, wash, or towel the NAF-cuttings to remove NAF base fluid before mass and retort analysis.

              3.3 Operators shall first calculate the mass of each NAF-cuttings sample and perform the mass ratio analysis (see Equation 6, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part). Operators with only one NAF-cuttings discharge may skip this step (see Section 4.c.4, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part).
              3.4 Operators shall homogenize (e.g., stirring, shaking) each NAF-cuttings sample prior to placing a sub-sample into the retort cup. The bottom of the NAF-cuttings sample container shall be examined to be sure that solids are not sticking to it.

              3.5 Operators shall then calculate the NAF base fluid retained on cuttings using the retort procedure (see Equations 1-5, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part). Operators shall start the retort analyses no more than two hours after collecting the first individual mass sample for the sampling interval .

              3.6 Operators shall not discharge any sample before successfully completing the mass and retort analyses [i.e., mass balance requirements (see Section 4.b, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part) are satisfied]. Operators shall immediately re-run the retort analyses if the mass balance requirements (see Equation 4, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part) are not within a tolerance of 5% (see Section 4.b, Equation 4, appendix 7 of subpart A of this part).
              4.0 Calculations

              4.1 Operators shall calculate a set of mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings values (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fractions (X) for each NAF-cuttings waste stream (see Section 1.1 of this addendum) for each sampling interval (see Section 2.4 of this addendum) using the procedures outlined in appendix 7 of subpart A of this part.

              4.2 Operators shall tabulate the following data for each individual NAF-cuttings sample: (1) Date and time of NAF-cuttings sample collection; (2) time period of NAF-cuttings sample collection (see Section 3.1 of this addendum); (3) mass and volume of each NAF-cuttings sample; (4) measured depth (feet) at NAF-cuttings sample collection (see Section 2.2 of this addendum); (5) respective linear feet of hole drilled represented by the NAF-cuttings sample (feet); and (6) the drill bit diameter (inches) used to generate the NAF-cuttings sample cuttings.

              4.3 Operators shall calculate a single total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BFT) for each sampling interval (see Section 2.4 of this addendum) using the procedures outlined in appendix 7 of subpart A of this part.

              4.4 Operators shall tabulate the following data for each total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BFT) for each NAF-cuttings sampling interval: (1) Date and starting and stopping times of NAF-cuttings sample collection and retort analyses; (2) measured depth of well (feet) at start of NAF-cuttings sample collection (see Section 2.2 of this addendum); (3) respective linear feet of hole drilled represented by the NAF-cuttings sample (feet); (4) the drill bit diameter (inches) used to generate the NAF-cuttings sample cuttings; and (5) annotation when zero discharge of NAF-cuttings is performed.

              4.5 Operators shall calculate the weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BFwell) using the procedures outlined in appendix 7 of subpart A of this part.

              4.6 Operators shall tabulate the following data for each weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BFwell) for each NAF well: (1) Starting and stopping dates of NAF well sections; (2) measured depth (feet) of all NAF well sections; (3) total number of sampling intervals (see Section 2.4 and Section 2.6 of this addendum); (4) number of sampling intervals tabulated during any zero discharge operations; (5) total volume of zero discharged NAF-cuttings over entire NAF well sections; and (6) identification of whether BMPs were employed (see Addendum B of appendix 7 of subpart A of this part).
              Addendum B to Appendix 7 to Subpart A of Part 435—Best Management Practices (BMPs) for use with API Recommended Practice 13B-2
              1.0 Overview of BMPs
              1.1 Best Management Practices (BMPs) are inherently pollution prevention practices. BMPs may include the universe of pollution prevention encompassing production modifications, operational changes, material substitution, materials and water conservation, and other such measures. BMPs include methods to prevent toxic and hazardous pollutants from reaching receiving waters. Because BMPs are most effective when organized into a comprehensive facility BMP Plan, operators shall develop a BMP in accordance with the requirements in this addendum.

              1.2 The BMP requirements contained in this appendix were compiled from several Regional permits, an EPA guidance document (i.e., Guidance Document for Developing Best Management Practices (BMP)” (EPA 833-B-93-004, U.S. EPA, 1993)), and draft industry BMPs. These common elements represent the appropriate mix of broad directions needed to complete a BMP Plan along with specific tasks common to all drilling operations.
              1.3 Operators are not required to use BMPs if all NAF-cuttings discharges are monitored in accordance with appendix 7 of subpart A of this part.
              2.0 BMP Plan Purpose and Objectives
              2.1 Operators shall design the BMP Plan to prevent or minimize the generation and the potential for the discharge of NAF from the facility to the waters of the United States through normal operations and ancillary activities. The operator shall establish specific objectives for the control of NAF by conducting the following evaluations.
              2.2 The operator shall identify and document each NAF well that uses BMPs before starting drilling operations and the anticipated total feet to be drilled with NAF for that particular well.
              2.3 Each facility component or system controlled through use of BMPs shall be examined for its NAF-waste minimization opportunities and its potential for causing a discharge of NAF to waters of the United States due to equipment failure, improper operation, natural phenomena (e.g., rain, snowfall).
              2.4 For each NAF wastestream controlled through BMPs where experience indicates a reasonable potential for equipment failure (e.g., a tank overflow or leakage), natural condition (e.g., precipitation), or other circumstances to result in NAF reaching surface waters, the BMP Plan shall include a prediction of the total quantity of NAF which could be discharged from the facility as a result of each condition or circumstance.
              3.0 BMP Plan Requirements

              3.1 The BMP Plan may reflect requirements within the pollution prevention requirements required by the Minerals Management Service (see 30 CFR 250.300) or other Federal or State requirements and incorporate any part of such plans into the BMP Plan by reference.
              3.2 The operator shall certify that its BMP Plan is complete, on-site, and available upon request to EPA or the NPDES Permit controlling authority. This certification shall identify the NPDES permit number and be signed by an authorized representative of the operator. This certification shall be kept with the BMP Plan. For new or modified NPDES permits, the certification shall be made no later than the effective date of the new or modified permit. For existing NPDES permits, the certification shall be made within one year of permit issuance.
              3.3 The BMP Plan shall:
              3.3.1 Be documented in narrative form, and shall include any necessary plot plans, drawings or maps, and shall be developed in accordance with good engineering practices. At a minimum, the BMP Plan shall contain the planning, development and implementation, and evaluation/reevaluation components. Examples of these components are contained in “Guidance Document for Developing Best Management Practices (BMP)” (EPA 833-B-93-004, U.S. EPA, 1993).
              3.3.2 Include the following provisions concerning BMP Plan review.
              3.3.2.1 Be reviewed by permittee's drilling engineer and offshore installation manager (OIM) to ensure compliance with the BMP Plan purpose and objectives set forth in Section 2.0.
              3.3.2.2 Include a statement that the review has been completed and that the BMP Plan fulfills the BMP Plan purpose and objectives set forth in Section 2.0. This statement shall have dated signatures from the permittee's drilling engineer and offshore installation manager and any other individuals responsible for development and implementation of the BMP Plan.

              3.4 Address each component or system capable of generating or causing a release of significant amounts of NAF and identify specific preventative or remedial measures to be implemented.
              4.0 BMP Plan Documentation
              4.1 The operator shall maintain a copy of the BMP Plan and related documentation (e.g., training certifications, summary of the monitoring results, records of NAF-equipment spills, repairs, and maintenance) at the facility and shall make the BMP Plan and related documentation available to EPA or the NPDES Permit controlling authority upon request.
              5.0 BMP Plan Modification
              5.1 For those NAF wastestreams controlled through BMPs, the operator shall amend the BMP Plan whenever there is a change in the facility or in the operation of the facility which materially increases the generation of those NAF-wastes or their release or potential release to the receiving waters.
              5.2 At a minimum the BMP Plan shall be reviewed once every five years and amended within three months if warranted. Any such changes to the BMP Plan shall be consistent with the objectives and specific requirements listed in this addendum. All changes in the BMP Plan shall be reviewed by the permittee's drilling engineer and offshore installation manager.
              5.3 At any time, if the BMP Plan proves to be ineffective in achieving the general objective of preventing and minimizing the generation of NAF-wastes and their release and potential release to the receiving waters and/or the specific requirements in this addendum, the permit and/or the BMP Plan shall be subject to modification to incorporate revised BMP requirements.
              6.0 Specific Pollution Prevention Requirements for NAF Discharges Associated with Cuttings
              6.1 The following specific pollution prevention activities are required in a BMP Plan when operators elect to control NAF discharges associated with cuttings by a set of BMPs.
              6.2 Establishing programs for identifying, documenting, and repairing malfunctioning NAF equipment, tracking NAF equipment repairs, and training personnel to report and evaluate malfunctioning NAF equipment.
              6.3 Establishing operating and maintenance procedures for each component in the solids control system in a manner consistent with the manufacturer's design criteria.
              6.4 Using the most applicable spacers, flushes, pills, and displacement techniques in order to minimize contamination of drilling fluids when changing from water-based drilling fluids to NAF and vice versa.

              6.5 A daily retort analysis shall be performed (in accordance with appendix 7 to subpart A of part 435) during the first 0.33 X feet drilled with NAF where X is the anticipated total feet to be drilled with NAF for that particular well. The retort analyses shall be documented in the well retort log. The operators shall use the calculation procedures detailed in appendix 7 to subpart A of part 435 (see Equations 1 through 8) to determine the arithmetic average (%BFwell) of the retort analyses taken during the first 0.33 X feet drilled with NAF.
              6.5.1 When the arithmetic average (%BFwell) of the retort analyses taken during the first 0.33 X feet drilled with NAF is less than or equal to the base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard (see §§ 435.13 and 435.15), retort monitoring of cuttings may cease for that particular well. The same BMPs and drilling fluid used during the first 0.33 X feet shall be used for all remaining NAF sections for that particular well.
              6.5.2 When the arithmetic average (%BFwell) of the retort analyses taken during the first 0.33 X feet drilled with NAF is greater the base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard (see §§ 435.13 and 435.15), retort monitoring shall continue for the following (second) 0.33 X feet drilled with NAF where X is the anticipated total feet to be drilled with NAF for that particular well. The retort analyses for the first and second 0.33 X feet shall be documented in the well retort log.
              6.5.2.1 When the arithmetic average (%BFwell) of the retort analyses taken during the first 0.66 X feet (i.e., retort analyses taken from first and second 0.33 X feet) drilled with NAF is less than or equal to the base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard (see §§ 435.13 and 435.15), retort monitoring of cuttings may cease for that particular well. The same BMPs and drilling fluid used during the first 0.66 X feet shall be used for all remaining NAF sections for that particular well.
              6.5.2.2 When the arithmetic average (%BFwell) of the retort analyses taken during the first 0.66 X feet (i.e., retort analyses taken from first and second 0.33 X feet) drilled with NAF is greater than the base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard (see §§ 435.13 and 435.15), retort monitoring shall continue for all remaining NAF sections for that particular well. The retort analyses for all NAF sections shall be documented in the well retort log.
              6.5.3 When the arithmetic average (%BFwell) of the retort analyses taken over all NAF sections for the entire well is greater that the base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard (see §§ 435.13 and 435.15), the operator is in violation of the base fluid retained on cuttings limitation or standard and shall submit notification of these monitoring values in accordance with NPDES permit requirements. Additionally, the operator shall, as part of the BMP Plan, initiate a reevaluation and modification to the BMP Plan in conjunction with equipment vendors and/or industry specialists.
              6.5.4 The operator shall include retort monitoring data and dates of retort-monitored and non-retort-monitored NAF-cuttings discharges managed by BMPs in their NPDES permit reports.
              6.6 Establishing mud pit and equipment cleaning methods in such a way as to minimize the potential for building-up drill cuttings (including accumulated solids) in the active mud system and solids control equipment system. These cleaning methods shall include but are not limited to the following procedures.
              6.6.1 Ensuring proper operation and efficiency of mud pit agitation equipment.
              6.6.2 Using mud gun lines during mixing operations to provide agitation in dead spaces.
              6.6.3 Pumping drilling fluids off of drill cuttings (including accumulated solids) for use, recycle, or disposal before using wash water to dislodge solids.
              [66 FR 6901, Jan. 22, 2001; 66 FR 30811, June 8, 2001]

              Pt. 435, Subpt. A, App. 8
              Appendix 8 to Subpart A of Part 435—Reference C16-C18 Internal Olefin Drilling Fluid Formulation
              The reference C16-C18 internal olefin drilling fluid used to determine the drilling fluid sediment toxicity ratio and compliance with the BAT sediment toxicity discharge limitation (see § 435.13) and NSPS (see § 435.15) shall be formulated to meet the specifications in Table 1 of this appendix.
              Drilling fluid sediment toxicity ratio = 4-day LC5. of C16-C18 internal olefin drilling fluid/4-day LC5. of drilling fluid removed from drill cuttings at the solids control equipment as determined by EPA Method 1644: “Method for Conducting a Sediment Toxicity Test with Leptocheirus plumulosus and Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids or Synthetic-Based Drilling Muds” after sediment preparation procedures specified in EPA Method 1646, which are published as appendices to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See § 435.11(ee) and (uu).

                Table 1—Properties for Reference C16-C18 IOs SBF Used in Discharge Sediment Toxicity Testing

                  Mud weight of SBF discharged with cuttings (pounds per gallon)
                  Reference C16-C18 IOs SBF (pounds per gallon)
                  Reference C16-C18 IOs SBF synthetic to water ratio (%)

                  8.5-11
                  9.0
                  75/25

                  >11-14
                  11.5
                  80/20

                  >14
                  14.5
                  85/15

                  Plastic Viscosity (PV), centipoise (cP)
                  12-30

                  Yield Point (YP), pounds/100 sq. ft
                  10-20

                  10-second gel, pounds/100 sq. ft
                  8-15

                  10-minute gel, pounds/100 sq. ft
                  12-30

                  Electrical stability, V
                  >300

              [66 FR 6901, Jan. 22, 2001, as amended at 77 FR 29845, May 18, 2012]

            Subpart B [Reserved]

            Subpart C—Onshore Subcategory

              § 435.30
              Applicability; description of the onshore subcategory.

              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those facilities engaged in the production, field exploration, drilling, well completion and well treatment in the oil and gas extraction industry which are located landward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas as defined in 40 CFR 125.1(gg) and which are not included within subpart D, E, or F, Provided, however, That the applicability of this subpart to (a) facilities in existence on April 13, 1979 or thereafter engaged in the production, field exploration, drilling, well completion and well treatment in the oil and gas extraction industry which are located on land and which would have been considered “coastal” as defined under the interim final regulations for this industry (40 CFR 435.41, 41 FR 44942, October 13, 1976) or which are (b) located in the Santa Maria Basin of California is suspended.

              (Secs. 301, 304(b) and 501 of the Clean Water Act as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.)
              [44 FR 22075, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 31555, July 21, 1982]

              § 435.31
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.

              § 435.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants into navigable waters from any source associated with production, field exploration, drilling, well completion, or well treatment (i.e., produced water, drilling muds, drill cuttings, and produced sand).
              [60 FR 33966, June 29, 1995]

              § 435.33
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) PSES for wastewater from unconventional oil and gas extraction. Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this section, must achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (1) There shall be no discharge of wastewater pollutants associated with production, field exploration, drilling, well completion, or well treatment for unconventional oil and gas extraction (including, but not limited to, drilling muds, drill cuttings, produced sand, produced water) into publicly owned treatment works.
              (2) For the purposes of this section,
              (i) Unconventional oil and gas means crude oil and natural gas produced by a well drilled into a shale and/or tight formation (including, but not limited to, shale gas, shale oil, tight gas, tight oil).
              (ii) Drill cuttings means the particles generated by drilling into subsurface geologic formations and carried out from the wellbore with the drilling fluid.
              (iii) Drilling mud means the circulating fluid (mud) used in the rotary drilling of wells to clean and condition the hole and to counterbalance formation pressure.
              (iv) Produced sand means the slurried particles used in hydraulic fracturing, the accumulated formation sands, and scales particles generated during production. Produced sand also includes desander discharge from the produced water waste stream, and blowdown of the water phase from the produced water treating system.
              (v) Produced water means the fluid brought up from the hydrocarbon-bearing strata during the extraction of oil and gas, and includes, where present, formation water, injection water, and any chemicals added downhole or during the oil/water separation process.
              (3) Compliance deadline for existing sources. Existing sources discharging into publicly owned treatment works on or between April 7, 2015 and June 28, 2016, shall comply with the PSES by August 29, 2019. All other existing sources shall comply by August 29, 2016.
              (b) PSES for Wastewater from Conventional Oil and Gas Extraction. [Reserved]
              [81 FR 41857, June 28, 2016, as amended at 81 FR 88127, Dec. 7, 2016]

              § 435.34
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a) PSNS for wastewater from unconventional oil and gas extraction. Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source with discharges subject to this section must achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              (1) There shall be no discharge of wastewater pollutants associated with production, field exploration, drilling, well completion, or well treatment for unconventional oil and gas extraction (including, but not limited to, drilling muds, drill cuttings, produced sand, produced water) into publicly owned treatment works.
              (2) For the purposes of this section, the definitions of unconventional oil and gas, drill cuttings, drilling muds, produced sand, and produced water are as specified in § 435.33(b)(2)(i) through (v).
              (b) PSNS for Wastewater from Conventional Oil and Gas Extraction. [Reserved]
              [81 FR 41857, June 28, 2016]

            Subpart D—Coastal Subcategory

              Source:
              61 FR 66125, Dec. 16, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

              § 435.40
              Applicability; description of the coastal subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those facilities engaged in field exploration, drilling, well production, and well treatment in the oil and gas industry in areas defined as “coastal.” The term “coastal” shall mean:
              (a) Any location in or on a water of the United States landward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas; or
              (b)(1) Any location landward from the inner boundary of the territorial seas and bounded on the inland side by the line defined by the inner boundary of the territorial seas eastward of the point defined by 89°45′ West Longitude and 29°46′ North Latitude and continuing as follows west of that point:

                  Direction to westlongitude

                  Direction to northlatitude

                  West, 89°48′
                  North, 29°50′.

                  West, 90°12′
                  North, 30°06′.

                  West, 90°20′
                  South, 29°35′.

                  West, 90°35′
                  South, 29°30′.

                  West, 90°43′
                  South, 29°25′.

                  West, 90°57′
                  North, 29°32′.

                  West, 91°02′
                  North, 29°40′.

                  West, 91°14′
                  South, 29°32′.

                  West, 91°27′
                  North, 29°37′.

                  West, 91°33′
                  North, 29°46′.

                  West, 91°46′
                  North, 29°50′.

                  West, 91°50′
                  North, 29°55′.

                  West, 91°56′
                  South, 29°50′.

                  West, 92°10′
                  South, 29°44′.

                  West, 92°55′
                  North, 29°46′.

                  West, 93°15′
                  North, 30°14′.

                  West, 93°49′
                  South, 30°07′.

                  West, 94°03′
                  South, 30°03′.

                  West, 94°10′
                  South, 30°00′.

                  West, 94°20′
                  South, 29°53′.

                  West, 95°00′
                  South, 29°35′.

                  West, 95°13′
                  South, 29°28′.

                  East, 95°08′
                  South, 29°15′.

                  West, 95°11′
                  South, 29°08′.

                  West, 95°22′
                  South, 28°56′.

                  West, 95°30′
                  South, 28°55′.

                  West, 95°33′
                  South, 28°49′.

                  West, 95°40′
                  South, 28°47′.

                  West, 96°42′
                  South, 28°41′.

                  East, 96°40′
                  South, 28°28′.

                  West, 96°54′
                  South, 28°20′.

                  West, 97°03′
                  South, 28°13′.

                  West, 97°15′
                  South, 27°58′.

                  West, 97°40′
                  South, 27°45′.

                  West, 97°46′
                  South, 27°28′.

                  West, 97°51′
                  South, 27°22′.

                  East, 97°46′
                  South, 27°14′.

                  East, 97°30′
                  South, 26°30′.

                  East, 97°26′
                  South, 26°11′.

              (2) East to 97°19′ West Longitude and Southward to the U.S.-Mexican border.

              § 435.41
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days means the average of the daily values obtained during any 30 consecutive day period.
              (c) Base fluid means the continuous phase or suspending medium of a drilling fluid formulation.
              (d) Base fluid retained on cuttings as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS refers to the “Determination of the Amount of Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluid (NAF) Base Fluid from Drill Cuttings by a Retort Chamber (Derived from API Recommended Practice 13B-2)”, EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section.
              (e) Biodegradation rate as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings refers to the “Protocol for the Determination of Degradation of Non Aqueous Base Fluids in a Marine Closed Bottle Biodegradation Test System: Modified ISO 11734:1995,” EPA Method 1647, supplemented with “Procedure for Mixing Base Fluids With Sediments,” EPA Method 1646. Both EPA Method 1646 and 1647 are published as appendices to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section.
              (f) Cook Inlet refers to coastal locations north of the line between Cape Douglas on the West and Port Chatham on the east.
              (g) Daily values as applied to produced water effluent limitations and NSPS means the daily measurements used to assess compliance with the maximum for any one day.
              (h) Deck drainage means any waste resulting from deck washings, spillage, rainwater, and runoff from gutters and drains including drip pans and work areas within facilities subject to this subpart.
              (i) Development facility means any fixed or mobile structure subject to this subpart that is engaged in the drilling of productive wells.
              (j) Dewatering effluent means wastewater from drilling fluids and drill cuttings dewatering activities (including but not limited to reserve pits or other tanks or vessels, and chemical or mechanical treatment occurring during the drilling solids separation/recycle/disposal process).
              (k) Diesel oil refers to the grade of distillate fuel oil, as specified in the American Society for Testing and Materials Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils D975-91, that is typically used as the continuous phase in conventional oil-based drilling fluids. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. Copies may be inspected at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.\n. A copy may also be inspected at EPA's Water Docket, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.
              (l) Domestic waste means the materials discharged from sinks, showers, laundries, safety showers, eye-wash stations, hand-wash stations, fish cleaning stations, and galleys located within facilities subject to this subpart.
              (m) Drill cuttings means the particles generated by drilling into subsurface geologic formations and carried out from the wellbore with the drilling fluid. Examples of drill cuttings include small pieces of rock varying in size and texture from fine silt to gravel. Drill cuttings are generally generated from solids control equipment and settle out and accumulate in quiescent areas in the solids control equipment or other equipment processing drilling fluid (i.e., accumulated solids).
              (1) Wet drill cuttings means the unaltered drill cuttings and adhering drilling fluid and formation oil carried out from the wellbore with the drilling fluid.
              (2) Dry drill cuttings means the residue remaining in the retort vessel after completing the retort procedure specified in EPA Method 1674, which is published as an appendix to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section.
              (n) Drilling fluid means the circulating fluid (mud) used in the rotary drilling of wells to clean and condition the hole and to counterbalance formation pressure. Classes of drilling fluids are:
              (1) Water-based drilling fluid means the continuous phase and suspending medium for solids is a water-miscible fluid, regardless of the presence of oil.
              (2) Non-aqueous drilling fluid means the continuous phase and suspending medium for solids is a water-immiscible fluid, such as oleaginous materials (e.g., mineral oil, enhanced mineral oil, paraffinic oil, C16-C18 internal olefins, and C8-C16 fatty acid/2-ethylhexyl esters).
              (i) Oil-based means the continuous phase of the drilling fluid consists of diesel oil, mineral oil, or some other oil, but contains no synthetic material or enhanced mineral oil.
              (ii) Enhanced mineral oil-based means the continuous phase of the drilling fluid is enhanced mineral oil.
              (iii) Synthetic-based means the continuous phase of the drilling fluid is a synthetic material or a combination of synthetic materials.

              (o) Enhanced mineral oil as applied to enhanced mineral oil-based drilling fluid means a petroleum distillate which has been highly purified and is distinguished from diesel oil and conventional mineral oil in having a lower polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) content. Typically, conventional mineral oils have a PAH content on the order of 0.35 weight percent expressed as phenanthrene, whereas enhanced mineral oils typically have a PAH content of 0.001 or lower weight percent PAH expressed as phenanthrene.
              (p) Exploratory facility means any fixed or mobile structure subject to this subpart that is engaged in the drilling of wells to determine the nature of potential hydrocarbon reservoirs.
              (q) Formation oil means the oil from a producing formation which is detected in the drilling fluid, as determined by the GC/MS compliance assurance method, EPA Method 1655, when the drilling fluid is analyzed before being shipped offshore, and as determined by the RPE method, EPA Method 1670, when the drilling fluid is analyzed at the offshore point of discharge. The GC/MS compliance assurance method and the RPE method approved for use with this part are published as appendices to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section. Detection of formation oil by the RPE method may be confirmed by the GC/MS compliance assurance method, and the results of the GC/MS compliance assurance method shall supersede those of the RPE method.
              (r) Garbage means all kinds of victual, domestic, and operational waste, excluding fresh fish and parts thereof, generated during the normal operation of coastal oil and gas facility and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically, except dishwater, graywater, and those substances that are defined or listed in other Annexes to MARPOL 73/78. A copy of MARPOL may be inspected at EPA's Water Docket, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.
              (s) M9IM means those offshore facilities continuously manned by nine (9) or fewer persons or only intermittently manned by any number of persons.
              (t) M10 means those offshore facilities continuously manned by ten (10) or more persons.
              (u) Maximum as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings means the maximum concentration allowed as measured in any single sample of the barite for determination of cadmium and mercury content.
              (v) Maximum for any one day as applied to BPT, BCT and BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for oil and grease in produced water means the maximum concentration allowed as measured by the average of four grab samples collected over a 24-hour period that are analyzed separately. Alternatively, for BAT and NSPS the maximum concentration allowed may be determined on the basis of physical composition of the four grab samples prior to a single analysis.
              (w) Minimum as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings means the minimum 96-hour LC50. value allowed as measured in any single sample of the discharged waste stream. Minimum as applied to BPT and BCT effluent limitations and NSPS for sanitary wastes means the minimum concentration value allowed as measured in any single sample of the discharged waste stream.
              (x)(1) New source means any facility or activity of this subcategory that meets the definition of “new source” under 40 CFR 122.2 and meets the criteria for determination of new sources under 40 CFR 122.29(b) applied consistently with all of the following definitions:
              (i) Water area as used in “site” in 40 CFR 122.29 and 122.2 means the water area and water body floor beneath any exploratory, development, or production facility where such facility is conducting its exploratory, development or production activities.
              (ii) Significant site preparation work as used in 40 CFR 122.29 means the process of surveying, clearing or preparing an area of the water body floor for the purpose of constructing or placing a development or production facility on or over the site.

              (2) “New Source” does not include facilities covered by an existing NPDES permit immediately prior to the effective date of these guidelines pending EPA issuance of a new source NPDES permit.
              (y) No discharge of free oil means that waste streams may not be discharged that contain free oil as evidenced by the monitoring method specified for that particular stream, e.g., deck drainage or miscellaneous discharges cannot be discharged when they would cause a film or sheen upon or discoloration of the surface of the receiving water; drilling fluids or cuttings may not be discharged when they fail EPA Method 1617 (Static Sheen Test), which is published as an appendix to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section.
              (z) Parameters that are regulated in this subpart and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3 are defined as follows:
              (1) Cadmium means total cadmium.
              (2) Chlorine means total residual chlorine.
              (3) Mercury means total mercury.
              (4) Oil and Grease means total recoverable oil and grease.
              (aa) Produced sand means the slurried particles used in hydraulic fracturing, the accumulated formation sands and scales particles generated during production. Produced sand also includes desander discharge from the produced water waste stream, and blowdown of the water phase from the produced water treating system.
              (bb) Produced water means the water (brine) brought up from the hydrocarbon-bearing strata during the extraction of oil and gas, and can include formation water, injection water, and any chemicals added downhole or during the oil/water separation process.
              (cc) Production facility means any fixed or mobile structure subject to this subpart that is either engaged in well completion or used for active recovery of hydrocarbons from producing formations. It includes facilities that are engaged in hydrocarbon fluids separation even if located separately from wellheads.
              (dd) Sanitary waste means the human body waste discharged from toilets and urinals located within facilities subject to this subpart.
              (ee) SPP toxicity as applied to BAT effluent limitations and NSPS for drilling fluids and drill cuttings refers to the bioassay test procedure, “Suspended Particulate Phase (SPP) Toxicity Test,” presented in EPA Method 1619, which is published as an appendix to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section.
              (ff) Static sheen test means the standard test procedure that has been developed for this industrial subcategory for the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the requirement of no discharge of free oil. The methodology for performing the static sheen test is presented in EPA Method 1617, which is published as an appendix to Subpart A of this part and in “Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category,” EPA-821-R-11-004. See paragraph (mm) of this section.
              (gg) Stock barite means the barite that was used to formulate a drilling fluid.
              (hh) Synthetic material as applied to synthetic-based drilling fluid means material produced by the reaction of specific purified chemical feedstock, as opposed to the traditional base fluids such as diesel and mineral oil which are derived from crude oil solely through physical separation processes. Physical separation processes include fractionation and distillation and/or minor chemical reactions such as cracking and hydro processing. Since they are synthesized by the reaction of purified compounds, synthetic materials suitable for use in drilling fluids are typically free of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH's) but are sometimes found to contain levels of PAH up to 0.001 weight percent PAH expressed as phenanthrene. Internal olefins and vegetable esters are two examples of synthetic materials suitable for use by the oil and gas extraction industry in formulating drilling fluids. Internal olefins are synthesized from the isomerization of purified straight-chain (linear) hydrocarbons such as C16-C18 linear alpha olefins. C16-C18 linear alpha olefins are unsaturated hydrocarbons with the carbon to carbon double bond in the terminal position. Internal olefins are typically formed from heating linear alpha olefins with a catalyst. The feed material for synthetic linear alpha olefins is typically purified ethylene. Vegetable esters are synthesized from the acid-catalyzed esterification of vegetable fatty acids with various alcohols. EPA listed these two branches of synthetic fluid base materials to provide examples, and EPA does not mean to exclude other synthetic materials that are either in current use or may be used in the future. A synthetic-based drilling fluid may include a combination of synthetic materials.
              (ii) Well completion fluids means salt solutions, weighted brines, polymers, and various additives used to prevent damage to the well bore during operations which prepare the drilled well for hydrocarbon production.
              (jj) Well treatment fluids means any fluid used to restore or improve productivity by chemically or physically altering hydrocarbon-bearing strata after a well has been drilled.
              (kk) Workover fluids means salt solutions, weighted brines, polymers, or other specialty additives used in a producing well to allow for maintenance, repair or abandonment procedures.
              (ll) 96-hour LC
                5. means the concentration (parts per million) or percent of the suspended particulate phase (SPP) from a sample that is lethal to 50 percent of the test organisms exposed to that concentration of the SPP after 96 hours of constant exposure.
              (mm) Analytic Methods for the Oil and Gas Extraction Point Source Category is the EPA document, EPA-821-R-11-004, that compiles analytic methods for this category. Copies may be inspected at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.\n. A copy may also be inspected at EPA's Water Docket, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. This method may be obtained at http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/index.cfm.

              [61 FR 66125, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 1681, Jan. 13, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 6914, Jan. 22, 2001; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 77 FR 29845, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

                BPT Effluent Limitations—Oil and Grease
                [In milligrams per liter]

                  Pollutant parameter waste source
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed
                  Residual chlorine minimum for any 1 day

                  Produced water
                  72
                  48
                  NA

                  Deck drainage
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Water-based:

                  Drilling fluids
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Drill Cuttings
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Non-aqueous:

                  Drilling fluids
                  No discharge
                  No discharge
                  NA

                  Drill Cuttings
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Well treatment, workover, and completion fluids
                  (1)
                  (1)
                  NA

                  Sanitary:

                  M10
                  NA
                  NA

                    2 1

                  M9IM 3

                  NA
                  NA
                  NA

                  Domestic 3

                  NA
                  NA
                  NA

                  Produced sand
                  Zero discharge
                  Zero discharge
                  NA

                  1 No discharge of free oil. See § 435.41(y).

                  2 Minimum of 1 mg/l and maintained as close to this concentration as possible.

                  3 There shall be no floating solids as a result of the discharge of these wastes.

              [61 FR 66125, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 6916, Jan. 22, 2001; 77 FR 29846, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.43
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):

                BAT Effluent Limitations

                  Stream
                  Pollutant parameter
                  BAT effluent limitations

                  Produced Water:

                  (A) All coastal areas except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  (B) Cook Inlet
                  Oil & Grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l, and the 30-day average shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Drilling Fluids, Drill Cuttings, and Dewatering Effluent: 1

                  (A) All coastal areas except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  (B) Cook Inlet:

                  Water-based drilling fluids, drill cuttings, and dewatering effluent
                  SPP Toxicity
                  Minimum 96-hour LC50. of the SPP Toxicity Test 4 shall be 3% by volume.

                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Diesel oil
                  No discharge.

                  Mercury
                  1 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Cadmium
                  3 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Non-aqueous drilling fluids and dewatering effluent

                  No discharge.

                  Drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids

                  No discharge. 5

                  Well Treatment, Workover and Completion Fluids:

                  (A) All coastal areas except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  (B) Cook Inlet
                  Oil & Grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l, and the 30-day average shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Produced Sand

                  No discharge.

                  Deck Drainage
                  Free Oil 3

                  No discharge.

                  Domestic Waste
                  Foam
                  No discharge.

                  1 BAT limitations for dewatering effluent are applicable prospectively, BAT limitations in this rule are not applicable to discharges of dewatering effluent from reserve pits which as of the effective date of this rule no longer receive drilling fluids and drill cuttings. Limitations on such discharges shall be determined by the NPDES permit issuing authority.

                  2 As determined by the static sheen test. See § 435.41(ff).

                  3 As determined by the presence of a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water (visual sheen).

                  4 As determined by the suspended particulate phase (SPP) toxicity test. See § 435.41(ee).

                  5 When Cook Inlet operators cannot comply with this no discharge requirement due to technical limitations (see appendix 1 of subpart D of this part), Cook Inlet operators shall meet the same stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) and discharge limitations for drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids for operators in Offshore waters (see § 435.13) in order to discharge drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids.

              [61 FR 66125, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 1681, Jan. 13, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 6917, Jan. 22, 2001; 77 FR 29846, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.44
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT):

                BCT Effluent Limitations

                  Stream
                  Pollutant parameter
                  BCT effluent limitations

                  Produced Water (all facilities)
                  Oil & Grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 72 mg/l and the 30-day average shall not exceed 48 mg/l.

                  Drilling Fluids and Drill Cuttings and Dewatering Effluent: 1

                  All facilities except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  Cook Inlet:

                  Water-based drilling fluids, drill cuttings, and dewatering effluent
                  Free Oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Non-aqueous drilling fluids and dewatering effluent

                  No discharge.

                  Drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids
                  Free Oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Well Treatment, Workover and Completion Fluids
                  Free Oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Produced Sand

                  No discharge.

                  Deck Drainage
                  Free Oil
                  No discharge. 3

                  Sanitary Waste:

                  Sanitary M10
                  Residual Chlorine
                  Minimum of 1 mg/l maintained as close to this concentration as possible.

                  Sanitary M91M
                  Floating Solids
                  No discharge.

                  Domestic Waste
                  Floating Solids and garbage
                  No discharge of Floating Solids or garbage.

                  1 BCT limitations for dewatering effluent are applicable prospectively. BCT limitations in this rule are not applicable to discharges of dewatering effluent from reserve pits which as of the effective date of this rule no longer receive drilling fluids and drill cuttings. Limitations on such discharges shall be determined by the NPDES permit issuing authority.

                  2 As determined by the static sheen test. See § 435.41(ff).

                  3 As determined by the presence of a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water (visual sheen).

              [61 FR 66125, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 1682, Jan. 13, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 6917, Jan. 22, 2001; 77 FR 29846, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.45
              Standards of performance for new sources (NSPS).
              Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):

                NSPS Effluent Limitations

                  Stream
                  Pollutant parameter
                  NSPS effluent limitations

                  Produced Water:

                  (A) All coastal areas except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  (B) Cook Inlet
                  Oil & Grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l, and the 30-day average shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Drilling Fluids, Drill Cuttings, and Dewatering Effluent: 1

                  (A) All coastal areas except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  (B) Cook Inlet:

                  Water-based drilling fluids, drill cuttings, and dewatering effluent
                  SPP Toxicity
                  Minimum 96-hour LC50. of the SPP Toxicity Test 4 shall be 3% by volume.

                  Free oil
                  No discharge. 2

                  Diesel oil
                  No discharge.

                  Mercury
                  1 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Cadmium
                  3 mg/kg dry weight maximum in the stock barite.

                  Non-aqueous drilling fluids and dewatering effluent

                  No discharge.

                  Drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids

                  No discharge. 5

                  Well Treatment, Workover and Completion Fluids:

                  (A) All coastal areas except Cook Inlet

                  No discharge.

                  (B) Cook Inlet
                  Oil & Grease
                  The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 42 mg/l, and the 30-day average shall not exceed 29 mg/l.

                  Produced Sand

                  No discharge.

                  Deck Drainage
                  Free Oil 3

                  No discharge.

                  Sanitary Waste

                  Sanitary M10
                  Residual Chlorine
                  Minimum of 1 mg/l and maintained as close to this concentration as possible.

                  Sanitary M9IM
                  Floating Solids
                  No discharge.

                  Domestic Waste
                  Floating Solids, Garbage and Foam
                  No discharge of floating solids or garbage or foam.

                  1 NSPS limitations for dewatering effluent are applicable prospectively. NSPS limitations in this rule are not applicable to discharges of dewatering effluent from reserve pits which as of the effective date of this rule no longer receive drilling fluids and drill cuttings. Limitations on such discharges shall be determined by the NPDES permit issuing authority.

                  2 As determined by the static sheen test. See § 435.41(ff).

                  3 As determined by the presence of a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water (visual sheen).

                  4 As determined by the suspended particulate phase (SPP) toxicity test. See § 435.41(ee).

                  5 When Cook Inlet operators cannot comply with this no discharge requirement due to technical limitations (see appendix 1 of subpart D of this part), Cook Inlet operators shall meet the same stock limitations (C16-C18 internal olefin) and discharge limitations for drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids for operators in Offshore waters (see § 435.15) in order to discharge drill cuttings associated with non-aqueous drilling fluids.

              [61 FR 66125, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 1682, Jan. 13, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 6918, Jan. 22, 2001; 77 FR 29846, May 18, 2012]

              § 435.46
              Pretreatment standards of performance for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source with discharges subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

                PSES Effluent Limitations

                  Stream
                  Pollutant parameter
                  PSES effluent limitations

                  Produced Water

                  No discharge.

                  Drilling Fluids and Drill Cuttings Well Treatment

                  Workover and Completion Fluids

                  No discharge.

                  Produced Sand

                  No discharge.

                  Deck Drainage

                  No discharge.

              § 435.47
              Pretreatment standards of performance for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source with discharges subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

                PSNS Effluent Limitations

                  Stream
                  Pollutantparameter

                  PSNS effluent limitations

                  Produced Water (all facilities)

                  No discharge.

                  Drilling fluids and Drill Cuttings

                  No discharge.

                  Well Treatment, Workover and Completion Fluids

                  No discharge.

                  Produced Sand

                  No discharge.

                  Deck Drainage

                  No discharge.

              Pt. 435, Subpt. D, App. 1
              Appendix 1 to Subpart D of Part 435—Procedure for Determining When Coastal Cook Inlet Operators Qualify for an Exemption From the Zero Discharge Requirement for EMO-Cuttings and SBF-Cuttings in Coastal Cook Inlet, Alaska
              1.0 Scope and Application

              This appendix is to be used to determine whether a Cook Inlet, Alaska, operator in Coastal waters (Coastal Cook Inlet operator) qualifies for the exemption to the zero discharge requirement established by 40 CFR 435.43 and 435.45 for drill cuttings associated with the following non-aqueous drilling fluids: enhanced mineral oil based drilling fluids (EMO-cuttings) and synthetic-based drilling fluids (SBF-cuttings). Coastal Cook Inlet operators are prohibited from discharging oil-based drilling fluids. This appendix is intended to define those situations under which technical limitations preclude Coastal Cook Inlet operators from complying with the zero discharge requirement for EMO-cuttings and SBF-cuttings. Coastal Cook Inlet operators that qualify for this exemption may be authorized to discharge EMO-cuttings and SBF-cuttings subject to the limitations applicable to operators in Offshore waters (see subpart A of this part).
              2.0 Method
              2.1 Any Coastal Cook Inlet operator must achieve the zero discharge limit for EMO-cuttings and SBF-cuttings unless it successfully demonstrates that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through on-site annular disposal, injection into a Class II underground injection control (UIC) well, or onshore land application.
              2.2 To successfully demonstrate that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through on-site annular disposal, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator must show that it has been unable to establish formation injection in nearby wells that were initially considered for annular or dedicated disposal of EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings or prove to the satisfaction of the Alaska Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (AOGCC) that the EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings will be confined to the formation disposal interval. This demonstration must include:
              a. Documentation, including engineering analysis, that shows (1) an inability to establish formation injection (e.g., formation is too tight), (2) an inability to confine EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings in disposal formation (e.g., no confining zone or adequate barrier to confine wastes in formation), or (3) the occurrence of high risk emergency (e.g., mechanical failure of well, loss of ability to inject that risks loss of well which would cause significant economic harm or create a substantial risk to safety); and
              b. A risk analysis of alternative disposal options, including environmental assessment, human health and safety, and economic impact, that shows discharge as the lowest risk option.
              2.3 To successfully demonstrate that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through injection into a Class II UIC well, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator must show that it has been unable to establish injection into a Class II UIC well or prove to the satisfaction of the Alaska Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (AOGCC) that the EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings will be confined to the formation disposal interval. This demonstration must include:
              a. Documentation, including engineering analysis, that shows the inability to confine EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings in a Class II UIC well (e.g., no confining zone or adequate barrier to confine wastes in formation);
              b. Documentation demonstrating that no Class II UIC well is accessible (e.g., operator does not own, competitor will not allow injection); and
              c. A risk analysis of alternative disposal option, including environmental assessment, human health and safety, and economic impact, that shows discharge as the lowest risk option.
              2.4 To successfully demonstrate that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through land application, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator must show that it has been unable to handle drilling waste or dispose of EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings at an appropriate land disposal site. This demonstration must include:
              a. Documentation of site restrictions that preclude land application (e.g., no land disposal sites available);
              b. Documentation of the platform's lack of capacity for adequate storage of EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings (e.g., limited storage or room for cuttings transfer); or
              c. Documentation of inability to transfer EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings from platform to land for disposal (e.g., extremely low tides, high wave action).
              3.0 Procedure
              3.1 Except as described in Section 3.2 of this appendix, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator believing that it qualifies for the exemption to the zero discharge requirement for EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings must apply for and obtain an individual NPDES permit prior to discharging EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings to waters of the United States.

              3.2 Discharges occurring as the result a high risk emergency (e.g., mechanical failure of well, loss of ability to inject that risks loss of well which would cause significant economic harm or safety) may be authorized by a general NPDES permit provided that:
              a. The Coastal Cook Inlet operator satisfactorily demonstrates to EPA Region 10 the fulfillment of the other exemption requirements described in Section 2.0 of this appendix, or
              b. The general permit allows for high risk emergency discharges and provides Reporting Requirements to EPA Region 10 immediately upon commencing discharge.
              [66 FR 6918, Jan. 22, 2001]

            Subpart E—Agricultural and Wildlife Water Use Subcategory

              § 435.50
              Applicability; description of the beneficial use subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those onshore facilities located in the continental United States and west of the 98th meridian for which the produced water has a use in agriculture or wildlife propagation when discharged into navigable waters. These facilities are engaged in the production, drilling, well completion, and well treatment in the oil and gas extraction industry.

              § 435.51
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “onshore” shall mean all land areas landward of the territorial seas as defined in 40 CFR 125.1(gg).
              (c) The term “use in agricultural or wildlife propagation” means that the produced water is of good enough quality to be used for wildlife or livestock watering or other agricultural uses and that the produced water is actually put to such use during periods of discharge.

              § 435.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

              (a) There shall be no discharge of waste pollutants into navigable waters from any source (other than produced water) associated with production, field exploration, drilling, well completion, or well treatment (i.e., drilling muds, drill cuttings, and produced sands).

              (b) Produced water discharges shall not exceed the following daily maximum limitation:

                Effluent characteristics: Effluent limitation (mg/l).
                Oil and Grease: 35.

              [44 FR 22075, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart F—Stripper Subcategory

              § 435.60
              Applicability; description of the stripper subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those onshore facilities which produce 10 barrels per well per calendar day or less of crude oil and which are operating at the maximum feasible rate of production and in accordance with recognized conservation practices. These facilities are engaged in production, and well treatment in the oil and gas extraction industry.

              § 435.61
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “onshore” shall mean all land areas landward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas as defined in 40 CFR 125.1(gg).
              (c) The term “well” shall means crude oil producing wells and shall not include gas wells or wells injecting water for disposal or for enchanced recovery of oil or gas.
              (d) The term “gas well” shall mean any well which produces natural gas in a ratio to the petroleum liquids produced greater than 15,000 cubic feet of gas per 1 barrel (42 gallons) of petroleum liquids.

            Subpart G—General Provisions

              § 435.70
              Applicability.
              (a) Purpose. This subpart is intended to prevent oil and gas facilities, for which effluent limitations guidelines and standards, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards have been promulgated under this part, from circumventing the effluent limitations guidelines and standards applicable to those facilities by moving effluent produced in one subcategory to another subcategory for disposal under less stringent requirements than intended by this part.
              (b) Applicability. The effluent limitations and standards applicable to an oil and gas facility shall be determined as follows:
              (1) An Oil and Gas facility, operator, or its agent or contractor may move its wastewaters from a facility located in one subcategory to another subcategory for treatment and return it to a location covered by the original subcategory for disposal. In such case, the effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards for the original subcategory apply.
              (2) An Oil and Gas facility, operator, or its agent or contractor may move its wastewaters from a facility located in one subcategory to another subcategory for disposal or treatment and disposal, provided:
              (i) If an Oil and Gas facility, operator or its agent or contractor moves wastewaters from a wellhead located in one subcategory to another subcategory where oil and gas facilities are governed by less stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards, the more stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards applicable to the subcategory where the wellhead is located shall apply.
              (ii) If an Oil and Gas facility, operator or its agent moves effluent from a wellhead located in one subcategory to another subcategory where oil and gas facilities are governed by more stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards, the more stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards applicable at the point of discharge shall apply.
              [61 FR 66129, Dec. 16, 1996]

            Subpart H—Coalbed Methane Subcategory [Reserved]

          Pt. 436
          PART 436—MINERAL MINING AND PROCESSING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Dimension Stone Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart B—Crushed Stone Subcategory
              Sec.
              436.20
              Applicability; description of the crushed stone subcategory.
              436.21
              Specialized definitions.
              436.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart C—Construction Sand and Gravel Subcategory
              436.30
              Applicability; description of the construction sand and gravel subcategory.
              436.31
              Specialized definitions.
              436.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart D—Industrial Sand Subcategory
              436.40
              Applicability; description of the industrial sand subcategory.
              436.41
              Specialized definitions.
              436.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart E—Gypsum Subcategory
              436.50
              Applicability; description of the gypsum subcategory.
              436.51
              Specialized definitions.
              436.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart F—Asphaltic Mineral Subcategory
              436.60
              Applicability; description of the asphaltic mineral subcategory.
              436.61
              Specialized definitions.
              436.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart G—Asbestos and Wollastonite Subcategory
              436.70
              Applicability; description of the asbestos and wollastonite subcategory.
              436.71
              Specialized definitions.
              436.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart H—Lightweight Aggregates Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart I—Mica and Sericite Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart J—Barite Subcategory
              436.100
              Applicability; description of the barite subcategory.
              436.101
              Specialized definitions.
              436.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart K—Fluorspar Subcategory
              436.110
              Applicability; description of the fluorspar subcategory.
              436.111
              Specialized definitions.
              436.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart L—Salines From Brine Lakes Subcategory
              436.120
              Applicability; description of the salines from brine lakes subcategory.
              436.121
              Specialized definitions.
              436.122
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart M—Borax Subcategory
              436.130
              Applicability; description of the borax subcategory.
              436.131
              Specialized definitions.
              436.132
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart N—Potash Subcategory
              436.140
              Applicability; description of the potash subcategory.
              436.141
              Specialized definitions.
              436.142
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best praticable control technology currently available.

              Subpart O—Sodium Sulfate Subcategory
              436.150
              Applicability; description of the sodium sulfate subcategory.
              436.151
              Specialized definitions.
              436.152
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart P—Trona Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart Q—Rock Salt Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart R—Phosphate Rock Subcategory
              436.180
              Applicability; description of the phosphate rock subcategory.
              436.181
              Specialized definitions.
              436.182
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              436.183-436.184
              [Reserved]
              436.185
              Standards of performance for new sources.

              Subpart S—Frasch Sulfur Subcategory
              436.190
              Applicability; description of the Frasch sulfur subcategory.
              436.191
              Specialized definitions.
              436.192
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart T—Mineral Pigments Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart U—Lithium Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart V—Bentonite Subcategory
              436.220

              Applicability; description of the bentonite subcategory.

              436.221
              Specialized definitions.
              436.222
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart W—Magnesite Subcategory
              436.230
              Applicability; description of the magnesite subcategory.
              436.231
              Specialized definitions.
              436.232
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart X—Diatomite Subcategory
              436.240
              Applicability; description of the diatomite subcategory.
              436.241
              Specialized definitions.
              436.242
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart Y—Jade Subcategory
              436.250
              Applicability; description of the jade subcategory.
              436.251
              Specialized definitions.
              436.252
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart Z—Novaculite Subcategory
              436.260
              Applicability; description of the novaculite subcategory.
              436.261
              Specialized definitions.
              436.262
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart AA—Fire Clay Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AB—Attapulgite and Montmorillonite Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AC—Kyanite Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AD—Shale and Common Clay Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AE—Aplite Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AF—Tripoli Subcategory
              436.310
              Applicability; description of the tripoli subcategory.
              436.321
              Specialized definitions.
              436.322
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              Subpart AG—Kaolin Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AH—Ball Clay Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AI—Feldspar Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AJ—Talc, Steatite, Soapstone and Pyrophyllite Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AK—Garnet Subcategory [Reserved]

              Subpart AL—Graphite Subcategory
              436.380
              Applicability; description of the graphite subcategory.
              436.381
              Specialized definitions.
              436.382
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

            Authority:

            Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 86 Stat. 816 et seq., Pub. L. 92-500) (the Act).

            Source:
            40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

            Subpart A—Dimension Stone Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart B—Crushed Stone Subcategory

              Source:
              42 FR 35849, July 12, 1977, unless otherwise noted.

              § 436.20
              Applicability; description of the crushed stone subcategory.

              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining or quarrying and the processing of crushed and broken stone and riprap. This subpart includes all types of rock and stone. Rock and stone that is crushed or broken prior to the extraction of a mineral are elsewhere covered. The processing of calcite, however, in conjunction with the processing of crushed and broken limestone or dolomite is included in this subpart.

              § 436.21
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator. However, if a mine is also used for treatment of process generated waste water, discharges of commingled water from the facilities shall be deemed discharges of process generated waste water.
              (c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
              (d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land, surface or underground, actively mined for the production of crushed and broken stone from natural deposits.
              (e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond, lagoon, mine, or other facility used for treatment of such waste water.

              § 436.22
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (1) Discharges of process generated waste water pollutants from facilities that recycle waste water for use in processing shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (2) Mine dewatering discharges shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.

              (c) In the case of a discharge into receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by man's activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and water quality criteria in water quality standards approved under the Act authorize such lower pH, the pH limitations for such discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters. In no case shall a pH limitation outside the range 5.0 to 9.0 be permitted.
              [42 FR 35849, July 12, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 76793, Dec. 28, 1979; 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart C—Construction Sand and Gravel Subcategory

              Source:
              42 FR 35850, July 12, 1977, unless otherwise noted.

              § 436.30
              Applicability; description of the construction sand and gravel subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and the processing of sand and gravel for construction or fill uses, except that on-board processing of dredged sand and gravel which is subject to the provisions of 33 CFR part 230 of this chapter will not be governed by the provisions of this subpart.

              § 436.31
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator. This term shall also include wet pit overflows caused solely by direct rainfall and ground water seepage. However, if a mine is also used for treatment of process generated waste water, discharges of commingled water from the mine shall be deemed discharges of process generated waste water.
              (c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
              (d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land, surface or underground, actively mined for the production of sand and gravel from natural deposits.
              (e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond, lagoon, mine or other facility used for treatment of such waste water. The term does not include waste water used for the suction dredging of deposits in a body of water and returned directly to the body of waste without being used for other purposes or combined with other waste water.

              § 436.32
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (1) Discharges of process generated waste water pollutants from facilities that recycle waste water for use in processing shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (2) Mine dewatering discharges shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
              (c) In the case of a discharge into receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by man's activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and water quality criteria in water quality standards approved under the Act authorize such lower pH, the pH limitation for such discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters. In no case shall a pH limitation outside the range 5.0 to 9.0 be permitted.
              [42 FR 35850, July 12, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 76793, Dec. 28, 1979; 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart D—Industrial Sand Subcategory

              Source:
              42 FR 35851, July 12, 1977, unless otherwise noted.

              § 436.40
              Applicability; description of the industrial sand subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and the processing of sand and gravel for uses other than construction and fill. These uses include, but are not limited to glassmaking, molding, abrasives, filtration, refractories, and refractory bonding.

              § 436.41
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained, or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator. This term shall also include wet pit overflows caused solely by direct rainfall and ground water seepage. However, if a mine is also used for the treatment of process generated waste water, discharges of commingled water from the mine shall be deemed discharges of process generated waste water.
              (c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
              (d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land actively mined for the production of sand and gravel from natural deposits.
              (e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond, lagoon, mine or other facility used for treatment of such waste water. The terms does not include waste water used for the suction dredging of deposits in a body of water and returned directly to the body of water without being used for other purposes or combined with other waste water.

              § 436.42
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

              (1) With the exception of operation using HF flotation, discharges of process waste water pollutants from facilities that recycle waste water, for use in the processing shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  45 mg/l
                  25 mg/l.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (2) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) (1) and (3) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (3) Process generated waste water from facilities employing HF flotation shall not exceed the following limitations:

                [Metric units, kg/kkg of total product; English units, lb/1,000 lb of total product]

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  0.046
                  0.023

                  Total fluoride
                  .006
                  .003

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (4) Mine dewatering discharges shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  45 mg/l
                  25 mg/l.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
              (c) In the case of a discharge into receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by man's activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and water quality criteria in water quality standards approved under the Act authorize such lower pH, the pH limitation for such discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters. In no case shall a pH limitation outside the range 5.0 to 9.0 be permitted.
              [42 FR 35851, July 12, 1977, as amended at 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart E—Gypsum Subcategory

              § 436.50
              Applicability; description of the gypsum subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of gypsum.

              § 436.51
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.52
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) For operations not employing wet air emissions control scrubbers there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.

              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart F—Asphaltic Mineral Subcategory

              § 436.60
              Applicability; description of the asphaltic mineral subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of bituminous limestone, oil-impregnated diatomite and oilsonite not primarily as an energy source.

              § 436.61
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.62
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) Subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this section, there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart G—Asbestos and Wollastonite Subcategory

              § 436.70
              Applicability; description of the asbestos and wollastonite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of asbestos and wollastonite.

              § 436.71
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.72
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (a) Subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this section, there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.

              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart H—Lightweight Aggregates Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart I—Mica and Sericite Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart J—Barite Subcategory

              § 436.100
              Applicability; description of the barite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of barite.

              § 436.101
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.102
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): For operations not employing wet processes or flotation processes there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart K—Fluorspar Subcategory

              § 436.110
              Applicability; description of the fluorspar subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of fluorspar.

              § 436.111
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.112
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): For operations not employing heavy media separation or flotation processes there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33967, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart L—Salines From Brine Lakes Subcategory

              § 436.120
              Applicability; description of the salines from brine lakes subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of salines from brine lakes.

              § 436.121
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.122
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.

              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) The limitations specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be applied on a net basis if the discharge is in compliance with § 125.28 of this chapter “the source of the applicant's water supply is the same body of water into which the discharge is made * * * ”.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart M—Borax Subcategory

              § 436.130
              Applicability; description of the borax subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of borate minerals. Borax obtained from brine lakes is regulated in the salines from brine lakes subcategory (subpart L of this part).

              § 436.131
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.132
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart N—Potash Subcategory

              Authority:
              Sec. 306, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

              § 436.140
              Applicability; description of the potash subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of potash. Potash obtained from brine lakes is regulated in the saline from brine lakes subcategory (subpart L of this part).

              § 436.141
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.142
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.

              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart O—Sodium Sulfate Subcategory

              § 436.150
              Applicability; description of the sodium sulfate subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate obtained from brine lakes is regulated in the salines from brine lakes subcategory (subpart L of this part).

              § 436.151
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.152
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart P—Trona Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart Q—Rock Salt Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart R—Phosphate Rock Subcategory

              Authority:
              Sec. 306, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

              § 436.180
              Applicability; description of the phosphate rock subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and the processing of phosphate bearing rock, ore or earth for the phosphate content.
              [43 FR 9809, Mar. 10, 1978]

              § 436.181
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator.
              (c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.

              (d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land, surface or underground, actively used for or resulting from the extraction of a mineral from natural deposits.
              (e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond lagoon, mine, or other facility used for settling or treatment of such waste water.
              [43 FR 9809, Mar. 10, 1978]

              § 436.182
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
              (1) Discharges of process generated waste water and mine dewatering discharges, shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  60 mg/l
                  30 mg./l.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
              [42 FR 35852, July 12, 1977, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

              §§ 436.183-436.184
              [Reserved]

              § 436.185
              Standards of performance for new sources.
              (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, the following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available demonstrated control technology.
              (1) Discharges of process generated waste water and mine dewatering discharges, shall not exceed the following limitations:

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  60 mg/l
                  30 mg/l.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
              [43 FR 9810, Mar. 10, 1978]

            Subpart S—Frasch Sulfur Subcategory

              § 436.190
              Applicability; description of the Frasch sulfur subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of sulfur on shore and in marshes and estuaries by the Frasch process. Not covered are sulfur refining operations that are not performed at the mining and collection site.

              § 436.191
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.192
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section for operations mining anhydrite deposits, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart T—Mineral Pigments Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart U—Lithium Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart V—Bentonite Subcategory

              § 436.220
              Applicability; description of the bentonite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of bentonite.

              § 436.221
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.222
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart W—Magnesite Subcategory

              § 436.230
              Applicability; description of the magnesite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of naturally occurring magnesite ore.

              § 436.231
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.232
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.

              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart X—Diatomite Subcategory

              § 436.240
              Applicability; description of the diatomite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of diatomite.

              § 436.241
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.242
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33968, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart Y—Jade Subcategory

              § 436.250
              Applicability; description of the jade subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of jade.

              § 436.251
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.252
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33969, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart Z—Novaculite Subcategory

              § 436.260
              Applicability; description of the novaculite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of novaculite.

              § 436.261
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.262
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33969, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

            Subpart AA—Fire Clay Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AB—Attapulgite and Montmorillonite Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AC—Kyanite Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AD—Shale and Common Clay Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AE—Aplite Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AF—Tripoli Subcategory

              § 436.310
              Applicability; description of the tripoli subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of tripoli.

              § 436.321
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.

              § 436.322
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): For operations not employing wet processes there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
              [60 FR 33969, June 29, 1995]

            Subpart AG—Kaolin Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AH—Ball Clay Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AI—Feldspar Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AJ—Talc, Steatite, Soapstone and Pyrophyllite Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AK—Garnet Subcategory [Reserved]

            Subpart AL—Graphite Subcategory

              § 436.380
              Applicability; description of the graphite subcategory.
              The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and processing of naturally occurring graphite.

              § 436.381
              Specialized definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
              (b) The term “mine drainage” shall mean any water drained, pumped or siphoned from a mine.

              § 436.382
              Effluent limitations guidelines representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
              (a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):

                  Effluent characteristic
                  Effluent limitations
                  Maximum for any 1 day
                  Average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed—

                  TSS
                  20 mg/l
                  10 mg/l.

                  Total Fe
                  2 mg/l
                  1 mg/l.

                  pH
                  (1)
                  (1)

                  1 Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

              (b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
              [40 FR 48657, Oct. 16, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 33969, June 29, 1995; 60 FR 35796, July 11, 1995]

          Pt. 437
          PART 437—THE CENTRALIZED WASTE TREATMENT POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

            Sec.
            437.1
            General applicability.
            437.2
            General definitions.
            437.3
            General pretreatment standards.
            437.4
            Monitoring requirements.

              Subpart A—Metals Treatment and Recovery
              437.10
              Applicability.
              437.11
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              437.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              437.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              437.14
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              437.15
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              437.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart B—Oils Treatment and Recovery
              437.20
              Applicability.
              437.21
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              437.22
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              437.23
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              437.24
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              437.25

              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).

              437.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart C—Organics Treatment and Recovery
              437.30
              Applicability.
              437.31
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              437.32
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              437.33
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              437.34
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              437.35
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              437.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart D—Multiple Wastestreams
              437.40
              Applicability.
              437.41
              Special Definitions.
              437.42
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              437.43
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              437.44
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              437.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              437.46
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              437.47
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342, and 1361.

            Source:
            65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.

            § 437.1
            General applicability.
            (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, this part applies to that portion of wastewater discharges from a centralized waste treatment (CWT) facility that results from any of the following activities:
            (1) Treatment and recovery of hazardous or non-hazardous industrial metal-bearing wastes, oily wastes and organic-bearing wastes received from off-site; and
            (2) The treatment of CWT wastewater.
            (b) This part does not apply to the following discharges of wastewater from a CWT facility:
            (1) Wastewater from the treatment of wastes that are generated on-site when the wastes generated on-site are otherwise subject to another part of subchapter N.
            (2) Wastewater from the treatment of wastes that are generated off-site if the discharger: a) demonstrates that the off-site wastes are generated at a facility that is subject to the same provisions in 40 CFR subchapter N as non-CWT wastes generated at the CWT facility or b) demonstrates that the off-site wastes are of similar nature and the treatment of such wastes are compatible with the treatment of non-CWT wastes generated and treated at the CWT.
            (3) Wastewater from the treatment of wastes received from off-site via conduit (e.g., pipelines, channels, ditches, trenches, etc.) from the facility that generates the wastes unless the resulting wastewaters are commingled with other wastewaters subject to this provision. A facility that acts as a waste collection or consolidation center is not a facility that generates wastes.
            (4) Wastewater from product stewardship activities, the treatment of sanitary wastes and wastes of domestic origin including chemical toilet wastes, septage, and restaurant wastes or thermal drying of POTW biosolids. Product stewardship activities for purposes of this provision are limited to the following activities at a manufacturing facility: acceptance for treatment or recovery of its unused products, shipping and storage containers with product residues and off-spec products.
            (5) Wastewater from solids recovery operations so long as the wastes recovered are from non-industrial sources, and recovery of the wastes does not generate a wastewater or leach appreciable metal or organic chemicals or petroleum-based oil and grease into the water. Examples of solids recovery operations to which this subpart would not apply include, but are not limited to, the recycling of aluminum cans, glass and plastic bottles.

            (6) Wastewater from scrap metal processing or auto salvage operations.

            (7) Wastewater from transfer stations or municipal recycling centers.
            (8) Wastewater from the treatment of, or recovery of material from, animal or vegetable fats/oils from grease traps or interceptors generated by facilities engaged in food service activities.
            (9) Wastewater from the treatment of, or recovery of material from, off-site wastes generated by facilities engaged only in food processing.
            (10) Wastewater from facilities that are subject to 40 CFR part 442. Wastewater resulting from the treatment of off-site wastewater generated in cleaning transportation equipment (or on-site wastewater generated in cleaning equipment) along with other off-site wastes (subject to this part) not generated in cleaning transportation equipment is, however, subject to this part.
            (11) Wastewater resulting from solvent recovery operations if the solvent recovery operations involve the separation of solvent mixtures by distillation.
            (12) Wastewater from facilities that are engaged exclusively in centralized silver recovery from used photographic or x-ray materials activities. The discharge resulting from centralized silver recovery from used photographic or x-ray materials that is treated at a CWT facility along with other off-site wastestreams (subject to this part) is subject to this part.
            (13) Wastewater from facilities that accept off-site wastes only for treatability studies, research and development, or chemical or physical analysis. The wastewater resulting from treatability studies, research and development, or chemical or physical analysis that is treated at a CWT facility along with other off-site wastestreams (subject to this part) is subject to this part.
            (c) This part also does not apply to the following activities:
            (1) “Dry” fuel blending operations, “dry” waste solidification/stabilization operations, “dry” used oil filter or oily absorbents recycling operations, or “dry” high temperature metals recovery operations. However, this part does apply to wastewater discharges from a CWT resulting from any of these operations that do produce wastewater.
            (2) The discharge of marine generated wastes including wash water from equipment and tank cleaning, ballast water, bilge water, and other wastes generated (while operating on inland, coastal, or open waters or while berthed) as part of routine ship maintenance and operation as long as they are treated and discharged at the ship servicing facility where it is off-loaded. The discharges resulting from the treatment of marine generated wastes that are off-loaded and subsequently sent to a centralized waste treatment facility at a separate location are, however, subject to this part.
            (3) Discharge of wastewater from land treatment units or land application operations.
            (4) Discharge of wastewater from facilities that are engaged exclusively in landfilling activities and/or the treatment of landfill wastewaters (whether generated on or off-site). The discharge resulting from the treatment of landfill wastewater, whether generated on-site or off-site, treated at CWT facilities along with other off-site waste is, however, subject to this part.
            (5) Discharge of wastewater from facilities that are engaged exclusively in incineration activities. The discharge resulting from the treatment of off-site wastewater generated in the incineration of industrial waste that is treated at a CWT facility along with other off-site wastestreams (subject to this part) is subject to this part.

            (d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the provisions of this part are not applicable to any metals treatment and recovery wastewater discharges which are subject to the secondary metals provisions of 40 CFR part 421, the Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing Point Source Category. These secondary metals subcategories are subpart C (Secondary Aluminum Smelting Subcategory), subpart F (Secondary Copper Subcategory), subpart L (Secondary Silver Subcategory), subpart M (Secondary Lead Subcategory), subpart P (Primary and Secondary Germanium and Gallium Subcategory), subpart Q (Secondary Indium Subcategory), subpart R (Secondary Mercury Subcategory), subpart T (Secondary Molybdenum and Vanadium Subcategory), subpart V (Secondary Nickel Subcategory), subpart X (Secondary Precious Metals Subcategory), subpart Z (Secondary Tantalum Subcategory), subpart AA (Secondary Tin Subcategory), subpart AB (Primary and Secondary Titanium Subcategory), subpart AC (Secondary Tungsten and Cobalt Subcategory), and subpart AD (secondary Uranium Subcategory).

            § 437.2
            General definitions.
            As used in this part:
            (a) The general definitions and abbreviations in 40 CFR part 401 apply to this part.
            (b) Alternative effluent limitations or pretreatment standards mean effluent limitations determined on a case-by-case basis under section 402(a)(1) of the CWA or pretreatment standards developed as local limits by the control authority under 40 CFR § 403.6(c) that apply to the discharge of wastewater subject to this provision. The permit writer (or control authority) will calculate these limitations or standards using a “building block” approach or the “combined wastestream formula.” Under this approach, the permit writer (or control authority) will develop flow-weighted effluent limitations or standards for the treated combined wastestream by applying the limitations or standards in 40 CFR subchapter N that would otherwise apply to a particular wastestream received from off-site if the wastestream were treated and discharged from the facility at which it was generated.
            (c) Centralized waste treatment (CWT) facility means any facility that treats (for disposal, recycling or recovery of material) any hazardous or non-hazardous industrial wastes, hazardous or non-hazardous industrial wastewater, and/or used material received from off-site. “CWT facility” includes both a facility that treats waste received exclusively from off-site and a facility that treats wastes generated on-site as well as waste received from off-site. For example, an organic chemical manufacturing plant may, in certain circumstances, be a CWT facility if it treats industrial wastes received from offsite as well as industrial waste generated at the organic chemical manufacturing plant. CWT facilities may also include re-refiners and may be owned by the federal government.
            (d) Centralized waste treatment wastewater means any wastewater generated as a result of CWT activities. CWT wastewater sources may include, but are not limited to: liquid waste receipts, solubilization water, used oil emulsion-breaking wastewater, tanker truck/drum/roll-off box washes, equipment washes, air pollution control scrubber blow-down, laboratory-derived wastewater, on-site landfill wastewaters, and contaminated storm water.
            (e) Contaminated storm water means storm water which comes in direct contact with CWT wastes, the waste handling and treatment areas, or other centralized waste treatment wastewater as defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
            (f) Discharger means a facility that discharges wastewater directly to waters of the United States or introduces wastewater to a publicly-owned treatment works.
            (g) Dry means not producing a wastewater.
            (h) Equivalent treatment means a wastewater treatment system that achieves comparable pollutant removals to the applicable treatment technology selected as the basis for the limitations and pretreatment standards. Comparable removals may be demonstrated through literature, treatability tests, or self-monitoring data.
            (i) Fuel blending means the process of combining waste, wastewater, or used material for the purpose of regenerating a fuel for reuse. However, fuel blending may be loosely applied to any process where recovered hydrocarbons are combined as a fuel product where some pretreatment operations generate wastewater.
            (j) High temperature metals recovery means a metals recovery process in which solid forms of metal-containing materials are processed with a heat-based pyrometallurgical technology to produce a metal product.
            (k) Marine generated waste means any waste, wastewater, and/or used material generated as part of the normal maintenance and operation of a ship, boat, or barge operating on inland, coastal, or open waters, or while berthed.
            (l) Metal-bearing wastes means wastes and/or used materials from manufacturing or processing facilities or other commercial operations that contain significant quantities of metal pollutants, but not significant quantities of oil and grease (generally less than 100 mg/L). Examples of these wastes are spent electroplating baths and sludges, metal-finishing rinse water and sludges, chromate wastes, blow-down water and sludges from air pollution control, spent anodizing solutions, incineration air pollution control wastewaters, waste liquid mercury, cyanide containing wastes greater than 136 mg/L, and waste acids and bases with or without metals.
            (m) Multiple wastestream CWT facility means a CWT facility which accepts waste in more than one CWT subcategory (metals, oils, or organics) and combines any portion of these different subcategory wastes at any point prior to the compliance discharge sampling location.
            (n) Off-site means outside the boundaries of a facility.
            (o) Oily absorbent recycling means the process of recycling oil-soaked or contaminated disposable rags, paper, or pads for the purpose of regenerating a fuel for reuse.
            (p) Oily wastes means wastes and/or used materials that contain oil and grease (generally at or in excess of 100 mg/L) from manufacturing or processing facilities or other commercial operations. Examples of these wastes are used oils, oil-water emulsions or mixtures, lubricants, coolants, contaminated groundwater clean-up from petroleum sources, used petroleum products, oil spill clean-up, bilge water, rinse/wash waters from petroleum sources, interceptor wastes, off-specification fuels, underground storage tank remediation waste, and tank clean out from petroleum or oily sources.
            (q) On-site means within the boundaries of a facility. A facility may encompass land areas that are bisected by public thoroughfares but are under the control of a common owner.
            (r) Organic wastes means wastes and/or used materials that contain organic pollutants, but not a significant quantity of oil and grease (generally less than 100 mg/L) from manufacturing or processing facilities or other commercial operations. Examples of these wastes are landfill leachate, contaminated groundwater clean-up from non-petroleum sources, solvent-bearing wastes, off-specification organic product, still bottoms, byproduct glycols, wastewater from paint washes, wastewater from adhesives and/or epoxies, wastewater from chemical product operations, and tank clean-out from organic, non-petroleum sources.
            (s) The following regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3, and are defined as follows:
            (1) Antimony means total antimony.
            (2) Arsenic means total arsenic.
            (3) Barium means total barium.
            (4) BOD
              5 means 5-day biochemical oxygen demand.
            (5) Cadmium means total cadmium.
            (6) Chromium means total chromium.
            (7) Cobalt means total cobalt.
            (8) Copper means total copper.
            (9) Cyanide means total cyanide.
            (10) Lead means total lead.
            (11) Mercury means total mercury.
            (12) Molybdenum means total molybdenum.
            (13) Nickel means total nickel.
            (14) O&G means total recoverable oil and grease (n-hexane extractable material).
            (15) Selenium means total selenium.
            (16) Silver means total silver.
            (17) Tin means total tin.
            (18) Titanium means total titanium.
            (19) TSS means total suspended solids.
            (20) Vanadium means total vanadium.
            (21) Zinc means total zinc.
            (t) The following regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1C at 40 CFR 136.3:
            (1) Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.
            (2) Butylbenzyl phthalate.
            (3) Fluoranthene.
            (4) Phenol.
            (5) 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.

            (u) The following regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis (Methods 625 and 1625) at 40 CFR 136.3, appendix A:

            (1) Acetone.
            (2) Acetophenone.
            (3) Aniline.
            (4) 2-Butanone.
            (5) Carbazole.
            (6) o-Cresol.
            (7) p-Cresol.
            (8) n-Decane.
            (9) 2,3-dichloroaniline.
            (10) n-Octadecane.
            (11) Pyridine.
            (v) Pipeline means an open or closed conduit used for the conveyance of material. A pipeline includes a channel, pipe, tube, trench, or ditch, or fixed delivery system.
            (w) Product stewardship means a manufacturer's treatment or recovery of its own unused products, shipping and storage containers with product residues, off-specification products, and does not include spent or used materials from use of its products.
            (x) Re-refining means the processing of used oil using distillation, hydrotreating, and/or other treatment employing acid, caustic, solvent, clay and/or chemicals in order to produce high quality base stock for lubricants or other petroleum products.
            (y) Recovery means the recycling or processing of a waste, wastewater or used material such that the material, or a portion thereof, may be reused or converted to a raw material, intermediate, or product. Recovery does not include the re-use of treated or untreated wastewater in place of potable or pure water in industrial processes such as the use of secondary POTW effluents as non-contact cooling water, storm water in place of process water, or the re-use of spent chemicals in place of virgin treatment chemicals.
            (z) Solidification means the addition of sorbents to convert liquid or semi-liquid waste to a solid by means of adsorption, absorption or both. The process is usually accompanied by stabilization.
            (aa) Solvent recovery includes fuel blending operations and the recycling of spent solvents through separation of solvent mixtures in distillation columns. Solvent recovery may require an additional, pretreatment step prior to distillation.
            (bb) Stabilization means a waste process that decreases the mobility of waste constituents by means of a chemical reaction. For the purpose of this rule, chemical precipitation is not a technique for stabilization.
            (cc) Treatment means any method, technique, or process designed to change the physical, chemical or biological character or composition of any metal-bearing, oily, or organic wastes to neutralize such wastes; to render such wastes amenable to discharge; or to recover energy or recover metal, oil, or organic content from the wastes. Treatment does not include (a) the re-use of treated or untreated wastewater in place of potable or pure water in industrial processes such as the use of secondary POTW effluents as non-contact cooling water or storm water in place of process water or (b) the re-use of treated or untreated spent chemicals (such as pickle liquor) as treatment chemicals.
            (dd) Non-contaminated storm water means storm water which does not come in direct contact with CWT wastes, the waste handling and treatment areas, or other CWT wastewater that is defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
            (ee) Used oil filter recycling means crushing and draining of used oil filters of entrained oil and/or shredding and separation of used oil filters.
            (ff) Waste includes aqueous, non-aqueous, and solid waste, wastewater, and/or used material.

            § 437.3
            General pretreatment standards.
            Any source subject to this part that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) must comply with 40 CFR part 403.

            § 437.4
            Monitoring requirements.
            (a) Permit compliance monitoring is required for each regulated parameter.
            (b) Any CWT facility that discharges wastewater resulting from the treatment of metal-bearing waste, oily waste, or organic-bearing waste must monitor as follows:

            (1) Facilities subject to more than one subpart of this part must monitor for compliance for each subpart after treatment and before mixing of the waste with wastes of any other subpart. Alternatively, a multiple wastestream subcategory facility may certify that it provides equivalent treatment as defined in § 437.2(h) for the applicable waste and monitor for compliance with the applicable set of multiple wastestream subcategory limitations after mixing.
            (2) Facilities subject to one or more subpart of this part must monitor for compliance with the applicable subpart after treatment and before mixing of the waste with wastes of any other subpart, uncontaminated storm water, or wastewater subject to another effluent limitation or standard in subchapter N. If, however, the facility can demonstrate to the receiving POTW or permitting authority the capability of achieving the effluent limitation or standard for each subpart after treatment and before mixing with other wastestreams, the facility may monitor for compliance after mixing. In the case of a facility which elects to comply with the applicable set of multiple wastestream subcategory limitations or standards, it is only subject to one subpart.
            (3) When a CWT facility treats any waste receipt that contains cyanide at a concentration higher than 136 mg/L, the CWT facility must monitor for cyanide after cyanide treatment and before dilution with other wastestreams. If, however, the facility can demonstrate to the receiving POTW or permitting authority the capability of achieving the cyanide limitation or standard after cyanide treatment and before mixing with other wastestreams, the facility may monitor for compliance after mixing.

            Subpart A—Metals Treatment and Recovery

              § 437.10
              Applicability.
              (a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to that portion of the discharge of wastewater from a CWT facility that results from the treatment of, or recovery of metals from, both metal-bearing wastes received from off-site and other CWT wastewater associated with the treatment of, or recovery of metal-bearing wastes.
              (b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new source or an existing facility subject to this subpart to achieve alternative effluent limitations and standards as defined in § 437.2(b) in the following circumstances:
              (1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
              (2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.

              § 437.11
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.10(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  O&G
                  205
                  50.2

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  60.0
                  31.0

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  15.5
                  3.07

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  4.14
                  1.06

                  Lead
                  1.32
                  0.283

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (b) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.10(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for oil and grease, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a).

              § 437.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.10(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a).
              (b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.14
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Except as provided in § 437.10(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  O&G
                  205
                  50.2

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  29.6
                  11.3

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.111
                  0.0312

                  Arsenic
                  0.0993
                  0.0199

                  Cadmium
                  0.782
                  0.163

                  Chromium
                  0.167
                  0.0522

                  Cobalt
                  0.182
                  0.0703

                  Copper
                  0.659
                  0.216

                  Lead
                  1.32
                  0.283

                  Mercury
                  0.000641
                  0.000246

                  Nickel
                  0.794
                  0.309

                  Selenium
                  0.176
                  0.0698

                  Silver
                  0.0318
                  0.0122

                  Tin
                  0.0955
                  0.0367

                  Titanium
                  0.0159
                  0.00612

                  Vanadium
                  0.0628
                  0.0518

                  Zinc
                  0.657
                  0.252

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).

              § 437.15
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or § 437.10(b), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a).
              (b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.16
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or § 437.10(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a)

              (b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

            Subpart B—Oils Treatment and Recovery

              § 437.20
              Applicability.
              (a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to that portion of the discharge of wastewater from a CWT facility that results from the treatment or recovery of oil from both oily wastes received from off-site and other CWT wastewater associated with the treatment of, or recovery of oily wastes.
              (b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new source or an existing source subject to this subpart to achieve alternative effluent limitations and standards, as defined in § 437.2(b), in the following circumstances:
              (1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
              (2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.

              § 437.21
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.20(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  74.1
                  30.6

                    Metal Parameters

                  Arsenic
                  2.95
                  1.33

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  56.4
                  18.8

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.0172
                  0.00647

                  Tin
                  0.335
                  0.165

                  Zinc
                  8.26
                  4.50

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.22
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.20(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations attainable by the application of BCT: Limitations for O&G, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.

              § 437.23
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.20(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations by the application of BAT: Limitations for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, tin, zinc, butylbenzyl phthalate, carbazole, n-decane, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, fluoranthene, and n-octadecane are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.24
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              Except as provided in § 437.20(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for oil and grease, pH, TSS, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, tin, zinc, butylbenzyl phthalate, carbazole, n-decane, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, fluoranthene, and n-octadecane are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.25
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or § 437.20(b), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Chromium
                  0.947
                  0.487

                  Cobalt
                  56.4
                  18.8

                  Copper
                  0.405
                  0.301

                  Lead
                  0.222
                  0.172

                  Tin
                  0.249
                  0.146

                  Zinc
                  6.95
                  4.46

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.267
                  0.158

                  Carbazole
                  0.392
                  0.233

                  n-Decane
                  5.79
                  3.31

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.787
                  0.393

                  n-Octadecane
                  1.22
                  0.925

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.26
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or § 437.20(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, tin, zinc, carbazole, n-decane, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, fluoranthene, and n-octadecane are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

            Subpart C—Organics Treatment and Recovery

              § 437.30
              Applicability.
              (a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to that portion of the discharge of wastewater from a CWT facility that results from the treatment of, or recovery of organic material from, both organic wastes received from off-site and other CWT wastewater associated with the treatment of, or recovery of organic wastes.
              (b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new source or an existing facility subject to § 437.30 to achieve alternative effluent limitations and standards as defined in § 437.2 (h) in the following circumstances:
              (1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
              (2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.

              § 437.31
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.30(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD5

                  163
                  53.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  216
                  61.3

                    Metal Parameters

                  Copper
                  0.865
                  0.757

                  Zinc
                  0.497
                  0.420

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                  o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                  p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.32
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.30(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.

              § 437.33
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.30(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for copper, zinc, acetone, acetophenone, 2-butanone, o-cresol, p-cresol, phenol, pyridine, and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.34
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Except as provided in § 437.30(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards: Standards for BOD5, pH, TSS, copper, zinc, acetone, acetophenone, 2-butanone, o-cresol, p-cresol, phenol, pyridine, and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.35
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or § 437.30(b), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for o-cresol, p-cresol, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.36
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or § 437.30(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for o-cresol, p-cresol, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, Dec. 22, 2003]

            Subpart D—Multiple Wastestreams

              § 437.40
              Applicability.

              (a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, facilities that treat wastes subject to more than one of the previous subparts must comply with either provisions of this subpart or the applicable provisions of subpart A, B, or C. The provisions of this subpart are applicable to that portion of wastewater discharges from a centralized waste treatment facility that results from mixing any combination of treated or untreated waste otherwise subject to subpart A, subpart B, or subpart C of this part only if a facility requests the permit writer or control authority to develop subpart D limitations (or standards) and establishes that it provides equivalent treatment as defined in § 437.2(h).

              (b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new or existing facility subject to paragraph (a) of this section to achieve alternative effluent limitations or standards as defined in § 437.2 (b) in the following circumstances:
              (1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
              (2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.

              § 437.41
              Special definitions.
              (a) Initial Certification Statement for this subpart means a written submission to the appropriate permitting authority (either the local control authority (the POTW) or NPDES permit writer) that is signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l) or 40 CFR 122.22. The statement must:
              (1) List and describe the subcategories of wastes accepted for treatment at the facility;
              (2) List and describe the treatment systems in-place at the facility and conditions under which the treatment systems are operated for the subcategories of wastes accepted for treatment at the facility;
              (3) Include information and supporting data establishing that these treatment systems will achieve equivalent treatment.
              (b) Periodic Certification Statement for this subpart means a written submission to the appropriate permitting authority (the local control authority (the POTW) or NPDES permit writer) which certifies that the facility is operating its treatment systems to provide equivalent treatment as set forth in the initial certification. In the event that the facility has modified its treatment systems, the facility should submit a description of the modified systems and information and supporting data to establish that the modified system will achieve equivalent treatment. The periodic certification statement must be signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l) or 40 CFR 122.22.
              (c) On-site Compliance Paperwork for this subpart means data or information retained in the offices of the facility which supports the initial and periodic certification statements. This Paperwork must:
              (1) List and describe the subcategory wastes being accepted for treatment at the facility;
              (2) List and describe the treatment systems in-place at the facility, modifications to the treatment systems and the conditions under which the systems are operated for the subcategories of wastes accepted for treatment at the facility;
              (3) Provide information and supporting data establishing that these treatment systems will achieve equivalent treatment;
              (4) Describe the procedures it follows to ensure that its treatment systems are well-operated and maintained; and
              (5) Explain why the procedures it has adopted will ensure its treatment systems are well-operated and maintained.

              § 437.42
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.40(b), any existing facility subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of BPT set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
              (1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in (b), (c), (d) or (e);

              (2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);

              (3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
              (4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
              (b) Combined waste receipts from subparts A, B, and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.42(a), any existing point source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD5

                  163
                  53.0

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  74.1
                  30.6

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  0.497
                  0.420

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 OSC Within the range 6 to 9.

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (c) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and B of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.42(a), any existing point source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  74.1
                  30.6

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (d) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.42(a), any existing point source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD 5

                  163
                  53.0

                  O&G
                  205
                  50.2

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  60.0
                  31.0

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  15.5
                  3.07

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.865
                  0.757

                  Lead
                  1.32
                  0.283

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  0.497
                  0.420

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (e) Combined waste receipts from subparts B and C of this part. As provided in § 437.42(a), any existing point source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:

                BPT Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD5

                  163
                  53.0

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  74.1
                  30.6

                    Metal Parameters

                  Arsenic
                  2.95
                  1.33

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  56.4
                  18.8

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.0172
                  0.00647

                  Tin
                  0.335
                  0.165

                  Zinc
                  0.497
                  0.420

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71023, 71024, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.43
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.40(b), any existing facility subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of BCT set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
              (1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;

              (2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
              (3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
              (4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
              (b) Combined waste receipts from subparts A, B and C of this part: Limitations for BOD5, O&G, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(b).
              (c) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and B of this part: Limitations for O&G, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(c).
              (d) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and C of this part: Limitations for BOD5, O&G, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(d).
              (e) Combined waste receipts from subparts B and C of this part: Limitations for BOD5, O&G, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(e).

              § 437.44
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.40(b), any existing facility subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of BAT set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
              (1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
              (2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
              (3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
              (4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
              (b) Combined waste receipts from subparts A, B and C of this part. (1) Limitations for the following parameters are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(b)(1):

                Organic parameters
                Acetone
                Acetophenone
                bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                2-Butanone
                Butylbenzyl phthalate
                Carbazole

                  o-Cresol

                  p-Cresol
                n-Decane
                Fluoranthene
                n-Octadecane
                Phenol
                Pyridine
                2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                Metal parameters
                Antimony
                Arsenic
                Cadmium
                Chromium
                Cobalt
                Copper
                Lead
                Mercury
                Nickel
                Silver
                Tin
                Titanium
                Vanadium
                Zinc

              (2) The in-plant limitations that apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 437.42(b)(2).
              (c) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and B of this part. (1) Limitations for the following parameters are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(c)(1):

                Organic parameters
                Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                Butylbenzyl phthalate
                Carbazole
                n-Decane
                Fluoranthene
                n-Octadecane
                Metal parameters
                Antimony
                Arsenic
                Cadmium
                Chromium
                Cobalt
                Copper
                Lead
                Mercury
                Nickel
                Silver
                Tin
                Titanium
                Vanadium
                Zinc

              (2) The in-plant limitations that apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 437.42(c)(2).
              (d) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and C of this part. (1) Limitations for the following parameters are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(d)(1):

                Organic parameters
                Acetone
                Acetophenone
                2-Butanone

                  o-Cresol

                  p-Cresol
                Phenol
                Pyridine
                2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                Metal parameters
                Antimony
                Arsenic
                Cadmium
                Chromium
                Cobalt
                Copper
                Lead
                Mercury
                Nickel
                Silver
                Tin
                Titanium
                Vanadium
                Zinc

              (2) The in-plant limitations that apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 437.42(e)(2).
              (e) Combined waste receipts from subparts B and C of this part. Limitations for the following parameters are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.42(e):

                Organic parameters
                Acetone
                Acetophenone
                Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                2-Butanone
                Butylbenzyl phthalate
                Carbazole

                  o-Cresol

                  p-Cresol
                n-Decane
                Fluoranthene
                n-Octadecane
                Phenol
                Pyridine
                2,4,6-trichlorophenol
                Metal parameters
                Arsenic
                Cadmium
                Chromium
                Cobalt
                Copper
                Lead
                Mercury
                Tin
                Zinc

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71024, 71025, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Except as provided in § 437.40(b), any new source subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of NSPS set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
              (1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;

              (2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of submitting its application for permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);

              (3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
              (4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
              (b) Combined waste receipts from subparts A, B and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.45(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD 5

                  163
                  53.0

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  29.6
                  11.3

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.111
                  0.0312

                  Arsenic
                  0.0993
                  0.0199

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.167
                  0.0522

                  Cobalt
                  0.182
                  0.0703

                  Copper
                  0.659
                  0.216

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.000641
                  0.000246

                  Nickel
                  0.794
                  0.309

                  Selenium
                  0.176
                  0.0698

                  Silver
                  0.0318
                  0.0122

                  Tin
                  0.0955
                  0.0367

                  Titanium
                  0.0159
                  0.00612

                  Vanadium
                  0.0628
                  0.0518

                  Zinc
                  0.657
                  0.252

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (c) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and B of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.45(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following standards:

                Performance Standards

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  29.6
                  11.3

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.111
                  0.0312

                  Arsenic
                  0.0993
                  0.0199

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.167
                  0.0522

                  Cobalt
                  0.182
                  0.0703

                  Copper
                  0.659
                  0.216

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.000641
                  0.000246

                  Nickel
                  0.794
                  0.309

                  Selenium
                  0.176
                  0.0698

                  Silver
                  0.0318
                  0.0122

                  Tin
                  0.0955
                  0.0367

                  Titanium
                  0.0159
                  0.00612

                  Vanadium
                  0.0628
                  0.0518

                  Zinc
                  0.657
                  0.252

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 1 mg/L (ppm).

              (d) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.45(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD5

                  163
                  53.0

                  O&G
                  205
                  50.2

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  29.6
                  11.3

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.111
                  0.0312

                  Arsenic
                  0.0993
                  0.0199

                  Cadmium
                  0.782
                  0.163

                  Chromium
                  0.167
                  0.0522

                  Cobalt
                  0.182
                  0.0703

                  Copper
                  0.659
                  0.216

                  Lead
                  1.32
                  0.283

                  Mercury
                  0.000641
                  0.000246

                  Nickel
                  0.794
                  0.309

                  Selenium
                  0.176
                  0.0698

                  Silver
                  0.0318
                  0.0122

                  Tin
                  0.0955
                  0.0367

                  Titanium
                  0.0159
                  0.00612

                  Vanadium
                  0.0628
                  0.0518

                  Zinc
                  0.657
                  0.252

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg.1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (e) Combined waste receipts from subparts B and C of this part. As provided in § 437.45(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following performance standards:

                Performance Standards

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Conventional Parameters

                  BOD5

                  163
                  53.0

                  O&G
                  127
                  38.0

                  pH
                  (2)
                  (2)

                  TSS
                  74.1
                  30.6

                    Metal Parameters

                  Arsenic
                  2.95
                  1.33

                  Cadmium
                  0.0172
                  0.0102

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  56.4
                  18.8

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.0172
                  0.00647

                  Tin
                  0.335
                  0.165

                  Zinc
                  0.497
                  0.420

                    Organic Parameters

                  Acetone
                  30.2
                  7.97

                  Acetophenone
                  0.114
                  0.0562

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  2-Butanone
                  4.81
                  1.85

                  Butylbenzyl phthalate
                  0.188
                  0.0887

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  Phenol
                  3.65
                  1.08

                  Pyridine
                  0.370
                  0.182

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

                  2 Within the range 6 to 9.

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71025, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.46
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, § 403.13 or § 437.40(b), any new source subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory pretreatment standards representing the application of PSES set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its permit:
              (1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream
              Subcategory standards set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;

              (2) The discharger will notify its local control authority of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the local control authority an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
              (3) The discharger will submit to its local control authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
              (4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
              (b) Combined waste receipts from subparts A, B and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.46(a), and no later than [Insert date—three years after publication], any existing source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  0.947
                  0.487

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.405
                  0.301

                  Lead
                  0.222
                  0.172

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.267
                  0.158

                  Carbazole
                  0.392
                  0.233

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  5.79
                  3.31

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.787
                  0.393

                  n-Octadecane
                  1.22
                  0.925

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (c) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and B of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.46(a), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  0.947
                  0.487

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.405
                  0.301

                  Lead
                  0.222
                  0.172

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.267
                  0.158

                  Carbazole
                  0.392
                  0.233

                  n-Decane
                  5.79
                  3.31

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.787
                  0.393

                  n-Octadecane
                  1.22
                  0.925

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (d) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.46(a), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  15.5
                  3.07

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  4.14
                  1.06

                  Lead
                  1.32
                  0.283

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (e) Combined waste receipts from subparts B and C of this part. As provided in § 437.46(a), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Chromium
                  0.947
                  0.487

                  Cobalt
                  56.4
                  18.8

                  Copper
                  0.405
                  0.301

                  Lead
                  0.222
                  0.172

                  Tin
                  0.249
                  0.146

                  Zinc
                  6.95
                  4.46

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.267
                  0.158

                  Carbazole
                  0.392
                  0.233

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  5.79
                  3.31

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.787
                  0.393

                  n-Octadecane
                  1.22
                  0.925

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71025, Dec. 22, 2003]

              § 437.47
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or § 437.40(b), any new source subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory pretreatment standards representing the application of PSNS set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its permit:
              (1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory standards set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
              (2) The discharger will notify its local control authority at the time of submitting its application for an individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its desire to be subject to Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the local control authority an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
              (3) The discharger will submit to its local control authority a periodic certification statements as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
              (4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
              (b) Combined waste receipts from subparts A, B and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.47(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSNS)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (c) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and B of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.47(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSNS)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Paratmeters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (d) Combined waste receipts from subparts A and C of this part. (1) As provided in § 437.47(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSNS)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Antimony
                  0.249
                  0.206

                  Arsenic
                  0.162
                  0.104

                  Cadmium
                  0.474
                  0.0962

                  Chromium
                  15.5
                  3.07

                  Cobalt
                  0.192
                  0.124

                  Copper
                  4.14
                  1.06

                  Lead
                  1.32
                  0.283

                  Mercury
                  0.00234
                  0.000739

                  Nickel
                  3.95
                  1.45

                  Silver
                  0.120
                  0.0351

                  Tin
                  0.409
                  0.120

                  Titanium
                  0.0947
                  0.0618

                  Vanadium
                  0.218
                  0.0662

                  Zinc
                  2.87
                  0.641

                    Organic Parameters

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:

                In-Plant Limitations

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                  Cyanide
                  500
                  178

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (e) Combined waste receipts from subparts B and C of this part. As provided in § 437.47(a), any new source subject to this paragraph must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSNS)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly avg. 1

                    Metal Parameters

                  Chromium
                  0.746
                  0.323

                  Cobalt
                  56.4
                  18.8

                  Copper
                  0.500
                  0.242

                  Lead
                  0.350
                  0.160

                  Tin
                  0.335
                  0.165

                  Zinc
                  8.26
                  4.50

                    Organic Parameters

                  Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
                  0.215
                  0.101

                  Carbazole
                  0.598
                  0.276

                    o-Cresol
                  1.92
                  0.561

                    p-Cresol
                  0.698
                  0.205

                  n-Decane
                  0.948
                  0.437

                  Fluoranthene
                  0.0537
                  0.0268

                  n-Octadecane
                  0.589
                  0.302

                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                  0.155
                  0.106

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              [65 FR 81300, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 71025, 71026, Dec. 22, 2003]

          Pt. 438
          PART 438—METAL PRODUCTS AND MACHINERY POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

            Sec.
            438.1
            General applicability.
            438.2
            General definitions.

              Subpart A—Oily Wastes
              438.10
              Applicability.
              438.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              438.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).
              438.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              Subpart B [Reserved]
              Appendix A to Part 438—Typical Products in Metal Products and Machinery Sectors
              Appendix B to Part 438—Oily Operations Definitions
              Appendix C to Part 438—Metal-Bearing Operations Definitions

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.

            Source:
            68 FR 25735, May 13, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

            § 438.1
            General applicability.

            (a) As defined more specifically in subpart A, except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, this part applies to process wastewater discharges from oily operations (as defined at § 438.2(f) and appendix B of this part) to surface waters from existing or new industrial facilities (including facilities owned and operated by Federal, State, or local governments) engaged in manufacturing, rebuilding, or maintenance of metal parts, products, or machines for use in the Metal Product & Machinery (MP&M) industrial sectors listed in this section. The MP&M industrial sectors consist of the following:

            Aerospace;
            Aircraft;
            Bus and Truck;
            Electronic Equipment;
            Hardware;
            Household Equipment;
            Instruments;
            Miscellaneous Metal Products;
            Mobile Industrial Equipment;
            Motor Vehicle;
            Office Machine;
            Ordnance;
            Precious Metals and Jewelry;
            Railroad;
            Ships and Boats; or
            Stationary Industrial Equipment.

            (b) The regulations in this part do not apply to process wastewaters from metal-bearing operations (as defined at § 438.2(d) and appendix C of this part) or process wastewaters which are subject to the limitations and standards of other effluent limitations guidelines (e.g., Metal Finishing (40 CFR part 433) or Iron and Steel Manufacturing (40 CFR part 420)). The regulations in this part also do not apply to process wastewaters from oily operations (as defined at § 438.2(f) and appendix B of this part) commingled with process wastewaters already covered by other effluent limitations guidelines or with process wastewaters from metal-bearing operations. This provision must be examined for each point source discharge at a given facility.

            (c) Wastewater discharges resulting from the washing of cars, aircraft or other vehicles, when performed only for aesthetic or cosmetic purposes, are not subject to this part. Direct discharges resulting from the washing of cars, aircraft or other vehicles, when performed as a preparatory step prior to one or more successive manufacturing, rebuilding, or maintenance operations, are subject to this part.
            (d) Wastewater discharges from railroad line maintenance facilities (as defined at § 438.2(h)) are not subject to this part. Wastewater discharges from railroad overhaul or heavy maintenance facilities (as defined at § 438.2(i)) may be covered by subpart A of this part, the Metal Finishing Point Source Category (40 CFR part 433), or by other effluent limitations guidelines, as applicable.
            (e) The following wastewater discharges are not subject to this part:
            (1) Non-process wastewater as defined at § 438.2(e).
            (2) Wastewater discharges introduced into a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) or a Federally owned and operated Treatment Works Treating Domestic Sewage (TWTDS), as defined at 40 CFR 122.2.
            (3) Process wastewater generated by maintenance and repair activities at gasoline service stations, passenger car rental facilities, or utility trailer and recreational vehicle rental facilities.
            (4) Wastewater discharges generated from gravure cylinder preparation or metallic platemaking conducted within or for printing and publishing facilities.
            (5) Wastewater discharges in or on dry docks and similar structures, such as graving docks, building ways, marine railways, lift barges at shipbuilding facilities (or shipyards), and ships that are afloat.
            (6) Wastewater generated by facilities primarily performing drum reconditioning and cleaning to prepare metal drums for resale, reuse, or disposal.

            § 438.2
            General definitions.
            As used in this part:
            (a) The general definitions and abbreviations at 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
            (b) The regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3, and are defined as follows:
            (1) O&G (as HEM) means total recoverable oil and grease measured as n-hexane extractable material.
            (2) TSS means total suspended solids.
            (c) Corrosion preventive coating means the application of removable oily or organic solutions to protect metal surfaces against corrosive environments. Corrosion preventive coatings include, but are not limited to: petrolatum compounds, oils, hard dry-film compounds, solvent-cutback petroleum-based compounds, emulsions, water-displacing polar compounds, and fingerprint removers and neutralizers. Corrosion preventive coating does not include electroplating, or chemical conversion coating operations.
            (d) Metal-bearing operations means one or more of the following: abrasive jet machining; acid pickling neutralization; acid treatment with chromium; acid treatment without chromium; alcohol cleaning; alkaline cleaning neutralization; alkaline treatment with cyanide; anodizing with chromium; anodizing without chromium; carbon black deposition; catalyst acid pre-dip; chemical conversion coating without chromium; chemical milling (or chemical machining); chromate conversion coating (or chromating); chromium drag-out destruction; cyanide drag-out destruction; cyaniding rinse; electrochemical machining; electroless catalyst solution; electroless plating; electrolytic cleaning; electroplating with chromium; electroplating with cyanide; electroplating without chromium or cyanide; electropolishing; galvanizing/hot dip coating; hot dip coating; kerfing; laminating; mechanical and vapor plating; metallic fiber cloth manufacturing; metal spraying (including water curtain); painting-immersion (including electrophoretic, “E-coat”); photo imaging; photo image developing; photoresist application; photoresist strip; phosphor deposition; physical vapor deposition; plasma arc machining; plastic wire extrusion; salt bath descaling; shot tower—lead shot manufacturing; soldering; solder flux cleaning; solder fusing; solder masking; sputtering; stripping (paint); stripping (metallic coating); thermal infusion; ultrasonic machining; vacuum impregnation; vacuum plating; water shedder; wet air pollution control; wire galvanizing flux; and numerous sub-operations within those listed in this paragraph. In addition, process wastewater also results from associated rinses that remove materials that the preceding processes deposit on the surface of the workpiece. These metal-bearing operations are defined in appendix C of this part.
            (e) Non-process wastewater means sanitary wastewater, non-contact cooling water, water from laundering, and non-contact storm water. Non-process wastewater for this part also includes wastewater discharges from non-industrial sources such as residential housing, schools, churches, recreational parks, shopping centers as well as wastewater discharges from gas stations, utility plants, and hospitals.
            (f) Oily operations means one or more of the following: abrasive blasting; adhesive bonding; alkaline cleaning for oil removal; alkaline treatment without cyanide; aqueous degreasing; assembly/disassembly; burnishing; calibration; corrosion preventive coating (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section); electrical discharge machining; floor cleaning (in process area); grinding; heat treating; impact deformation; iron phosphate conversion coating; machining; painting-spray or brush (including water curtains); polishing; pressure deformation; solvent degreasing; steam cleaning; testing (e.g., hydrostatic, dye penetrant, ultrasonic, magnetic flux); thermal cutting; tumbling/barrel finishing/mass finishing/vibratory finishing; washing (finished products); welding; wet air pollution control for organic constituents; and numerous sub-operations within those listed in this paragraph. In addition, process wastewater also results from associated rinses that remove materials that the preceding processes deposit on the surface of the workpiece. These oily operations are defined in appendix B of this part.
            (g) Process wastewater means wastewater as defined at 40 CFR parts 122 and 401, and includes wastewater from air pollution control devices.
            (h) Railroad line maintenance facilities means facilities specified at § 438.1 that only perform routine cleaning and light maintenance on railroad engines, cars, car-wheel trucks, or similar parts or machines, and discharge wastewater exclusively from oily operations (as defined in paragraph (f) of this section and appendix B of this part). These facilities only perform one or more of the following operations: assembly/disassembly, floor cleaning, maintenance machining (wheel truing), touch-up painting, and washing.
            (i) Railroad overhaul or heavy maintenance facilities means facilities engaged in the manufacture, overhaul, or heavy maintenance of railroad engines, cars, car-wheel trucks, or similar parts or machines. These facilities typically perform one or more of the operations in paragraph (h) of this section and one or more of the following operations: abrasive blasting, alkaline cleaning, aqueous degreasing, corrosion preventive coating, electrical discharge machining, grinding, heat treating, impact deformation, painting, plasma arc machining, polishing, pressure deformation, soldering/brazing, stripping (paint), testing, thermal cutting, and welding.

            Subpart A—Oily Wastes

              § 438.10
              Applicability.
              (a) This subpart applies to process wastewater directly discharged from facilities specified at § 438.1.
              (b) This subpart applies to process wastewater discharges from oily operations (as defined at § 438.2(f) and appendix B of this part).
              (c) This subpart does not apply to process wastewater discharges from metal-bearing operations (as defined at § 438.2(d) and appendix C of this part).

              § 438.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).

              Except as provided at 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT. Discharges must remain within the pH range 6 to 9 and must not exceed the following:

                Effluent Limitations
                [BPT]

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  1. TSS
                  62

                  2. O&G (as HEM)
                  46

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              § 438.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by application of the best control technology for conventional pollutants (BCT).
              Except as provided at 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitation representing the application of BCT: Limitations for TSS, O&G (as HEM) and pH are the same as the corresponding limitation specified at § 438.12.

              § 438.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              New point sources subject to this subpart must achieve the new source performance standards (NSPS) for TSS, O&G (as HEM), and pH, which are the same as the corresponding limitation specified at § 438.12. The performance standards apply with respect to each new point source that commences discharge after June 12, 2003.

            Subpart B [Reserved]40v32(5546): Appendix A to Part 430

              Pt. 438, App. A
              Appendix A to Part 438—Typical Products in Metal Products and Machinery Sectors

                    AEROSPACE
                    Guided Missiles & Space Vehicle
                    Guided Missile & Space Vehicle Prop
                    Other Space Vehicle & Missile Parts

                    AIRCRAFT
                    Aircraft Engines & Engine Parts
                    Aircraft Frames Manufacturing
                    Aircraft Parts & Equipment
                    Airports, Flying Fields, & Services

                    BUS & TRUCK
                    Bus Terminal & Service Facilities
                    Courier Services, Except by Air Freight Truck Terminals, W/ or W/O Maintenance.
                    Intercity & Rural Highways (Buslines)
                    Local & Suburban Transit (Bus & subway)
                    Local Passenger. Trans. (Lim., Amb., Sight See)
                    Local Trucking With Storage
                    Local Trucking Without Storage
                    Motor Vehicle Parts & Accessories
                    School Buses
                    Trucking
                    Truck & Bus Bodies
                    Truck Trailers

                    ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
                    Communications Equipment
                    Connectors for Electronic Applications
                    Electric Lamps
                    Electron Tubes
                    Electronic Capacitors
                    Electronic Coils & Transformers
                    Electronic Components
                    Radio & TV Communications Equipment
                    Telephone & Telegraph Apparatus

                    HARDWARE
                    Architectural & Ornamental Metal Work
                    Bolts, Nuts, Screws, Rivets & Washers
                    Crowns & Closures
                    Cutlery
                    Fabricated Metal Products
                    Fabricated Pipe & Fabricated Pipe Fittings
                    Fabricated Plate Work (Boiler Shops)
                    Fabricated Structural Metal
                    Fasteners, Buttons, Needles & Pins
                    Fluid Power Values & Hose Fittings
                    Hand & Edge Tools
                    Hand Saws & Saw Blades
                    Hardware
                    Heating Equipment, Except Electric
                    Industrial Furnaces & Ovens
                    Iron & Steel Forgings
                    Machine Tool Accessories & Measuring Devices
                    Machine Tools, Metal Cutting Types
                    Machine Tools, Metal Forming Types
                    Metal Shipping Barrels, Drums, Kegs, Pails
                    Metal Stampings
                    Power Driven Hand Tools
                    Prefabricated Metal Buildings & Components
                    Screw Machine Products
                    Sheet Metal Work
                    Special Dies & Tools, Die Sets, Jigs, Etc.
                    Steel Springs
                    Valves & Pipe Fittings
                    Wire Springs

                    HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT
                    Commercial, Ind. & Inst. Elec. Lighting Fixtures
                    Current-Carrying Wiring Devices
                    Electirc Housewares & Fans
                    Electric Lamps
                    Farm Freezers
                    Household Appliances
                    Household Cooking Equipment
                    Household Refrig. & Home & Farm Freezers
                    Household Laundry Equipment
                    Household Vacuum Cleaners
                    Lighting Equipment
                    Noncurrent-Carrying Wiring Devices
                    Radio & Television Repair Shops
                    Radio & Television Sets Except Commn. Types
                    Refrig. & Air Cond. Serv. & Repair Shops
                    Residential Electrical Lighting Fixtures

                    INSTRUMENTS
                    Analytical Instruments
                    Automatic Environmental Controls
                    Coating, Engraving, & Allied Services
                    Dental Equipment & Supplies
                    Ophthalmic Goods
                    Fluid Meters & Counting Devices
                    Instruments to Measure Electricity
                    Laboratory Apparatus & Furniture Manufacturing Industries
                    Measuring & Controlling Devices
                    Optical Instruments & Lenses
                    Orthopedic, Prosthetic, & Surgical Supplies
                    Pens, Mechanical Pencils, & Parts
                    Process Control Instruments
                    Search & Navigation Equipment
                    Surgical & Medical Instruments & Apparatus
                    Watches, Clocks, Associated Devices & Parts

                    MOBILE INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
                    Construction Machinery & Equipment
                    Farm Machinery & Equipment
                    Garden Tractors & Lawn & Garden Equipment
                    Hoist, Industrial Cranes & Monorails
                    Industrial Trucks, Tractors, Trailers, Tanks & Tank Components
                    Mining machinery & equipment, except oil field

                    MOTOR VEHICLE
                    Auto Exhaust System Repair Shops
                    Automobile Dealers (new & used)
                    Auto. Dealers (Dunebuggy, Go-cart, Snowmobile)
                    Automobile Service (includes Diag. & Insp. Cntrs.)
                    Automotive Equipment
                    Automotive Glass Replacement Shops
                    Automotive Repairs Shops
                    Automotive Stampings
                    Automotive Transmission Repair Shops
                    Carburetors, Pistons Rings, Values
                    Electrical Equipment for Motor
                    General Automotive Repair Shops
                    Mobile Homes
                    Motor Vehicle & Automotive Bodies
                    Motor Vehicle Parts & Accessories
                    Motorcycle Dealers
                    Motorcycles
                    Passenger Car Leasing
                    Recreational & Utility Trailer Dealers
                    Taxicabs
                    Top & Body Repair & Paint Shops
                    Travel Trailers & Campers
                    Vehicles
                    Vehicular Lighting Equipment
                    Welding Shops (includes Automotive)

                    INSTRUMENTS OFFICE MACHINE
                    Calculating & Accounting Equipment
                    Computer Maintenance & Repair
                    Computer Peripheral Equipment
                    Computer Related Services
                    Computer Rental & Leasing
                    Computer Storage Devices
                    Computer Terminals
                    Electrical & Electronic Repair
                    Electronic Computers
                    Office Machines
                    Photographic Equipment & Supplies

                    ORDNANCE
                    Ammunition
                    Ordnance & Accessories
                    Small Arms
                    Small Arms Ammunition

                    PRECIOUS METALS & JEWELRY
                    Costume Jewelry
                    Jewelers' Materials & Lapidary Work
                    Jewelry, Precious Metal
                    Musical Instruments
                    Silverware, Plated Ware, & Stainless

                    RAILROAD
                    Line-Haul Railroads
                    Railcars, Railway Systems
                    Switching & Terminal Stations

                    SHIPS & BOATS
                    Boat Building & Repairing
                    Deep Sea Domestic Transportation of Freight
                    Deep Sea Passenger Transportation, Except by Ferry
                    Freight Transportation on the Great Lakes Marinas
                    Ship Building & Repairing
                    Towing & Tugboat Service
                    Water Passenger Transportation Ferries
                    Water Transportation of Freight
                    Water Transportation Services

                    STATIONARY INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
                    Air & Gas Compressors
                    Automatic Vending Machines
                    Ball & Roller Bearings
                    Blowers & Exhaust & Ventilation Fans
                    Commercial Laundry Equipment
                    Conveyors & Conveying Equipment
                    Electric Industrial Apparatus
                    Elevators & Moving Stairways
                    Equipment Rental & Leasing
                    Food Product Machinery
                    Fluid Power Cylinders & Actuators
                    Fluid Power Pumps & Motors
                    General Industrial Machinery
                    Heavy Construction Equipment Rental
                    Industrial Machinery
                    Industrial Patterns
                    Industrial Process Furnaces & Ovens
                    Internal Combustion Engines
                    Measuring & Dispensing Pumps
                    Mechanical Power Transmission Equipment
                    Metal Working Machinery
                    Motors & Generators
                    Oil Field Machinery & Equipment
                    Packaging Machinery
                    Paper Industries Machinery
                    Printing Trades Machinery & Equipment
                    Pumps & Pumping Equipment
                    Refrigeration & Air & Heating Equipment
                    Relays & Industrial Controls
                    Rolling Mill Machinery & Equipment
                    Scales & Balances, Except Laboratory
                    Service Industry Machines
                    Special Industry Machinery
                    Speed Changers, High Speed Drivers & Gears
                    Steam, Gas, Hydraulic Turbines, Generator Units
                    Switchgear & Switchboard Apparatus
                    Textile Machinery
                    Transformers
                    Welding Apparatus
                    Woodworking Machinery

                    MISCELLANEOUS METAL PRODUCTS
                    Miscellaneous Fabricated Wire Products
                    Miscellaneous Metal Work
                    Miscellaneous Repair Shops & Related Services
                    Miscellaneous Transportation Equipment

              Pt. 438, App. B
              Appendix B to Part 438—Oily Operations Definitions

                Note:

                The definitions in this appendix shall not be used to differentiate between the six “core” metal finishing operations (i.e., Electroplating, Electroless Plating, Anodizing, Coating (chromating, phosphating, and coloring), Chemical Etching and Milling, and Printed Circuit Board Manufacture) and forty “ancillary” process operations listed at 40 CFR 433.10(a).

                Abrasive Blasting involves removing surface film from a part by using abrasive directed at high velocity against the part. Abrasive blasting includes bead, grit, shot, and sand blasting, and may be performed either dry or with water. The primary applications of wet abrasive blasting include: Removing burrs on precision parts; producing satin or matte finishes; removing fine tool marks; and removing light mill scale, surface oxide, or welding scale. Wet blasting can be used to finish fragile items such as electronic components. Also, some aluminum parts are wet blasted to achieve a fine-grained matte finish for decorative purposes. In abrasive blasting, the water and abrasive typically are reused until the particle size diminishes due to impacting and fracture.

                Adhesive Bonding involves joining parts using an adhesive material. Typically, an organic bonding compound is used as the adhesive. This operation usually is dry; however, aqueous solutions may be used as bonding agents or to contain residual organic bonding materials.

                Alkaline Cleaning for Oil Removal is a general term for the application of an alkaline cleaning agent to a metal part to remove oil and grease during the manufacture, maintenance, or rebuilding of a metal product. This unit operation does not include washing of the finished products after routine use (as defined in “Washing (Finished Products)” in this appendix), or applying an alkaline cleaning agent to remove nonoily contaminants such as dirt and scale (as defined in “Alkaline Treatment Without Cyanide” in this appendix and “Alkaline Treatment With Cyanide” in appendix C of this part). Wastewater generated includes spent cleaning solutions and rinse waters.
              (1) Alkaline cleaning is performed to remove foreign contaminants from parts. This operation usually is done prior to finishing (e.g., electroplating).
              (2) Emulsion cleaning is an alkaline cleaning operation that uses either complex chemical enzymes or common organic solvents (e.g., kerosene, mineral oil, glycols, and benzene) dispersed in water with the aid of an emulsifying agent. The pH of the solvent usually is between 7 and 9, and, depending on the solvent used, cleaning is performed at temperatures from room temperature to 82 °C (180 °F). This operation often is used as a replacement for vapor degreasing.

                Alkaline Treatment Without Cyanide is a general term used to describe the application of an alkaline solution not containing cyanide to a metal surface to clean the metal surface or prepare the metal surface for further surface finishing.

                Aqueous Degreasing involves cleaning metal parts using aqueous-based cleaning chemicals primarily to remove residual oils and greases from the part. Residual oils can be from previous operations (e.g., machine coolants), oil from product use in a dirty environment, or oil coatings used to inhibit corrosion. Wastewater generated by this operation includes spent cleaning solutions and rinse waters.

                Assembly/Disassembly involves fitting together previously manufactured or rebuilt parts or components into a complete metal product or machine or taking a complete metal product or machine apart. Assembly/disassembly operations are typically dry; however, special circumstances can require water for cooling or buoyancy. Also, rinsing may be necessary under some conditions.

                Burnishing involves finish sizing or smooth finishing a part (previously machined or ground) by displacing, rather than removing, minute surface irregularities with smooth point or line-contact, fixed or rotating tools. Lubricants or soap solutions can be used to cool the tools used in burnishing operations. Wastewater generated during burnishing include process solutions and rinse water.

                Calibration is performed to provide reference points for the use of a product. This unit operation typically is dry, although water may be used in some cases (e.g., pumping water for calibration of a pump). Water used in this unit operation usually does not contain additives.

                Corrosion Preventive Coating involves applying removable oily or organic solutions to protect metal surfaces against corrosive environments. Corrosion preventive coatings include, but are not limited to: Petrolatum compounds, oils, hard dry-film compounds, solvent-cutback petroleum-based compounds, emulsions, water-displacing polar compounds, and fingerprint removers and neutralizers. Corrosion preventive coating does not include electroplating, or chemical conversion coating operations. Many corrosion preventive materials also are formulated to function as lubricants or as a base for paint. Typical applications include: Assembled machinery or equipment in standby storage; finished parts in stock or spare parts for replacement; tools such as drills, taps, dies, and gauges; and mill products such as sheet, strip, rod and bar. Wastewater generated during corrosion preventive coating includes spent process solutions and rinses. Process solutions are discharged when they become contaminated with impurities or are depleted of constituents. Corrosion preventive coatings typically do not require an associated rinse, but parts are sometimes rinsed to remove the coating before further processing.

                Electrical Discharge Machining involves removing metals by a rapid spark discharge between different polarity electrodes, one the part and the other the tool, separated by a small gap. The gap may be filled with air or a dielectric fluid. This operation is used primarily to cut tool alloys, hard nonferrous alloys, and other hard-to-machine materials. Most electrical discharge machining processes are operated dry; however, in some cases, the process uses water and generates wastewater containing dielectric fluid.

                Floor Cleaning (in Process Area) removes dirt, debris, and process solution spills from process area floors. Floors can be cleaned using wet or dry methods, such as vacuuming, mopping, dry sweeping, and hose rinsing. Non-process area floor cleaning in offices and other similar non-process areas is not included in this unit operation.

                Grinding involves removing stock from a part by using abrasive grains held by a rigid or semirigid binder. Grinding shapes or deburrs the part. The grinding tool usually is a disk (the basic shape of grinding wheels), but can also be a cylinder, ring, cup, stick, strip, or belt. The most commonly used abrasives are aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, and diamond. The process may use a grinding fluid to cool the part and remove debris or metal fines. Wastewater generated during grinding includes spent coolants and rinses. Metal-working fluids become spent for a number of reasons, including increased biological activity (i.e., the fluids become rancid) or decomposition of the coolant additives. Rinse waters typically are assimilated into the working fluid or treated on site.

                Heat Treating involves modifying the physical properties of a part by applying controlled heating and cooling cycles. This operation includes tempering, carburizing, cyaniding, nitriding, annealing, aging, normalizing, austenitizing, austempering, siliconizing, martempering, and malleablizing. Parts are heated in furnaces or molten salt baths, and then may be cooled by quenching in aqueous solutions (e.g., brine solutions), neat oils (pure oils with little or no impurities), or oil/water emulsions. Heat treating typically is a dry operation, but is considered a wet operation if aqueous quenching solutions are used. Wastewater includes spent quench water and rinse water.

                Impact Deformation involves applying impact force to a part to permanently deform or shape it. Impact deformation may include mechanical processes such as hammer forging, shot peening, peening, coining, high-energy-rate forming, heading, or stamping. Natural and synthetic oils, light greases, and pigmented lubricants are used in impact deformation operations. Pigmented lubricants include whiting, lithapone, mica, zinc oxide, molybdenum disulfide, bentonite, flour, graphite, white lead, and soap-like materials. These operations typically are dry, but wastewater can be generated from lubricant discharge and from rinsing operations associated with the operation.

                Iron Phosphate Conversion Coating is the process of applying a protective coating on the surface of a metal using a bath consisting of a phosphoric acid solution containing no metals (e.g., manganese, nickel, or zinc) or a phosphate salt solution (i.e., sodium or potassium salts of phosphoric acid solutions) containing no metals (e.g., manganese, nickel, or zinc) other than sodium or potassium. Any metal concentrations in the bath are from the substrate.

                Machining involves removing stock from a part (as chips) by forcing a cutting tool against the part. This includes machining processes such as turning, milling, drilling, boring, tapping, planing, broaching, sawing, shaving, shearing, threading, reaming, shaping, slotting, hobbing, and chamfering. Machining processes use various types of metal-working fluids, the choice of which depends on the type of machining being performed and the preference of the machine shop. The fluids can be categorized into four groups: Straight oil (neat oils), synthetic, semisynthetic, and water-soluble oil. Machining operations generate wastewater from working fluid or rinse water discharge. Metal-working fluids periodically are discarded because of reduced performance or development of a rancid odor. After machining, parts are sometimes rinsed to remove coolant and metal chips. The coolant reservoir is sometimes rinsed, and the rinse water is added to the working fluid.

                Painting-Spray or Brush (Including Water Curtains) involves applying an organic coating to a part. Coatings such as paint, varnish, lacquer, shellac, and plastics are applied by spraying, brushing, roll coating, lithographing, powder coating, and wiping. Water is used in painting operations as a solvent (water-borne formulations) for rinsing, for cleanup, and for water-wash (or curtain) type spray booths. Paint spray booths typically use most of the water in this unit operation. Spray booths capture overspray (i.e., paint that misses the product during application), and control the introduction of pollutants into the workplace and environment.

                Polishing involves removing stock from a part using loose or loosely held abrasive grains carried to the part by a flexible support. Usually, the objective is to achieve a desired surface finish or appearance rather then to remove a specified amount of stock. Buffing is included in this unit operation, and usually is performed using a revolving cloth or sisal buffing wheel, which is coated with a suitable compound. Liquid buffing compounds are used extensively for large-volume production on semiautomated or automated buffing equipment. Polishing operations typically are dry, although liquid compounds and associated rinses are used in some polishing processes.

                Pressure Deformation involves applying force (other than impact force) to permanently deform or shape a part. Pressure deformation may include rolling, drawing, bending, embossing, sizing, extruding, squeezing, spinning, necking, forming, crimping or flaring. These operations use natural and synthetic oils, light greases, and pigmented lubricants. Pigmented lubricants include whiting, lithapone, mica, zinc oxide, molybdenum disulfide, bentonite, flour, graphite, white lead, and soap-like materials. Pressure deformation typically is dry, but wastewater is sometimes generated from the discharge of lubricants or from rinsing associated with the process.

                Solvent Degreasing removes oils and grease from the surface of a part using organic solvents, including aliphatic petroleum (e.g., kerosene, naphtha), aromatics (e.g., benzene, toluene), oxygenated hydrocarbons (e.g., ketones, alcohol, ether), and halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride). Solvent cleaning takes place in either the liquid or vapor phase. Solvent vapor degreasing normally is quicker than solvent liquid degreasing. However, ultrasonic vibration is sometimes used with liquid solvents to decrease the required immersion time of complex shapes. Solvent cleaning often is used as a precleaning operation prior to alkaline cleaning, as a final cleaning of precision parts, or as surface preparation for some painting operations. Solvent degreasing operations typically are not followed by rinsing, although rinsing is performed in some cases.

                Steam Cleaning removes residual dirt, oil, and grease from parts after processing though other unit operations. Typically, additives are not used in this operation; the hot steam removes the pollutants. Wastewater is generated when the cleaned parts are rinsed.

                Testing (e.g., hydrostatic, dye penetrant, ultrasonic, magnetic flux) involves applying thermal, electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, or other energy to determine the suitability or functionality of a part, assembly, or complete unit. Testing also may include applying surface penetrant dyes to detect surface imperfections. Other examples of tests frequently performed include electrical testing, performance testing, and ultrasonic testing; these tests typically are dry but may generate wastewater under certain circumstances. Testing usually is performed to replicate some aspect of the working environment. Wastewater generated during testing includes spent process solutions and rinses.

                Thermal Cutting involves cutting, slotting, or piercing a part using an oxy-acetylene oxygen lance, electric arc cutting tool, or laser. Thermal cutting typically is a dry process, except for the use of contact cooling waters and rinses.

                Tumbling/Barrel Finishing/Mass Finishing/Vibratory Finishing involves polishing or deburring a part using a rotating or vibrating container and abrasive media or other polishing materials to achieve a desired surface appearance. Parts to be finished are placed in a rotating barrel or vibrating unit with an abrasive media (e.g., ceramic chips, pebbles), water, and chemical additives (e.g., alkaline detergents). As the barrel rotates, the upper layer of the part slides toward the lower side of the barrel, causing the abrading or polishing. Similar results can be achieved in a vibrating unit, where the entire contents of the container are in constant motion, or in a centrifugal unit, which compacts the load of media and parts as the unit spins and generates up to 50 times the force of gravity. Spindle finishing is a similar process, where parts to be finished are mounted on fixtures and exposed to a rapidly moving abrasive slurry. Wastewater generated during barrel finishing includes spent process solutions and rinses. Following the finishing process, the contents of the barrel are unloaded. Process wastewater is either discharged continuously during the process, discharged after finishing, or collected and reused. The parts are sometimes given a final rinse to remove particles of abrasive media.

                Washing (Finished Products) involves cleaning finished metal products after use or storage using fresh water or water containing a mild cleaning solution. This unit operation applies only to the finished products that do not require maintenance or rebuilding.

                Welding involves joining two or more pieces of material by applying heat, pressure, or both, with or without filler material, to produce a metallurgical bond through fusion or recrystallization across the interface. This includes gas welding, resistance welding, arc welding, cold welding, electron beam welding, and laser beam welding. Welding typically is a dry process, except for the occasional use of contact cooling waters or rinses.

                Wet Air Pollution Control for Organic Constituents involves using water to remove organic constituents that are entrained in air streams exhausted from process tanks or production areas. Most frequently, wet air pollution control devices are used with cleaning and coating processes. A common type of wet air pollution control is the wet packed scrubber consisting of a spray chamber that is filled with packing material. Water is continuously sprayed onto the packing and the air stream is pulled through the packing by a fan. Pollutants in the air stream are absorbed by the water droplets and the air is released to the atmosphere. A single scrubber often serves numerous process tanks.

              Pt. 438, App. C
              Appendix C to Part 438—Metal-Bearing Operations Definitions

                Note:

                The definitions in this appendix shall not be used to differentiate between the six “core” metal finishing operations (i.e., Electroplating, Electroless Plating, Anodizing, Coating (chromating, phosphating, and coloring), Chemical Etching and Milling, and Printed Circuit Board Manufacture) and forty “ancillary” process operations listed at 40 CFR 433.10(a).

                Abrasive Jet Machining includes removing stock material from a part by a high-speed stream of abrasive particles carried by a liquid or gas from a nozzle. Abrasive jet machining is used for deburring, drilling, and cutting thin sections of metal or composite material. Unlike abrasive blasting, this process operates at pressures of thousands of pounds per square inch. The liquid streams typically are alkaline or emulsified oil solutions, although water also can be used.

                Acid Pickling Neutralization involves using a dilute alkaline solution to raise the pH of acid pickling rinse water that remains on the part after pickling. The wastewater from this operation is the acid pickling neutralization rinse water.

                Acid Treatment With Chromium is a general term used to describe any application of an acid solution containing chromium to a metal surface. Acid cleaning, chemical etching, and pickling are types of acid treatment. Chromic acid is used occasionally to clean cast iron, stainless steel, cadmium and aluminum, and bright dipping of copper and copper alloys. Also, chromic acid solutions can be used for the final step in acid cleaning phosphate conversion coating systems. Chemical conversion coatings formulated with chromic acid are defined at “Chromate Conversion Coating (or Chromating)” in this appendix. Wastewater generated during acid treatment includes spent solutions and rinse waters. Spent solutions typically are batch discharged and treated or disposed of off site. Most acid treatment operations are followed by a water rinse to remove residual acid.

                Acid Treatment Without Chromium is a general term used to describe any application of an acid solution not containing chromium to a metal surface. Acid cleaning, chemical etching, and pickling are types of acid treatment. Wastewater generated during acid treatment includes spent solutions and rinse waters. Spent solutions typically are batch discharged and treated or disposed of off site. Most acid treatment operations are followed by a water rinse to remove residual acid.

                Alcohol Cleaning involves removing dirt and residue material from a part using alcohol.

                Alkaline Cleaning Neutralization involves using a dilute acid solution to lower the pH of alkaline cleaning rinse water that remains on the part after alkaline cleaning. Wastewater from this operation is the alkaline cleaning neutralization rinse water.

                Alkaline Treatment With Cyanide is the cleaning of a metal surface with an alkaline solution containing cyanide. Wastewater generated during alkaline treatment includes spent solutions and rinse waters. Alkaline treatment solutions become contaminated from the introduction of soils and dissolution of the base metal. They usually are treated and disposed of on a batch basis. Alkaline treatment typically is followed by a water rinse that is discharged to a treatment system.

                Anodizing With Chromium involves producing a protective oxide film on aluminum, magnesium, or other light metal, usually by passing an electric current through an electrolyte bath in which the metal is immersed. Anodizing may be followed by a sealant operation. Chromic acid anodic coatings have a relatively thick boundary layer and are more protective than are sulfuric acid coatings. For these reasons, chromic acid is sometimes used when the part cannot be rinsed completely. These oxide coatings provide corrosion protection, decorative surfaces, a base for painting and other coating processes, and special electrical and mechanical properties. Wastewaters generated during anodizing include spent anodizing solutions, sealants, and rinse waters. Because of the anodic nature of the process, anodizing solutions become contaminated with the base metal being processed. These solutions eventually reach an intolerable concentration of dissolved metal and require treatment or disposal. Rinse water following anodizing, coloring, and sealing typically is discharged to a treatment system.

                Anodizing Without Chromium involves applying a protective oxide film to aluminum, magnesium, or other light metal, usually by passing an electric current through an electrolyte bath in which the metal is immersed. Phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, and boric acid are used in anodizing. Anodizing also may include sealant baths. These oxide coatings provide corrosion protection, decorative surfaces, a base for painting and other coating processes, and special electrical and mechanical properties. Wastewater generated during anodizing includes spent anodizing solutions, sealants, and rinse waters. Because of the anodic nature of the process, anodizing solutions become contaminated with the base metal being processed. These solutions eventually reach an intolerable concentration of dissolved metal and require treatment or disposal. Rinse water following anodizing, coloring, and sealing steps typically is discharged to a treatment systems.

                Carbon Black Deposition involves coating the inside of printed circuit board holes by dipping the circuit board into a tank that contains carbon black and potassium hydroxide. After excess solution dips from the circuit boards, they are heated to allow the carbon black to adhere to the board.

                Catalyst Acid Pre-Dip uses rinse water to remove residual solution from a part after the part is processed in an acid bath. The wastewater generated in this unit operation is the rinse water.

                Chemical Conversion Coating without Chromium is the process of applying a protective coating on the surface of a metal without using chromium. Such coatings are applied through phosphate conversion (except for “Iron Phosphate Conversion Coating,” see appendix B of this part), metal coloring, or passivation. Coatings are applied to a base metal or previously deposited metal to increase corrosion protection and lubricity, prepare the surface for additional coatings, or formulate a special surface appearance. This unit process includes sealant operations that use additives other than chromium.

              (1) In phosphate conversion, coatings are applied for one or more of the following reasons: to provide a base for paints and other organic coatings; to condition surfaces for cold forming operations by providing a base for drawing compounds and lubricants; to impart corrosion resistance to the metal surface; or to provide a suitable base for corrosion-resistant oils or waxes. Phosphate conversion coatings are formed by immersing a metal part in a dilute solution of phosphoric acid, phosphate salts, and other reagents.
              (2) Metal coloring by chemical conversion coating produces a large group of decorative finishes. Metal coloring includes the formation of oxide conversion coatings. In this operation, the metal surface is converted into an oxide or similar metallic compound, giving the part the desired color. The most common colored finishes are used on copper, steel, zinc, and cadmium.

              (3) Passivation forms a protective coating on metals, particularly stainless steel, by immersing the part in an acid solution. Stainless steel is passivated to dissolve embedded iron particles and to form a thin oxide film on the surface of the metal. Wastewater generated during chemical conversion coating includes spent solutions and rinses (i.e., both the chemical conversion coating solutions and post-treatment sealant solutions). These solutions commonly are discharged to a treatment system when contaminated with the base metal or other impurities. Rinsing normally follows each process step, except when a sealant dries on the part surface.

                Chemical Milling (or Chemical Machining) involves removing metal from a part by controlled chemical attack, or etching, to produce desired shapes and dimensions. In chemical machining, a masking agent typically is applied to cover a portion of the part's surface; the exposed (unmasked) surface is then treated with the chemical machining solution. Wastewater generated during chemical machining includes spent solutions and rinses. Process solutions typically are discharged after becoming contaminated with the base metal. Rinsing normally follows chemical machining.

                Chromate Conversion Coating (or Chromating) involves forming a conversion coating (protective coating) on a metal by immersing or spraying the metal with a hexavalent chromium compound solution to produce a hexavalent or trivalent chromium compound coating. This also is known as chromate treatment, and is most often applied to aluminum, zinc, cadmium or magnesium surfaces. Sealant operations using chromium also are included in this unit operation. Chromate solutions include two types: (1) those that deposit substantial chromate films on the substrate metal and are complete treatments themselves, and (2) those that seal or supplement oxide, phosphate, or other types of protective coatings. Wastewater generated during chromate conversion coating includes spent process solutions (i.e., both the chromate conversion coating solutions and post-treatment sealant solutions) and rinses. These solutions typically are discharged to a treatment system when contaminated with the base metal or other impurities. Also, chromium-based solutions, which are typically formulated with hexavalent chromium, lose operating strength when the hexavalent chromium reduces to trivalent chromium during use. Rinsing normally follows each process step, except for sealants that dry on the surface of the part.

                Chromium Drag-out Destruction is a unit operation performed following chromium-bearing operations to reduce hexavalent chromium that is “dragged out” of the process bath. Parts are dipped in a solution of a chromium-reducing chemical (e.g., sodium metabisulfite) to prevent the hexavalent chromium from contaminating subsequent process baths. This operation typically is performed in a stagnant drag-out rinse tank that contains concentrated chromium-bearing wastewater.

                Cyanide Drag-out Destruction involves dipping part in a cyanide oxidation solution (e.g., sodium hypochloride) to prevent cyanide that is “dragged out” of a process bath from contaminating subsequent process baths. This operation typically is performed in a stagnant drag-out rinse tank.

                Cyaniding Rinse is generated during cyaniding hardening of a part. The part is heated in a molten salt solution containing cyanide. Wastewater is generated when excess cyanide salt solution is removed from the part in rinse water.

                Electrochemical Machining is a process in which the part becomes the anode and a shaped cathode is the cutting tool. By pumping electrolyte between the electrodes and applying a current, metal is rapidly but selectively dissolved from the part. Wastewater generated during electrochemical machining includes spent electrolytes and rinses.

                Electroless Catalyst Solution involves adding a catalyst just prior to an electroless plating operation to accelerate the plating operation.

                Electroless Plating involves applying a metallic coating to a part using a chemical reduction process in the presence of a catalysis. An electric current is not used in this operations. The metal to be plated onto a part typically is held in solution at high concentrations using a chelating agent. This plates all areas of the part to a uniform thickness regardless of the configuration of the part. Also, an electroless-plated surface is dense and virtually nonporous. Copper and nickel electroless plating operations are the most common. Sealant operations (i.e., other than hot water dips) following electroless plating are considered separate unit operations if they include any additives. Wastewater generated during electroless plating includes spent process solutions and rinses. The wastewater contains chelated metals, which require separate preliminary treatment to break the metal chelates prior to conventional chemical precipitation. Rinsing follows most electroless plating processes to remove residual plating solution and prevent contamination of subsequent process baths.

                Electrolytic Cleaning involves removing soil, scale, or surface oxides from a part by electrolysis. The part is one of the electrodes and the electrolyte is usually alkaline. Electrolytic alkaline cleaning and electrolytic acid cleaning are the two types of electrolytic cleaning.
              (1) Electrolytic alkaline cleaning produces a cleaner surface than do nonelectrolytic methods of alkaline cleaning. This operation uses strong agitation, gas evolution in the solution, and oxidation-reduction reactions that occur during electrolysis. In addition, dirt particles become electrically charged and are repelled from the part surface.
              (2) Electrolytic acid cleaning sometimes is used as a final cleaning before electroplating. Sulfuric acid is most frequently used as the electrolyte. As with electrolytic alkaline cleaning, the mechanical scrubbing effect from the evolution of gas enhances the effectiveness of the process.
              Wastewater generated during electrolytic cleaning includes spent process solutions and rinses. Electrolytic cleaning solutions become contaminated during use due to the dissolution of the base metal and the introduction of pollutants. The solutions typically are batch discharged for treatment or disposal after they weaken. Rinsing following electrolytic cleaning removes residual cleaner to prevent contamination of subsequent process baths.

                Electroplating with Chromium involves producing a chromium metal coating on a surface by electrodeposition. Electroplating provides corrosion protection, wear or erosion resistance, lubricity, electrical conductivity, or decoration. In electroplating, metal ions in acid, alkaline, or neutral solutions are reduced on the cathodic surfaces of the parts being plated. Metal salts or oxides typically are added to replenish the solutions. Chromium trioxide often is added as a source of chromium. In addition to water and the metal being deposited, electroplating solutions often contain agents that form complexes with the metal being deposited, stabilizers to prevent hydrolysis, buffers for pH control, catalysts to assist in deposition, chemical aids to dissolve anodes, and miscellaneous ingredients that modify the process to attain specific properties. Sealant operations performed after this operation are considered separate unit operations if they include any additives (i.e., other than hot water dips). Wastewater generated during electroplating includes spent process solutions and rinses. Electroplating solutions occasionally become contaminated during use due to the base metal dissolving and the introduction of other pollutants, diminishing the effectiveness of the electroplating solutions diminishes. Spent concentrated solutions typically are treated to remove pollutants and reused, processed in a wastewater treatment system, or disposed of off site. Rinse waters, including some drag-out rinse tank solutions, typically are treated on site.

                Electroplating with Cyanide involves producing metal coatings on a surface by electrodeposition using cyanide. Electroplating provides corrosion protection, wear or erosion resistance, electrical conductivity, or decoration. In electroplating, metal ions in acid, alkaline, or neutral solutions are reduced on the cathodic surfaces of the parts being plated. The metal ions in solution typically are replenished by dissolving metal from anodes contained in inert wire or metal baskets. Sealant operations performed after this operation are considered separate unit operations if they include any additives (i.e., any sealant operations other than hot water dips). In addition to water and the metal being deposited, electroplating solutions often contain agents that form complexes with the metal being deposited, stabilizers to prevent hydrolysis, buffers to control pH, catalysts to assist in deposition, chemical aids to dissolve anodes, and miscellaneous ingredients that modify the process to attain specific properties. Cyanide, usually in the form of sodium or potassium cyanide, frequently is used as a complexing agent for zinc, cadmium, copper, and precious metal baths. Wastewater generated during electroplating includes spent process solutions and rinses. Electroplating solutions occasionally become contaminated during use due to dissolution of the base metal and the introduction of other pollutants, diminishing the performance of the electroplating solutions. Spent concentrated solutions typically are treated to remove pollutants and reused, processed in a wastewater treatment system, or disposed of off site. Rinse waters, including some drag-out rinse tank solutions, typically are treated on site.

                Electroplating without Chromium or Cyanide involves the production of metal coatings on a surface by electrodeposition, without using chromium or cyanide. Commonly electroplated metals include nickel, copper, tin/lead, gold, and zinc. Electroplating provides corrosion protection, wear or erosion resistance, lubricity, electrical conductivity, or decoration. In electroplating, metal ions in acid, alkaline, or neutral solutions are reduced on the cathodic surfaces of the parts being plated. The metal ions in solution typically are replenished by dissolving metal from anodes contained in inert wire or metal baskets. Sealant operations performed after this operation are considered separate unit operations if they include any additives (i.e., any sealant operations other than hot water dips). In addition to water and the metal being deposited, electroplating solutions often contain agents that form complexes with the metal being deposited, stabilizers to prevent hydrolysis, buffers to control pH, catalysts to assist in deposition, chemical aids to dissolve anodes, and miscellaneous ingredients that modify the process to attain specific properties. Wastewater generated during electroplating without chromium or cyanide includes spent process solutions and rinses. Electroplating solutions occasionally become contaminated during use due to dissolution of the base metal and the introduction of other pollutants, diminishing the effectiveness of the electroplating solutions. Spent concentrated solutions typically are treated for pollutant removal and reused, processed in a wastewater treatment system, or disposed of off site. Rinse waters, including some drag-out rinse tank solutions, typically are treated on site.

                Electropolishing involves producing a highly polished surface on a part using reversed electrodeposition in which the anode (part) releases some metal ions into the electrolyte to reduce surface roughness. When current is applied, a polarized film forms on the metal surface, through which metal ions diffuse. In this operation, areas of surface roughness on parts serve as high-current density areas and are dissolved at rates greater than the rates for smoother portions of the metal surface. Metals are electropolished to improve appearance, reflectivity, and corrosion resistance. Base metals processed by electropolishing include aluminum, copper, zinc, low-alloy steel, and stainless steel. Common electrolytes include sodium hydroxide and combinations of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and chromic acid. Wastewater generated during electropolishing includes spent process solutions and rinses. Eventually, the concentration of dissolved metals increases to the point where the process becomes ineffective. Typically, a portion of the bath is decanted and either fresh chemicals are added or the entire solution is discharged to treatment and replaced with fresh chemicals. Rinsing can involve several steps and can include hot immersion or spray rinses.

                Galvanizing/Hot Dip Coating involves using various processes to coat an iron or steel surface with zinc. In hot dipping, a base metal is coated by dipping it into a tank that contains a molten metal.

                Hot Dip Coating involves applying a metal coating (usually zinc) to the surface of a part by dipping the part in a molten metal bath. Wastewater is generated in this operation when residual metal coating solution is removed from the part in rinse water.

                Kerfing uses a tool to remove small amounts of metal from a product surface. Water and synthetic coolants may be used to lubricate the area between the tool and the metal, to maintain the temperature of the cutting tool, and to remove metal fines from the surface of the part. This operation generates oily wastewater that contains metal fines and dust.

                Laminating involves applying a material to a substrate using heat and pressure.

                Mechanical and Vapor Plating involves applying a metallic coating to a part. For mechanical plating, the part is rotated in a drum containing a water-based solution, glass beads, and metal powder. In vapor plating, a metallic coating is applied by atomizing the metal and applying an electric charge to the part, which causes the atomized (vapor phase) metal to adhere to the part. Wastewater generated in this operation includes spent solutions from the process bath and rinse water. Typically, the wastewater contains high concentrations of the applied metal.

                Metallic Fiber Cloth Manufacturing involves weaving thin metallic fibers to create a mesh cloth.

                Metal Spraying (Including Water Curtain) involves applying a metallic coating to a part by projecting molten or semimolten metal particles onto a substrate. Coatings can be sprayed from rod or wire stock or from powdered material. The process involves feeding the material (e.g., wire) into a flame where it is melted. The molten stock then is stripped from the end of the wire and atomized by a high-velocity stream of compressed air or other gas that propels the material onto a prepared substrate or part. Metal spraying coatings are used in a wide range of special applications, including: insulating layers in applications such as induction heating coils; electromagnetic interference shielding; thermal barriers for rocket engines; nuclear moderators; films for hot isostatic pressing; and dimensional restoration of worn parts. Metal spraying is sometimes performed in front of a “water curtain” (a circulated water stream used to trap overspray) or a dry filter exhaust hood that captures the overspray and fumes. With water curtain systems, water is recirculated from a sump or tank. Wastewater is generated when the sump or tank is discharged periodically. Metal spraying typically is not followed by rinsing.

                Painting-Immersion (Including Electrophoretic, “E-coat”) involves applying an organic coating to a part using processes such autophoretic and electrophoretic painting.
              (1) Autophoretic Painting involves applying an organic paint film by electrophoresis when a part is immersed in a suitable aqueous bath.
              (2) Electrophoretic Painting is coating a part by making it either anodic or cathodic in a bath that is generally an aqueous emulsion of the organic coating material.

              (3) Other Immersion Painting includes all other types of immersion painting such as dip painting.

              Water is used in immersion paint operations as a carrier for paint particles and to rinse the part. Aqueous painting solutions and rinses typically are treated through an ultrafiltration system. The concentrate is returned to the painting solution, and the permeate is reused as rinse water. Sites typically discharge a bleed stream to treatment. The painting solution and rinses are batch discharged periodically to treatment.

                Photo Imaging is the process of exposing a photoresist-laden printed wiring board to light to impact the circuitry design to the board. Water is not used in this operation.

                Photo Image Developing is an operation in which a water-based solution is used to develop the exposed circuitry in a photoresist-laden printed wiring board. Wastewater generated in this operation includes spent process solution and rinse water.

                Photoresist Application is an operation that uses heat and pressure to apply a photoresist coating to a printed wiring board. Water is not used in this operation.

                Photoresist Strip involves removing organic photoresist material from a printed wiring board using an acid solution.

                Phosphor Deposition is the application of a phosphorescent coating to a part. Wastewater generated in this unit operation includes water used to keep the parts clean and wet while the coating is applied, and rinse water used to remove excess phosphorescent coating from the part.

                Physical Vapor Deposition involves physically removing a material from a source through evaporation or sputtering, using the energy of the vapor particles in a vacuum or partial vacuum to transport the removed material, and condensing the removed material as a film onto the surface of a part or other substrate.

                Plasma Arc Machining involves removing material or shaping a part by a high-velocity jet of high-temperature, ionized gas. A gas (nitrogen, argon, or hydrogen) is passed through an electric arc, causing the gas to become ionized, and heated to temperatures exceeding 16,650 °C (30,000 °F). The relatively narrow plasma jet melts and displaces the material in its path. Because plasma arc machining does not depend on a chemical reaction between the gas and the part, and because plasma temperatures are extremely high, the process can be used on almost any metal, including those that are resistant to oxygen-fuel gas cutting. The method is used mainly for profile cutting of stainless steel and aluminum alloys. Although plasma arc machining typically is a dry process, water is used for water injection plasma arc torches. In these cases, a constricted swirling flow of water surrounds the cutting arc. This operations also may be performed immersed in a water bath. In both cases, water is used to stabilize the arc, to cool the part, and to contain smoke and fumes.

                Plastic Wire Extrusion involves applying a plastic material to a metal wire through an extrusion process.

                Salt Bath Descaling involves removing surface oxides or scale from a part by immersing the part in a molten salt bath or hot salt solution. Salt bath descaling solutions can contain molten salts, caustic soda, sodium hydride, and chemical additives. Molten salt baths are used in a salt bath-water quench-acid dip sequence to remove oxides from stainless steel and other corrosion-resistant alloys. In this process, the part typically is immersed in the molten salt, quenched with water, and then dipped in acid. Oxidizing, reducing, or electrolytic salt baths can be used depending on the oxide to be removed. Wastewater generated during salt bath descaling includes spent process solutions, quenches, and rinses.

                Shot Tower—Lead Shot Manufacturing involves dropping molten lead from a platform on the top of a tower through a sieve-like device and into a vat of cold water.

                Soldering involves joining metals by inserting a thin (capillary thickness) layer of nonferrous filler metal into the space between them. Bonding results from the intimate contact produced by the metallic bond formed between the substrate metal and the solder alloy. The term soldering is used where the melting temperature of the filler is below 425 °C (800 °F). Some soldering operations use a solder flux, which is an aqueous or nonaqueous material used to dissolve, remove, or prevent the formation of surface oxides on the part. Except for the use of aqueous fluxes, soldering typically is a dry operation; however, a quench or rinse sometimes follows soldering to cool the part or remove excess flux or other foreign material from its surface. Recent developments in soldering technology have focused on fluxless solders and fluxes that can be cleaned off with water.

                Solder Flux Cleaning involves removing residual solder flux from a printed circuit board using either an alkaline or alcohol cleaning solution.

                Solder Fusing involves coating a tin-lead plated circuit board with a solder flux and then passing the board through a hot oil. The hot oil fuses the tin-lead to the board and creates a solder-like finish on the board.

                Solder Masking involves applying a resistive coating to certain areas of a circuit board to protect the areas during subsequent processing.

                Sputtering is a vacuum evaporation process in which portions of a coating material are physically removed from a substrate and deposited a thin film onto a different substrate.

                Stripping (Paint) involves removing a paint (or other organic) coating from a metal basis material. Stripping commonly is performed as part of the manufacturing process to recover parts that have been improperly coated or as part of maintenance and rebuilding to restore parts to a usable condition. Organic coatings (including paint) are stripped using thermal, mechanical, and chemical means. Thermal methods include burn-off ovens, fluidized beds of sand, and molten salt baths. Mechanical methods include scraping and abrasive blasting (as defined in “Abrasive Blasting” in appendix B of this part). Chemical paint strippers include alkali solutions, acid solutions, and solvents (e.g., methylene chloride). Wastewater generated during organic coating stripping includes process solutions (limited mostly to chemical paint strippers and rinses).

                Stripping (Metallic Coating) involves removing a metallic coating from a metal basis material. Stripping is commonly part of the manufacturing process to recover parts that have been improperly coated or as part of maintenance and rebuilding to restore parts to a usable condition. Metallic coating stripping most often uses chemical baths, although mechanical means (e.g., grinding, abrasive blasting) also are used. Chemical stripping frequently is performed as an aqueous electrolytic process. Wastewater generated during metallic coating stripping includes process solutions and rinses. Stripping solutions become contaminated from dissolution of the base metal. Typically, the entire solution is discharged to treatment. Rinsing is used to remove the corrosive film remaining on the parts.

                Thermal Infusion uses heat to infuse metal powder or dust onto the surface of a part. Typically, thermal infusion is a dry operation. In some cases, however, water may be used to remove excess metal powder, metal dust, or molten metal.

                Ultrasonic Machining involves forcing an abrasive liquid between a vibrating tool and a part. Particles in the abrasive liquid strike the part, removing any microscopic flakes on the part.

                Vacuum Impregnation is used to reduce the porosity of the part. A filler material (usually organic) is applied to the surface of the part and polymerized under pressure and heat. Wastewater is generated in this unit operation when rinse water is used to remove residual organic coating from the part.

                Vacuum Plating involves applying a thin layer of metal oxide onto a part using molten metal in a vacuum chamber.

                Water Shedder involves applying a dilute water-based chemical compound to a part to accelerate drying. This operation typically is used to prevent a part from streaking when excess water remains on the part.

                Wet Air Pollution Control involves using water to remove chemicals, fumes, or dusts that are entrained in air streams exhausted from process tanks or production areas. Most frequently, wet air pollution control devices are used with electroplating, cleaning, and coating processes. A common type of wet air pollution control is the wet packed scrubber consisting of a spray chamber that is filled with packing material. Water is continuously sprayed onto the packing and the air stream is pulled through the packing by a fan. Pollutants in the air stream are absorbed by the water droplets and the air is released to the atmosphere. A single scrubber often serves numerous process tanks; however, the air streams typically are segregated by source into chromium, cyanide, and acid/alkaline sources. Wet air pollution control can be divided into several suboperations, including:
              (1) Wet Air Pollution Control for Acid Alkaline Baths;
              (2) Wet Air Pollution Control for Cyanide Baths;
              (3) Wet Air Pollution Control for Chromium-Bearing Baths; and
              (4) Wet Air Pollution Control for Fumes and Dusts.

                Wire Galvanizing Flux involves using flux to remove rust and oxide from the surface of steel wire prior to galvanizing. This provides long-term corrosion protection for the steel wire.

          Pt. 439
          PART 439—PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              General
              Sec.
              439.0
              Applicability.
              439.1
              General definitions.
              439.2
              General monitoring requirements.
              439.3
              General pretreatment standards.
              439.4
              General limitation or standard for pH.

              Subpart A—Fermentation Products
              439.10
              Applicability.
              439.11
              Special definitions.
              439.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              439.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              439.14
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              439.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              439.16
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              439.17
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart B—Extraction Products
              439.20
              Applicability.

              439.21
              Special definitions.
              439.22
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              439.23
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              439.24
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              439.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              439.26
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              439.27
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart C—Chemical Synthesis Products
              439.30
              Applicability.
              439.31
              Special definitions.
              439.32
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              439.33
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              439.34
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              439.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              439.36
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              439.37
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart D—Mixing/Compounding and Formulation
              439.40
              Applicability.
              439.41
              Special definitions.
              439.42
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              439.43
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              439.44
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              439.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              439.46
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              439.47
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

              Subpart E—Research
              439.50
              Applicability.
              439.51
              Special definitions.
              439.52
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Appendix A to Part 439—Tables

            Authority:
            33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.

            Source:
            48 FR 49821, Oct. 27, 1983, unless otherwise noted.

            General

              § 439.0
              Applicability.
              (a) This part applies to process wastewater discharges resulting from the research and manufacture of pharmaceutical products, which are generally, but not exclusively, reported under SIC 2833, SIC 2834 and SIC 2836 (1987 Standard Industrial Classification Manual).
              (b) Although not reported under SIC 2833, SIC 2834 and SIC 2836, discharges from the manufacture of other pharmaceutical products to which this part applies include (but are not limited to):
              (1) Products manufactured by one or more of the four types of manufacturing processes described in subcategories A, B, C or D of this part, and considered by the Food and Drug Administration to be pharmaceutical active ingredients;
              (2) Multiple end-use products (e.g., components of formulations, chemical intermediates, or final products) derived from pharmaceutical manufacturing operations and intended for use primarily in pharmaceutical applications;
              (3) Pharmaceutical products and intermediates not subject to other categorical limitations and standards, provided the manufacturing processes generate process wastewaters that are similar to those derived from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products elsewhere (an example of such a product is citric acid);

              (4) Cosmetic preparations that are reported under SIC 2844 and contain pharmaceutical active ingredients, or active ingredients that are intended for the treatment of a skin condition. (These preparations do not include products such as lipsticks or perfumes that serve to enhance appearance, or provide a pleasing odor, but do not enhance skin care. Also excluded are deodorants, manicure preparations, shaving preparations and non-medicated shampoos that do not function primarily as a skin treatment.)
              (c) The provisions of this part do not apply to wastewater discharges resulting from the manufacture of the following products, or as a result of providing one or more of the following services:
              (1) Surgical and medical instruments and apparatus reported under SIC 3841;
              (2) Orthopedic, prosthetic, and surgical appliances and supplies reported under SIC 3842;
              (3) Dental equipment and supplies reported under SIC 3843;
              (4) Medical laboratory services reported under SIC 8071;
              (5) Dental laboratory services reported under SIC 8072;
              (6) Outpatient care facility services reported under SIC 8081;
              (7) Health and allied services reported under SIC 8091, and not classified elsewhere;
              (8) Diagnostic devices other than those reported under SIC 3841;
              (9) Animal feed products that include pharmaceutical active ingredients such as vitamins and antibiotics, where the major portion of the product is non-pharmaceutical, and the resulting process wastewater is not characteristic of process wastewater from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products;
              (10) Food and beverage products fortified with vitamins or other pharmaceutical active ingredients, where the major portion of the product is non-pharmaceutical, and the resulting process wastewater is not characteristic of process wastewater from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products;
              (11) Pharmaceutical products and intermediates subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 414, provided their manufacture results in less than 50 percent of the total flow of process wastewater that is regulated by 40 CFR part 414 at the facility.
              [63 FR 50424, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.1
              General definitions.
              As used in this part:
              (a) The general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
              (b) Bench-scale operation means the laboratory testing of materials, methods, or processes on a small scale, such as on a laboratory worktable.
              (c) Cyanide (T) means the parameter total cyanide.
              (d) In-plant monitoring point means a location within a plant, where an individual process effluent can be exclusively monitored before it is diluted or mixed with other process wastewaters en route to the end-of-pipe.
              (e) Maximum daily means the highest allowable discharge of wastewater pollutants during a calendar day or any 24 hour period that reasonably represents a calendar day for purposes of sampling.
              (f) Maximum monthly average means the highest allowable average of daily discharges of wastewater pollutants over a calendar month, and is calculated as the sum of all daily values measured during a calendar month divided by the number of daily values measured during that month.
              (g) mg/L means milligrams per liter or parts per million (ppm)
              (h) Minimum level means the level at which an analytical system gives recognizable signals and an acceptable calibration point.
              (i) Nitrification capability means the capability of a POTW treatment system to oxidize ammonia or ammonium salts initially to nitrites (via Nitrosomonas bacteria) and subsequently to nitrates (via Nitrobacter bacteria). Criteria for determining the nitrification capability of a POTW treatment system are: bioassays confirming the presence of nitrifying bacteria; and analyses of the nitrogen balance demonstrating a reduction in the concentration of ammonia or ammonium salts and an increase in the concentrations of nitrites and nitrates.
              (j) Non-detect (ND) means a concentration value below the minimum level that can be reliably measured by the analytical method.
              (k) Pilot-scale operation means processing equipment being operated at an intermediate stage between laboratory-scale and full-scale operation for the purpose of developing a new product or manufacturing process.
              (l) POTW means publicly owned treatment works (40 CFR 403.3).

              (m) Process wastewater, as defined at 40 CFR 122.2 and for the purposes of this part, does not include the following:
              (1) Trimethyl silanol, any active anti-microbial materials, process wastewater from imperfect fermentation batches, and process area spills. Discharges containing such materials are not subject to the limitations and standards of this part.
              (2) Non-contact cooling water, utility wastewaters, general site surface runoff, groundwater (e.g., contaminated groundwaters from on-site or off-site groundwater remediation projects), and other non-process water generated on site. Discharges of such waters and wastewaters are not subject to the limitations and standards of this part.
              (n) Non-conventional pollutants means parameters that are neither conventional pollutants (40 CFR 401.16), nor “toxic” pollutants (40 CFR 401.15).
              (o) Surrogate pollutant means a regulated parameter that, for the purpose of compliance monitoring, is allowed to serve as a surrogate for a group of specific regulated parameters. Plants would be allowed to monitor for a surrogate pollutant(s), when the other parameters for which it stands are receiving the same degree of treatment as the surrogate pollutant(s) and all of the parameters discharged are in the same treatability class(es) as their respective surrogate pollutant(s). Treatability classes have been identified in appendix A of this part for both steam stripping and biological treatment technologies, which are the respective technology bases for PSES/PSNS and BAT/NSPS limitations controlling the discharge of regulated organic parameters.
              (p) Xylenes means a combination of the three isomers: o-xylene, m-xylene, and p-xylene.
              [63 FR 50425, Sept. 21, 1998; 64 FR 48104, Sept. 2, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 12270, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.2
              General monitoring requirements.
              (a) Permit compliance monitoring is required for each regulated pollutant generated or used at a pharmaceutical manufacturing facility, except where the regulated pollutant is monitored as a surrogate parameter. Permit limits and compliance monitoring are not required for regulated pollutants that are neither used nor generated at the facility. Except for cyanide, for which an alternate monitoring requirement is established in subparts A and C of this part, a determination that regulated pollutants are neither used nor generated should be based on a review of all raw materials in use, and an assessment of the process chemistry, products and by-products resulting from each of the manufacturing processes. This determination along with a recommendation of any surrogate must be submitted with permit applications for approval by the permitting authority, reconfirmed by an annual chemical analysis of wastewater from each monitoring location, and measurement of a non-detect value for each regulated pollutant or its surrogate. Permits must specify that such determinations will be maintained in the facility's permit records with their discharge monitoring reports and will be available to regulatory authorities upon request.
              (b) Unless noted otherwise, self-monitoring will be conducted at the point where the final effluent is discharged.
              [68 FR 12271, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.3
              General pretreatment standards.
              Any source subject to this part that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
              [63 FR 50425, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.4
              General limitation or standard for pH.
              The pH must remain within the range 6.0 to 9.0 in any discharge subject to BPT, BCT or NSPS limitations or standards in this part.
              [68 FR 12271, Mar. 13, 2003]

            Subpart A—Fermentation Products

              § 439.10
              Applicability.

              This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by fermentation.
              [63 FR 50426, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.11
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Fermentation means process operations that utilize a chemical change induced by a living organism or enzyme, specifically, bacteria, or the microorganisms occurring in unicellular plants such as yeast, molds, or fungi to produce a specified product.
              (b) Product means pharmaceutical products derived from fermentation processes.
              [68 FR 12271, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.12
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) The maximum monthly average limitation for BOD5, expressed as mass loading (lbs., kg) per day, must reflect not less than 90 percent reduction in the long-term average daily BOD5 load of the raw (untreated) process wastewater, multiplied by a variability factor of 3.0.
              (1) The long-term average daily BOD5 load of the raw process wastewater (i.e., the base number to which the percent reduction is applied) is defined as the average daily BOD5 load during any calendar month, over 12 consecutive months within the most recent 36 months, and must include one or more periods during which production was at a maximum.

              (2) To assure equity in the determination of NPDES permit limitations regulating discharges subject to this subpart, calculation of the long-term average daily BOD5 load in the influent to the wastewater treatment system must exclude any portion of the load associated with separable mycelia and solvents, except for residual amounts of mycelia and solvents remaining after the practices of recovery and/or separate disposal or reuse. These residual amounts may be included in the calculation of the average influent BOD5 loading.

              (3) The practices of recovery, and/or separate disposal or reuse include: physical separation and removal of separable mycelia; recovery of solvents from waste streams; incineration of concentrated solvent wastestreams (including tar still bottoms); and concentration of broth for disposal other than to the treatment system. This part does not prohibit the inclusion of such wastes in raw waste loads in fact, nor does it mandate any specific practice, but rather describes the rationale for determining NPDES permit limitations. The effluent limitation for BOD5 may be achieved by any of several, or a combination, of these practices.

              (b) The maximum monthly average limitation for TSS, expressed as mass loading (lbs., kg) per day, must be calculated as 1.7 times the BOD5 limitation determined in paragraph (a) of this section.
              (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the limitations for COD are as follows:

                Effluent Limitations (BPT)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  COD
                  1675
                  856

                  1mg/L (ppm).

              (d) If the maximum monthly average COD concentration in paragraph (c) of this section is higher than a concentration value reflecting a reduction in the long-term average daily COD load in the raw (untreated) process wastewater of 74 percent multiplied by a variability factor of 2.2, then the monthly average limitation for COD corresponding to the lower concentration value must be applied.
              (e) The effluent limitations for cyanide are as follows:

                Effluent Limitations (BPT)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  Cyanide (T)
                  33.5
                  9.4

                  1mg/L (ppm).

              (f) When monitoring for cyanide at the end-of-pipe is impractical because of dilution by other process wastewaters, compliance with the cyanide effluent limitations in paragraph (e) of this section must be demonstrated at in-plant monitoring points pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h). Under the same provisions, the permitting authority may impose monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other parameter(s) regulated by this section.
              (g) Compliance with the limitation in paragraph (e) or (f) of this section may be achieved by certifying to the permit issuing authority that the facility's manufacturing processes neither use nor generate cyanide.
              [63 FR 50426, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 12271, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.13
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS and pH are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.12.
              [63 FR 50426, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.14
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:

                Effluent Limitations (BAT)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  84.1
                  29.4

                  Acetone
                  0.5
                  0.2

                  4-methyl-2-pentanone
                  0.5
                  0.2

                  Isobutyraldehyde
                  1.2
                  0.5

                  n-Amyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  n-Butyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Ethyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Isopropyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Methyl formate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Amyl alcohol
                  10.0
                  4.1

                  Ethanol
                  10.0
                  4.1

                  Isopropanol
                  3.9
                  1.6

                  Methanol
                  10.0
                  4.1

                  Methyl Cellosolve
                  100.0
                  40.6

                  Dimethyl sulfoxide
                  91.5
                  37.5

                  Triethyl amine
                  250.0
                  102.0

                  Phenol
                  0.05
                  0.02

                  Benzene
                  0.05
                  0.02

                  Toluene
                  0.06
                  0.02

                  Xylenes
                  0.03
                  0.01

                  n-Hexane
                  0.03
                  0.02

                  n-Heptane
                  0.05
                  0.02

                  Methylene chloride
                  0.9
                  0.3

                  Chloroform
                  0.02
                  0.13

                  1,2-dichloroethane
                  0.4
                  0.1

                  Chlorobenzene
                  0.15
                  0.06

                  o-Dichlorobenzene
                  0.15
                  0.06

                  Tetrahydrofuran
                  8.4
                  2.6

                  Isopropyl ether
                  8.4
                  2.6

                  Diethyl amine
                  250.0
                  102.0

                  Acetonitrile
                  25.0
                  10.2

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              (b) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.12(c) and (d).
              (c) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              [68 FR 12271, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.15
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards:

                Performance Standards (NSPS)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  BOD5

                  267
                  111

                  TSS
                  472
                  166

                  COD
                  1675
                  856

                  Ammonia (as N)
                  84.1
                  29.4

                  Acetone
                  0.5
                  0.2

                  4-methyl-2-pentanone
                  0.5
                  0.2

                  Isobutyraldehyde
                  1.2
                  0.5

                  n-Amyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  n-Butyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Ethyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Isopropyl acetate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Methyl formate
                  1.3
                  0.5

                  Amyl alcohol
                  10.0
                  4.1

                  Ethanol
                  10.0
                  4.1

                  Isopropanol
                  3.9
                  1.6

                  Methanol
                  10.0
                  4.1

                  Methyl Cellosolve
                  100.0
                  40.6

                  Dimethyl sulfoxide
                  91.5
                  37.5

                  Triethyl amine
                  250.0
                  102.0

                  Phenol
                  0.05
                  0.02

                  Benzene
                  0.05
                  0.02

                  Toluene
                  0.06
                  0.02

                  Xylenes
                  0.03
                  0.01

                  n-Hexane
                  0.03
                  0.02

                  n-Heptane
                  0.05
                  0.02

                  Methylene chloride
                  0.9
                  0.3

                  Chloroform
                  0.02
                  0.13

                  1,2-dichloroethane
                  0.4
                  0.1

                  Chlorobenzene
                  0.15
                  0.06

                  o-Dichlorobenzene
                  0.15
                  0.06

                  Tetrahydrofuran
                  8.4
                  2.6

                  Isopropyl ether
                  8.4
                  2.6

                  Diethyl amine
                  250.0
                  102.0

                  Acetonitrile
                  25.0
                  10.2

                  1 mg/L (ppm)

              (b) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              (c) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in §§ 439.13 and 439.14.
              [68 FR 12272, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.16
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              (a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must continue achieving the standards for cyanide specified in paragraph (c) of this section and must achieve the following standards by September 21, 2001:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  Ammonia (as N) 2

                  84.1
                  29.4

                  Acetone
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  4-methyl-2-pentanone
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Isobutyraldehyde
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  n-Amyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  n-Butyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Ethyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Isopropyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Methyl formate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Isopropyl ether
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Tetrahydrofuran
                  9.2
                  3.4

                  Benzene
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  Toluene
                  0.3
                  0.2

                  Xylenes
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  n-Heptane
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  n-Hexane
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  Methylene chloride
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  Chloroform
                  0.1
                  0.03

                  1,2-dichloroethane
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Chlorobenzene
                  3.0
                  0.7

                    o-Dichlorobenzene
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Diethyl amine
                  255.0
                  100.0

                  Triethyl amine
                  255.0
                  100.0

                  1 mg/L (ppm)

                  2 Not applicable to sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability.

              (b) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.1(i)) are not required to achieve the pretreatment standard for ammonia (as N).
              (c) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              [68 FR 12272, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.17
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.16.
              (a) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.2(i)) are not required to achieve the pretreatment standard for ammonia (as N).
              (b) The pretreatment standards for cyanide are as follows:

                  Regulated parameter
                  Pretreatment standards 1

                  Maximum daily discharge
                  Average monthly discharge must not exceed

                  Cyanide (T)
                  33.5
                  9.4

                  1 Mg/L (ppm).

              (c) When monitoring for cyanide at the end-of-pipe is impractical because of dilution by other process wastewaters, compliance with the cyanide standards in § 439.17(b) must be demonstrated at in-plant monitoring points pursuant to 40 CFR 403.6(e)(2) and (4). Under the same provisions, the permitting authority may impose monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other parameter(s) regulated by this section.

              (d) Compliance with the standards in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section may be achieved by certifying to the permit issuing authority that a facility's manufacturing processes neither use nor generate cyanide.
              [63 FR 50429, Sept. 21, 1998; 64 FR 10393, Mar. 4, 1999; 64 FR 48104, Sept. 2, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 34832, June 11, 2003]

            Subpart B—Extraction Products

              § 439.20
              Applicability.
              This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by extraction.
              [63 FR 50430, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.21
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Extraction means process operations that derive pharmaceutically active ingredients from natural sources such as plant roots and leaves, animal glands, and parasitic fungi by chemical and physical extraction.
              (b) Product means any substance manufactured by an extraction process, including blood fractions, vaccines, serums, animal bile derivatives, endocrine products and medicinal products such as alkaloids that are isolated from botanical drugs and herbs.
              [68 FR 12272, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.22
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) The limitation for BOD5 is the same as specified in § 439.12(a). No facility shall be required to attain a monthly average limitation for BOD5 that is less than the equivalent of 45 mg/L.
              (1) The long-term average daily BOD5 load of the raw process wastewater (i.e., the base number to which the percent reduction is applied) is defined as the average daily BOD5 load during any calendar month, over 12 consecutive months within the most recent 36 months, and must include one or more periods during which production was at a maximum.

              (2) To assure equity in the determination of NPDES permit limitations regulating discharges subject to this subpart, calculation of the long-term average daily BOD5 load in the influent to the wastewater treatment system must exclude any portion of the load associated with separable mycelia and solvents, except for residual amounts of mycelia and solvents remaining after the practices of recovery and/or separate disposal or reuse. Residual amounts of these substances may be included in the calculation of the average influent BOD5 loading.

              (3) The practices of recovery, and/or separate disposal or reuse include: physical separation and removal of separable mycelia; recovery of solvents from wastestreams; incineration of concentrated solvent wastestreams (including tar still bottoms); and broth concentration for disposal other than to the treatment system. This part does not prohibit the inclusion of such wastes in raw waste loads in fact, nor does it mandate any specific practice, but rather describes the rationale for determining NPDES permit limitations. The effluent limitation for BOD5 may be achieved by any of several, or a combination, of these practices.
              (b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
              (c) Except for the provisions in paragraph (d) of this section, the limitations for COD are as follows:

                Effluent Limitations (BPT)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  COD
                  228
                  86

                  1 mg/L (ppm)

              (d) If the maximum monthly average COD concentration in paragraph (c) of this section is higher than a concentration value reflecting a reduction in the long-term average daily COD load in the raw (untreated) process wastewater of 74 percent multiplied by a variability factor of 2.2, then a monthly average limitation for COD corresponding to the lower concentration value must be applied.
              [63 FR 50430, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.23
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS and pH are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.22.
              [63 FR 50430, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.24
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for COD are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.22(c) and (d).
              [63 FR 50431, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.25
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards:

                Performance Standards (NSPS)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  BOD5

                  35
                  18

                  TSS
                  58
                  31

                  COD
                  228
                  86

                  1 mg/L (ppm)

              (b) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in §§ 439.23 and 439.24.
              [68 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.26
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards by September 21, 2001:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  Acetone
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  n-Amyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Ethyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Isopropyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Methylene chloride
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              [68 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.27
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Regulated parameter
                  Pretreatment standards 1

                  Maximum daily discharge
                  Average monthly discharge must not exceed

                  1 Acetone
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  2 n-Amyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  3 Ethyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  4 Isopropyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  5 Methylene chloride
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  1 Mg/L (ppm).

              [63 FR 50431, Sept. 21, 1998; 64 FR 48104, Sept. 2, 1999]

            Subpart C—Chemical Synthesis Products

              § 439.30
              Applicability.
              This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis.
              [63 FR 50431, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.31
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:

              (a) Chemical synthesis means using one or a series of chemical reactions in the manufacturing process of a specified product.
              (b) Product means any pharmaceutical product manufactured by chemical synthesis.
              [68 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.32
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a)The limitation for BOD5 is the same as specified in § 439.12(a).
              (b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
              (c) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.12(c) and (d).
              (d) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              [63 FR 50431, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.33
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS and pH are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.32.
              [63 FR 50432, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.34
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
              (a) The limitations are the same as specified in § 439.14(a).
              (b) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.12(c) and (d).
              (c) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              [67 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.35
              New source performance standards (NSPS).
              (a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.15(a).
              (b) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              (c) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in § 439.33 and § 439.34.
              [68 FR 12273, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.36
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must continue achieving the standards for cyanide specified in paragraph (b) of this section and must achieve the standards specified in § 439.16(a) by September 21, 2001.
              (a) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.1(i)) are not required to achieve the standards for ammonia (as N).
              (b) The standards for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
              [68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.37
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.36.
              (a) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.2(i)) are not required to achieve the pretreatment standard for ammonia (as N).

              (b) The pretreatment standards for cyanide are as follows:

                  Regulated parameter
                  Effluent limitation 1

                  Maximum daily discharge
                  Average monthly discharge must not exceed

                  Cyanide (T)
                  33.5
                  9.4

                  1 Mg/L (ppm).

              (c) When monitoring for cyanide at the end-of-pipe is impractical because of dilution by other process wastewaters, compliance with the cyanide pretreatment standards in paragraph (b) of this section must be demonstrated at in-plant monitoring points pursuant to 40 CFR 403.6(e) (2) and (4). Under the same provisions, the permitting authority may impose monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other parameter(s) regulated by this section.
              (d) Compliance with the standard in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section may be achieved by certifying to the permit issuing authority that a facility's manufacturing processes neither use nor generate cyanide.
              [63 FR 50434, Sept. 21, 1998; 64 FR 10393, Mar. 4, 1999; 64 FR 48104, Sept. 2, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 34832, June 11, 2003]

            Subpart D—Mixing/Compounding and Formulation

              § 439.40
              Applicability.
              This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by mixing, compounding and formulating operations.
              [63 FR 50435, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.41
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart:
              (a) Mixing, compounding, and formulating operations means processes that put pharmaceutical products in dosage forms.
              (b) Product means any pharmaceutical product manufactured by blending, mixing, compounding, and formulating pharmaceutical ingredients. The term includes pharmaceutical preparations for both human and veterinary use such as ampules, tablets, capsules, vials, ointments, medicinal powders, solutions, and suspensions.
              [68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.42
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) The limitation for BOD5 is the same as specified in § 439.12(a). No facility shall be required to attain a monthly average limitation for BOD5 that is less than the equivalent of 45 mg/L.
              (b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
              (c) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.22(c) and (d).
              [63 FR 50435, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.43
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).

              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS and pH are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.42.
              [63 FR 50436, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.44
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.22(c) and (d).
              [68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.45
              New source performance standards (NSPS).

              (a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.25(a).

              (b) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in § 439.43 and § 439.44.
              [68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.46
              Pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards by September 21, 2001:

                Pretreatment Standards (PSES)

                  Regulated parameter
                  Maximum daily 1

                  Maximum monthly average 1

                  Acetone
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  n-Amyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Ethyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Isopropyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  Methylene chloride
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  1 mg/L (ppm).

              [68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.47
              Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:

                  Regulatedparameter

                  Pretreatment standards 1

                  Maximum dailydischarge

                  Average monthly discharge must not exceed

                  1 Acetone
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  2 n-Amyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  3 Ethyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  4 Isopropyl acetate
                  20.7
                  8.2

                  5 Methylene chloride
                  3.0
                  0.7

                  1 Mg/L (ppm).

              [63 FR 50436, Sept. 21, 1998; 64 FR 48104, Sept. 2, 1999]

            Subpart E—Research

              § 439.50
              Applicability.
              This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from pharmaceutical research.
              [63 FR 50436, Sept. 21, 1998]

              § 439.51
              Special definitions.
              For the purpose of this subpart, product means products or services resulting from research and product development activities.
              [68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              § 439.52
              Effluent limitations attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
              (a) The limitation for BOD5 is the same as specified in § 439.12(a). No facility shall be required to attain a monthly average limitation for BOD5 that is less than the equivalent of 45 mg/L.
              (b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
              (c) The maximum monthly average limitation for COD, expressed as mass loading (lbs, kg) per day, must reflect not less than 74 percent reduction in the long-term average daily COD load of the raw (untreated) process wastewater, multiplied by a variability factor of 2.2. No facility shall be required to attain a limitation for COD that is less than the equivalent of 220 mg/L.
              (d) The long-term average daily BOD5 or COD mass loading of the raw process wastewater (i.e., the base number to which the percent reduction is applied) is defined as the average daily BOD5 or COD load during any calendar month, over 12 consecutive months within the most recent 36 months.

              (1) To assure equity in the determination of NPDES permit limitations regulating discharges subject to this subpart, calculation of the long-term average daily BOD5 or COD load in the influent to the wastewater treatment system must exclude any portion of the load associated with solvents, except for residual amounts of solvents remaining after the practices of recovery and/or separate disposal or reuse. Residual amounts of these substances may be included in the calculation of the average influent BOD5 or COD loading.

              (2) The practices of recovery, and/or separate disposal or reuse include: recovery of solvents from wastestreams; and incineration of concentrated solvent wastestreams (including tar still bottoms). This regulation does not prohibit the inclusion of such wastes in raw waste loads in fact, nor does it mandate any specific practice, but rather describes the rationale for determining NPDES permit limitations. The effluent limitation for BOD5 or COD may be achieved by any of several, or a combination, of these practices.
              (e) The pH must be within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
              [63 FR 50436, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 12274, Mar. 13, 2003]

              Pt. 439, App. A
              Appendix A to Part 439—Tables

                Table 1—Surrogate Parameters for Direct Dischargers
                [Utilizing biological treatment technology]

                  Regulated parameters
                  Treatability class

                  Amyl alcohol
                  Alcohols.

                  Ethanol 1

                  Isopropanol 1

                  Methanol 1

                  Phenol

                  Isobutyraldehyde 1

                  Aldehydes.

                  n-Heptane 1

                  Alkanes.

                  n-Hexane 1

                  Diethylamine 1

                  Amines.

                  Triethylamine

                  Benzene
                  Aromatics.

                  Toluene 1

                  Xylenes 1

                  Chlorobenzene

                  o-Dichlorobenzene

                  Chloroform 1

                  Chlorinated Alkanes.

                  Methylene chloride 1

                  1,2-Dichloroethane 1

                  Ethyl acetate 1

                  Esters.

                  Isopropyl acetate

                  n-Amyl acetate

                  n-Butyl acetate

                  Methyl formate

                  Tetrahydrofuran 1

                  Ethers.

                  Isopropyl ether

                  Acetone 1

                  Ketones.

                  4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)

                  Ammonia (aqueous)
                  Miscellaneous. 2

                  Acetonitrile

                  Methyl Cellosolve

                  Dimethyl Sulfoxide

                  1 These parameters may be used as a surrogate to represent other parameters in the same treatability class.

                  2 Surrogates have not been identified for the “Miscellaneous” treatability class.

                Table 2—Surrogate Parameters for Indirect Dischargers (Utilizing Steam Stripping Treatment Technology)

                  Regulated parameters
                  Treatability class

                  Benzene

                  Toluene 1

                  Xylenes

                  n-Heptane
                  High strippability.

                  Chloroform 1

                  Methylene chloride 1

                  Chlorobenzene

                  Ammonia (aqueous)

                  Diethyl amine

                  Triethyl amine

                  Acetone 1

                  4-methyl-2-pentanone

                  n-Amyl acetate

                  n-Butyl acetate

                  Ethyl acetate
                  Medium strippability.

                  Isopropyl acetate

                  Methyl formate

                  Isopropyl ether

                  Tetrahydrofuran 1

                  1,2-dichloroethane

                  o-Dichlorobenzene

                  1 These parameters may be used as a surrogate to represent other parameters in the same treatability class.

              [63 FR 50437, Sept. 21, 1998; 64 FR 10393, Mar. 4, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 12275, Mar. 13, 2003]

          Pt. 440
          PART 440—ORE MINING AND DRESSING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY

              Subpart A—Iron Ore Subcategory
              Sec.
              440.10
              Applicability; description of the iron ore subcategory.
              440.11
              [Reserved]
              440.12
              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
              440.13

              Effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available
[cell cut: 5435201 characters, first 2000000 kept]